RESTRICTED 
FM 10 WO 
WAR DEPARTMENT 
STAFF OFFICERS* FIELD MANUAL 
& 
ORGANIZATION, TECHNICAL 
AND 
LOGISTICAL DATA 
June 15,1941 FM 101-10 
STAFF OFFICERS’ 
FIELD MANUAL 
ORGANIZATION, TECHNICAL, AND 
LOGISTICAL DATA 
Prepared under Directi m of 
Chief of Staff 
UNITED STATES 
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 
WASHINGTON ; 1941 WAR DEPARTMENT, 
Washington, (June 15,1941). 
FM 101-10, Staff Officers' Field Manual, Organization, Technical, 
and Logistical Data, is published for the information and guidance of 
all concerned. 
This manual and FM 101-5, Staff Officers' Field. Manual—The 
Staff and Combat Orders, are compilations of information and data to 
be used as a guide for the operations in the field of the general staff 
or a similar staff group of all units in peace and war. 
Much of the data herein are not exact values as they represent the 
average of widely varying conditions of field service and troop train- 
ing. A constant fluctuation in the value of approximated data should 
be expected to conform to the changes which develop in field conditions. 
In cases where experience has not indicated the limits of variation to be 
expected, a reasonable factor of safety should be allowed. 
(A.G. 062.11 (6-15-41).) 
order of the Secretary of War ; 
G. C. MARSHALL, 
Chief of Staff. 
Official : 
E. S. ADAMS, 
Major General, 
The Adjutant General. 
Distribution : 
D (15) ;B (10) ;R (10) ;B (5). 
(For explanation of symbols, see FM 21-6.) TABLE OF CONTENTS 
PARAGRAPHS PAGES 
CHAPTER 1. — Organization 1-34 1-76 
Section I. — Organization of Field Forces.- 1- 1-7 
II. — Division Organizations.. 5-19 8-47 
III. — Army Corps, Armored Corps, and Field Army 20-24 48-53 
IV. — GHQ Reserve and Army Air Force Units 25-28 54-61 
V. — Data Pertaining to Supply and Evacuation Units 29-34 62-78 
CHAPTER 2. — Troop Movements.. 35-67 79-148 
Section I. — General 35-53 79-123 
II. — Infantry Division (Square) 54-58 124-131 
III. — Infantry Division (Triangular).. 59-64 132-140 
IV. — Cavalry Division (Horse) , 65-66 141-143 
V. — Armored Division and GHQ Tanks.. 67 143-148 
CHAPTER 3.—Supply. 68-153 149-218 
Section I. — General 68-101 149-180 
II. — Infantry Division (Square) 102-113 180-188 
III. — Infantry Division (Triangular).. 114-118 188-190 
IV. — Infantry Division (Triangular, Motorized) 119-120 190-191 
V. — Armored Division 121-133 192-202 
VI. — Cavalry Division (Horse) 134-140 202-208 
VII. — Army Corps 141-145 209-211 
VIII. — Field Army... 146-149 211-213 
IX. — GHQ Reserve Units 150-153 214-218 
X. — Air Force Units •. .... 
CHAPTER 4. — Evacuation, Replacements, and 
Prisoners of War 154-170 219-237 
Section I. — Evacuation.. 154-162 219-228 
II, — Replacements 163-168 229-235 
III. — Prisoners of War 169-170 236-237 
CHAPTER 5. — Military Maps.. 171-179 238-249 
CHAPTER 6. — Characteristics of Materiel 180-191 250-272 
CHAPTER 7. — Field Engineering Data 192-198 273-288 
CHAPTER 8. — Signal Communication Data 199-237 289-321 
Section I. — General 199-202 289-291 
II. — Message Center 203-208 291-293 
III. — Airplane Messengers and Pigeons .209-210 293 
IV. — Radio Communication 211-224 293-309 
V. — Visual Communication.. 225-229 309-310 
VI. — Wire Communication 230-235 311-316 
VII. — Tables of Signal Equipment 236-237 317-321 
CHAPTER 9. — Camps and Bivouac Areas 238-242 322-324 
CHAPTER 10.—Movement by Air Transport 243-256 325-337 
CHAPTER 11.—Miscellaneous Data 257-268 338-358 LIST OF FIGURES 
FIGURE PAGE 
1 — Corps Area boundaries and National Guard Division areas 4 
2 — Army, Corps, Division, and Coast Artillery District assignments 5 
3 — Defense command areas — continental United States.* 7 
4 — Average time-lengths of cavalry, men on foot, and 
animal-drawn field artillery columns 81 
5 — Forced march graph .. 85 
6 — Brake wheel clearance 91 
7 — Securing light and medium tanks 93 
8 — Securing half tracks 95 
9 — Securing four-wheel trucks and passenger cars 97 
10 — Securing six-wheel trucks 99 
11 — Securing 37, 75, 90, and 105-mm mounted gun or howitzer 101 
12 — Securing 155-mm gun M-l — 8" howitzer carriage 103 
13 — Securing 3-inch antiaircraft gun 105 
14 — Securing 37-mm antiaircraft gun .* 107 
15 — Securing one or more two-wheel motorcycles 109 
16 — Securing one or more three-wheel motorcycles Ill 
17 — Patterns for blocks used in securing vehicles 113 
18 — Average road space of motor columns at various speeds — close column 117 
19 — Average time-length of motor columns at various speeds — close column 118 
20 — March route 121 
21 — March graph..._ 122 
22 — Class I supplies obtained by daily telegram 158 
23 — Distribution of Class I supplies™ 159 
24 — Graph of tonnage requirements of Class I and Class III supplies 161 
25 — Graph of conversion of tons to trucks or trucks to tons 162 
26 — Requisition and shipment of Class II and Class IV supplies™ 163 
27 — Requisition and shipment of Class III supplies 165 
28 — Graph of estimated gasoline consumption.- 168 
29 — Call and shipment of Class V supplies— 170 
30 — Graph of small-arms ammunition tonnage 171 
31 — Allocation of ammunition— 177 
32 — Ammunition reports 178 
33 — Medical service of a square division 223 
34 — Medical service of a triangular division— 224 
35 — Evacuation and hospitalization of personnel 225 
36 — Evacuation and hospitalization of animals 226 
37 — Personnel replacement system 235 
38 — Evacuation of prisoners of war 237 
39 — Trench nomenclature 283 
40 — Simple standing trench 284 
41 — Triangular antitank ditch and log hurdle 288 
42 — Trapezoidal antitank ditch and log hurdle 288 
43 — Side hill antitank ditch— 288 
44 — Type radio nets, square division 295 
45 — Type radio nets, triangular division 296 
46 — Type radio nets, cavalry division — antiaircraft-antitank warning net 297 
47 — Type radio nets, cavalry division — division command net— 297 
48 — Type radio nets, cavalry division — cavalry brigade 298 
49 — Type radio nets, cavalry division — division artillery 299 
50 — Type radio nets, cavalry division — reconnaissance squadron, mechanized 300 
51 — Type radio nets, army corps 
(less field artillery brigade, and cavalry regiment, horse and mechanized) ....303 
52 — Type radio net, army corps — field artillery brigade 304 
53 — Type radio net, army corps — cavalry regiment, horse and mechanized 305 
54 — Type wire nets, square division 314 
55 — Type wire nets, triangular division 315 
56 — Type wire nets, army corps 316 
57 — Layout of a tent camp 323 
58 — Movement by air transport 326 
59 — Latitude and longitude, North America 342 Chapter 1 
ORGANIZATION 
PARAGRAPHS 
Section I, Organization of field forces — 1-41 
II. Division organizations 5-19 
III. Army corps, armored corps, and field army 20-24 
IV. GHQ Reserve and Air Corps units 25-28 
V. Data pertaining to supply and evacuation units 29-34 
Section I 
ORGANIZATION OF FIELD FORCES 
1 1. Organization of Field Forces : 
ORGANIZATION 
NOTE 
(1) GHQ supervises and coordinates training of ground forces and 
combined training except: 
(a) Ground services and other forces assigned to the Air Forces. 
(b) Active Air Defense by Interceptor Commands. 
(c) Overseas Garrisons. 
(2) GHQ exercises superior command of Theaters of Operations, Task 
Forces, Defense Commands, Base Commands, Overseas Garrisons, and Re- 
serves after these are passed to its control by the War Department. 
OVERSEAS 
(PUERTO RJCAn) 
| DEPARTMENT! 
p&e°l 
| Cowmond I 
F5HP] 
cS« 
ARMIES 
| ARMY CORPS 
| ARMORED CORPS 
ARMORED DIVISIONS 
AIR FORCES 
INFANTRY TRIANGULAR 
DIVISIONS 
INFANTRY TRIANGULAR 
DIVISIONS (Motorized) 
INFANTRY SQUARE 
DIVISIONS 
CAVALRY DIVISIONS 
DEFENSE 
COMMANDS 
(for ptanm.-y?) 
HD PLANS & I 
PROJECTS | 
CARIBBEAN ) 
DEFENSE COMMAND | 
I TRINIDAD | 
| BASE COMMANO| 
Commond | 
[Br Gu-ono 
Bom 
Commend 
>- 
s 
cr 
< 
co 
LU 
1 
Q 
LU 
t 
2 
Z> 
LU 
X 
H 
Lt_ 
O 
2 
O 
< 
M 
2 
< 
<S> 
o: 
o 
< 
0 
1 
armored 
FORCE 
MtoAMA CANftLl 
{DEPARTMENT} 
AIR 
CORPS 
armTH 
(air FORCES! 
HAWAIIAN J 
DEPARTMENT] 
J AIR FOfeCE 1 
ICCMBAT (XyMANPl 
1 PHILIPPINE 1 
DEPARTMENT! 
TASK 
FORCES 
RESERVES ; 
SECRETARY 
of 
WAR 
CHIEF OF STAFF 
BASE 
COMMANDS 
NOTE 
Corps Areas responsible, under War Department, for supply and house- 
keeping of all troops. Also directly in control of Corps Area Service 
Commands, including 17 of the 21 Replacement Centers (averaging 11,000 
men each). 
GHQ 
’theatres'or1 
OPERATION 1 
, DEFENSE 
1 COMMANDS 
l 
[9mCAJ 
ftsfncf [ 
Alosio I 
Defense 
Commend ] 
SECOND 
0law<l0 
Common d I 
War Department 
Statistics Branch. General Staff 
VI—2 6-30-41 
[Newfound lend! 
Base 
Comcnond I 
THIRD 
FIRST 
jirdCAj 
14th CA Owtnctl 
HQ Galveston] 
[3 
g 
2 ORGANIZATION 
2. Training and Supply Channels: 
War Department 
Army 
Air Forces 
Exempted 
Stations 
GHQ I 
Air Force I 
Combat [ 
l Command I 
Defense Command 
Army 
Wing 
-I Group I- 
Corps Area 
Army Corns 
Corps Area 
Service 
Command 
Division 
Air Corps 
C. A. District 
Harbor 
Defense 
TRAINING AND SUPPLY CHANNELS 
-Training, Policy, Tactical 
Supply 
Armored Force 
Armored 
Corps 
Armored| 
Division [~ 
GHQ 
Tank Units 
3 ORGANIZATION 
3. Corps Area Boundaries and National Guard Division Areas : 
Figure 1 
NATIONAL GUARD 
DIVISION AREAS 
-o-o-o- CORPS AREA BOUNDARY 
4 ORGANIZATION 
4. Army, Corps, Division, and Coast Artillery District Assignments : 
Figure 2 
5 ORGANIZATION 
■ 4y2. Defense Command Areas—Continental United States. 
6 ORGANIZATION 
7 ORGANIZATION 
Section II 
DIVISION ORGANIZATIONS 
5. Infantry Division (Square)—Diagram: 
DHQ T/O 7-1 
0-30 WQ-2 EM-77® 
8 ORGANIZATION 
Infantry Division (Square) (Continued): 
NOTES 
Strength shown includes attached medical personnel and chaplains. 
Car Company, Quartermaster Regiment furnishes transportation for Division Headquarters. 
In tactical situations, each Infantry Battalion has attached to it: 
Bn. Sec., Com Plat, Regt. Hq. Co. O—1 EM-17 
Bn. Sec., Trans. Plat, Serv. Co. 0—1 EM-17 
In the diagram, the above are included in the strength shown for the Headquarters Company & 
Service Company, and not in those for the Battalion. 
Includes Division Surgeon’s Office, 
i Based on War Department tables dated November 1, 1940 (Field Artillery, Infantry Regiment 
and Quartermaster Truck Company, tables dated October 1, 1940.) 
i Moves by organic transport. 
9 organization 
1 
2 
3 
It 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
1 
Unit 
Sp 
Rat- 
ings 
(class) 
Div 
Hq 
(T/O 
7-1) 
Sp 
Trs 
(T/O 
7-3) 
2 
Inf 
Brigs 
(T/O 
7-10) 
PA 
Brig 
(T/O 
6-10) 
Engr 
Regt 
(T/O 
6-11) 
Med 
Regt 
& 
Div 
Surg's 
Office 
(TIO 
8-21) 
QM 
Regt 
(T/O 
10-271) 
Total 
Atchd 
Med 
Atchd 
Ch 
Aggre- 
gate 
2 
1 
1 
1 
3 
Brigadier general 
2 
1 
3 
3 
4 
1 
4 
3 
1 
1 
1 
11 
11 
51 
60 
252 
390 
178 
5 
Lieutenant colonel 
13 
2 
18 
11 
1 
5 
1 
61 
6 
Major 
5 
20 
19 
2 
3 
3 
52 
8 
38 
25 
7 
9 
5 
80 
62 
14 
22 
13 
205 
9 
11 
8 
1 
14 
200 
76 
14 
39 
10 
354 
9 
Second lieutenant 
6 
128 
30 
7 
7 
178 
10 
Total Commissioned 
30 
27 
452 
202 
39 
70 
35 
855 
71 
20 
946 
11 
2 
4 
3 
1 
1 
1 
12 
12 
12 
9 
22 
21 
5 
4 
4 
65 
65 
139 
13 
First sergeant 
4 
74 
36 
7 
10 
8 
139 
14 
Technical sergeant 
11 
34 
22 
7 
3 
4 
81 
8 
89 
15 
28 
102 
52 
20 
29 
22 
253 
22 
275 
16 
50 
1,230 
374 
65 
73 
48 
1,840 
9 
1,849 
1,970 
5,787 
11,140 
17 
39 
1,290 
439 
63 
46 
71 
1,948 
5,614 
10,785 
(16) 
(84) 
22 
18 
19 
/ 204 
3,524 
6,810 
1,096 
2,118 
261 
294 
235 
173 
Private / 
\ 381 
480 
527 
469 
355 
20 
1st 
(13) 
(26) 
(1) 
(5) 
(2) 
(20) 
(16) 
(84) 
21 
2d 
(20) 
(12) 
(1) 
INFANTRY DIVISION (SQUARE) 
Designation: ® Division 
6. Table of Organization No. 7, (November 1,194-0):  
1 
2 
3 
-4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
3d 
4th 
6 th 
6th 
(55) 
(57) 
(130) 
(80) 
(167) 
(57) 
(246) 
(302) 
(676) 
(1,140) 
(6,806) 
(1,144) 
(172) 
(167) 
(624) 
(695) 
(1,161) 
(383) 
(34) 
(30) 
(184) 
(129) 
(279) 
(79) 
(42) 
(80) 
(172) 
(227) 
(225) 
(74) 
(43) 
(48) 
(201) 
(188) 
(122) 
(80) 
(592) 
(684) 
(1,987) 
(2,459) 
(8,760) 
(1,817) 
(7) 
(43) 
(155) 
(88) 
(179) 
(56) 
(599) 
(727) 
(2,142) 
(2,547) 
(8,939) 
(1,873) 
28 
Total Enlisted 
726 
13,086 
4,158 
908 
986 
861 
20,725 
589 
21,314 
29 
Aggregate 
30 
755 
13,542 
4,363 
948 
1,057 
897 
21,592 
660 
20 
22,272 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
7 
20 
1 
1 
1 
4 
7 
20 
1 
1 
1 
4 
144 
120 
72 
84 
16 
48 
24 
108 
48 
10,532 
9,541 
506 
7 
1 
1 
4 
1 
1 
2 
7 
20 
1 
1 
1 
4 
144 
120 
72 
84 
16 
48 
24 
108 
48 
10,532 
9,541 
506 
7 
1 
1 
4 
1 
1 
2 
Wnter purification unit, portable 
48 
96 
72 
48 
96 
24 
Gun, 37-mm, antitank 
36 
16 
48 
24 
108 
48 
4,796 
8,506 
600 
562 
101 
6 
4,363 
217 
730 
594 
204 
7 
1 
1 
4 
1 
1 
2 
ORGANIZATION 
Table of Organization No. 7 (November 1, 1940) (Continued): 
11  
1 
2 
3 
If 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
1 
Unit 
Sp 
Rat- 
ings 
(class) 
Div 
Hq 
WO 
7-1) 
Sp 
Trs 
(T/0 
7-3) 
2 
Inf 
Brigs 
(T/0 
7-10) 
PA 
Brig 
(T/0 
6-10) 
Engr 
Regt 
(T/0 
5-11) 
Med 
Regt 
& 
Div 
Surg’s 
Office 
(T/0 
8-21) 
QM 
Regt 
(T/0 
10-271) 
Total 
Atchd 
Med 
Atchd 
Ch 
Aggre- 
gate 
55 
Truck, spare parts 
4 
4 
4 
56 
Truck, tool and bench 
1 
1 
1 
1 
57 
Truck, welding 
1 
1 
58 
Truck, wrecking - 
1 
1 
1 
66 
20 
21 
287 
638 
14 
6 
330 
67 
32 
59 
Ambulance, cross country 
60 
60 
6 
60 
Car, light, 6-passenger sedan 
6 
1 
1 
2 
10 
20 
61 
Motorcycle, solo. 
14 
7 
21 
62 
33 
112 
72 
8 
12 
44 
281 
537 
6 
1 
63 
Trailer, 1-ton, cargo 
18 
62 
193 
40 
25 
199 
64 
Trailer, tank, water, 250-gallon. 
1 
13 
14 
65 
Truck, carry-all 
6 
6 
66 
10 
138 
117 
11 
17 
18 
311 
19 
3 
67 
19 
16 
11 
18 
64 
68 
Truck, radio 
5 
12 
15 
32 
69 
Truck, weapons carrier 
434 
68 
502 
48 
550 
259 
77 
1 
70 
Truck, cargo - 
44 
182 
1 
20 
247 
12 
71 
Truck, dump. 
77 
77 
72 
Truck, tractor... 
1 
1 
73 
7 
435 
2 
31 
244 
719 
10 
729 
6 
39 
74 
6 
6 
75 
Truck, 4-ton, cargo 
32 
7 
39 
76 
Truck, 4-ton, wrecker 
2 
2 
2 
ORGANIZATION 
Table of Organization No. 7 (November 1, (Continued) : 
Column 14 — Remarks 
® Insert number of division. 
[A.G. 320.2 (11-1-40).] 7. Normal Use, Organic Transportation, Infantry Division 
(Square): 
1 
1 e 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
1 « 
1 
Load 
p, 
£ 
o. 
fes 
<3 
fc! 
•a 
o 
tq 
Q 
o 
O 
•S? 
CO 
Ord Co 
(M Maint) 
Inf Brig Hg 
& Hg Co 
S“ 
> 
2 
AMBULANCE 
Ambulance, field 
1 
3 
CARS, PASSENGER AND TRUCKS, Yr'l 
Cars, L, 5-passenger 
ON 
1 
1 
4 
Command 
1 
1 
4 
1 
3 
5 
Command & Reconnaissance 
3 
33 
6 
Carry All 
6 
7 
Pick-up nr cargo 
2 
13 
4 
8 
Radio & Com 
5 
2 
2 
9 
Weapons carriers 
3 
107 
10 
Atchd Med (Cmd) (& Cmd & Ren) 
2 
11 
Atchd Med (Pick-up or weapons carrier) 
12 
12 
Sub-Total 
1 
3 
4 
27 
5 
9 
157 
13 
TRUCKS, 1H-T0NJ 
Kitchen 
2 
1 
1 
1 
15 
14 
Motor Maintenance 
1 
1 
5 
15 
Organization Equipment. 
2 
1 
1 
4 
16 
Personnel 
9 
3 
17 
Personnel & tools 
18 
Personnel & baggage 
1 
1 
3 
1 
2 
19 
Command & Operations 
1 
1 
20 
Signal Communications 
20 
2 
21 
Ammunition 
13 
22 
Special Equipment 
23 
Atchd Medical 
1 
2 
24 
Sub-Total 
2 
5 
12 
26 
_ 
“V 
45 
25 
TRUCKS, 2.H-TON 
Kitchen 
1 
26 
Motor Maintenance 
1 
27 
Organization Equipment— _ 
4 
28 
Supplies 
29 
Surplus 
30 
Personnel 
31 
Personnel & Baggage 
1 
32 
Command & Operations 
33 
Signal Communications 
34 
Ammunition 
35 
Prime Movers 
36 
Atchd Medical 
37 
Sub-Total 
1 
6 
38 
TRUCKS. 4-TON 
Prime movers 
39 
Ammunition 
40 
Motor Maiqtenance 
41 
Sub-Total 
1 
42 
MOTORCYCLES 
Motorcycle, solo 
43 
Motorcycle, with side car 
1 
29 
2 
1 
4 
26 
44 
Atchd Med (Mtcl w/s/c) 
1 
1 
45 
Sub-Total 
2 
29 
2 
1 
4 
27 
46 
"" trucks, Miscellaneous, and trail 
Air compressor, Mtzd— 
ERS 
47 
Power earth auger, Mtzd 
48 
Tractor, Mtze, w/buildozer 
49 
Tractor, truck, 
50 
Trailer, map reproduction 
51 
Trailer, 1-ton 
5 
2 
10 
1 
1 
15 
52 
Trailer, with tank, 250-gallon... 
1 
53 
Trucks, miscellaneous 
17 
54 
Sub-Total 
1 
5 1 
2 1 
10 | 
19 1 
1 1 
15 
55 | 
Totals 
5 1 
13 
47 
66 | 
31 
19 |244 ORGANIZATION 
Normal Use, Organic Transportation, Infantry Division 
(Square) (Continued). 
9 
10 
11 
12 
| 13 
U 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
2h 
25 
26 
27 1 
1 
•y a 
tu-e 
<3 
1 
<5 
Ei 
■"! 
■s 
Q 
►S' 
C§ 
<3 
1 
t«r 
<3 
FA Brig Hq 
& EqB ry 
1 
I? 
s 
►S' 
*23_ 
*?s 
FA Bn — 
105-mm 
e> 
►» 
tq 
Co 
How Btry 
105-mm 
J 
1 1 
K 
£> 
►S' 
*H 
FA Bn — 
155-mm 
S3 
**T 
t?S 
s 
CO 
2 
... 
AMBULANCE 
2 (1)1 (1)1 
2 
(1) 
(1)1 
3 
(1) 
CA 
RS, P> 
1 
lSSEN 
GEH i 
TRI 
JCKS, 
H-TO 
N 
4 
4 
35 
(5) 
(15) 
(6) 
(3) 
(2) 
43 
(5) 
(19) 
(6) 
(3) 
6 
(6) 
(2) 
(4) 
(7) 
(2) 
(5) 
6 
7 
4 
(2) 
(2; 
(9) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(9) 
(1) 
4 
(2) 
(3) 
(9) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(9) 
(1) 
8 
(1) 
(10) 
(2) 
(1) 
(21) 
1 
4 
6 
9 
(4) 
(24) 
(2) 
(16) 
(2) 
2 
18 
18 
10 
3 
(1) 
(1) 
3 
(1) 
(1) 
11 
(4) 
(4) 
1 
1 
12 
(20)| (6)1(26) 
((35) 
1 (8) 
|(21)| (2)| 8 | 65 
| (7)| (29)|(20' 
1 (3' 
1 (2) 
75 
1 (7)1 (34) 
(20) 
m 
13 
(1) 
(1) 
(5) 
(4) 
(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(1) 
T 
RUCK 
S. 13^-TC 
)N 
14 
15 
16 
(3) 
17 
18 
(2) 
(1) 
19 
20 
21 
(13) 
22 
23 
(2) 
24 
(6)1(23) 
(4) 
n:4)i 
”aT 
“TTT 
1 
1 
1 1 1 
25 
1 
TB 
11 
UCKS 
(1) 
, 2H-TOI 
(5) 
* 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
13 
(1) 
(6) 
(8) 
(1) 
a) 
(3) 
26 
1 
17 
(1) 
(8) 
(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
17 
(1) 
(1) 
27 
1 
11 
(1) 
(5) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
13 
(1) 
(6) 
(1) 
(1) 
28 
4 
(2) 
(2) 
4 
(2) 
(2) 
29 
30 
2 
(2) 
2 
(2) 
31 
32 
3 
12 
(2) 
(5) 
(2) 
(1) 
12 
(2) 
(3) 
(5) 
(9) 
(2) 
(3) 
33 
3 
21 
(3) 
(9) 
(8) 
(2) 
21 
34 
36 
(18) 
(12) 
(2) 
(5) 
40 
(20) 
(12) 
35 
30 
(15) 
(1) 
16 
(8) 
(1) 
36 
3 
(1) 
(1) 
3 
(i) 
(1) 
37 
1 1 
9 
147 1(11)1 (68)( (9)1(20) 
(13) 
141 
(ID 
(65) 
(9) 
(19) 
38 
T 
RUCK 
S, 4-TOE 
24 
(12) 
(3) 
(1) 
39 
6 
40 
2 
(1) 
41 
32 
(16) 
(1) 
42 
I 
OTor 
■CYCLES 
43 
44 
(4) 
(1) 
(6) 
(4) 
(4) 
(2) 
(2) 
2 
20 
(2) 
(9) 
(4) 
(2) 
(1) 
30 
(2) 
(14) 
(4) 
(2) 
45 
(5) 
(6) 
(4) 
(4) 
(2) 
(2) 
2 
20 
(2) 
(9) 
(4) 
(2) 
(1) 
30 
(2) 
(14) 
(4) 
(2) 
46 
TRU 
CKS, 
viisci 
]LLAfi 
EOUS, A 
NDT 
UAILE 
-RS 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
(15) 
4 
61 
(3) 
(29) 
(4) 
(16) 
(3) 
67 
(3) 
(32) 
(4) 
(16) 
52 
53 
54 
(15)| 
1 
4 
61 
(3) 
(29) 
(4) 
(16)1 (3) 
67 
(3) 
(32)1 (4) 
(16) 
55 
(31) 
(50)1(34) 
(43)|(10)|(24) 
(3) 
23 
295 |(23) 
(136) 
(38)|(41)|(19) 
347 |(23) 
(162)|(38)|(41) ORGANIZATION 
Normal Use, Organic Transportation, Infantry Division 
(Square) (Continued). 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
42 
43 
44 
46 
46 
1 
How tilry — 
155-mm 
AT Btry 
Engr Regt 
S 
•«d 
e 
Engr Bn 
Lettered Co 
SO 
|r 
Eq & Hq & 
Serv Co & Band 
Coll Bn 
1 
Clr Bn 
QM Reg 
Hq & Hq Co 
Serv Co 
(less 1 Plat) 
L Maint & 
C Bn 
Truck Bn 
w? 
ft 
oq 
Truck Co 
£ 
21 
1 60 
AMBULANCE 
((60)| | 
1 
66 
3 
1 
(1) 
(5) 
CA 
2 
ftS, P 
(2) 
(2) 
ASSEIs 
ger 
AND' 
muc 
10 
KS, Yz 
(1) 
(4) 
TOlsT 
(7) 
(10) 
(1) 
(2) 
(i) 
20 
4 
5 
(2) 
(4) 
11 
(3) 
(1) 
17 
(4) 
(4) 
(7) 
18 
(1) 
176 
135 
6 
6 
7 
16 
(4) 
(6) 
(2) 
11 
(2) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
18 
(2) 
(1) 
(3) 
(6) 
(3) 
76 
8 
(1) 
32 
9 
490 
10 
1 
(1) 
1 
(1) 
19 
11 
51 
12) (2)| (5)| 29 
(11)1 (9) 
(3) 
1 30 
T(6) 
(7)| (7)l(10)| 47 
(8) 
(1)1(20)1 (9)| (1) 
(4) 
1005 
13 
7 
(1) 
(3) 
(1) 
7 
(1) 
(3) 
(3) 
mud 
(3) 
(3) 
its. ly 
i-TON 
80 
14 
6 
28 
15 
16 
(4) 
(4) 
(6) 
(2) 
36 
16 
4 
25 
17 
42 
(21) 
(7) 
42 
18 
15 
19 
6 
20 
24 
21 
1 
(1) 
(8) 
(1) 
53 
22 
8 
7 
(1) 
(6) 
15 
23 
3 
(1) 
12 
24 
i 
81 1(19)1(31)1(10) 
20 
(2) 
(12) 
— 
336 
25 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
3 
T 
S.2H- 
(3) 
(3) 
(18) 
TON 
8 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(10) 
(2) 
(3) 
(2) 
(4) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
48 
23 
2 
(2) 
5 
(2) 
20 
80 
27 
18 
8 
66 
28 
5 
(5) 
21 
(18) 
38 
29 
192 
(96) 
(48) 
192 
30 
6 
31 
1 
(1) 
2 
32 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
39 
33 
66 
34 
(2) 
(8) 
112 
35 
76 
36 
1 
(1) 
10 
37 
(8)|(13)| 2 
~ 
1 
31 
1(7)1 
(24)1251 |(22) 
(4)1(17)1 (104) 
(52) 
735 
38 
(4) 
(1) 
7 
(1) 
(3) 
(1) 
mud 
'ON 
31 
39 
6 
40 
2 
(2) 
4 
41 
(5)1 
7 
(1) 
(3) 
(1) 
I---! 
2 
-1 (2) 
1 
41 
42 
14 
(2) 
(2) 
(1) 
(6) 
(3) 
(2) 
(1) 
7 
(1) 
(3) 
(4) 
(3) 
tfOTO 
(1) 
(3) 
RCYC 
(1) 
(3) 
jES 
21 
43 
44 
(1) 
(5) 
8 
1 
12 
44 
(4) 
(1) 
(27) 
(6) 
(3) 
281 
6 
45 
(1) 
(5) 
23 
(5) 
(9) 
(3) 
1 19 
(4) 
(7) 
(4) 
(4) 
| 44 
(4) 
(1) 
(27) 
(6) 
(3) 
308 
46 
7 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(22) 
(3) 
(1) 
TRT 
JCKS, 
MISC 
ELLA 
vfEOUE 
3, ANI 
TRA 
ILERE 
7 
47 
1 
1 
48 
7 
(3) 
(1) 
7 
49 
1 
1 
50 
1 
1 
51 
52 
(3) 
(3) 
40 
(9) 
(3) 
25 
13 
(1) 
(1) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(18) 
(6) 
200 
(18) 
(4) 
(10) 
(84) 
(42) 
538 
14 
63 
17 
54 
(3) 
(3) 
57 
(27) 
(15) 
(5) 
38 
(2) 
(6) 
(6)1(24) 
200 
(18) 
(4)|(10) 
(84) 
(42) 
686 
55 
(19)1(26) 
199 
(65)|(67)|(22) 
198 
(21) 
(32) 
(83)1(62) 
544 
(52)|(10)|(76) 
(203) 
(i) 
(101) 
3077 ORGANIZATION 
Normal Use, Organic Transportation, Infantry Division, 
(Square) (Continued): 
NOTES 
Above tables are based on T/O November 1, 1940. 
Car Company Quartermaster Regiment furnishes following transportation for movement of Division 
Headquarters: 
6 Cars, light, 5-passenger 
20 Motorcycles w/s/c 
1 Trailer, 1-ton 
8 Trucks, command 
For passenger capacity of vehicles, see Chapter 2, Section 1, paragraph 46, this manual. 
16 ORGANIZATION 
■ 8. Infantry Division (Triangular) —Diagram: 
INFANTRY DIVISION (Triangular) 
17 ORGANIZATION 
Infantry Division (Triangular) —Diagram (Continued): 
INFANTRY DIVISION (Triangular) (Continued) 
0 Based on WD T/Os dated Oct. 1, 1940. (Consolidated T/O dated November 1, 1940.) 
0 Totals include attached medical personnel and chaplains. 
0 Transportation furnished by Quartermaster Battalion. 
0 Includes Division Surgeon’s Office. 
@ Moves by organic transportation. 
18 ORGANIZATION 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
H 
15 
1 
Unit 
Spe- 
cial- 
ists’ 
ratings 
(class) 
Div- 
Hq 
(270 
70-1) 
Div 
Hq 
& 
MP 
Co 
(T/O 
70-2) 
Recon 
Tr 
(T/O 
2-67) 
Div 
Sig 
Co 
(T/O 
11-67) 
3 
Inf 
Regts 
(T/O 
7-11) 
Div 
Arty 
(T/O 
6-80) 
Engr 
Bn 
(T/O 
5-75) 
Med 
Bn 
& Div 
Surg’s 
Office 
(T/O 
8-65) 
QM 
Bn 
(T/O 
10-15) 
Total 
Div 
Atchd 
Ch 
Atchd 
Med 
Aggre- 
gate 
2 
Major general 
1 
1 
3 
Brigadier general 
1 
1 
2 
2 
4 
Colonel 
1 
3 
1 
1 
6 
6 
5 
Lieutenant colonel 
10 
1 
12 
5 
1 
1 
30 
30 
6 
Major 
3 
1 
15 
9 
1 
4 
1 
34 
4 
38 
7 
Captain 
5 
1 
1 
1 
67 
36 
6 
14 
4 
125 
4 
23 
152 
8 
First lieutenant 
4 
2 
3 
4 
147 
49 
7 
16 
5 
237 
7 
16 
260 
9 
Second lieutenant 
1 
3 
2 
2 
96 
20 
3 
3 
5 
135 
135 
10 
Total Commissioned 
26 
7 
6 
8 
330 
121 
18 
38 
16 
570 
11 
43 
624 
11 
Warrant officer 
2 
3 
1 
6 
6 
12 
Master sergeant 
5 
3 
15 
11 
3 
1 
3 
41 
41 
13 
First sergeant 
1 
1 
1 
54 
22 
4 
5 
2 
90 
90 
14 
Technical sergeant 
6 
2 
24 
14 
4 
2 
4 
56 
4 
60 
15 
Staff sergeant 
8 
3 
2 
11 
69 
30 
15 
12 
9 
159 
14 
173 
16 
Sergeant 
11 
7 
11 
14 
918 
232 
42 
31 
20 
1,286 
1,359 
6 
1,291 
1,373 
3,957 
7,630 
(4) 
(53) 
17 
Corporal 
1 
9 
16 
18 
963 
270 
48 
17 
17 
14 
18 
Private, first class'! including 
/ 35 
34 
37 
68 
2,607 
5,037 
664 
166 
155 
80 
3,846 
7,398 
(4) 
(53) 
111 
19 
Private / 
i 8 
69 
74 
136 
1,320 
334 
259 
161 
232 
20 
Specialist 
1st 
(2) 
(10) 
(2) 
(16) 
21 
Specialist 
2d 
(15) 
(8) 
(2) 
(2) 
INFANTRY DIVISION (TRIANGULAR) 
Designation: (T) Division 
9. Table of Organization No. 70 (November 1,1940): 1 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
1 
2 
3 
b 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
15 
Unit 
Spe- 
cial- 
ists’ 
ratings 
(class) 
Div- 
Hq 
(no 
70-1) 
Div 
’ Hq 
& 
MP 
Co 
(T/O 
70-2) 
Recon 
Tr 
(T/O 
2-67) 
Div 
Sig 
Co 
(T/O 
11-67) 
3 
Inf 
Regts 
(T/O 
7-11) 
Div 
Arty 
(T/O 
6-80) 
Engr 
Bn 
(T/O 
5-75) 
Med 
Bn 
& Div 
Surg’s 
Office 
(T/O 
8-65) 
QM 
Bn 
(T/O 
10-15) 
Total 
Div 
Atchd 
Ch 
Atchd 
Med 
Aggre- 
gate 
Specialist— 
Specialist 
Specialist 
Specialist— 
Unrated.- 
3d 
4th 
5th 
6 th 
(15) 
(6) 
(7) 
(3) 
(5) 
(5) 
(5) 
(16) 
(60) 
(12) 
(10) 
(25) 
(17) 
(25) 
(21) 
(13) 
(15) 
(28) 
(89) 
(40) 
(9) 
(23) 
(174) 
(216) 
(483) 
(831) 
(5,079) 
(846) 
(104) 
(100) 
(376) 
(434) 
(723) 
(239) 
(18) 
(18) 
(114) 
(87) 
(205) 
(56) 
(16) 
(30) 
(62) 
(144) 
(118) 
(42) 
(25) 
(19) 
(53) 
(47) 
(51) 
(28) 
(382) 
(447) 
(1,206) 
(1,627) 
(6,266) 
(1,259) 
(4) 
(28) 
(100) 
(61) 
(112) 
(38) 
(386) 
(475) 
(1,306) 
(1,688) 
(6,378) 
(1,297) 
Total Enlisted 
74 
123 
141 
253 
9,687 
2,563 
616 
482 
296 
14,235 
380 
14,615 
Aggregate 
102 
130 
147 
261 
10,020 
2,685 
634 
520 
312 
14,811 
11 
423 
15,245 
3 
10 
1 
1 
4 
3 
10 
1 
1 
4 
16 
36 
122 
77 
57 
35 
60 
8 
36 
12 
81 
3 
10 
1 
1 
4 
16 
36 
122 
77 
57 
35 
60 
8 
36 
12 
81 
16 
36 
72 
32 
17 
3 
35 
18 
60 
54 
36 
24 
8 
36 
12 
81 
ORGANIZATION 
Table of Organization No. 70 (November 1, I960) (Continued) : 
20  
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
u 
15 
46 
Mortar, 81-mm 
36 
36 
36 
47 
Pistol, automatic, cal .45 
100 
83 
147 
261 
3,543 
375 
2,685 
118 
262 
7,199 
375 
7,199 
375 
48 
Rifle, automatic,* cal .30 
49 
Rifle, US, cal .30 ....... 
47 
32 
6,297 
516 
50 
6,942 
3 
6,942 
3 
50 
Tractor, medium, w/bulldozer and trailer, . 
3 
51 
Ambulance, cross-country 
36 
36 
4 
40 
62 
Car, 6-passenger sedan 
3 
1 
1 
5 
10 
10 
53 
Motorcycle, solo 
12 
10 
3 
25 
25 
54 
Motorcycle, with side car 
8 
2 
78 
43 
4 
6 
140 
3 
143 
65 
Trailer, 1-ton, cargo 
2 
10 
45 
123 
23 
4 
63 
260 
260 
56 
Trailer, tank, water, 250-gallon 
7 
7 
7 
57 
Tricycle, motor 
7 
7 
7 
58 
Truck, 3^2-ton, carry-all 
6 
6 
6 
59 
Truck, command .... 
2 
1 
3 
99 
69 
5 
8 
13 
200 
12 
212 
60 
Truck, ; o-ton, pick-up 
1 
15 
10 
6 
6 
38 
38 
61 
Truck, 3'2-ton, radio 
6 
6 
10 
22 
22 
62 
Truck, 3'2-ton, weapon carrier 
3 
321 
46 
370 
37 
407 
63 
Truck, cargo .. 
6 
30 
129 
21 
186 
8 
194 
64 
Truck, dump 
53 
53 
53 
65 
Truck, 23'2-ton, cargo 
4 
1 
276 
1 
15 
63 
360 
5 
365 
66 
Truck, 23'2-ton, cargo, winch equipped 
3 
3 
3 
67 
Truck, wrecker 
2 
2 
2 
68 
Truck, 4-ton, cargo 
16 
3 
19 
19 
69 
Truck, 4-ton, heavy-duty wrecker 
2 
2 
2 
ORGANIZATION 
Table of Organization No. 70 (November 1, 1940) (Continued) : 
Remarks: 
© Insert number of division. 
[A. G. 320.2 (11-1-40).] 
21 ORGANIZATION 
10. Normal Use, Organic Transportation, Infantry Division 
1 
2 
3 
-4 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 | 
11 
12 
1 
Load 
as 
£ 
<S 
.Oi 
1 
2 
t*T 
<5 
•8 
•■3 
ft 
cq 
1 
2 
§ 
cS 
1 
a 
2 
c? 
2 
Ambulance, field 
AMBULANCES 
1 1 1 
36 |(12)| 
3 
CARS. 6-PAfc 
Cars, 5-passenger 
TRU 
JKS. > 
1 
5 
(5) 
(12) 
4 
Command aad Reconnaissance 
2 
1 
3 
13 
5 
Command. 
5 
(2) 
(1) 
(1) 
(3) 
8 
(1) 
(1) 
(3) 
(1) 
6 
Pick-up 
1 
10 
6 
6 
(3) 
7 
Radio._ 
6 
8 
Weapons carrier 
9 
Cargo 
3 
15 
10 
Atchd Med (command) . 
1 
(1) 
11 
Atchd Med (Pick-up) 
12 
Sub-Total, 
5 
2 
24 
16 
(4) 
(4) 
15 
(2) 
(4) 
24 
(20) 
13 
Kitchen 
TR 
UCKS, 
2 
1H-T 
ON 
4 
(1) 
(1) 
5 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
14 
Motor Maintenance 
3 
15 
Organization Equipment 
1 
9 
(3) 
1 
16 
Supply 
4 
17 
Personnel. 
3 
30 
(3) 
(9) 
(1) 
18 
Personnel & Baggage 
11 
3 
8 
(2) 
19 
Command and Operations 
3 
20 
Signal Communications 
22 
21 
Ammunition 
22 
Special Equipment 
7 
(7) 
(1) 
23 
Atchd Medical 
1 
1 
(1) 
24 
Sub Total 
6 
I 36 
64 |(12) 
(14) 
21 
(4)| (1) 
1 
(1) 
25 
Kitchen 
TR 
UCKS, 
2J4-T 
1 
ON 
1 
2 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(4) 
26 
Motor Maintenance 
1 
1 
(1) 
5 
(3) 
(1) 
4 
27 
Organization Equipment 
1 
3 
28 
Supplies 
1 
4 
29 
Surplus. 
48 
30 
Personnel 
31 
Command & Operations 
32 
Signal Communications 
33 
Ammunition 
34 
Prime Movers. 
35 
Special Equipment 
12 
(12) 
4 
(4) 
36 
Combat 
1 
37 
Atchd Medical . 
38 
Sub-Total 
4 
1 
1 
(Dl 
18 
(16) 
65 
(13.) 
39 
Prime Movers 
TI 
IUCKS 
,4-TO 
N 
3 
(1) 
40 
Ammunition 
41 
Motor Maint 
2 
(2) 
42 
Sub-Total 
”" 
1 
3 1 
(1) 
1 
2 
(2) 
43 
MOTORCYC 
Motorcycle, solo. . 
:'LES 
tND 1 
12 
'RICY 
CLES 
10 
(1) 
(1) 
(3) 
(1) 
3 
44 
Motorcycle, with side car 
8 
2 
4 
6 
(2) 
45 
Tricycle 
7 
46 
Atchd Med (MC, w/s/c) 
47 
Sub-Total 
8 
19 
~ 
14 
(2)1 (4) 
3 
5 
(2) 
48 
TRUCKS, MISCE 
Air Compressor, Motorized 
LEAN 
ECUS 
AND 
TRAII 
3 
,ERS 
(1) 
49 
Cars, Scout 
16 
50 
Tractor, Mtzd, w/bulldozer 
3 
(1) 
51 
Trailer, 1-Ton 
2 
10 
23 
(ID 
(1) 
(4) 
4 
(1) 
63 
(11) 
62 
Power, Earth, Auger 
1 
63 
Trailer, with tank, 250-gallon ... 
7 
54 
Sub-Total 
2 
16 
10 
30 |(12) 
(6)1 11 | (Dl 
53 
(ID 
55 
Totat s 
21 
41 
73 1118 
1(31) 
(29)1104 |(19)|(21) 
150 
(49) 
(Triangular) 
For passenger capacity of vehicles, see Chapter 2, Section I, paragraph 46. this manual. 
22 ORGANIZATION 
Normal Use, Organic Transportation, Infantry Division 
(Triangular) (Continued): 
IS 
U 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
2k 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
| 31 
1 
2 
■£ 
as 
> 
Hq, Hq Co 
& Band 
2 
1 
5 
tq 
Hv Wpna Co 
Hq & 
Hq Btry 
i&'Band, 
Div Arty 
FA Bn— 
105-mm 
j5> 
s? 
» 
How Btry— 
105-mm 
FA Bn— 
155-mm 
X? 
tq 
b 
Co 
How Btry— 
155-mm 
& 
Eh 
;§ 
£ 
21 
■ ■ 
AMBULANCES 
■ 1 1 1 d)l 
1 
(Dl 
40 
3 
1 
(1) 
(6) 
CA 
RS, 5-: 
3ASS AN 
1 
D TR1 
JCKS, 
K-TO 
N 
10 
4 
(1) 
33 
(2) 
(4) 
(2) 
(5) 
118 
5 
5 
15 
(6) 
(3) 
(2) 
19 
(6) 
(3) 
(2) 
(4) 
82 
6 
(3) 
23 
7 
2 
(1) 
(10) 
(1) 
(21) 
1 
2 
(2) 
(9) 
(2) 
(1) 
3 
(2) 
(9) 
(2) 
CD 
(1) 
22 ‘ 
8 
107 
(4) 
(2) 
(16) 
(2) 
9 
9 
357 ’ 
9 
2 
2 
2 
28 
10 
2 
(2) 
1 
1 
1 
12 
11 
12 
(4) 
1 
37 
12 
“W 
157 
(20) 
(6) 
(26) 
(8)1(21) 
(2) 
11 
29 |(20)| (3) 
(2)| 34 |(20)| (3) 
(2)| (5) 
689 
13 
15 
(1) 
(1) 
(5) 
(4) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
TRUCKS 
5. \W 
fon 
56 
14 
5 
18 
15 
4 
23 
16 
4 
17 
3 
(3) 
42 
18 
2 
(2) 
(1) 
28 
19 
1 
6 
20 
22 
21 
13 
(1) 
(4) 
39 
22 
7 
23 
2 
(2) 
8 
241 
45 
(6) 
(10) 
(5) 
(4)1 (1) 
(1) 
1 
1 
1 253 
25 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
TRUCK 
1 
3.24* 
5 
rOtf 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
6 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
26 
26 
1 
8 
8 
44 
27 
1 
5 
6 
26 
28 
2 
2 
13 
29 
(48) 
48 
30 
2 
2 
31 
3 
5 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(5) 
5 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
23 
32 
3 
9 
9 
39 
33 
18 
(12) 
20 
(12) 
(2) 
74 
34 
15 
8 
(8) 
53 
35 
16 
36 
1 
37 
1 
1 
(1) 
1 
(1) 
5 
38 
(52) 
1 1 
12 
68 
(9)1(20) 
(13) 
65 
(9) 
(19)1 (8)|(13) 
370 
39 
TRUCE 
:s, 4-T 
ON 
12 
(4) 
(1) 
15 
40 
3 
3 
41 
1 
(1) 
3 
42 
1 
1- 
1 
16 
1 (1) 
(5) 
21 
43 
M 
OTOf 
CYCLES 
AND 
TRIG 
YCLES 
25 
44 
4:. 
(3) 
26 
(4) 
(6) 
(4) 
(2) 
(2) 
2 
9 
(4) 
(2) 
(1) 
14 
(4) 
(2) 
(1) 
(5) 
140 
7 
46 
1 
(1) 
3 
47 
(3) 
27 
(5) 
(6)| (4)| (2) 
(2) 
2 
9 
i (4) 
(2) 
(Dl 14 
! (4)| (2) 
(Dl (5) 
175 
48 
1 
PRUCI 
£8, MI 
SCELLA 
VfEOU 
SANE 
TRA 
LER£ 
3 
49 
16 
50 
3 
51 
(42) 
15 
(15) 
4 
29 
(4) 
(16) 
(3) 
32 
(4) 
(16) 
(3) 
(3) 
260 
52 
1 
53 
7 
54| (42) 
15 
(15) 
4 
29 
(4)1(16) 
(3) 
32 
(4)1(16) 
(3) 
(3) 
290 
55| (101) 
244 
(31)1(50) 
(34)|(10) 
(24)| (3) 
(29) 
136 
(38)1(41) 
(19) 
162 
(38)|(41)((19)|(26) 
1838 
For passenger capacity of vehicles, see Chapter 2, Section I, paragraph 46, this manual. 
23 ORGANIZATION 
11. Infantry Division (Triangular, Motorized)—Diagram: 
INFANTRY DIVISION (Triangular, Motorized) ® 
NOTE 
Includes attached medical personnel and chaplains. 
24  
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
1 
Unit 
Spec- 
ial- 
ists’ 
rating 
(class) 
Div 
Hq 
(T/O 
70-1) 
Div 
Hq 
& 
MP 
Co 
(T/O 
70-2) 
Ren 
Tr 
(T/O 
2-67) 
Div 
Sig 
Co 
(T/O 
11-67) 
3 
Inf 
Regts 
(T/O 
7-61) 
Div 
Arty 
(T/O 
6-80) 
Engr 
Bn 
(T/O 
5-75) 
Med 
Bn 
& 
Div 
Surg’s 
Off 
(T/O 
8-65) 
Total 
Div 
Atchd 
Ch 
Atchd 
Med 
Aggre- 
gate 
2 
Major general 
1 
1 
1 
3 
Brigadier general 
1 
1 
2 
2 
4 
Colonel 
1 
3 
1 
1 
6 
6 
5 
Lieutenant colonel— 
10 
1 
12 
5 
1 
1 
30 
30 
6 
Major 
3 
1 
15 
9 
1 
4 
1 
34 
4 
38 
7 
Captain 
5 
1 
1 
1 
57 
36 
6 
14 
4 
125 
4 
23 
152 
8 
First lieutenant 
4 
2 
3 
4 
147 
49 
7 
16 
5 
237 
7 
16 
260 
9 
Second lieutenant 
1 
3 
2 
2 
96 
20 
3 
3 
5 
135 
135 
10 
Tot at, CoMMisaioM^n 
26 
7 
6 
8 
330 
121 
18 
38 
16 
570 
11 
43 
624 
11 
Warrant officer 
2 
3 
1 
6 
6 
12 
Master sergeant 
5 
3 
15 
11 
3 
1 
3 
41 
41 
13 
First, sergeant. 
1 
1 
1 
54 
22 
4 
5 
2 
90 
90 
14 
Technical sergeant— 
6 
2 
24 
14 
4 
2 
4 
56 
4 
60 
15 
Sta ff sergeant 
8 
3 
2 
11 
108 
30 
15 
12 
9 
198 
14 
212 
16 
Sergeant, 
11 
7 
11 
14 
906 
232 
42 
31 
20 
1,274 
1,449 
4,095 
7,907 
(4) 
(62) 
(445) 
5 
1,279 
1,463 
4,212 
8,142 
17 
Corporal ... 
1 
9 
16 
18 
1,053 
2,853 
5,541 
270 
48 
17 
17 
14 
18 
Private, first class 1 
Private / including 
/ 35 
\ 8 
(2) 
(10) 
(15) 
37 
37 
68 
664 
166 
155 
80 
117 
19 
74 
74 
136 
1,320 
334 
259 
161 
235 
20 
Specialist 
1st 
(2) 
(16) 
(25) 
(4) 
(62) 
(449) 
21 
Specialist 
2nd 
(24) 
(237) 
(8) 
(104) 
(2) 
(18) 
(2) 
(16) 
22 
Specialist 
3d 
(5) 
(10) 
(15) 
(4) 
ORGANIZATION 
12. Table of Organization No. 77 (November 1,1940): 
INFANTRY DIVISION (TRIANGULAR, MOTORIZED) 
Designation: ® Division  
1 
s 
3 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
1 
Unit 
Spec- 
ial- 
ists’ 
rating 
(class) 
Div 
(T/O 
70-1) 
Div 
Hq 
& 
MP 
Co 
(T/O 
70-2) 
Ren 
Tr 
(T/O 
2-67) 
Div 
Sig 
Co 
(T/O 
11-67) 
3 
Inf 
Regts 
(T/O 
7-61) 
Div 
Arty 
(T/O 
6-8Q) 
Engr 
Bn 
(T/O 
6-75) 
Med 
Bn 
& 
Div 
Surg’s 
Off 
(T/O 
8-65) 
QM 
Bn 
(T/O 
10-15) 
Total 
Div 
Atchd 
Ch 
Atchd 
Med 
Aggre- 
gate 
23 
Specialist 
4th 
(6) 
(7) 
(3) 
(5) 
(9) 
(20) 
(60) 
(12) 
(25) 
(17) 
(25) 
(21) 
(13) 
(28) 
(89) 
(40) 
(9) 
(23) 
(882) 
(549) 
(840) 
(5,016) 
(846) 
(100) 
(376) 
(434) 
(723) 
(239) 
(18) 
(114) 
(87) 
(205) 
(56) 
(30) 
(62) 
(144) 
(118) 
(42) 
(19) 
(53) 
(47) 
(51) 
(28) 
(1,113) 
(1,276) 
(1,640) 
(6,203) 
(1,259) 
(28) 
(106) 
(64) 
(112) 
(38) 
(1,141) 
(1,382) 
(1,704) 
(6,315) 
(1,297) 
24 
Specialist— . 
5th 
25 
Specialist— 
6th 
26 
27 
Basic 
28 
Total Enlisted 
74 
131 
141 
253 
10,554 
2,563 
616 
482 
296 
15,110 
389 
15,499 
29 
Aggbegate 
102 
138 
147 
261 
10,887 
2,685 
634 
520 
312 
15,686 
11 
432 
16,129 
30 
Air compressor, motorized 
3 
3 
3 
31 
Assault boat 
10 
10 
10 
32 
Electric lighting set 
1 
1 
1 
33 
Power earth auger, motorized 
1 
1 
1 
34 
Water purification unit, portable 
4 
4 
4 
35 
C. nr, fscrmt 
16 
16 
16 
36 
Carrier, pers, half-track, w/armament.... 
603 
603 
603 
37 
Gnn, machine, ra.l 50 
17 
60 
77 
77 
38 
36 
36 
36 
39 
32 
72 
18 
122 
122 
40 
3 
54 
57 
57 
41 
35 
180 
215 
215 
42 
36 
24 
60 
60 
43 
8 
8 
8 
44 
36 
36 
36 
45 
12 
12 
12 
46 
81 
81 
81 
1 
ORGANIZATION 
Table of Organization No. 77 (November 1,1940) (Continued): ORGANIZATION 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
16 
47 
Mortar, 81-mm 
36 
36 
36 
48 
Pistol, automatic, cal .45 
100 
91 
147 
261 
3,588 
2,685 
118 
262 
7,252 
7,252 
49 
Rifle, automatic, cal .30 
‘258 
258 
'258 
50 
Rifle, cal .30 
47 
32 
6,939 
516 
50 
7,584 
7,584 
61 
Tractor, medium, w/bulldozer and trailer 
3 
3 
3 
52 
Ambulance, cross-country 
36 
36 
4 
40 
53 
Car, 5-passenger sedan 
3 
1 
1 
5 
10 
10 
54 
Motorcycle, solo 
12 
108 
10 
3 
133 
133 
55 
Motorcycle, with side car 
8 
2 
42 
43 
4 
5 
104 
3 
107 
56 
Trailer, 1-ton, cargo 
10 
10 
45 
123 
23 
4 
53 
268 
268 
57 
Trailer, tank, water, 250-gallon. 
7 
7 
7 
58 
Tricycle, motor 
7 
72 
79 
79 
59 
Truck, carry-all 
6 
6 
6 
60 
Truck, command 
2 
1 
3 
243 
69 
5 
8 
13 
344 
21 
365 
61 
Truck, 3-2-ton, pick-up 
1 
16 
39 
10 
6 
6 
77 
77 
62 
Truck, i/j-tou, radio 
6 
18 
10 
34 
34 
63 
Truck, weapons carrier 
3 
150 
46 
199 
28 
227 
64 
Truck, 1 Vo-ton, cargo 
14 
30 
129 
21 
194 
17 
211 
65 
Truck, 1VSj-t.on, dump 
53 
53 
63 
66 
Truck, cargo 
4 
1 
75 
276 
1 
15 
63 
435 
5 
440 
67 
Truck, 2'/2-ton, cargo, winch-equipped.. 
3 
3 
3 
68 
Truck, 2V£-ton, wrecker 
2 
2 
2 
69 
Truck, 4-ton, cargo 
16 
3 
19 
19 
70 
Truck, 4-ton, heavy-duty wrecker 
2 
2 
2 
Table of Organization No. 77 (November 1, (Continued) : 
Remarks: 
(T) Insert number of division. 
(A. G. 320.2 (12-9-40).) ORGANIZATION 
13. Normal Use, Organic Transportation, Infantry Division 
(Triangular, Motorized) : 
1 
2 
3 
4 
6 
6 
7 1 
8 1 
o 1 
10 
11 
12 
1 
Load 
Div Hq & 
Hq&MPCc 
£ 
e 
£ 
e 
CQ 
& 
<3 
o 
12 
S 
•^3 
ira 
3 
tS 
& 
-c 
s 
G 
p; 
ki 
o 
<S 
2 ( Ambulance, field 
AMBULANCE 
1 1 
i 
- 
36 |(12)! 
3 
CARS, 6-PASSEN 
Cars, 5-passenger .. 
GER 
LND 1 
RUCE 
iS. Vi- 
roN 
1 
5 
(5) 
4 
Command & Reconnaissance 
2 
1 
3 
13 
(12. 
5 
Command 
5 
(2) 
(1) 
(i) 
(3) 
8 
(1) 
(1) 
(3) 
(1) 
6 
Pick-up 
1 
10 
6 
6 
(3) 
7 
Radio 
6 
8 
Weapons carrier 
9 
Cargo. . 
3 
15 
10 
1 
(1) 
11 
Atchd Medical (Weapons carrier) 
12 
Sub-Total 
1" 
2 
24 
16 
(4) 
~ 
~uT 
~ 
24 |(20) 
13 
TR 
Kitchen 
UCKS 
2 
U-i-T 
ON 
4 
(1) 
(1) 
5 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
14 
Motor Maintenance 
3 
15 
Organization Equipment 
1 
9 
(3) 
1 
16 
Supply 
4 
17 
Personnel 
11 
30 
(3) 
(9) 
(1) 
18 
11 
3 
8 
(2) 
19 
3 
20 
Signal Communications 
22 
21 
Ammunition 
22 
Special Equipment 
7 
(7) 
(1) 
23 
Atchd Medical 
1 
i 
24 
Sub-Total 
~ 
_ 
36 
54 |(12)|(14) 
21 
(4)1 (1)1 1 
(1) 
25 
TR 
Kitchen 
JCKS 
24S-T 
1 
ON 
1 
2 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(4) 
26 
Motor Maintenance 
1 
1 
(1) 
5 
(3) 
(1) 
4 
27 
Organization Equipment 
1 
3 
28 
Supplies 
i 
4 
29 
Surplus 
48 
30 
Personnel 
31 
Command & Operations— 
32 
Signal Communications 
33 
Ammunition 
34 
Prime movers 
35 
Special Equipment 
12 
(12) 
4 
(4) 
36 
Combat 
i 
37 
Gas and oil —. 
38 
Atchd Medical 
39 
Sub-Total 
4 
1 
1 1 
(1)1 
18 I 
(16) 
~65~ 
Rl3) 
40 
T 
Prime movers 
tUCK 
S, 4-T( 
JN 
3 
(D 
41 
Ammunition. 
42 
Motor Maint 
2 
(2) 
43 
Sub-Total 
1 3 
1 (1) 
2 
(2) 
44 
MOTORCY 
Motorcycle, solo 
2LES 
AND 
12 
’RICY 
CUES 
10 
(1) 
(1) 
(3) 
(D 
3 
45 
Motorcycle, with side car 
8 
2 
4 
5 
(2) 
46 
Tricycle 
7 
47 
Atchd Med (MC, w/s/c) 
48 
Sub-Total 
8 
19 
2 
14 
(2) 
(4) 
3 
! 5 
1 (2) 
49 
TRUCKS, MISCE 
Carrier, pers, half-track, w/armament... 
LEAN 
ECUS 
AND 
TRAI 
.iERS 
50 
Air compressor, Mtzd. 
3 
(1) 
51 
Cars, scout 
16 
52 
Tractor, Mtzd, w/bulldozer 
3 
(1) 
(4) 
53 
Trailer, 1-ton 
2 
10 
23 
(ID 
(1) 
4 
(1) 
53 
(ID 
54 
Power, earth, auger 
1 
55 
Trailer, with tank, 250-gallon 
7 
56 
Sub-Total 
1 2 
16 
1 10 
1 30 
(12) 
(6) 
11 
1 (1) 
63 
ITT) 
57 
Totals 
| 29 
1 41 
| 73 1118 
1(31)1(29) 
104 
((19)1(21)11501(49) 
For passenger capacity of vehicles, see Chapter 2, Section I, paragraph 46, this manual. ORGANIZATION 
Normal Use, Organic Transportation, Infantry Division 
(Triangular, Motorized) (Continued) : 
Cn 
O 
H—4 
"ox 
to 
CD 
? 
C^l 
O 
Cn Cn Cn Cn Cn Oi 4k 
OriMWbOHOO 
iM 
oo 
4k 4k 4k 4k 
<1 03 Cn 4k 
4^ 
CO 
4^ 
tO >—4 O 
CO 
CD 
00 CO CO CO CO CO 
00 -vj Oi cn CO 
cococotototototo 
tot—lOCOCX^C^Ox 
24 
tOtOlOtOI—11—11—11—11—it—11—■ 
COtOi—lOCOCX—4030x4^CO 
to 
H-4 1—4 
mODOOMDOi^CO 
AMBULANCES 
2| 1 1 1 1 1 ! I I. -- i 1 1 (Dl -1 1 1 1 (1)1 ( 1 1 40 
>—4 
Cc 
Kk 
4m 
(42)1216 ) 
(42) 
CO 
(3) 
3 
to 
3 
00 
t-1 to 1-1 
7£ 
11J 
i j co i 72 
Trk Co 
15 
to 
o 
1—1 
1(9) 1 91 
to 1-1 00 
l-i 4*1 4k 03 
to 
Oi 
: i—1 
Cn 
»—4 
0 
1 48 1 (3)|(13) 
Oi 
V-4 
CO 
0 
M 
Cn Cn 
— 
Oi 
Cn 
co Cn 
Oi »—1 00 
O Oi CO ►—4 
h-4 
Inf Regt 
3 
777 
t—‘ 
: »—4 
0 
to 
H-4 
1(25) 
73 
O Cn 1—1 03 
»—4 
Hg, Hq Co 
& Band 
K-* 
Cn 
3 
a> 
|(ei) 
h-4 
Cn 
3 
H-4 
| 3 
CO 
4k Cn I-* 
to 
H-4 
(61) 
73 
Sen Co 
1 91 
CO 
o 
3 
H-4 
! 
3 
3 
co 
t"—4 
'to 
Oi 
3 
(1) 
(21) 
7? 
AT Co 
g 
'to 
00 
CO 
CO 
—— H 
oo 
j 7£; 777 
h-4 
3 
3 
7? 
33 
2 
Bn Hq 
18 | 19 
h-4 
a 
®o 
co 
CO 
i 31 3 
; w: 
: ►—* 
3 
h-4 
3 
3 
>—4 
H-4 
to 
CD 
h-4 O 
P 
Hv Wpns Co 
(27)i 29 |136 |(38)| 
Oi 
sg 
: i Q 
i )3 so 
H-4 
3 
H—4 
H-4 
h—4 Cn 
V' 
t> 
TO 
Rifle Co 
O 
4k 
4k 
o 
to 
CD 
to 
o 
*< 
o 
- 
- 
TO 
to 
G 
O 
1 12 | 68 |(9)| 20 
H-4 
CO CO to 
H 
§ 
1—1 h-1 t-*0 
w 
H 
to 
§ 
W 
1-1 1-1 to 
h-4 
Cn 
G 
1—1 ts 
w 
Hq & 
Hq Btry 
& Band 
Div Arty 
tS 
to 
CO 
to 
o 
M 
c 
G 
CO 
> 
X 
O 
cc 
vU 
H-4 
H-4 H-4 
Cn 00 CO Cn 
cc 
tOCnOOCnlr 
!- 
02 
? 
1-1 to CO to 
H—4 
Cn 
> 
a 
0 
FA Bn— 
105-mm 
Ca 
777 
7£ 
> 
a 
o 
73 
7? 
H 
s 
O 
o 
a 
00'S 
H 
hmhZ 
H 
O 
2 
1(20) 
333 
3 
-3 
tc 
G 
Hq Btry 
3 
o 
1(e) l(9i) 
(91) 
H 
73 
o 
(12) 
Mt-1|^H 
3 
3 
K 
TO 
Y 
Serv Btry 
»Q 
tc 
Cn 
co 
f 
ts 
to 
02 
>—4 
h-4 
CO 
cn7373717 
HMH 
1 (2)1 34 
3 
*r 
H 
O 
a 
How Btry— 
105 mm 
o 
to 
CO 
00 
3 
— 
CO 
CO 
to 
7f2 
03 
co 
32 
V—i 
4* 
14 
1 91 
h- co to 
| 99 
h-4 
to 
00 O CO Or 
to 03 00 03 
i-i to co co 
h-4 
CD 
FA Bn— 
165-mm 
Oi 
✓ s 
4* 
7£ 
777 
3 
co 73 
333 
NS 
O 
737373 
3 
Hq Btry 
Oo 
H-4 
Oi 
To 
73 
h-4 
3 
1(61) 
H-4 
to 
to 772'os 727 
CO 
73 
3 
Sere Btry 
00 
3 
t—4 
3 
i 77:777 
oo 
733s 
MMH 
to 
-J 
0 
2 
How Btry— 
155 mm 
73 
03 
CO 
CO 
3 
3 
1(13) 
oo73 
HHH 
3 
H-4 
7? 
AT Btry 
os 1 
*<3 
O 
H-4 
893 
to <03 
03 1—1 o 
M t-‘ O CO 03 CO CO 
319 
i—i I—* 
<ioco 
CO CO 4* CO 
to 
H- 
CO co Cn 
| 445 
4k Hitn*4 03t0 4ki-it04kl0 
CnCni—iO3CO4i.cOCOt000Coa55kO3 
1—1 CO to 1—1C3 to 1—1 Cn 
ia^4cotocoo30irf».coooo3 
<1 
H-4 
CO 
1-1 CO 
tototooocoostoi-ii-i 
OOH■ 00 C3 4*. tO Cn CO O 
Totals 
Co 
For passenger capacity of vehicles, see Chapter 2, Section I, paragraph 46, this manual. 
29 ORGANIZATION 
14. Cavalry Division (Horse) —Diagram: 
CAVALRY DIVISION (Horse) ® ® T/O 2 
30 ORGANIZATION 
Cavalry Division (Horse) —Diagram (Continued): 
CAVALRY DIVISION (Horse) (Continued) ® © T/O 2 
NOTES 
(T) Based on T/O dated 1 Nov 40. 
® Includes attached medical personnel and chaplains. 
31  
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
15 
16 
17 
Med 
QM 
2 
Sq 
Sq 
Spe- 
Div 
IJq 
AT 
Recon 
Cav 
Div 
Sig 
Ord 
Engr 
& 
& 
dal- 
Hq 
Tr 
Tr 
Sq 
Brigs 
Arty 
Tr 
Co 
Sq 
Div 
Div 
Atchd 
Atchd 
Aggre- 
1 
Unit 
ists' 
(T/O 
(T/O 
(T/O 
(T/O 
(T/O 
(T/O 
(T/O 
(T/O 
(T/O 
Surg’s 
QM 
Total 
Med 
Ch 
gate 
ratings 
2-1) 
2-2) 
2-37) 
2-25) 
2-10) 
6-110) 
11-1,8) 
9-7) 
5-115) 
Of 
(T/O 
(class) 
(T/O 
10- 
8-85) 
115) 
2 
Major general 
1 
1 
1 
3 
Brigadier general 
2 
2 
2 
4 
Colonel 
1 
4 
1 
6 
6 
5 
Lieutenant coloneL 
11 
1 
6 
4 
1 
1 
1 
1 
26 
26 
6 
Major 
3 
16 
5 
1 
4 
2 
31 
5 
36 
7 
Captain 
4 
1 
1 
5 
62 
23 
1 
1 
5 
6 
6 
115 
28 
5 
148 
8 
First lieutenant 
2 
3 
2 
14 
116 
36 
1 
3 
5 
17 
6 
205 
19 
224 
9 
Second lieutenant 
1 
1 
11 
62 
19 
3 
2 
2 
5 
106 
106 
10 
Total Commissioned .. 
22 
6 
4 
31 
268 
88 
6 
6 
14 
28 
20 
492 
52 
5 
649 
11 
Warrant officer 
4 
1 
5 
5 
12 
Master sergeant. 
7 
1 
18 
6 
2 
1 
2 
2 
3 
42 
42 
13 
First, sergeant 
1 
1 
4 
40 
16 
1 
1 
3 
4 
5 
76 
76 
14 
Technical sergeant.- 
6 
2 
14 
10 
1 
3 
4 
2 
4 
46 
5 
51 
15 
Staff sergeant 
8 
3 
4 
6 
84 
29 
5 
4 
11 
10 
14 
177 
18 
195 
16 
Sergeant 
7 
8 
11 
58 
502 
151 
9 
7 
29 
30 
27 
839 
15 
854 
17 
Corporal 
3 
15 
76 
558 
178 
13 
5 
33 
17 
32 
930 
15 
945 
18 
Private, first class 1 including 
/ 34 
34 
40 
164 
1,764 
610 
49 
40 
119 
92 
148 
2,994 
94 
3,088 
19 
Private j 
( 
68 
81 
327 
3,318 
999 
97 
79 
240 
199 
298 
5,686 
185 
5,871 
20 
1st 
(2) 
(9) 
(2) 
(13) 
(13) 
21 
2d 
(11) 
(8) 
(4) 
(11) 
(2) 
(1) 
(20) 
(57) 
(57) 
22 
Specialist— 
3d 
(13) 
(7) 
(6) 
(51) 
(218) 
(89) 
(ID 
(15) 
(13) 
(20) 
(34) 
(477) 
(5) 
(482) 
ORGANIZATION 
CAVALRY DIVISION, HORSE 
Designation: 0 Cavalry Division 
■ 15. Table of Organization No. 2 (November l, 1940): 1 
2 
3 
i 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
15 
16 
17 
23 Specialist 
4th 
(7) 
(1) 
(9) 
(ID 
(20) 
(43) 
(12) 
(23) 
(7) 
(28) 
(43) 
(14) 
(88) 
(80) 
(HI) 
(105) ( 
(56) 
(350) 
(190) 
(940) 
2,830) 
(546) 
(75) 
(244) 
(282) 
(638) 
(177) 
(20) 
(56) 
(33) 
(10) 
(16) 
(20) 
(19) 
(15) 
(18) 
(12) 
(17) 
(85) 
(65) 
(137) 
(40) 
(28) 
(71) 
(59) 
(68) 
(24) 
(40) 
(95) 
(114) 
(89) 
(52) 
(677) 
(859) 
(1,667) 
(3,981) 
(949) 
(38) 
(87) 
(46) 
(77) 
(26) 
(715) 
(946) 
(1,713) 
(4,058) 
(975) 
24 Specialist 
5th 
25 Specialist 
6th 
26 Unrated 
27 Basic 
28 Total Enlisted 
62 
117 
152 
637 
6,298 
1,899 
177 
140 
441 
336 
531 
10,790 
332 
11,122 
29 Aggregate 
84 
122 
156 
668 
6,570 
1,988 
183 
146 
455 
364 
551 
11,287 
384 
5 
11,676 
30 Air compressor, motorized.... 
3 
3 
3 
31 Assault boat 
10 
10 
10 
32 Electric lighting set 
1 
1 
1 
33 Power earth auger, Mtzd 
1 
1 
1 
34 Water purification unit, port 
35 Caisson, 75-mm field how.... 
3 
3 
3 
36 
36 
36 
36 Car, scout, w/armament 
3 
17 
49 
76 
145 
145 
37 Car, scout, half-tr, w/arm.... 
3 
3 
3 
38 Carriage, Mort, M, w/arm.. 
12 
12 
12 
39 Cart, artillery 
10 
10 
10 
40 Gun, machine, cal .50 
2 
1 
4 
60 
38 
105 
105 
41 Gun, machine, heavy, cal .30 
42 Gun, machine, light, cal .30 
43 Gun, submachine, cal .45 
48 
48 
• 
48 
10 
3 
11 
226 
12 
262 
262 
8 
13 
132 
164 
317 
317 
44 Gun, 37-mm, antitank 
12 
24 
18 
54 
54 
24 
24 
24 
46 Howitzer, 105-mm, field. 
12 
12 
12 
47 Limber, 75-mm, field how 
60 
60 
60 
48 Mortar, 81-mm .. 
28 
28 
28 
49 Pistol, automatic, cal .45.. 
204 
156 
668 
6,570 
1,988 
183 
37 
87 
451 
10,344 
10 
10,344 
50 Reel, artillery, 6-horse 
10 
10 
51 Rifle, cal .30 
10 
26 
140 
3,948 
368 
100 
4,592 
15 
4,592 
52 Rifle, automatic, cal .30 
6 
9 
15 
53 Tank, light, with armament 
54 Tractor, w/bulldozer & trailer 
55 Truck, artillery repair 
13 .... 
13 
13 
3 
3 
3 
1 
1 
1 
56 Truck, automotive repair 
1 
1 
1 
4 
4 
4 
58 Truck, instrument repair 
1 
1 
1 
ORGANIZATION 
33  
1 
2 
3 
A 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
H 
15 
16 
17 
1 
Unit 
Spe- 
cial- 
ists' 
ratings 
(class) 
Div 
Hq 
(T/O 
2-1) 
Hq 
Tr 
(T/O 
2-2) 
AT 
Tr 
(T/O 
2-37) 
Recon 
Sq 
(T/O 
2-25) 
2 
Cav 
Brigs 
(T/O 
2-10) 
Div 
Arty 
(T/O 
6-110) 
Sig 
Tr 
(T/O 
11-A8) 
Ord 
Co 
(T/O 
9-7) 
Engr 
Sq 
(T/O 
5-115) 
Med 
Sq 
& 
Div 
Surg's 
Off 
(T/O 
8-85) 
QM 
Sq 
& 
Div 
QM 
(T/O 
io- 
ns) 
Total 
Atchd 
Med 
Atchd 
Ch 
Aggre- 
gate 
59 
60 
61 
62 
63 
64 
65 
66 
67 
68 
69 
70 
71 
72 
73 
74 
75 
76 
77 
78 
79 
80 
81 
Truck, machine shop— 
1 
2 
5 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
5 
1 
1 
1 
1 
24 
10 
4 
504 
764 
6,141 
80 
202 
37 
217 
77 
48 
160 
2 
7 
131 
1 
2 
5 
1 
1 
1 
1 
32 
11 
4 
504 
782 
6,409 
80 
202 
37 
218 
77 
48 
160 
2 
7 
135 
Truck, small arms repair 
Truck, spare parts. 
Truck, tank maintenance— 
Truck, tool and bench 
Truck, welding 
Truck, wrecking— 
Ambulance 
24 
1 
8 
1 
Car, light, 5-pass sedan 
5 
2 
1 
1 
Horse, bell— 
4 
Horse, draft 
500 
4 
Horse, pack. 
764 
5,442 
18 
268 
Horse, riding— 
26 
656 
12 
5 
80 
6 
9 
217 
77 
48 
62 
Machete, 18-inch blade, 
with saddle sheath 
Motorcycle, solo._ 
3 
11 
90 
82 
7 
3 
3 
3 
Motorcycle, with side car 
21 
1 
Mule, pack 
1 
Mule, riding 
Semitrailer, 4-ton 
Trailer, 1-ton, cargo 
63 
10 
1 
20 
4 
2 
6 
Trailer, 2-horse van 
Trailer, water tank, 250-gal. 
Tricycle, motor 
1 
5 
2 
42 
82 
4 
ORGANIZATION 
Table of Organization No. 2 (November 1,191+0) (Continued): 
Insert number of division.  
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
15 
16 
17 
82 
Truck, command 
5 
2 
4 
14 
27 
2 
1 
5 
10 
4 
74 
5 
79 
83 
Truck, pick-up 
1 
1 
4 
6 
15 
4 
8 
6 
15 
60 
12 
72 
84 
Truck, radio 
12 
8 
20 
20 
85 
Truck, J'l-ton, 
weapons carrier 
31 
31 
31 
86 
Truck, cargo 
19 
25 
44 
1 
45 
87 
Truck, dump 
40 
40 
40 
88 
Truck, V/2 to 3-ton, 
light repair 
1 
1 
1 
89 
Truck, cargo... 
8 
4 
15 
110 
2 
11 
1 
20 
171 
2 
173 
90 
Truck, 2}/£-ton, gasoline.... 
10 
10 
10 
91 
Truck, PM 
114 
114 
4 
118 
92 
Truck, 21/2-ton, tractor 
48 
48 
48 
93 
Truck, 2Vi-ton, 
with stock rack 
4 
48 
52 
52 
94 
Truck, wrecker 
4 
4 
4 
95 
Truck, 4-ton, cargo 
3 
3 
3 
96 
Truck, 4-ton, wrecker 
2 
2 
2 
97 
Truck-tractor, 
with semitrailer 
4 
4 
4 
98 
Wagon, mountain, 4-horse.... 
10 
10 
10 
ORGANIZATION 
NOTES 
1. Armament of Vehicles: Each Light Tank: 2. Summary of armament, including weapons mounted on vehicles. 
Each Mortar Carriage: 1 37-mm gun MG, 1, cal .30 327 Pistol, cal .45 10344 
1 MG, hv, cal .30 5 MG, 1, cal .30 MG, hv, cal .30 356 Rifle, cal .30 4592 
1 MG, cal .50 . 1 Sub MG, cal .45 Sub MG, cal ,45._ 490 Rifle, automatic, cal .30 15 
1 Sub MG. cal .45 MG, cal .50._ 265 
Each Car, Scout, and Car, half-track: 37-mm gun 67 
2 MG, hv, cal .30 75-mm howitzer 24 
1 MG, cal .50 105-mm howitzer 12 
1 Sub MG, cal .45 81-mm mortar 28 
35 ORGANIZATION 
1 
1 * 
1 3 
1 4 
1 5 
1 6 
1 7 
8 
1 9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
1 
Load 
| 
P. 
1 
6i 
■>*) 
p, 
o 
p 
V. 
*3 
I 
£ 
■3 
§ 
£ 
g 
£ 
e 
£ 
t* 
&Q 
C 
£ 
1 
Brit] Hq 
& Hq Tr 
£ 
*1 
21 Ambulance, field. 
AMBULANCES 
!—1—1 i 
3 
CARS, 
Cars, light, 5-passenger... 
5-PAS‘ 
5 
AND 
TRU 
CKS, 3 
4-TON 
2® 
5 
1 
4 
Command & Reconnaissance 
5 
2 
2 
4 
(1) 
(1) 
(3) 
a) 
1 
2 
5 
Weapons carriers 
6 
Pick-up 
1 
1 
15 
4 
(1) 
(i) 
(1) 
8 
(2) 
(3) 
1 
7 
Radio 
8 
8 
Atchd Medical, (Tr, - 
2 
9 
Sub-Total 
HI 
3 
25 
10 
(2) 
(i) 
(2) 
nr 
~ 
~(4T 
FT 
—T 
10 
Organ Equip 
TR 
JCKS, 
1H-T 
3N 
6 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
11 
Kitchen 
3 
12 
Motor Maint 
13 
Personnel 
2 
21 
(3) 
(8) 
(9) 
(1) 
14 
Special Equip 
17 
10 
15 
Supply 
16 
Atchd Medical 
1 
17 
Sub-Total 1 
19 
41 
(14)1(13) 
18 
Organ Equip 
TR 
JCKS, 
V/t-T 
3N 
19 
Kitchen 
2 
1 
1 
4 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(l) 
(1) 
(1) 
1 
i 
20 
Motor Maint 
1 
1 
1 
4 
1 
(1) 
1 
i 
21 
Personnel 
4 
22 
Special Equip 
23 
Supply —. 
24 
Combat 
1 
1 
5 
(2) 
(i) 
(1) 
(1) 
l 
i 
25 
Gas & oil — 
1 
2 
i 
26 
Cmd & Opns 
27 
Sig Com - 
28 
29 
Prime movers 
30 
Stock rack body 
31 
32 
33 
Atchd Medical 
1 
34 
Sub-Total... 
8 
4 
2 
16 
(4) 
(3) 
(4) 
1 
(1) 
3 
4 
35 
TRUCKS, M 
Trucks, 4-ton, (prime movers).. 
isce: 
jLANI 
:ous 
AND ' 
’RAIL 
ERS 
3 
(1) 
(1) 
36 
Trucks, 4-ton (wreckers) 
37 
Cars, scout w/armament 
3 
17 
49 
(6) 
(20) 
6 
18 
38 
Cars, S, half-truck w/armament.... 
3 
(3) 
39 
Carriage, Mort, Mtzd w/armament.... 
6 
40 
Tank, light, w/armament 
13 
(13) 
41 
Semi-trailer, 4-ton 
4 
42 
Truck, Misc 
1 
43 
Trailer, 1-ton 
10 
20 
(12) 
(4) 
44 
Trailer, water tank, 250-gallon 
45 
Trailer, Van, 2-horse 
46 
Air compressor, Mtzd 
3 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
47 
Power, earth auger, Mtzd 
1 
48 
Tractor, w/bulldozer 
3 
(1) 
49 
Sub-Total 
7 
17 
11 
65 
(6) 
(19) 
(20) 
30 
(16) 
(7) 
6 
24 
50 
MOTO 
Motorcycle, solo 
RCYC 
3 
LES A 
11 
NDT 
RICY( 
90 
DLES 
(38) 
(4) 
(22) 
7 
(1) 
(1) 
(3) 
(1) 
5 
14 
51 
Motorcycle, with side car 
3 
52 
Tricycle 
5 
2 
42 
(36) 
(2) 
(1) 
2 
3 
53 
Atchd Medical 
54 
Sub-Total. 
8 
~ir 
1132 
(74) 
(6) 
(23) 
10 
(2) 
(4) 
7 
17 
55 
Total 
34 
37 
57 |224 
(86)|(29) 
(49) 
97 
(38) 
(28) 
18 
48 
16. Normal Use, Organic Transportation, Cavalry Division 
a 1 for Atchd Med, 
b 1 Trk Tr is provided with 48 trks, tract, w/semi-trlr; other Trk Tr has 48 trks, 23'6-ton, w/stock rack body, 
and 42 Trailers, 1-Ton. 
36 ORGANIZATION 
Normal Use, Organic Transportation, Cavalry Division (Continued): 
u 
1 15 
16 
17 | 18 1 19 
I 20 
1 21 
| 22 
23 
2h 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 ( 31 
32 
33 
1 
9 
OS 
o 
O 
•a* 
Div Arty Hq 
& Hq Btry 
FA Bn 
75-mm 
Hq& 
Hq Btry 
Serv Btry 
How Btry 
75-mm 
FA Bn 
105-mm 
Hq & 
Hq Btry 
Serv Btry 
How Btry 
105-mm 
Med Hq 
£ 
1 
Clr Tr 
Vet Tr 
QMSq 
Maint Tr 
l Truck Tr 
Ord Co 
{M Maint) 
45 
£ 
2 
1 
1 
1 
AMBULANCES 
24 |(24)| 
32 
3 
1 
CARS 
6-RA 
SS AN 
L) TR 
Itrf. 
P 
m'o 
N 
11 
4 
5 
2 
(2) 
4 
2 
4 
9 
(1) 
(9) 
(3) 
15 
11 
(6) 
(ID 
(3) 
(2) 
10 
(3) 
(3) 
(1) 
4 
(1) 
(I) 
1 
74 
31 
6 
1 
(1) 
6 
(i) 
(3) 
(1) 
15 
(3) 
(3) 
4 
60 
7 
2 
4 
(4) 
2 
(2) 
20 
8 
3 
1 
1 
1 
17 
9 
6 
(3) 
10 
17 
(14) 
(3) 
29 
(19) 
(3) 
(2) 
17 
(4) 
(6) 
(2) 
20 
(4) 
(4) 
5 
213 
10 
TR 
LICKS 
im 
ON 
3 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(3) 
(1) 
(1) 
9 
11 
4 
7 
12 
5 
5 
13 
23 
14 
10 
(2) 
(6) 
(2) 
37 
15 
3 
3 
16 
1 
17i 
1 
25 
(5) 
(11) 
"W 
| 
85 
18 
1 
5 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
5 
TR 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
LICKS 
(1) 
(1) 
(4) 
2H-'l 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
ON 
2 
(I) 
(I) 
(I) 
18 
19 
10 
(10) 
(1) 
(2) 
1 
5 
5 
4 
(1) 
(12) 
1 
73 
20 
1 
1 
1 
8 
14 
41 
21 
2 
12 
22 
10 
10 
23 
2 
(2) 
2 
(2) 
6 
24 
11 
(11) 
65 
25 
10 
15 
26 
1 
5 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(5) 
6 
27 
3 
1 
(1) 
9 
14 
28 
6 
(6) 
18 
(12) 
30 
29 
15 
15 
30 
4 
(4) 
48 
(48)5 
(48)6 
(I) 
52 
31 
48 
48 
32 
4 
(2) 
4 
33 
1 
1 
1 
1 
6 
34 
24 
(24) 
8 
21 
(3) 
(11) 
(2) 
68 
(8) 
(20) 
(1311 4 
(411131 
(15) 
(52) 
11 
405 
35 
TRU 
CKS, 
vllSCi 
jLLAN 
EOUS 
AND 
I'RAl 
-iERS 
3 
36 
2 
(2) 
2 
37 
7 
(7) 
145 
38 
3 
39 
12 
40 
13 
41 
48 
(48)1 
62 
42 
19 
20 
43 
2 
16 
(1) 
(9) 
(2) 
29 
(4) 
(16) 
(3) 
4 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
62 
(9) 
(42)6 
1 
160 
44 
6 
(1) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 
1 
7 
45 
2 
2 
46 
3 
47 
1 
48 
3 
49 
7 
(7) 
2 
16 
(1) 
(9) 
(2) 
29 
(4) 
(16) 1(3) 
12 
(2)| (4) 
(4) 
112 
(ID 
(69) 
21 
426 
50 
11 
(11) 
MOT 
ORCY 
CLES 
AND 1 
PRICY 
3 
n 
'—•cb 
(1) 
6 
202 
51 
6 
(4) 
(2) 
9 
(4) 
(2) 
(1) 
3 
(2) 
9 
(3) 
(3) 
1 
37 
52 
18 
(18) 
131 
53 
1 
4 
54 ( 30 
(29)1 
6 
“W 
(2) 
9 
(4) 
(2) 
(1) 
6 
(1) 
(1) 
(2) 
ri5- 
1ST 
“IT 
r 
374 
55| 68 
(63)| 20 
61 
(22) 
(25) 
(4) 
136 
(35) 
(41) 
(19) 
88 
(36) 
(22) 
(16) 
278 
(33) 
(176) 
38 
1535 
a 1 for Atchd Med. b 1 Trk Tr is provided with 48 trks, tract, w/semi-trlr; other Trk Tr has 48 trks, 2>£-ton, w/stock rack body, 
and 42 Trailers, 1-Ton. 
37 ORGANIZATION 
17. Armored Division—Diagram : 
ARMORED DIVISION ® © 
38 ORGANIZATION 
Armored Division—Diagram (Continued): 
ARMORED DIVISION ® (a) (Continued) 
39 ORGANIZATION 
Armored Division—Diagram (Continued) 
ARMORED DIVISION ® ® (Continued) 
NOTES 
® Data based on T/O dated 15 November 1940. 
® Strength shown includes attached medical and chaplains. 
40 ORGANIZATION 
1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
15 
16 
1 
Unit 
Div 
"jo 
17-1) 
Div 
Hq 
Co 
(TIO 
17-2) 
Sig 
Co 
WO 
11-57) 
Recon 
Bn 
WO 
17-35) 
Armd 
Brig 
WO 
17-10) 
Inf 
Regt 
WO 
7-21) 
FA 
Bn, 
105- 
mm 
How 
WO 
6-165) 
QM 
Bn 
WO 
10-35) 
Ord 
Bn 
WO 
9-65) 
Med 
Bn & 
Div 
Surg's 
Off 
WO 
8-75) 
Engr 
Bn 
WO 
5-215) 
Total 
Atchd 
Med 
Atchd 
Ch 
Aggre- 
gate 
2 
1 
1 
1 
3 
1 
1 
1 
4 
3 
4 
1 
8 
8 
5 
10 
1 
13 
3 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
32 
32 
6 
Major 
4 
1 
1 
22 
4 
1 
1 
1 
4 
1 
40 
5 
1 
46 
7 
9 
1 
1 
7 
66 
16 
9 
6 
4 
7 
8 
134 
27 
4 
165 
8 
1 
4 
2 
12 
74 
22 
12 
7 
8 
12 
9 
163 
15 
1 
179 
9 
3 
3 
13 
100 
31 
13 
4 
6 
1 
6 
180 
180 
10 
Total Commissioned. 
28 
9 
6 
34 
280 
77 
36 
19 
20 
25 
25 
559 
47 
6 
612 
11 
2 
4 
1 
7~ 
7 
12 
6 
2 
2 
24 
6 
2 
7 
5 
2 
3 
58 
58 
13 
1 
1 
4 
42 
11 
6 
3 
3 
3 
5 
79 
79 
14 
Technical sergeant.- 
9 
1 
5 
3 
21 
10 
4 
3 
6 
2 
3 
67 
6 
73 
15 
Staff sergeant 
9 
3 
5 
8 
165 
27 
8 
12 
21 
6 
19 
283 
16 
299 
16 
Sergeant 
9 
9 
19 
65 
615 
184 
66 
20 
26 
33 
48 
1,094 
6 
1,100 
17 
Corporal 
1 
15 
15 
71 
371 
183 
70 
20 
27 
21 
48 
842 
16 
858 
18 
Private, first class 1 including 
/ 37 
60 
70 
193 
1,562 
565 
218 
120 
104 
95 
194 
3,218 
97 
3,315 
19 
20 
Private J 
I 7 
119 
126 
(2) 
(2) 
(23) 
383 
2,961 
1,072 
429 
243 
206 
171 
384 
6,101 
(37) 
195 
6,296 
(37) 
V • 
(2) 
(ID 
(17) 
(6) 
(27) 
(41) 
(27) 
(39) 
21 
Specialist. (2rJ class) 
(1) 
(61) 
(34) 
(789) 
(3) 
(61) 
(2) 
(46) 
(2) 
(121) 
(121) 
22 
Specialist (3d class) 
(11) 
(53) 
(15) 
(30) 
(1,147) 
(6) 
(1,153) 
Designation: (T) Armored Division 
18. Table of Organization No. 17 (November 15,1940) : 
ARMORED DIVISION ORGANIZATION 
1 
2 
3 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
15 
16 
Unit 
Div 
Hq 
(T/O 
17-1) 
Div 
Hq 
Co 
(T/O 
17-2) 
Sig 
Co 
(T/O 
11-57) 
Recon 
Bn 
(T/O 
17-35) 
Armd 
Brig 
(T/O 
17-10) 
Inf 
Regt 
(T/O 
7-21) 
FA 
Bn, 
105- 
mm 
How 
(T/O 
6-165) 
QM 
Bn 
(T/O 
10-35) 
Ord 
Bn 
(T/O 
9-65) 
Med 
Bn & 
Div 
Sura's 
Off 
(T/O 
8-75) 
Enqr 
Bn 
(T/O 
5-215) 
Total 
Atchd 
Med 
Atchd 
Ch 
Aggre- 
gate 
23 
(9) 
(3) 
(32) 
(30) 
(134) 
(58) 
(58) 
(211) 
(1,065) 
(906) 
(674) 
(571) 
(311) 
(122) 
(52) 
(54) 
(21) 
(137) 
(1,967) 
(38) 
(2,005) 
24 
25 
26 
(36) 
(29) 
(60) 
(ID 
(58) 
(52) 
(12) 
(87) 
(121) 
(924) 
(99) 
(98) 
(208) 
(68) 
(68) 
(62) 
(32) 
(71) 
(148) 
(1,566) 
(106) 
(1,672) 
(48) 
(25) 
(66) 
(114) 
(1,328) 
(37) 
(1,365) 
(69) 
(92) 
(2,234) 
(76) 
(2,310) 
27 
(2) 
(17) 
(53) 
(484) 
(130) 
(72) 
(39) 
(32) 
(24) 
(55) 
(919) 
(29) 
(948) 
28 
Total Enlisted 
78 
208 
243 
729 
5,761 
2,057 
803 
428 
398 
333 
704 
11,742 
336 
12,078 
29 
Aggregate 
108 
217 
249 
763 
6,045 
2,135 
839 
447 
418 
358 
729 
12,308 
383 
6 
12,697 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
20 
20 
20 
2 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
1 
1 
1 
4 
4 
4 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
6 
6 
6 
41 
41 
41 
2 
2 
2 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
9 
296 
94 
89 
9 
497 
497 
12 
3 
48 
19 
3 
3 
6 
3 
97 
97 
Table of Organization No. 17 (November 15,19J+0) (Continued): ORGANIZATION 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
15 
16 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
55 
56 
57 
58 
59 
60 
61 
62 
63 
64 
65 
66 
67 
68 
69 
70 
71 
72 
73 
74 
75 
76 
77 
78 
79 
80 
81 
82 
83 
84 
12 
8 
20 
20 
14 
93 
38 
145 
145 
14 
12 
21 
279 
67 
26 
9 
38 
31 
497 
497 
7 
5 
7 
142 
17 
15 
3 
20 
17 
233 
233 
38 
28 
77 
444 
91 
52 
18 
21 
769 
769 
8 
16 
6 
30 
30 
8 
8 
8 
24 
12 
36 
36 
3 
18 
21 
21 
12 
8 
20 
20 
104 
193 
249 
611 
6,045 
1,047 
12 
839 
366 
138 
310 
9,902 
12 
9,902 
12 
24 
232 
148 
1,076 
81 
419 
1,980 
1,980 
13 
260 
273 
273 
108 
108 
108 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
09; 
32 
32 
2 
2 
2 
3 
3 
3 
5 
5 
5 
20 
20 
20 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
5 
5 
5 
8 
1 
9 
18 
18 
30 
30 
15 
45 
8 
1 
6 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
22 
22 
33 
18 
51 
284 
55 
27 
6 
12 
20 
14 
520 
520 
12 
16 
56 
84 
84 
1 
1 
1 
3 
3 
6 
6 
5 
10 
26 
160 
36 
25 
12 
6 
3 
7 
290 
290 
3 
3 
3 
21 
5 
1 
35 
4 
2 
6 
3 
12 
17 
106 
21 
127 
Table of Organization No. 17 (November 15, (Continued) : ORGANIZATION 
1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
15 
16 
1 Unit 
Div 
Hq 
(T/O 
17-1) 
Div 
Hq 
Co 
(T/O 
17-2) 
Sig 
Co 
(T/O 
11-57) 
Recon 
Bn 
(T/O 
17-35) 
Armd 
Brig 
(T/O 
17-10) 
Inf 
Regt 
(T/O 
7-21) 
FA 
Bn, 
105- 
mm 
How 
(T/O 
6-165) 
QM 
Bn 
(T/O 
10-35) 
Ord 
Bn 
(T/O 
9-65) 
Med 
Bn (fc 
Div 
Sura’s 
Off 
(T/O 
8-75) 
Enqr 
Bn 
(T/O 
5-215) 
Total 
Atchd 
Med 
Atchd 
Ch 
Aggre- 
gate 
85 Truck, pick-up .. 
6 
3 
65 
5 
6 
13 
2 
100 
13 
10 
no 
13 
9 
15 
1 
86 Truck, radio 
13 
87 Truck, weapons carrier.. 
9 
9 
88 Truck, cargo 
15 
89 Truck, panel delivery 
1 
1 
90 Truck, cargo 
21 
17 
24 
416 
58 
40 
84 
3 
49 
27 
48 
784 
3 
6 
790 
3 
91 Truck, wrecker 
92 Truck, 4-ton, cargo 
3 
3 
3 
93 Truck, 4-ton, tractor 
41 
41 
41 
94 Truck, 4-ton, wrecker 
2 
4 
1 
7 
7 
95 Truck, lV?-ton, radio repair 
2 
2 
2 
1 1 
(T) Insert number of division. 
NOTES 
1. Armament op Vehicles: 2. Summary op Armament, Including Weapons Mounted on Vehicles: 
Each Scout Car & Car, half-track: MG, 1, cal .30 2294 
2 MG, hv, cal .30 Mg! hv, cal .^ZZZZZZZZ”””ZZZZZI”ZIl353 
1 MG, cal .50 Each Light Tank: MG, cal .50 __ 847 
1 Sub MG, cal .45 5 MG, 1, cal .30 Sub MG, cal .45_ .....2017 
Each Carrier, personnel, half-track: 1 37-mm gun 37-mm gun 411 
1 MG, hv, cal .30 1 Sub MG, cal .45 75-mm gun 116 
1 Sub MG, cal .45 Each Medium Tank: 105-mm howitzer 36 
Each Carrier, 81-mm Mortar, half-track: 1 75-mm gun 60-mm mortar 21 
I MG, hv, cal .30 1 37-mm gun 81-mm mortar „ 20 
1 MG, cal .50 4 MG, 1, cal .30 Pistol, cal .45 9902 
1 Sub MG, cal .45 2 Sub MG, cal .45 Rifle, auto, cal .30 12 
Rifle, cal .30 1980 
Table of Organization No. 17 (November 15,1940) (Continued) : 
44 ORGANIZATION 
1 
2 
3 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
1 
Load 
S 
£ 
ttT 
.a 
<3 
£ 
<3 
e 
£ 
<3 
cs 
Si 
t5 
1? 
"cs 
IS 
AMBULANCES 
2| Ambulance, field | | 
3 
1 (1) 
2 
3 
CARS. 6-PASS A 
Cars, 5-passenger... 
ND T 
8 
RUCK 
2 
1 
ON 
(1) 
(9) 
(8) 
1 
4 
Command 
21 
4 
10 
(1) 
(2) 
7 
5 
Pick-up 
1 
21 
(1) 
(1) 
(3) 
(1) 
15 
6 
Weapons carrier 
7 
Radio 
8 
Attached medical... 
4 
(1) 
(1) 
3 
9 
Sub-Total 
29 
7 
36 
(4)1 (18) 
(Dl (1) 
(4) 
(1) 
26 
10 
TRUCKS, 1 
Chanlain 1 1 
H-TO 
M 
11 
Signal communication 
12 
Attached medical 
3 
(1) 
2 
13 
Sub-Total 
1 
3 
mi 
?, 
14 
TRUC 
Personnel 
KS. 2> 
4-T06 
2 
(2) 
(3) 
(2) 
(1) 
2 
15 
Combat 
15 
5 
17 
(2) 
(2) 
(9) 
(52) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(1) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
10 
16 
Kitchen 
2 
1 
17 
9 
17 
Motor maintenance 
1 
1 
21 
14 
18 
Gas and oil 
3 
52 
86 
19 
Signal communication 
1 
(1) 
1 
20 
Baggage 
21 
Ammunition 
22 
Personnel and baggage 
23 
Dump 
24 
Supply 
25 
Surplus 
26 
Wrecker 
27 
Attached medical 
1 
(1) 
28 
Sub-Total 
21 
7 |111 |(10) 
(65) 
(4) 
(5) 
(9) 
(3) 
123 
29 
TRt 
Prime movers.... 
CKS, 
4-TON 
30 
Wrecker 
31 
Tractor, w/semi-trailer 
32 
Sub-Total 
1 1 
TRUCKS, 10-TON 
33) Wrecker ( | | 2| 
(2) 
1 1 
3 
34 
COMB 
Car, scout, with armament 
AT VI 
12 
;hicl 
7 
ES 
2 
(1) 
(3) 
(1) 
2 
35 
Tank, light, with armament 
2 
129 
(42) 
(13) 
36 
Tank, medium, with armament 
108 
37 
Car, half-track, with armament 
73 
(6) 
(6) 
(1) 
(18) 
(18) 
(10) 
(3) 
48 
38 
Carrier, 81-mm, half-track, w/armament... 
6 
39 
Carrier, personnel, half-track, w/armament 
40 
Sub-Total 
12 | 9 
210 
(16) 
(2) 
(18) 
(18) 
(52) 
(16) 
158 
41 
42 
MOTORCYCLES AND TP 
Motorcycle, solo 1 33 1 14 
Tricycles | 5 | 6 
ICYCLES 
98 1(15) 
51 1 (7) 
(10)1(17) 
(9)1(11) 
(8)1(16) 
(3)1 (7) 
(4) 
(2) 
49 
| 26 
43) Sub-Total 
38 
20 
149 |(22)| (19)|(28)|(11)|(23)| (6)| 75 
44 
TRUCKS, MISCELI 
Ordnance 
jANEC 
)US A 
NTD Tl 
IAILE 
RS 
45 
Air compressor 
46 
Earth augur, power— 
47 
Crane 
48 
Tractor, medium, w/angle dozer, trailer.... 
49 
Trailer, 1-ton 
50 
Trailer, with tank, 250-gallon 
51 
Trailer, boat 
52 
Trailer, mobile, PA system 
1 
53 
Truck, 600-gallon, gas and oil 
54) Sub-Total 
1 
1 
55[ Total 
102 | 43 
514 
(52)| (106)|(51)((35)|(90)|(26) 
389 
19. Normal Use, Organic Transportation, Armored Division : 
45 ORGANIZATION 
Normal Use, Organic Transportation, Armored Division (Continued): 
1 13 
13 
U 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
30 
31 
33 
33 
31t | 35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
30 
1 
o 
O 
CO 
<3 
FA Regt 
106-mmHow 
? 
Hi 
5* 
5 
I 
CO 
£ 
s 
How Btry 
105-mm 
O 
O 
1 
►3 
<3 
■1 
Inf Regt 
(Armd) 
c 
O 
0 
1 
<5 
E-i 
<S 
I 
ai 
<3 
A 
2 
(1) 
2 
(2)| 
AMBULANCES 
1 1 1 1 (1)1 
3 
(1) 
(6) 
(7) 
1 
CARS 
(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
6-PA 
3S AN 
D TR1 
1 
JCKS, 
(1) 
(4) 
H-TO 
N 
i 
a) 
4 
(1) 
(2) 
4 
17 
(3) 
(4) 
4 
(4) 
(2) 
5 
(3) 
(1) 
7 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
5 
(1) 
(1) 
6 
9 
(3) 
(1) 
(3) 
7 
8 
(1) 
(1) 
3 
(3) 
2 
(2) 
10 
(2) 
(1) 
(1) 
9 
(4) 
(14) 
(4) 
(1) 
15 
(4)| 
(6) 
(1) 
(1) 
29 |(10)| 
(4) 
(7)1 20 
(3) 
(6) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
10 
Ti 
RUCKi 
5, 134-TON 
11 
12 
(1) 
2 
(2) 
1 
(1) 
2 
(2) 
13 
(1)1 
2 
(2)| 
1 
(1) 
1 
2 
(2) 
1 
14 
(2) 
(2) 
(1) 
(1) 
2 
T 
RUCK 
TON 
2 
(2) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
15 
16 
17 
18 
(2) 
(2) 
(7) 
(86) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
19 
7 
8 
(2) 
(15) 
(1) 
(3) 
(5) 
(1) 
(1) 
33 
5 
3 
(16) 
(1) 
(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(5) 
(1) 
(2) 
15 
17 
15 
9 
(5) 
(1) 
(5) 
(9) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
19 
(1) 
20 
1 
(1) 
21 
30 
(30) 
22 
23 
7 
(7) 
24 
25 
26 
27 
(1) 
1 
(1) 
28 
(8) 
(97) 
(9) 
(3) 
68 
(4)|(19) 
(35) 
(2) 
481 
(18) 
(5)|(15) 
58 
(5) 
(20) 
(3)| (3) 
(4) 
29 
'RUCi 
IS. 4-1 
3 
ON 
(1) 
30 
1 
(1) 
(41) 
2 
(2) 
31 
41 
32| 
45 
(1)1(42) 
2 
(2) 
33| 
(3)1 
1 
TRUCKS, 10-tON 
d)1 1 1 1- 
— 
34 
(1) 
(1) 
6 
(3) 
(1) 
CO 
(2) 
MEAT 
VEHI 
3 
CLES 
(3) 
3 
(2) 
(1) 
35 
36 
(2) 
(5) 
(53) 
(21) 
(17) 
(6) 
37 
38 
(1) 
102 
(18) 
(4) 
(20) 
9 
(3) 
(2) 
94 
8 
(ID 
(2) 
(17) 
(15) 
(4) 
(5) 
39 
38 
(5) 
(ID 
93 
(5) 
(14) 
40 
(8) 
(2) 
(74) 
(23) 
108 
(21) 
(5) 
(2)|(20) 
60 
(ID 
(13) 
198 
(18) 
(3)|(17) 
(19)1(19) 
411(13) 
42| (3) 
(10) 
(9) 
(13) 
(7) 
(3) 
(2) 
25| 
261 
(10) 
(3) 
MOTORCYCLES 
(3) 1 (3) 
(4) (7)| (3) 
AND TRICYCLE 
14 1 (4)1 (2) 
7 1 1 (1) 
S 
(4) 
(4) 
551 
36| 
(10) 
(8) 
(7) 
(ID 
(4) 
(1) 
(3) 
(1) 
431(16) 
(19)1 (20) 
(5) 
511 (13)( (7)| (7)| (6) 
21 
(4)) (3)1 (8)| 91| (18)|(18)| (5)| (5) 
(4) 
44 
TR 
UCKS, 
MISC 
ELLA 
NEOU 
S ANL 
TRA 
ILERfc 
45 
4 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
46 
1 
47 
4 
(4) 
48 
3 
(1) 
49 
12 
(3) 
60 
51 
2 
(2) 
52 
53 
541 | | 
12 I I 
(3) 
14 | (2)| (2)| (6)| | | | | | 
55|(36)1 (135)| (109)1(32) 
259 |(46)|(38) 
(45)1(32) 
209 |(47)|(28)|(78)|371 1(46)1(49)1(26)1 (29)1(28) ORGANIZATION 
Normal Use. Organic Transportation, Armored Division (Continued') • 
I 31 
32 
S3 | 
si* 
35 1 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 ( 
41 1 
42 1 
43 
44 1 
45 
46 
47 1 
48 
49 
1 
Si 
03 
£ 
<5 
O 
O 
si 
<5 
g 
<S 
1 
1 
51 
e 
CO 
S3) 
5 S 
si 
03 
<3 
cS 
c3 
V- 
G 
Si 
03 
£ 
£ 
<3 
•*§ 
(2 
CO 
Si O 
g 
£ 
AS 
3 
£ 
2| 
3 
1 
(1) 
AMBULANCES 
( ! 30 |(30)( 
- 
45 
3 
1 
(1) 
(1) 
1 
EARS, 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
5-PAS 
SANI 
TRU 
1 
CKS, 
VvTOl 
l 
2 
22 
106 
100 
9 
13 
31 
4 
1 
2 
12 
(4) 
(1) 
(5) 
6 
(i) 
(3) 
(1) 
(5) 
5 
3 
5 
6 
3 
(1) 
a) 
6 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
2 
13 
6 
7 
13 
8 
1 
(1) 
2 
(2) 
1 
1 
9 
(6)1 
(3) 
(1) 
d)i 
11 
(3) 
(4)| 
(1) 
(1) 
15 
(5) 
(5)| 21 
(4) 
(6) 
24 
6 
281 
10 
TE 
UCKS 
1H-1 
ON 
1 
11 
2 
2 
12 
1 
1 
15 
13 
.. 
-1 
1 
1 1 
2 
1 
18 
14 
TB 
UCKS 
,2H-1 
16 
ON 
(1) 
(14) 
2 
(2) 
28 
166 
101 
107 
210 
15 
12 
(8) 
(1) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
a) 
a) 
a) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
9 
(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(4) 
(8) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
1 
2 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
11 
16 
17 
18 
7 
5 
7 
4 
4 
3 
(1) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
3 
10 
(1) 
(8) 
2 
1 
3 
8 
1 
19 
3 
6 
20 
21 
1 
12 
(12) 
42 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
10 
(1) 
10 
7 
3 
(1) 
(1) 
9 
(9) 
46 
58 
48 
(48) 
(1) 
48 
3 
(2) 
3 
27 
1 
(1) 
1 
(1) 
6 
281 25 1(10) 
(4) 
(3) 
(4) 
41 
(4)1(29) 
(2) 
l2)f 
~27~l 
(4)|(18)| 
87 ( 
(52) 
(23) 
TT 
49 
793 
29 
30 
31 
T 
RUCK 
S, 4-T< 
IN 
3 
4 
(4) 
7 
4 
41 
321 
(4) 
51 
331 1 | 
1 
TRUCKS, 10-TON 
(Dl 1 -1 1 
9 
18 
34 
35 
36 
48 
13 
(4) 
(22) 
3 
(3) 
COJ 
-IBAT 
VEHI 
JLES 
3 
6 
97 
(13) 
273 
108 
37 
38 
39 
9 
(1) 
(3) 
(5) 
89 
(14) 
(5) 
(17) 
(19) 
497 
20 
14 
(14) 
145 
40 
84 
(5) 
(22) 
(30) 
“92“ 
(17) 
(5) 
(17) 
"T 
6~ 
1140 
41 
42 
51 
26 
(6) 
1 (1) 
1(19) 
KID 
(4) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
27 
1(10) 
MOTORCYCLES AND TRICYCLES 
mi mi 1511 20 1C141I 141 
6 
18 
12 
520 
25 
1 (4) 
(5) 
1 (3) 
(7) 
1 3 
12 
(3) 
(4) 
10 
6 
290 
43) 77 
(7)1(30) 
(6)1 (4) 
1 52 |(14)| (8) 
1 (6)|(12)|23 
l(14)| (4)| 18 
(3)1 (4) 
28 
1 18 
| 810 
44 
45 
TRl 
ICKS, 
MISC 
ELLA I1 
IE0UE 
AND 
TRAI 
LERS 
79 
79 
4 
46 
1 
47 
48 
4 
3 
49 
50 
51 
52 
16 
(4) 
(4) 
56 
(42) 
(14) 
84 
3 
(1) 
(2) 
3 
6 
2 
1 
53 
3 
3 
54 
1 1 1 16 
(4) 
T74) 
3~ 
— 
r?2) 
56 
(42) 
(14)1 
1 85 
I 187 
55|195 |(25)!(57)|(40)|(13)|214 
(39)1(46) 
(30)1(38) 
98 |(54)|(29) 
187 
1 (101) 
(51)| 74 (174 (3343 ORGANIZATION 
Section III 
ARMY CORPS, ARMORED CORPS, AND FIELD ARMY 
20. Corps Troops, Type Army Corps—Diagram : 
CORPS TROOPS, TYPE ARMY CORPS 
48 ORGANIZATION 
Corps Troops, Type Army Corps—Diagram (Continued) 
CORPS TROOPS, TYPE ARMY CORPS (Continued) 
49 ORGANIZATION 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
1 
2 
3 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
H 
15 
Unit 
Hq 
(T/O 
100-1) 
Eq 
Co 
(TIO 
100-2) 
MP 
Co 
(T/O 
7-7) 
Cav 
Regt 
(T/O 
2-51) 
Sig 
Bn 
(T/O 
11-15) 
Med 
Bn 
(TIO 
8-65) 
PA 
Brig 
(T/O 
6-50) 
AA 
Arty 
(T/O 
i-11, 
k-155) 
Am 
(T/O 
1-255) 
Engr 
(T/O 
5-171, 
5-167) 
Ord 
Bn 
(T/O 
9-75) 
QM 
(T/O 
10-27, 
57, 67, 
77) 
Atchd 
Med 
& 
Ch 
incld 
in 
totals 
Aggre- 
gate 
Officers— 
69 
2 
139 
6 
5 
70 
1 
1,520 
23 
34 
254 
3 
5,306 
113 
1 
2,658 
108 
97 
2 
2,647 
25 
15 
(57) 
819 
9 
15,468 
Enlisted men 
115 
202 
553 
476 
666 
440 
746 
(333) 
Aggregate 
210 
121 
207 
1,591 
576 
510 
5,563 
2,772 
774 
2,746 
465 
761 
(390) 
16,296 
6 
Animals 
574 
574 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
32 
24 
32 
24 
12 
56 
36 
48 
133 
24 
72 
146 
90 
90 
175 
9,946 
180 
5,073 
... 
12 
56 
... 
6 
30 
48 
102 
31 
24 
A/rr' 11,, QO 
72 
36 
A/rr* t „„i 
110 
A A KO 
90 
90 
175 
1,530 
Pistol 
192 
31 
159 
562 
5,403 
280 
162 
2,261 
396 
638 
122 
18 
551 
Rifle 
101 
48 
532 
2,016 
145 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
39 
3 
3 
39 
51 
14 
68 
177 
2 
36 
7 
1 
3 
2 
5 
2 
1 
68 
114 
Motorcycle, solo 
3 
20 
40 
21. Corps Troops, Type Corps—Consolidated Table : ORGANIZATION 
1 
2 
3 
k 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
15 
28 
Motorcycle, with side car 
8 
29 
88 
7 
3 
19 
5 
16 
169 
29 
Searchlight, mobile 
15 
15 
30 
Tractor, medium, with bulldozer 
16 
16 
31 
Tractor, heavy 
30 
30 
32 
Trailer, 1-ton 
6 
2 
8 
4 
246 
17 
89 
3 
167 
506 
33 
Trailer, water tank, 250-gallon 
7 
3 
10 
34 
Tricycle, motorized 
63 
63 
35 
Truck, tractor, semi-trailer 
77 
77 
36 
Truck, }/2-ton, carry-all 
6 
6 
2 
14 
37 
Truck, command 
1 
4 
15 
3 
7 
153 
40 
3 
25 
3 
6 
270 
38 
Truck, radio 
4 
15 
19 
39 
Truck, pick-up 
2 
15 
20 
6 
3 
63 
3 
46 
13 
16 
188 
40 
Truck, cargo 
6 
12 
20 
20 
133 
3 
18 
1 
559 
41 
Truck, dump 
202 
202 
42 
Truck, Ordnance, misc 
55 
55 
43 
Truck, Telephone Const 
24 
24 
44 
Truck, tractor 
3 
3 
45 
45 
12 
18 
475 
149 
18 
4 
19 
154 
894 
46 
Truck, wrecker 
4 
4 
47 
Truck, 4-ton 
64 
6 
18 
88 
48 
Truck, 4-ton, wrecker 
1 
4 
5 
49 
Truck, 
15 
2 
17 
50 
Compressor, air, motorized 
1 
16 
17 
51 
Grader and shovel 
6 
6 
52 
Truck, weapon carrier 
55 
55 
53 
Water purification unit 
5 
5 
54 
Trailer, water, 250-gallon 
3 
3 
55 
Truck, field servicing, 500-gallon 
3 
3 
56 
Truck, field servicing, 2,000 gallon 
3 
3 
57 
Truck, panel delivery 
4 
3 
7 
58 
Truck, 114-ton, special bodv 
6 
6 
59 
Truck, 214-ton, sound and flash 
8 
8 
60 
Assault parts 
60 
60 
61 
Electric light set 
2 
2 
62 
Power earth auger, motorized 
2 
2 
63 
Trailer, 1-ton 
6 
6 
64 
Trailer, miscellaneous 
3 
3 
Corps Troops, Type Corps—Consolidated Table (Continued) ; 
51 22-23 
ORGANIZATION 
H 22. Armored Corps.—Diagram: 
ARMORED CORPS 
■ 23. Type Field Army.—A field army consists of an army headquarters, 
two or more army corps (normally 3) temporarily assigned, and certain or- 
ganic army troops. 
Other troops temporarily attached to an army may be retained as army 
troops, or be reallotted to its corps in accordance with their needs. 
The Army Headquarters includes Headquarters of army Artillery, 
Antiaircraft Artillery, Aviation, Chemical Warfare Troops, Engineers, 
Medical Service, Ordnance, and Quartermaster Service. 
One or more cavalry or armored divisions may be allotted to each army 
from GHQ reserve. 
52 ORGANIZATION 
24. Army Troops, Type Field Army : 
ARMY TROOPS, TYPE FIELD ARMY 1 
T/0 
No. 
Total 
Strength 
Motor 
Vehicles 
Headquarters, Field Army 
..200-1 
764 
1 
Hq Co, Field Army 
...200-2 
296 
39 | 
Special Troops, Field Army .. 
...200-3 
790 
45 | 
—| Army AA 1— 
1 A A Brig (3 Regts) 
4-10 
5860 
944 | 
—| Army AT Force |— 
3 AT Bns (ea 3 Cos) 
...7-115 
2130 
429 | 
—| Army Aviation |— 
1 Army Ren Sq 
...1-217 
315 
15 | 
3 Decontamination Cos 
...3-217 
612 
57 
1 Depot Co._ 
3-67 
182 
10 
1 Laboratory 
3-97 
86 
7 
—| Cml Warfare Units |— 
1 Impregnating Co 
3-77 
159 
8 
1 Maintenance Co ... 
3-47 
116 
11 
3 Gen Serv Regts 
.....5-21 
3918 
351 
1 Camouflage Bn. 
5-95 
443 
56 
2 Heavy Ponton Bns 
...5-275 
964 
248 
6 Separate Bns 
5-35 
7464 
390 
—| Army Engineers |— 
1 Topographic Bn 
5-55 
1045 
135 
1 Water Sup Bn 
5-65 
440 
132 
1 Depot Co 
5-47 
178 
7 
2 Dump Truck Cos 
5-88 
250 
98 
4 L Ponton Cos 
5-87 
884 
236 
1 Shop Co (mobile) 
...5-157 
175 
29 
3 Medical Regts .*.... 
8-21 
3177 
474 
1 Conv Hosp 
...8-233 
217 
19 
10 Evac Hosps 
...8-232 
4170 
80 
—| Army Medical Serv |— 
4 Surgical Hosps 
.8-231 
1540 
106 
1 Medical Lab 
...8-234 
66 
8 
1 Supply Depot 
...8-235 
214 
12 
1 Vet Co, Sep 
8-99 
191 
28 
—| Army MP j— 
I Military Police Bn (4 Cos).... 
7-55 
729 
158 1 
2 Ammunition Bns (ea 6 Cos)... 
...9-115 
2330 
122 
1 Ord Bn (Maint & Supply) 
...9-115 
738 
155 
—| Army Ord Serv )— 
2 Ord Cos (MM).. 
9-7 
292 
58 
1 Ord Co (MM) 
9-9 
3223 
81 
1 Ord Co (Depot) 
9-18 
186 
9 
6 Service Bns 
...10-65 
5652 
102 
1 Truck Regt 
...10-51 
1506 
749 
1 Gas Supply Bn 
...10-75 
490 
128 
—| Army QM Serv |— 
3 Light Maint Bns 
...10-25 
2364 
462 
1 Sterilization & Bath Bn 
.10-175 
694 
37 
1 Car Co 
...10-87 
137 
93 
1 Depot Co (Supply) 
.10-227 
162 
5 
1 Depot Co Motor Transport... 
...10-48 
304 
18 
2 Signal Bns (Constr) 
...11-25 
1128 
186 
1 Depot Co.. 
.11-107 
132 
6 
1 Photo Co 
...11-37 
163 
27 
—( Army Sig Serv |— 
1 Pigeon Co 
...11-39 
142 
21 
1 Radio Int Co 
...11-77 
222 
26 
53 ORGANIZATION 
Section IV 
GHQ RESERVE AND ARMY AIR FORCE UNITS 
■ 25. GHQ Reserve.—The GHQ Reserve comprises a pool of combat and 
service units held available by GHQ for temporary assignment to armies, 
groups of armies, or the communications zone, according to their needs. 
It may include units of the types organically assigned to field armies, army 
corps, and divisions, and also may include units of the following types: 
Infantry: 
Units trained for special purposes, such as mountain and 
arctic warfare, and parachute troops. 
Tank battalions and groups. 
Field Artillery: 
Pack artillery regiments (75-mm How). 
Horse-drawn artillery regiments (75-mm Gun). 
8-inch, 155-mm, and 240-mm howitzer regiments. 
155-mm gun regiments. 
Antitank Battalions. 
Coast Artillery: 
Railway artillery units. 
AA Regiments, semi-mobile. 
Mobile AA gun battalions, separate. 
Army Air Force units. 
Armored corps and divisions. 
Motorized divisions. 
Cavalry divisions. 
Medical Department units. 
Engineer units. 
Ordnance units. 
Quartermaster units. 
Signal Corps units. 
Chemical Regiments. 
54 ORGANIZATION 
■ 26. Table of Organization No. 7-35 {March 29,1941) : 
INFANTRY BATTALION, PARACHUTE 
Designation; ® Infantry Battalion 
1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
Atchd 
Spe- 
3 
Med 
dal- 
Eq 
Eq 
Para- 
{for 
En- 
1 
Unit 
ists’ 
{TO 
Co 
chide 
Total 
details 
Aggre- 
list- 
ratings 
7-36) 
{T/O 
Cos 
Bn 
see 
gate 
ed 
{class) 
7-36) 
(T/O 
page 
ca~ 
7-37) 
2) 
dre 
2 
Lieutenant colonel 
1 
1 
1 
3 
Major 
1 
1 
1 
4 
Captain 
3 
1 
3 
7 
2 
9 
5 
First lieutenant 
1 
3 
12 
16 
16 
6 
Second lieutenant 
9 
9 
9 
7 
Total Commissioned 
6 
4 
24 
34 
2 
36 
8 
Master sergeant 
(a 1) 2 
2 
2 
2 
9 
First sergeant 
1 
4 
4 
4 
10 
Technical sergeant 
{a 3) 4 
4 
4 
4 
11 
Staff sergeant 
4 
13 
14 
13 
12 
Sergeant 
(a 3) 10 
43 
43 
35 
13 
Corporal 
(a 12) 19 
a 27 
46 
47 
19 
14 
Private, first class\including 
/ 3 
43 
285 
331 
13 
344 
}15 
15 
Private / 
{ 
24 
24 
24 
16 
Specialist 
(a 3) 
(a285) 
(293) 
(al3) 
(306) 
17 
Specialist 
2d 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
18 
Specialist 
3d 
(9) 
(9) 
(9) 
19 
Specialist. 
4th 
(9) 
(9) 
(9) 
20 
Specialist 
5th 
(11) 
(11) 
(11) 
21 
Specialist 
6th 
'(8) 
'(8) 
'(8) 
22 
Unrated 
(13) 
(13) 
(13) 
23 
Basic 
(ID 
(ID 
(ID 
24 
Total Enlisted 
3 
107 
357 
467 
15 
482 
92 
25 
Aggregate.. 
9 
111 
381 
501 
17 
518 
92 
26 
Parachute 
9 
28 
381 
b 460 
17 
477 
27 
Gun, machine, cal .30, M1919A4,... 
36 
36 
36 
28 
Pistol, automatic, cal .45.. 
9 
46 
381 
436 
436 
29 
Rifle, cal .30 c 
3 
87 
300 
390 
390 
30 
Mortar, 60-mm 
9 
9 
9 
31 
Submachine gun, cal .45 
2 
39 
41 
41 
32 
Car, 5-passenger 
4 
4 
4 
33 
Truck, reconnaissance.. 
3 
3 
3 
34 
Truck, cargo 
7 
7 
7 
(T) Insert number of battalion. 
a Parachutists, specialists, first class. 
b Total includes 10 percent additional for entire battalion. 
c Rifle, carbine, to be substituted when standardized. 
55 ORGANIZATION 
Table of Organization No. 7-35 (March 29, 19J>1) (Continued): 
MEDICAL DETACHMENT, INFANTRY BATTALION, PARACHUTE 
Designation: Medical Detachment, ® ..Infantry Battalion 
1 
2 
3 
1 
Unit 
Spe- 
cial- 
ist's 
ratings 
(class) 
Battal- 
ion 
section 
Remarks 
2 
Captain - 
2 
® Insert number of battalion. 
a Includes 3 company aid men per jump- 
ing company. 
b Litter bearers. 
c Each individual equipped with a 
parachute. 
All members of detachment are jumpers. 
Summary of Specialists’ Ratings: 
3 
Total Commissioned 
2 
4 
Staff sergeant- 
1st 
1 
5 
Corporal 
1st 
1 
6 
Private, first class, including 
13 
7 
Medical (123) 
1st 
(1) 
(a 10) 
(b 2) 
8 
Surgical (225) 
1st 
1st class... 15 
9 
Basic 
1st 
The serial number symbol shown in par- 
enthesis is an inseparable part of the 
specialist designation. A number below 
500 refers to an occupational specialist 
whose qualification analysis is found in 
section I, AR 615-26. A number above 
500 refers to a military occupational 
specialist listed in section II, AR 615-26. 
10 
Total Enlisted 
15 
11 
Aggregate 
17 
12 
A Parachute c 
17 
(A. G. 320.2 (3-22-41.) 
56 ORGANIZATION 
■ 27. Parachute Battalions.—Diagram (Tentative organization): 
PARACHUTE BATTALION 
57 ORGANIZATION 
■ 28. Organization of Air Corps Units.—The Air Force Combat Com- 
mand contains four air forces, organized geographically. All air force units 
above squadron are highly flexible, and may be modified at any time, both 
as to number and type of lower units contained. The organizations indi- 
cated for air force, command, wing and group, therefore, are type organi- 
zations only, and are included to indicate general relationships, and not 
fixed composition. 
Unit 
T/0 
O 
EM 
Remarks 
Air Force 
A type air force consists of a mobile echelon 
and a fixed echelon. The fixed echelon in- 
cludes air bases and an air warning ser- 
vice. The mobile echelon contains a Hq 
and Hq Sqdn and one or more Bomber 
Commands and one or more Interceptor 
Commands. 
Hq & Hq Sqdn, Air 
Force 
1-800-1 
78 
605 
6 SE 
7 TE 
Contains a Gen. Staff, Sp. Staff, Hq Sqdn. 
Has attached a Signal Co., Aviation. 
Bomber Command 
Contains a Hq & Hq Sqdn and one or more 
Bombardment W7ings, Heavy, Medium 
or Light, or any combination of these. 
Hq & Hq Sqdn, 
Bomber Command 
1-100-1 
28 
154 
1 SE 
2 TE 
® 
Wing 
Contains a Hq & Hq Sqdn and one or more 
Groups, Bombardment, (Hv, M, or L) 
(Pursuit Fighter or Interceptor Fighter). 
Hq & Hq Sqdn, Wing, 
(Bombardment) 
(Interceptor) 
(Fighter) 
1-10-1 
14 
130 
1 SE 
2 TE 
® 
Bombardment Group, 
Heavy (Medium) 
(Light) 
Contains a Hq & Hq Sqdn and three bom- 
bardment sqdns and, as needed, one re- 
connaissance sqdn, (heavy, medium or 
light). 
Hq & Hq Sqdn, Group, 
Bombardment, 
Heavy 
1-112 
24 
267 
3 FE 
®® 
Bombardment Sqdn, 
Heavy 
1-117 
38 
237 
8 FE 
® Operates in 2 flights—A & B. Carries 
up to 4,800 lbs. of bombs (largest bomb 
2,000 lbs.) and has range of operation up 
to 3,400 miles. 
Hq & Hq Sqdn, Group, 
Bombardment, 
Medium 
1-122 
26 
273 
5 TE 
®® 
58 ORGANIZATION 
Organization of Air Corps Units (Continued) : 
Unit 
TIO 
0 
EM 
AP®@ 
Remarks 
Bombardment Squad- 
ron, Medium 
1-127 
52 
254 
13 TE 
Operates in 3 flights—■ 
Flight A—5 airplanes; Flights B and C— 
4 airplanes each. 
Combat crew of each airplane is: 
1 officer, pilot 
1 enlisted man, bombardier— 
gunner 
1 enlisted man, armorer—gunner. 
Carries bomb load up to 4,500 lbs, and has 
range of up to 3,000 miles. 
Hq & Hq Sqdn, Group, 
Bombardment, 
Light 
1-132 
21 
261 
5 TE 
® 
Bombardment Sqdn, 
Light 
1-137 
26 
219 
13 TE 
Operates in 3 Flights—A, B & C 
Flight A — 5 airplanes 
Flight B — 4 airplanes 
Flight C — 4 airplanes 
Combat crew each airplane 
1 officer—pilot 
1 officer—bombardier—gunner (a) 
1 enlisted man—armorer—gunner. 
(a) Officer replaced by enlisted man in all ex- 
cept Squadron and Flight commander’s 
planes. 
Carries bombs up to 2,lfi0 lbs, and has range 
of operation up to 1,000 miles. 
Reconnaissance Sqdn, 
Heavy 
1-217 
44 
271 
8 FE 
Operates in 2 flights—A and B; 4 airplanes 
each. 
Combat crew for each airplane: 
1 officer—pilot 
1 officer—co-pilot—observer 
1 officer—navigator—observer 
1 officer—observer—bombardier— 
gunner 
2 enlisted men—aerial engineer— 
gunner 
2 enlisted men—radio operator— 
gunner 
1 enlisted man—photographer— 
gunner 
Suitable for reconnaissance up to 3,400 miles 
Reconnaissance Squad- 
ron, Medium 
1-227 
61 
276 
13 TE 
Operates in 3 Flights—A, B and C 
Flight A—5 airplanes 
Flight B—4 airplanes 
Flight C—4 airplanes 
Combat crew for each airplane 
1 officer, pilot 
1 officer, co-pilot—observer 
1 officer, navigator—observer 
1 officer, observer—bombardier— 
gunner 
1 enlisted man, radio operator— 
gunner 
1 enlisted man, photographer— 
gunner 
1 enlisted man, aerial engineer— 
gunner 
Suitable for reconnaissance up to 3,000 miles. ORGANIZATION 
Organization of Air Corps Units (Continued) : 
Unit 
T/0 
0 
EM 
AP®® 
Remarks 
Reconnaissance Squad- 
ron, Light 
1-237 
33 
241 
13 TE 
Operates in 3 Flights, A, B & C 
Flight A—5 airplanes 
Flight B—4 airplanes 
Flight C—4 airplanes 
Combat crew for each airplane 
1 officer, pilot 
1 officer, observer—bombardier— 
gunner 
1 enlisted man, gunner 
Suitable for reconnaissance up to 1,000 miles. 
Interceptor Command 
Contains a Hq & Hq Sqdn and one or more 
Interceptor Wings. 
Hq & Hq Sqdn, Inter- 
ceptor Command 
1-200-1 
32 
169 
1 SE 
2 TE 
® 
Pursuit Group 
Contains a Hq & Hq Sqdn and 3 Pursuit, 
Fighter (Interceptor) Squadrons. 
Hq & Hq Sqdn, Group, 
Pursuit 
1-12 
47 
259 
5 SE 
® 
Fighter Pursuit Squad- 
ron 
1-37 
34 
287 
25 TE 
Operates in 3 Flights, A, B and C 
Flight A—9 airplanes 
Flight B—8 airplanes 
Flight C—8 airplanes 
Combat crew for each airplane 
1 officer, pilot 
1 enlisted man, gunner 
Long range airplanes, suitable for protecting 
bombardment or reconnaissance planes 
on relatively distant missions. 
Interceptor Pursuit 
Squadron 
1-27 
42 
218 
25 SE 
Operates in 3 Flights, A, B & C 
Flight A—9 airplanes 
Flight B—8 airplanes 
Flight C—8 airplanes 
Combat Crew 
1 officer, pilot 
Short range airplanes, with high rate of climb. 
Suitable for protection of local areas or in- 
stallation against hostile aircraft. 
Observation Squadron 
1-255 
38 
159 
13 SE 
3 per type Army Corps. 
Operates in 3 Flights, A, B & C 
Flight A—5 airplanes 
Flight B—4 airplanes 
Flight C—4 airplanes 
Suitable for observation missions of 2 hours, 
and to operate up to 500 miles. 
©Type airplanes are designated by a letter. The number following the letter is the model of that type- 
Example: 
B—23=Bomber—twenty third model 
P—40=Pursuit—fortieth model 
C—50=Cargo—fiftieth model 
O—52=Observation, etc. 
60 ORGANIZATION 
Organization of Air Corps Units (Continued): 
©Wings or Groups usually contain one type of aircraft. If necessary composite Wings or Groups may 
contain more than one type of aircraft. 
©Ranges and bomb loads are approximate—they vary with each type of aircraft. Where maximum 
ranges are desired, the minimum bomb load is carried and engines are operated at economical speeds. 
©SE = Single Engine 
TE = Two Engine 
FE = Four Engine 
©All combat units normally operate at approximately 75% airplane strength, i. e. 
Pursuit Squadron operates 18 out of 25 
Observation Squadron operates 9 out of 13 
Bomb (Heavy) Squadron operates 6 out of 8 
Bomb (Med) Squadron operates 9 out of 13 
Bomb (Light) Squadron operates 9 out of 13 
Reconnaissance (Hv) Squadron operates 6 out of 8 
Reconnaissance (Med) Squadron operates 9 out of 13 
Reconnaissance (L) Squadron operates 9 out of 13 
©Hq and Hdqrs Squadrons of Commands, Wings or Groups contain command, communications, 
minimum administrative and transportation elements. Liaison Officers might be drawn from these 
units. 
©Transportation, except ambulances, and all chauffeurs and other transportation personnel for the en- 
tire Group are included in the Hq and Hqs Squadron of the group. 
Independent Squadrons have own transportation. 
©Combat crew for Sq Commander and Flight Commanders consist of: 
1 officer, pilot 
1 officer, co-pilot 
1 officer, navigator 
1 officer, bombardier 
1 enlisted man, aerial engineer—gunner 
1 enlisted man, asst aerial engineer—gunner 
2 enlisted men, radio operators—gunner 
For all other airplanes: 
1 officer, pilot 
1 officer, co-pilot 
1 officer, navigator 
1 enlisted man, bombardier—gunner 
1 enlisted man, asst aerial engineer—gunner 
2 enlisted men, radio operator—gunner 
1 enlisted man, aerial engineer—gunner 
61 ORGANIZATION 
Section V 
DATA PERTAINING TO SUPPLY AND EVACUATION UNITS 
29. Engineer Units: @ 
1 
2 
3 
k 
5 
Unit 
T/0 
No. 
0 
EM 
Remarks 
Engr Regt 
(C) (Corps) 
© 
5-171 
46 
1,266 
2 per type corps. Hq & Hq & Serv Co, 2 Bns with 3 Cos of 
3 Plats each: Engr service for corps. 2 sets infantry in- 
trenching tools in regiment. 
Engr Regt 
(C) Div 
© 
5-11 
46 
946 
1 per infantry division (square). 6 sets of infantry intrench- 
ing tools in division. Regt consists of Div Hq & Serv Co, and 
2 Bns with 3 Cos of 2 Plats each. 
Engr Bn (C) 
© 
5-75 
21 
627 
1 per infantry division (triangular or triangular motorized). 
Hq & Hq Co, 3 Engr Cos (C), of 3 Plats each. Transportation 
sufficient for organic personnel and material. 3 sets intrench- 
ing tools for infantry. 
Engr Bn 
(Armd) 
© 
5-215 
28 
729 
1 per armored division. Hq Co, 3 Engr Cos of 2 Plats ea, 1 
Bridge Co. Transportation sufficient for organic personnel 
and equipment. 
Engr Sq 
5-115 
16 
451 
1 per cavalry division. Hq & Hq & Serv Tr, 2 Engr Trs of 3 
Plats ea. Engr service for cavalry division: 4 sets of in- 
trenching equipment, cavalry. Transportation sufficient for 
organic personnel and equipment. 
Engr Regt 
(Gen Serv) 
5-21 
46 
1,259 
3 per type army. Hq & Hq & Serv Co, 2 Bns with 3 Engr Cos 
(Gen Serv) each; 18 operating units. General engineer ser- 
vice and construction of all classes. 
Engr Bn 
(Sep) 
5-35 
26 
1,218 
6 per type army. Hq & Hq & Serv Co, 4 Engr Cos (Sep) (ea 
of 2 Plats of 9 squads). Essentially a labor unit. Not trained 
for general construction work. 
Engr Co 
(Dep) 
5-47 
4 
174 
1 per type army. 1 per type Air Force. Hq Plat, 3 Dep Plats. 
Operates engineer depot for general supplies. Depot stock- 
ages vary greatly. Maintenance requirements per type 
army per day: one depot co can furnish personnel to handle 
a depot of about 300,000 sq ft of storage area. 
Engr Co 
(Dp Trk) 
6-88 
4 
121 
2 per type army. Hq Plat, 2 Transp Plats. Furnishes 45 
dump trucks for engineer hauling. 
Engr Co 
(mobile 
shop) 
5-157 
5 
170 
1 per type army, Hq Plat, 3 mobile shop Plat. Executes 3d 
echelon maintenance for all equipment for which engineers 
have maintenance responsibility. 
NOTES 
0 Includes attached medical and chaplains. 
@ For bridge and ferrying equipment, see Chapter 7, this manual. 
62 ORGANIZATION 
Engineer Units (Continued): 
1 
2 
3 
h 
6 
Unit 
T/0 
No. 
0 
EM 
Remarks 
Engr Bn 
(W Sup) 
5-65 
22 
418 
1 per type army. Hq & Hq & Serv Co, 3 Engr Cos (W Sup). 
Receives, purifies and transports water. Transport capa- 
city: 67,500 gallons per trip. Purification capacity: 37,800 
gallons per hour. Under normal conditions the battalion can 
supply 1 type army, but in highly congested areas or where 
but little water is available locally, only 1 corps can be 
served adequately. Equipped with storage facilities. Not 
equipped for well drilling or construction of reservoirs. 
90 trks, tank, 750 gal, for water; 9 trks, water 
purification. 
Engr Bn 
(Cam, 
Army) 
5-95 
30 
413 
1 per type army. Hq & Hq & Serv Co, 4 Engr Cos (Cam, 
army). Primary mission is camouflage inspection, disci- 
pline and training. Supplies camouflage materials. Prepares 
plans for general or special camouflage installations. 
Engr Bn 
(Cam, 
GHQ) 
5-135 
24 
414 
1 per GHQ. Primarily a manufacturing unit. It also has same 
functions as the army battalion. 
Engr Hq(Ry) 
5-302 
24 
216 
The manager MRS and 4 staff departments supervise the 
operation and maintenance of all military railways in the 
Theatre of Operations. 
Engr Hq 
(Ry, Div) 
5-602 
24 
74 
The general superintendent and 6 staff sections supervise and 
coordinate the operations of several railway divisions with 
attached shop and other troops to form a grand division. 
Engr Bn 
(Ry, Oper- 
ating) 
5-125 
21 
820 
Com Z and GHQ units. Hq & Hq & Serv Co, 1 Engr Co 
(Maint of Equip), 1 Engr Co (Maint of Way); 1 Engr Co 
(Transportation). Operates and maintains a railway division 
up to 120 miles in length, without increase of personnel. The 
battalion can furnish crews for 20 to 24 trains each way per 
day, or a total of 40 trains per day. 
Engr Bn 
(Ry, Shop) 
5-145 
23 
658 
Com Z and GHQ units. Hq & Hq & Serv Co, 1 Engr Co 
(Erecting & Machine Shop), 1 Eng Co (Boiler & Smith 
Shop), 1 Engr Co (Car Repair). Operates heavy shops and 
executes assembly and major repairs of railway equipment. 
The bn can serve 2 or more engr ry operating bns. 
Engr Bn 
(Top, 
Army) 
5-55 
40 
1,005 
1 per type army. Hq & Hq & Serv Co, 1 Engr Co (Reproduc- 
tion), 1 Engr Co (Photomapping), 2 Engr Cos (Surv). Map 
making, reproduction, and procurement. 
Engr Bn 
(Top. 
GHQ) 
5-185 
32 
778 
Hq & Hq & Serv Co, 1 Engr Co (Reproduction), 1 Engr (Photo- 
mapping), 1 Engr Co (Surv). Map making and reproductions. 
Engr Co 
(Top, 
Corps) 
5-167 
5 
115 
1 per type corps. Co Hq and 3 Plats (survery, photomapping 
and reproduction). Map making and reproduction. 
Engr Bn 
(Hv Pon) 
® 
5-275 
14 
468 
2 per type army. Hq & Hq & Serv Co, 2 Engr Cos (Hv Pon), 
with 2 Plats each. A ponton bridge transport and mainten- 
ance unit. Four 250-ft bridges of 25-tons capacity, combined 
length up to 1,000 ft. Bridges will carry all loads of the field 
army. Construction is done by the battalion reinforced by 
general engineer units. 
63 29-30 
ORGANIZATION 
Engineer Units (Continued) : 
1 
2 
3 
h 
• 5 
Unit 
T/0 
No. 
0 
EM 
Remarks 
Engr Co 
(L Pon) 
© 
5-87 
6 
215 
4 per type army. 1 Hq Plat, 3 Bdg Plats. Equipment for 
3 bridges with combined length of up to 750 feet. Con- 
struction is done by general engineer units. 
Engr Regt 
(Avn) 
5-411 
70 
1,777 
2 per type Air Force. Hq & Hq & Serv Co, 3 Bns with 3 Engr 
Cos (Avn) each. Provides for maintenance and construction 
of airdromes and routes thereto; assists in defense. 
Engr Co, Avn 
(Sep) 
5-427 
6 
176 
Co Hq, Serv Plat and 2 Operating Plats. Organized for in- 
dependent operations at a distance from other units. Addi- 
tional hand labor attached when needed. 
For bridge and ferrying equipment, see Chapter 7, this manual. 
■ 30. Medical Units: 
1 
2 
3 
k 
5 
Unit 
T/0 
No. 
0 
EM 
Remarks 
Med Regt 
8-21 
66 
980 
3 per type army. 1 per infantry division (square). Hq & Hq 
& Serv Co, 1 Coll Bn, 1 Arab Bn, 1 Clr Bn. Division: col- 
lection, evacuation, temporary care, sanitation, and medi- 
cal supply in division area. Army: same service for army 
troops. In addition the negiments perform all evacuation 
from division, corps, and army clearing stations to evacua- 
tion hospitals and reinforce divisions and evacuation hospi- 
tals. Temporary care for 750 patients, normally, 1,200 for 
not to exceed 24 hours. Equipment not suitable for defin- 
itive treatment hospitalization. One ambulance company 
can move 80 patients lying, or 200 patients sitting, per trip. 
Minimum space requirments: Under tents, 125 x 80 yards 
In buildings, 60,000 sq ft. @ 
Bivouac area, 170 x 240 yds. 
Movement by rail requires 5 trains. Clearing station re- 
quires 1 hour to establish. Can be dismantled in 2 hours, 
but 1 to 3 additional hours are required to evacuate patients, 
if filled. The 60 motor ambulances available can move all 
personnel plus 100 patients. 
Med Bn 
8-65 
34 
476 
1 per infantry division (triangular or triangular, motorized.) 
1 per type corps. Hq & Hq Det, 3 Coll Cos, 1 Clr Co. 36 
Amb; 15 trks, 21 trks, Can move 
organic personnel. 
NOTE 
® The floor space requirements given refer to buildings constructed for hospital purposes. For con- 
verted buildings, such as hotels, the floor space requirements are approximately four times that 
required in buildings constructed for use as hospitals. 
64 ORGANIZATION 
Medical Units (Continued) : 
1 
2 
3 
k 
5 
Unit 
T/0 
No. 
0 
EM 
Remarks 
Med Bn 
(Armd Div) 
8-75 
25 
333 
1 per armored division. Hq & Hq Det, 1 Coll Co, 1 Clr Co. 
30 Amb; 27 tries, 23'2-ton. Can move organic personnel. 
Med Sq 
8-85 
28 
336 
1 per cavalry division. Hq & Hq & Serv Det, 1 Coll Tr; 1 Clr 
Tr, 1 Vet Tr. 24 ambs. Can move organic personnel. 
Evac Hosp 
8-232 
47 
52-N 
318 
10 per type army. Receives all classes of cases and prepares 
them for further evacuation by rail. May be used for defin- 
itive hospitalization in an emergency. Capacity: 750 
patients, normally; 1,200 for not to exceed 3 days. Set up 
12 to 30 miles from the front, on a road from the front and 
on a railroad to the rear. Sewage facilities are desirable. 
Minimum space requirements: Under tents: 200 x 200 yds. 
In buildings: 80,000 sq ft. @ 
Requires 4 to 6 hours to establish and 8 to 10 hours to dis- 
mantle, when empty. Has a small number of organic motor 
vehicles. Usually moves by rail. Movement requires 2/3 
train, type A, or 184 truck tons for equipment only. 
Surg Hosp 
8-231 
50 
60-N 
275 
4 per type army. 1 per army in GHQ Res. Operates surgical 
hospital in front line div areas, but remains under army or 
corps control. Cares for nontransportable casualties only. 
Capacity 400 patients. Organized into a mobile self- 
contained surgical unit available for reinforcing any other 
medical unit within the army, and 2 hospitalization units 
(capacity 200 each), one or both of which or 1 hospitaliza- 
tion unit (less a ward section), can be established at one or 
more points as required. 
Conv Hosp 
8-233 
28 
189 
1 per type army. Receives convalescents from evacuation 
hospitals. Capacity: 3,000 patients, normally; 5,000 for not 
to exceed one week. Set up in rear of army area on roads 
and a railroad, preferably near the army replacement pool. 
Sewage facilities are desirable. Minimum space requirements: 
Under tents: 540 x 300 yards. 
In buildings: 120,000 sq ft. © 
Has small number of organic motor vehicles. Movement re- 
quires 3'2-train, type A, or 232 truck tons additional for 
equipment only. 
Med Lab 
(Army or 
Com Z) 
8-234 
11 
45 
1 per type army. 1 per section of Com Z. When the Com Z is 
not organized in sections, laboratories are located as re- 
quired by the health situation. Conducts epidemiological 
investigations, surveys, and studies, with necessary labor- 
atory work, including water analysis. Has small number of 
organic motor vehicles. Movement requires 1/6 train, type 
A, or 6 truck tons additional for equipment only. 
Med Sup Dep 
(Army or 
Com Z) 
8-235 
15 
198 
1 per type army. 1 per medical supply depot in the Com Z. 
Operates medical supply depots of the army and the Com 
Z. T/O provides personnel for necessary labor. Stockage of 
army depot is usually limited to items and quantities essen- 
tial to maintain combat efficiency for not to exceed 3 days. 
Space requirements: under tents, 40 x 50 yards. The army 
depot is mobile; the Com Z depot is immobile. Movement 
(supplies not included) requires 3'2-train, type A, or 90 
truck tons additional for equipment only. 
65 ORGANIZATION 
Medical Units (Continued): 
1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
Unit 
T10 
No. 
0 
EM 
Remarks 
Vet Evac 
Hosp 
8-236 
6 
89 
A GHQ unit. Capacity: 150 animals, normally; 300 in an 
emergency. Established within one days’ march for animal 
casualites from division veterinary clearing or aid stations, 
preferably on or near a railroad to the rear. Minimum space 
requirements: under tents, 125 x 100 yards. Small number 
of organic motor vehicles. Usually moves by rail. Move- 
ment requires %-train, type A, or 9 truck tons for equip- 
ment only. 
Vet Conv 
Hosp 
8-237 
10 
253 
A GHQ unit. Receives convalescents from veterinary evacua- 
tion hospitals. Capacity: 1,000 animals, normally; 2,000 in 
an emergency. Movement requires type A, or 24 
truck tons additional for equipment only. 
Hosp Tn 
8-506 
4 
6-N 
35 
Requirements based on length of haul and expected casualties. 
In general, 1 per division engaged will be required in the 
Theatre of Opns. Evacuates casualties from evacuation to 
general hospitals, between general hospitals, from general 
hospitals to the Z of I, and within the Z of I. Within the 
Theatre of Opns, the Medical Dept is charged with care and 
treatment of patients transported and general administra- 
tion. Movement into combat zone and out of it controlled 
by Regulating Officer. Classification — (1) type train; 22 
cars, 20-ton box type, superstructure altered to meet M D 
requirements, average capacity 300 patients; (2) Impro- 
vised: one hosp unit car, 1 baggage car and a variable num- 
ber of pullman, tourist sleeper, or chair cars, depending 
on availability; average capacity 500 patients. 
Gen Hosp 
8-507 
73 
120-N 
600 
The number of general hospitals in the Com Z or the Z of I 
depends on the expected demand and the policy of evac- 
uation from the Theatre of Opns to the Z of I. Receives 
patients from the combat zone or from other hospitals in 
the Com Z. Provides definitive hospitalization for all 
classes of cases. Capacity: 1,000 patients per general hospi- 
tal. Always located on a railroad or water-way. In the Com 
Z or the Z of I, a number of general hospitals may be grouped 
to form a hospital center. The general hospital is not mobile. 
Minimum floor space requirements: 120,000 square feet. 0 
Has a small number of motor vehicles, including ambulances, 
to supply itself and to move a few patients. Weight of 
equipment: 142 tons. Cubage: 15,936 cubic feet. 
Sta Hosp 
(Com Z) 
8-503 
20 
30-N 
150 
Operates station hospital in the Com Z whenever the number 
of troops in the area justifies its establishments. Does not 
receive patients from combat zone. Capacity: 250 patients 
each. Can be doubled or tripled in strength and capacity. 
Minimum floor space requirements: 32,000 square feet. 0 
Not mobile. Has a small number of motor vehicles, includ- 
ing ambulances, to supply itself and move a few patients. 
Weight of equipment: 57 tons. Cubage: 7,051 cubic feet. 
Vet Gen Hosp 
8-509 
11 
269 
Receives patients from the combat zone or from other vet- 
erinary hospitals. Capacity: 500 animals, normally; 1,000 
in an emergency. Located in the Com Z or the Z of I only. 
Not mobile. Has a small number of motor vehicles for its own 
supply service. Weight of equipment: 8-tons. Cubage: 895 
cubic feet. 
66 ORGANIZATION 
Medical Units (Continued): 
1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
Unit 
T/O 
No. 
O 
EM 
Remarks 
Vet Sta Hosp 
(Com Z) 
8-560 
4 
78 
Establishes veterinary station hospital in the Com Z when 
justified by the number of animals in the area. Does not 
receive patients from the combat zone. Capacity: 150 
animals, normally; 300 in an emergency. Not mobile. Has 
a small number of motor vehicles for its own supply service. 
Weight of equipment: 25-tons. Cubage: 1,461 cubic feet. 
Hosp Center 
8-551 
46 
1-WO 
2-N 
310 
Furnishes the overhead for a hospital center of from 3 to 10 
general hospitals. Includes a convalescent camp with a 
capacity of 1,000. Convalescent camps at hospital centers 
have normally a total bed capacity equal to 20% of that of 
the center. Not mobile. General hospitals in the center have 
no transport. The center has sufficient ambulances to move 
patients between hospitals. The center requires motor 
transport, bakery, military police, finance, signal, postal, 
and laundry personnel in numbers depending upon the size 
and location of the center. 
Aux Surgl Gp 
8-512 
128 
70-N 
127 
Held in Com Z and teams sent forward when required. Rein- 
forces surgical, evacuation, and general hospitals in times of 
stress by additional operating teams. The group has a total 
of 250 operating teams. Not mobile. Has a small number of 
motor vehicles for its own supply service and to move a 
few teams. 
Gen Dispens- 
ary 
8-502 
12 
29 
1 per GHQ. 1 per port of embarkation or debarkation. Others 
as required. Renders outpatient medical service at large 
headquarters. Must be attached for rations and quarters. 
Weight of equipment: 8-tons. Cubage 704 cubic feet. Not 
mobile. Has 1 amb; 2 car, passenger; 1 motorcycle. 
Med Lab 
(Gen) 
8-504 
26 
98 
1 per Theater of Opns, if the size of the force in the theater 
justifies it. Conducts extensive epidemiological studies, re- 
searches, technical inspections and investigations. Manu- 
factures biologies. Weight of equipment; 7-tons. Cubage: 
345 cubic feet. Not mobile. Has sufficient transportation for 
its own supply service. 
Hq Med Serv 
(Com Z) 
8-500-1 
26 
2-N 
92 
1 per Theater of Opns, if the size of the force in the theater and 
the organization of the Com Z justifies it. Provides over- 
head for administration of all medical activities in the Com 
Z. Not mobile. Must be attached for rations and quarters. 
Med Dept 
Concentra- 
tion Center 
8-505 
5 
24 
1 per Theater of Opns, if the size of the force in the theater 
justifies it. Provides overhead for administration in the Com 
Z of medical units held as GHQ Res, those withdrawn from 
armies for rehabilitation, and those arriving from the Z of I. 
Weight of equipment: Cubage: 284 cubic feet. Not 
mobile. Has sufficient motor transportation for the supply 
of the units stationed at the center. 
Vet Co (Sep) 
8-99 
7 
184 
1 per type army. Evacuates animal casualties to veterinary 
evacuation hospitals from division, corps, and army vet- 
erinary aid stations and veterianry clearing stations. 15 
trks, with stock rack body; each has capacity for 
6 horses. 
67 30-31 
ORGANIZATION 
Medical Units (Continued): 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
Unit 
T/0 
No. 
0 
EM 
Remarks 
Med Exam- 
ining Unit 
(Avn) 
8-141 
6 
14 
GHQ Res. Examines flying personnel assigned to air bases as 
required. Not mobile. Has a small amount of motor trans- 
port for its own supply. 
31. Ordnance Units : 
1 
2 
3 
i 
5 
Unit 
T/0 
No. 
0 
EM 
Remarks 
Ord Co (Am) 
9-17 
6 
180 
6 per army ord am bn. 1 per type air force. 2 required in 
Com Z for each 15 days of supply for each type army 
served. Co Hq; Depot office; 1 Magazine Plat; 1 Serv Plat. 
Operates ammunition depots and ammunition supply 
points. For data on labor requirements, see paragraph 32. 
(Army QM service.) 
Ord Co (Dep) 
9-18 
6 
180 
1 per type army. 1 per type air force. 1 required in Com Z for 
each 15 days of supply for each type army. Co Hq, Depot 
Office, 1 Storehouse Plat, 1 Serv Plat, 1 Guard and Labor 
Plat. Operates ordnance depot for general supplies. 
The total daily maintenance for a type army is about 150 
tons. The company requires 20 truck tons of additional 
transportation, but no additional labor, for daily mainten- 
ance. 3 days of supply for a type army requires about 
20,000 square feet of storage space, of which about 15% 
should be covered. 
Ord Co 
Air Base 
9-167 
4 
60 
1 per air base. Co Hq, Ord Sec, Maint & Gen Supply Sec, 
Am Sec, Airdrome Sec, 2 tractor cranes & trailers. 6 bomb 
trailers, 6 bomb service trucks, misc ord trks. 
Ord Co (Avn) 
(Bomb or 
Pursuit) 
9-157 
6 
181 
1 Co per air group. Co Hq; 1 airdrome sec per Hq and Hq Sq; 
1 Airdrome Plat per Air Corps Sq as prescribed for unit 
served. 20 trks, bomb service; 40 trailers, bomb, misc trks. 
Ord Co 
(M Maint) 
9-7 
6 
140 
2 per army ordnance maint battalion. 3 per type corps. 1 per 
AA brig of 3 regts. 1 per inf div, square. 1 per cav div. 1 
air district or type air force Operates ord repair section, 
air force depot. Hq & Sup Sec, Serv Sec, Arty & Automo- 
tive Sec, Armory Sec, Instrument Sec. In the Com Z, 4 or 5 
companies are required normally for each type army; usual- 
ly employed in shops. Maint & supply of unit to which 
assigned or attached. Equipment varied according to 
assignment. Completely mobile. 
68 ORGANIZATION 
Ordnance Units (Continued) 
1 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
1 
Unit 
no 
No. 
0 
EM 
Remarks 
Ord Co 
(Hv Maint) 
9-9 
8 
215 
1 per army ordnance maintenance battalion. Companies are 
allotted from GHQ Res to heavy artillery and tanks as re- 
quired. 2 are required normally in the Com Z for each type 
army, to operate shops. Maintenance beyond the capabil- 
ities of medium maintenance companies. Operate artillery 
and automotive repair centers. Usually established in army 
area, near ordnance depot. The company can operate in the 
field, but buildings with machine tools and foundry equip- 
ment greatly facilitate its operation. Completely mobile. 
Ord Co 
(Maint Ry) 
Arty) 
9-47 
4 
87 
1 per ry arty regt. Co Hq, Serv Plat each Ry Bn. Mainten- 
ance, repair, inspections. 
Ord Bn 
(Maint), 
Armd Div 
9-65 
21 
406 
1 per armored div. Bn Hq, 2 Ord Cos, each with Hq Section, 
Service Section, Arty & Automotive Section, and Armament 
Section. 
Ord Bn (Am) 
9-15 
44 
1,121 
2 per type army. Each battalion includes 6 Ord Cos (Am). 
Ord Bn 
(Maint 
& Supply) 
9-115 
33 
705 
1 per type army. 1 Ord Co (Hv Maint), 2 Ord Cos (M 
Maint), 1 Ord Co (Depot). 
Ord Bn 
(Maint) 
(Corps) 
9-75 
25 
440 
1 per type corps. Hq Det, 3 Ord Cos (M Maint). 
69 32. Quartermaster Units 
ORGANIZATION 
f 
10—Cars 
44—Mtds 
00—1-ton Trl 
19—Comd-Rcn 
18—P/Up 
245—2 *4-ton. cargo 
8—2*/<-ton. wrecker 
2—4-ton. wrecker 
90—Laborers 
640 tons 
14.000 gallons 
3.975 yards 
28 minutes 
Regimental Totals 
include adminis- 
trative vehicles 
Pistols—594) 
for 
Rifles —204) 
guard duty and 
train defense 
Atchd 
Med. A 
Chap 
REGT TOTALS 
Passenger Transpor- 
tation 
For division bead- 
quarters. 
Establish Hq garage 
13d BN L-MaintACar 
FGo (Car) 
Motor Maintenance 
(Limited 3d Echelon) 
Supply of parts, unit as- 
semblies. accessories and 
tools. 
QUARTERMASTER REGIMENT 
SQUARE DIVISION 
Administrative vehicles excluded - 
General Cargo Transporta- 
tion 
Supply and troop movements 
Distribution of rations 
and water. 
Labor Pool 
Handle rations 
gasoline and 
water 
Moves with 
truck bat- 
talions. 
GAO Supply 
Carry division 
reserves In 
containers. 
Establish DPa 
I » _ £? & S I 
i , m i j! i h 
11 i u i i n 111! 
Major Functions 
70 ORGANIZATION 
6—Cart 
5— Mtcls 
63—Trl—1-ton 
18—Trks Ecn 
6— Trk P/Up 
1— Trk cargo. 1 4-ton 
63—24-ton, cargo 
2— 2 4*ton, wrecker 
2—4-ton, wrecker 
46-—Laborers 
160—tons 
690 yards 
8 minutes 
Totals include 
administrative 
vehicles. 
Pistols 262 # 
Rifles M for*U*rd 
duty and train defense. 
BN TOTALS 
Quartermaster Units: (Continued) 
QUARTERMASTER BATTALION 
TRIANGULAR DIVISION & TRIANGULAR DIVISION (MOTORIZED) 
Cargo Transport 
& 
Troop Movements. 
Distribution of 
rations, water 
and gasoline 
Motor 
Supply 
Spare 
Parts 
Unit 
Assemblies 
Tools 
Accessories 
Wrecker 
Service 
Motor Repair 
Limited 3d 
Echelon 
Labor 
Handle 
rations, 
water ami 
gasoline. 
HQ Garage 
Passenger 
Service for 
Division 
Head- 
quarters 
Car 
Mtcl 
Trl. 1-ton cargo 
Trk Ren 
** 4-ton pick-up 
*’ 14-ton 
" 24-ton cargo 
** 24-ton wrecker 
4-ton wrecker 
Men for labor 
Tonnage capacity 
Road space, (halted) 
Time length, (moving) 
Major Functions 
DATA ORGANIZATION 
I—Car 
6—Mtcls 
66—Trailers, 1-ton 
12— Tricycles 
7—Comd 4 Ren 
13— Pick-up 
1 (atchd Med.) 
84—2Vi-ton trucks 
3—2' j-ton wreckers 
4 —4 ton wreckers 
40 men 
160 tons 
1640 yards 
11 minutes 
Administrative 
vehicles included. 
9-MG cal .30 light For 
8-MG cal .50 train 
81-Rifles cal .30 da 
366-Pistols cal .45 fense 
BN TOTALS 
Motor Main- 
tenance 
Sd Echelon 
(machine ■hope) 
Quartermaster Units: (Continued) 
QUARTERMASTER BATTALION 
ARMORED DIVISION 
Wrecker Service 
Spare parte, 
unit assem- 
bliea, acces- 
sories, tools, 
etc. 
Cargo 
transporta- 
tion 
Com 
Radio 4 
Messenger 
Labor 
Rations 
gasoline, 
and water 
Car 
Mtcl 
Trailer. 1-ton 
Tricycle 
V;-ton Comd 4 Ren 
■2-ton pick-up 
IVs-ton cargo 
2>/a-ton cargo 
2V4-ton wrecker 
4-ton wrecker 
Mon for labor 
Cargo tonnage 
Road spaces 
Time length 
Major Functions 
DATA 
72 ORGANIZATION 
Quartermaster Units: (Continued) 
15—-Mtcls 
48—Semi-Trailers, 4 ton 
48—Tractor Truck, 214-ton 
62—Trailer cargo 
6—14-ton Comd 
15—Pick-up 
SI—214-ton, cargo 
48—214-ton, stock rack 
4—214-ton, wrecker 
2—4-ton, wrecker 
40—Laborers 
308—(horses &. mules) 
20 (4 platoons) 
352 Tons 
8000 gallons 
2230 yds (less animals) 
19 min (less animals) 
100 yds (5 min <£D 5 MPH) 
Administrative vehicles 
included in above totals 
Pistols 451 
Rifles 100 Ior 
Automatic rifles 9 usr 
duty and train defense. 
SQ—TOTALS 
Pack Transportation 
Small-arms ammunition 
Supply 
Cargo transportation 
QUARTERMASTER SQUADRON 
CAVALRY DIVISION (HORSE) 
Motor 
Mainte- 
nance 
Limited 
S echelon 
Spare Parts 
Unit Assem- 
blies 
Accessories 
Tools 
Supply 
Movements 
Troop 
Movement 
Labor 
Rations 
Gasoline 
Water 
G & 0 Supply 
Carry Re- 
serve 
Establish 
DPs 
Mtcls 
Semi-Trailers, 4-ton 
Tractor Truck, 214-ton 
Trailer, i-ton' 
14-ton Command 
14-ton 4 pick-up) 
214-ton, cargo 
214-ton, stock rack bdy 
214-ton, wrecker 
4-ton wrecker 
Men for labor 
Pack mules 
Tonnage, Pack 
Truck, tonnage 
G&O capacity 
Road space,halted 
Time length 
Road Space, Tr (Pk) 
Major Functions 
DATA 
73 ORGANIZATION 
Quartermaster Units: (Continued) 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
Unit 
T/0 
No. 
0 
EM 
Remarks 
QM Bn 
(Serv) 
10-65 
15 
912 
6 per type army. 1 per type air force. Each 15-0 and 912- 
EM. 4 QM Cos (Serv) per Bn, each 3-0 and 224-EM. 
Forms general labor pool for handling supplies. Average 
rate of work: 3'6-ton per man per hour for ten hours. 5 
mtcls; 1 trk, 3'6-ton, comd; 5 trks, p/up; 20trks, 
23'6-ton, cargo, 21 trailer, 1-ton, cargo. 
QM Regt 
(Trk) 
10-51 
57 
1,449 
1 per type army. 3 QM Bns (Trk) per regt, each 15-0 and 
461-EM, 4 QM Cos (Trk) per Bn. Constitutes the nucleus 
of the army strategic transport pool and operates trucks for 
general use in the army area or in the Com Z. Each battalion 
has 192 trucks with a total capacity of 480 tons (640 with 
trailers). Each truck company has 48 trucks available for 
general use. Gas and oil are available in the regiment for a 
movement of 300 miles. 56 mtcls; 18 trks, 3'2-ton, comd; 
43 trks, 36-ton, p/up; 620 trks, V/i to 236-ton, cargo; 12 
tks, 23'2-ton wrecker. 
QM Co (Trk) 
10-57 
3 
110 
8 per type air force. 2 per type corps. 4 per inf div (square) 
1 per inf div (triangular or triangular, motorized). CoHq; 
2 Trk Plats. The company has 48 trucks available for general 
use. 
QM Bn 
(L Maint) 
10-25 
21 
767 
3 per type army. Hq & Hq Det, 4 QM Cos (L Maint). Per- 
forms third echelon motor maintenance for all QM motor 
vehicles of the troop units of the army or Com Z. Supplies, 
parts and accessories for motor vehicles. The battalion can 
serve 4,000 vehicles. 18 motorcycles; 5 trucks, 3'2-ton, comd; 
21 trks, 36-ton, pick-up; 8 trks, 236-ton wrecker; 16 
trks, 4-ton, wrecker, 86 trks, 236-ton, cargo. 
QM Co 
(L Maint) 
10-27 
4 
185 
1 per type corps. 3 per type air force. 4 per QM Bn (L Maint), 
1 per QM regt, infantry division (square). Performs third 
echelon motor maintenance. 4 tricycles; 1 truck, 3'2-ton, 
comd; 5 trucks, 3'2-ton, pick-up; 2 trucks, 23'2-ton, wrecker; 
4 trucks, 4-ton, wrecker; and 21 trucks, 23'6-ton, cargo. 
QM Co (Car) 
10-87 
4 
133 
1 per type army. Furnishes passenger car transportation and 
motorcycle messengers for the headquarters served. 29 
mtcls; 24 cars, pass; 29 trks, 3'2-ton, comd; 5 trks, 3'2-ton, 
pick-up; 6 Trks, 13'6-ton. 
QM Regt 
(Hv Maint) 
10-41 
61 
3,141 
Com Z units. Hq & Hq Det, 3 QM Bns (Hv Maint) with 3 
QM Cos (Hv Maint) and 1 Depot Co, each. Operates unit 
repair, overhaul, reconstruction, and salvage shops for 
motor vehicles and motor transport supply depots. Each 
company and battalion is capable of operating alone. They 
can operate in the field without properly equipped shops 
but only at considerably reduced efficiency. 
QM Co 
(Serv) 
10-67 
3 
224 
2 per type corps. Labor pool. Hq & 2 Plats, 160 men available 
for labor. Capacity 800 tons per day. 
74 ORGANIZATION 
Quartermaster Units: (Continued) 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
Unit 
T/0 
No. 
0 
EM 
Remarks 
QM Co 
(Gas Sup) 
10-77 
2 
117 
1 per type corps. Co H & Trk Plat. Distributes gas & oil and 
operates corps, army, or GHQ filling station. Capacity: 
15,700 gallons gas & 300 gallons oil in 10 gallon cans. 
QM Bn 
(Gas Sup) 
10-75 
10 
480 
1 per type army. Hq & Hq Det, 4 QM Cos (Gas Supply). 
Capacity: 62,800 gallons of gasoline and 1,200 gallons of 
oil, transported in 10-gallon cans. 9 mtcls; 9 trks, 
comd; 5 trks, pick-up; 105 trks, 2H-ton, cargo. 
QM Co 
(Dep-MT) 
10-48 
4 
300 
Assigned as needed. Storage and issue of motor transport sup- 
plies for first, second and third echelon maintenance of 3,000 
vehicles. Tear-down and disposition of evacuated vehicles. 
QM Sq (Rmt) 
10-95 
28 
718 
A GHQ unit. Hq & Hq Det, 4 QM Trs (Rmt). Operates re- 
mount depots with a combined capacity of 1,600 animals. 
Each troop is capable of operating separately up to a 400 
animal capacity. 6 mtcls; 13 trks, 32 wagons, 
escort. 
QM Co (Dep) 
10-227 
4 
148 
1 per type army. 2 per type air force. Furnishes enlisted spe- 
cialists for technical supply operations of QM depots. 
Labor and transportation must be furnished from QM 
service units. Normal requirements for labor and trans- 
portation: 1 QM company (truck) and 1 QM company 
(service). 1 mtcl; 1 trk, pick-up; 3 trks, 2^-ton. 
QM Bn 
(Bkry) 
10-145 
25 
654 
Normally established in the Com Z, but may be attached to 
army or corps. Bn Hq; 4 QM Cos (Bkry), each with 5-0 and 
158-EM. Supplies fresh bread. Capacity up to 96,000 men. 
Each company is capable of operating alone. Can be set up 
for operation within 3 to 4 hours and can furnish bread 
within 12 hours after being supplied. Has no transporta- 
tion for movement. 6 mtcls; 1 trk, comd; 13 
trks, cargo. 
QM Bn 
(Steriliza- 
tion and 
bath) 
10-175 
31 
663 
A GHQ unit. Hq & Hq Det; 4 QM Cos (Sterilization & Bath). 
Conducts delousing, bathing and the issue of clean under- 
wear. Operating capacity: 10,000 men per 10-hour day. 
Transportation requirements for movement: Bn, 48 trucks, 
Co: 12 trucks, Capable of separate oper- 
tion to include sections. (4 sections per Co). 5 mtcls; 7 
trks, 25 trks, with trailers; 48 trailers, 
supply and sterilization and bath, 3-5 ton. 
QM Bn 
(Ldry) 
10-165 
23 
1,196 
Normally established in Com Z. Hq & Hq Det; 4 QM Cos 
(Ldry), with 4 Plats each. Operating capacity up to 160,000 
men per week. Capable of decentralized operation by pla- 
toons. Transportation for movement must be provided. 9 
mtlcs; 6 tries, 21 trks, 192 trailers, 
5-9-ton, laundry. 
75 ORGANIZATION 
Quartermaster Units: (Continued) 
1 
2 
3 
i 
5 
Unit 
T/0 
No. 
0 
EM 
Remarks 
QM Co 
(Graves 
Reg) 
10-297 
5 
125 
A GHQ unit. Supervises and handles all mortuary matters 
but does not furnish required labor or transportation to 
cemeteries. Labor for grave digging is furnished by service 
units. Operating capacity; 1 platoon per combat division; 
1 company per corps of three divisions. 5 mtcls; 1 trk, 
4 trks, pick-up. 
QM Co 
(Sales Com 
10-157 
) 
4 
201 
A GHQ unit. Co Hq and 3 Plats of 4 Secs each. Approximate 
capacity: 10,000 sales per day per section. Provides and 
distributes sales articles. Transportation must be provided 
for sales articles. 
QM Co 
(Salv Coll) 
QM Co 
(Refrigera- 
tion) 
10-187 
10-217 
4 
6 
201 
232 
A GHQ unit. Co Hq, 3 Plats of 2 sec each. Sections capa- 
ble of independent operations. Collection, classification, and 
disposition of abandoned or waste material. Does not oper- 
ate a repair plant. Operating capacity up to 75,000 men. 
Additional transportation required during active opera- 
tions. 4 mtcls; 4 trks, cargo; 1 trk, p/up. 
A Com Z unit. Operates cold storage and ice-making plant. 
Capacity: Meat storage — 2,500 tons. Ice-making — 200 
tons. Plant is not mobile. Must be constructed unless local 
facilities are available. 1 mtcl; 2 trks, cargo; 2 trks, 
pick-up. 
QM Co 
(Rhd) 
10-197 
3 
100 
A Com Z and Combat Z unit. Co Hq; 2 Plats. Operates all 
supply functions at a Class I railhead. The company com- 
mander commands the railhead served. Capacity to handle 
the requirements of 2 divisions. 
Embarkation 
Center 
Command 
88 
557 
Furnishes overhead for administration, technical and supply 
functions of all services in connection with the reception, 
holding, supply and preparation of organizations for overseas 
movements. Does not operate ports. Requires labor, trans- 
portation, and hospitalization facilities. 
Port Hq 
10-260-1 
68 
2-WO 
383 
Furnishes overhead for administration, technical, and supply 
functions of all supply services in connection with the opera- 
tion of ports of embarkation or debarkation. Necessary labor 
by civilians, QM service units, or port battalions must be 
provided in proportion to the amount of supplies handled. 
QM Bn 
(Port) 
10-265 
19 
870 
Bn Hq & Hq Det, 4 QM Cos (Port). Provides skilled labor for 
loading or unloading of vessels at ports. Unloading capacity: 
6,000 ship-tons per day. Other labor is required to handle 
cargo to and from the pier or transit sheds. 
QM Co (Mo- 
bile Shoe & 
Textile 
Rep) 
10-237 
3 
199 
A GHQ unit. Capacity: Daily repair expectancies from 48,000 
men. 
Hq, QM 
Salv Dep 
10-250 
13 
193 
Provides overhead for quartermaster salvage depot. 
Hq, MT 
Serv 
10-600-1 
26 
3—WO 
A GHQ unit.Transports supplies, including ammunition; moves 
troops by motor transport; 3d and 4th echelon maintenance 
of vehicles. 
76 ORGANIZATION 
32-33 
Quartermaster Units: (Continued) 
1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
Unit 
T/0 
No. 
0 
EM 
Remarks 
Hq Co. 
MT Serv 
10-500-2 
3 
131 
A GHQ unit. Provides, administers, and maintains enlisted per- 
sonnel, including operation of officers’ mess for headquarters, 
motor transport service. 
Utilities 
Utility units for the operation of shoe repair shops, salvage 
plants, paint shops, carpenter shops, fire protection stations, 
baggage collecting depots, and other utilities are improvised 
as required. 
■ 33. Signal Units. 
1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
Unit 
T/O 
No. 
0 
EM 
Remarks 
Sig Bn 
(Construc- 
tion) 
11-25 
17 
533 
2 per type army. Hq & Hq Co, 2 Sig Cos (Construction). 16 
trks, p2-ton; 18 trks, 136-ton, cargo; 9 trks, 23'6-ton, cargo; 
32 trks, 13'6-ton, telephone construction. 
Sig Co Dep 
11-107 
15 
127 
1 per GHQ. 1 per type army. Not mobile. 1 trk, 3'6-ton, cmd 
& rcn; 3 trks, 3'2-ton; 2 trks, 136-ton. 
Sig Serv, 
11-300-1 
64 
163 
1 Hq, GHQ Sig Serv. 
GHQ 
11-18 
9 
215 
2 or more Opn Co. 
11-25 
17 
633 
1 or more Sig Bn, Cons. 
11-77 
7 
215 
1 or more Rad Int Co. 
11-107 
5 
127 
1 Sig Co, Dep. 
1 Sig Photo Lab, GHQ Res. 
The number of units in the service will depend upon the organ- 
ization of the Theater of Operations and its requirements for 
signal communication. 
Sig Bn 
11-15 
23 
553 
1 per type corps. H & Hq Co, 1 Construction Company, 1 
Operation Company. Transportation for construction and 
operating cos furnished by Hq Co. 
Sig Co, 
Photo 
11-37 
17 
146 
1 per type army. 1 Co Hq & Supply, 1 Laboratory Unit, 3 Corps 
Assignment Units, 9 Division Assignment Units, 2 Identifica- 
tion Units, 2 General Assignment Units (news type, sound). 
Sig Co, 
Pigeon 
11-39 
8 
134 
1 per type army. Hq Platoon and 3 Corps Platoons. Pigeons 
will be distributed to mobile lofts as required. Number com- 
puted on basis of 60 per mobile loft, plus 25 percent reserve. 
24 mobile lofts, 1800 pigeons. 
Sig Co, 
Radio Int 
11-77 
7 
215 
1 per type army. Hq Platoon of administrative section, supply 
and transportation section, and intercept section and 3 oper- 
ating platoons each of a control section, an intercept section, 
and a position finding section. 
Sig Co, 
Repair 
11-127 
6 
172 
1 per air force; 1 GHQ Reserve. 33-34 
ORGANIZATION 
Signal Units (Continued) : 
1 
2 
3 
h 
6 
T/0 
Unit 
No. 
0 
EM 
Remarks 
Hq Co, Army 
Sig Serv 
11-200-1 
16 
64 
1 per type army. Transport furnished from transportation pool 
at army headquarters. 
Sig Serv 
11-217 
6 
136 
1 Signal Co, Aviation, per GHQ Aviation and 1 per Air Force. 
GHQ Avu 
11-227 
11 
283 
2 Signal Co, Maint, Aviation, per Air Force. 
11-247 
3 
79 
1 Signal Co, Air Wing, per Wing Hq. 
11-237 
1 
36 
1 Signal Platoon, Air Base, per Air Base. 
11-297 
4 
59 
1 Signal Section, Air Corps Depot, per air corps group, air 
depot. 
11-147 
8 
281 
1 Signal Co, Operation, Aircraft Warning, per interceptor 
command. 
11-157 
12 
357 
1 Signal Co, Aircraft Warning, per interceptor command. 
■ 34. Air Corps Units : 
Unit 
T/0 
0 
EM 
AP 
Remarks 
Air Base Group 
1-411 
42 
658 
6 SE 
1 per field air base and air force depot. May 
be reinforced by one or more Materiel 
Squadrons. Depot may also be reinforced 
by additional Air Base Groups. Provide 
personnel and equipment to reinforce per- 
manent Air Bases when serving an Air 
Force; establish and operate Field Air 
Bases and Air Force Depots. Perform 2d 
echelon Air Corps maintenance. 
Contains: Hq & Hq Sqdn, Air Base Gp, 1 
Air Base Sqdn, 1 Materiel Sqdn. Air Base 
Squadron is non-mobile; is detached if 
Group is ordered into the field. 
Hq & Hq Sqdn, Air 
Base Group 
1-412 
23 
225 
0 
Operates all transportation in the Group, in- 
cluding vehicles assigned to Materiel 
Squadron. Has three H-ton trucks for 
instrument landing. 
Air Base Squadron 
1-417 
7 
118 
3 SE 
Contains administrative overhead required 
to supplement the Corps Area Service 
Command troops at each permanent air 
base. Non-mobile unit. 
Materiel Squadron 
1-413 
12 
315 
3 SE 
Operates 5 DP sections based on 
1 Hdqrs Sq 
1 Reconn Sq 
3 Combat Sqda 
Each DP section consists of 
1 officer 
18 enlisted men. 
78 35-36 
Chapter 2 
TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Section I. General 35-53 
II. Infantry Division (Square) 54-58 
III. Infantry Division (Triangular) 59-64 
IV. Cavalry Division (Horse) 65-66 
V. Armored Division and GHQ Tanks 67 
Section I 
GENERAL 
B 35. Troop Movements; Introduction.—a. Basic road spaces.—Troop 
movement data shown in basic tables of road spaces, rates and lengths of 
marches, and time-lengths of motor columns are averages from field experi- 
ence. 
b. Examples.—The examples of tables of road spaces, troop movements 
by motor transport, and movements by rail for various types of divisions 
are based on Tables of Organization strength and are included as guides 
for the preparation of similar tables for units in the field. Tables for 
field use must conform to the variations of strength of units and the amount 
of transportation and equipment available. Regiments, separate battalions, 
and similar units should maintain tables showing road space requirements 
of their units based on actual strength and materiel on hand. Reports of 
subordinate units form the basis for tables of large units. However, a table 
based on actual strength of men and material may be worthless without 
proper evaluation of the weather, road conditions, hostile air or mechanized 
threats, or other variable factors affecting the troop movement. These 
basic figures are capable of great increase or decrease under extremes of the 
variable factors. 
H 36. Basic Road Spaces.—The following values apply in computing 
road spaces except when greater dispersion is desired to reduce the effect of 
unfavorable factors mentioned in par. 35 b above: 
a. Foot troops, (at halt or marching): a 
Yards 
In column of twos, per man 1.2 
In columns of threes, per man .8 
In columns of fours, per man .6 
b. Animal elements, (at halt or marching): a 
Cavalry: Yards 
In column of fours, per anl 1.0 
In column of twos, per anl 2.0 
Single file, per anl 4.0 
For large units, columns of fours 1.5 
For large units, columns of twos 3.0 
79 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
FA,HD 
Per animal 3 
c. Motor elements, (at halt) b c 
Bicycle 4 
Car, motor 7 
Mecz rcn vehicles 10 
Motorcycle (solo or w/s/c) 5 
Truck: 1/2 to 3-ton incl 10 
1/2 to 3-ton incl, with cargo tlr, or weapon in tow 14 
Over 3-ton 13 
Over 3-ton, with cargo tlr or weapon in tow 20 
Tractor: 
LorM 5 
Tank: 
L or M 8 
Other mechanized vehicles: 
including personnel carrier, combat car, and 
mortar carrier 10 
Average per vehicle for a mixed column of various types 10 
a For time length of foot and animal elements in column see par. 37. 
b For road spaces for motor elements at various speeds see pars. 48 and 49. 
c For time length of motor columns at various speeds see pars. 48 and 50. 
NOTES 
d. Uses of tables: 
(1) A battalion of infantry with 800 men marching in column of 
threes: 800 x .8 (see a. above) = 640 yards road space. 
(2) A regiment of cavalry with 1,200 animals in column of fours: 
1,200 x 1.5 (see b. above) = 1,800 yards road space. 
(3) A battalion of field artillery, horse drawn, containing 400 
animals: 400 x 3 (see b. above) = 1,200 yards road space. 
(4) A mixed motor column consisting of: 
20 motorcycles @ 5 yards each (see c above) 100 yards 
30 mecz rcn vehicles @10 yards each 300 yards 
100 trucks @ 10 yards each 1,000 yards 
50 trucks with trailers @ 14 
yards each 700 yards 
40 tanks (M) @8 yards each 320 yards 
Total road space (at halt) 2,420 yards 
Alternate solution: (see c above) 
240 vehicles (mixed) @ 10 yards each 2,400 yards 
80 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
■ 37. Average Time Lengths of Cavalry, Men on Foot, and Animal- 
Drawn Field Artillery Columns. 
Figure 4 
3. AVERAGE Tint LENGTHS OF CAVALRY, MEH OH FOOT, AND ANIMAL-DRAWN fltLD ARTILLERY CQLUWNS. 
Time length in minute* on roiJ at speeo indicated 
Number of men on feet or animate 
81 37-38 
TROOP MOVEMENTS 
This chart applies to columns of foot and animal elements. 
This chart gives average time-length. Actual time-length may vary considerably, de- 
pending on conditions. 
To use chart: 
Determine the number of men on foot or animals in the column. 
Locate this figure in vertical scale on left of chart. 
Follow horizontal line to right to intersection with diagonal line indicating the 
proper foot or animal column and rate of travel. 
From this intersection follow vertical line down to horizontal scale. 
Read on horizontal scale average time-length of the column. 
■ 38. Rates and Lengths of Marches; Foot, Animal, and Motor 
Elements, q —a. The following rates and lengths of marches are based 
upon modern vehicles, trained personnel, and favorable conditions of roads 
and weather: 
NOTES 
1 
2 
3 
1* 
5 
6 ® 
7 
1 
Unit 
Average rates Oj 
{mpK 
f march 
Lengths of 
March 
{average) 
Remarks 
In roads 
Act 
C0U7 
OSS 
dry 
On roads 
{miles 
per 
day) 
Day 
Night 
Day 
Night 
INFANTRY 
2 
Foot trs 
2K 
2 
IK 
1 
12-15 
Length of march increased 
for a 
with well seasoned trs 
division 
marching on good roads 
15-20 
in favorable weather 
for smaller 
when required by the 
units 
tactical situation. ® 
ARTILLERY 
3 
Horse-drawn 
3/ij 
3 
3 
2 
20 
4 
Pack (less motor 
elements) 
3H 
3 
3 
2 
20 
5 
Trk-d, L & AA 
25 
25 (lights) 
10 (no lights) 
8 
5 
175 
6 
Trk-d, M, how 
20 
20 (lights) 
10 (no lights) 
8 
5 
140 
7 
Trk-d, Hv 
15 
15 (lights) 
10 (no lights) 
8 
5 
100 
8 
Trac-d, Hv 
5 
6 
3 
2 
40 
9 
Anl elements 
6 
5 
5 
4 
35 
Under conditions requir- 
ing maneuver, these 
rates may be increased. 
10 
Cars, armored or 
scout 
35 
35 (lights) 
10 (no lights) 
10 
5 
200 
CAVALRY 
82 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
ARMORED 
11 
Tks, L & M (units 
25 
25 (lights) 
15 
5 
150 
Convertible medium 
under own power) 
10 (no lights) 
tanks move off hard- 
surfaced roads on 
■ ■ 
tracks only. 
MISCELLANEOUS 
12 
AnI-d tns 
3M 
3 
1H 
1 
20 
13 
Trks, ambs, mtz 
units (except M & 
Hv arty) 
25 
25 (lights) 
10 (no lights) 
8 
5 
175 
14 
Cars, passenger 
35 
35 (lights) 
10 (no lights) 
8 
5 
250 
NOTES 
© The rate of march of a column composed of elements with different rates of march is regulated 
by that of the slowest element. 
© Greater distances than those given in column 6 may be covered under forced march conditions. 
(See paragraph 39.) 
© Horse artillery marches at the rates of horse cavalry (line 9). 
© Rates shown apply primarily to movement in close column, and may be increased for small com- 
mands under favorable conditions, or for movement in open column. 
® For movement over mountainous terrain, an additional allowance of 1 hour should be made for 
each 1,000 feet of climb. 
b. Marches in snow and extreme cold.— (1) Foot troops marching in 
snow without snowshoes or skis will have their mobility decreased. The 
decrease of mobility will depend on several factors, among which are depth 
and nature of the snow. Normally, snow of a depth of 24 inches or more 
will prohibit marching unless skis or snowshoes are used. 
For especially equipped and adequately trained troops, the following 
rates of march are practicable: 
Snowshoes U/2 to 2*/2 miles per hours 
Skis —IV2 to 31/2 miles per hour 
Under favorable conditions the foregoing may be materially increased. 
Small bodies of well trained troops are capable of moving on skis 40 miles 
a day, under favorable conditions. 
(2) Dog teams.—Average dog teams of 7 dogs and hauling a 500- 
pound load are capable of moving 5 to 7 miles per hour for 6 to 7 hours 
daily; an average day’s march being approximately 30 miles. 
(3) Motor movement (wheel) in snow: 
Depth of snow 
(inches) Measures required for movement 
3 None 
6 Rear chains 
6-18 Chains all-around; and special tractor devices 
on leading vehicle (to break the trail) 
18 and over Snow plow required 
83 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
■ 39. Forced Marches; Foot and Animal Elements.—a. Seasoned 
troops and animals when well rested at the beginning of the march, with 
good weather and good roads, are capable of reaching their destination 
physically fit to engage in combat after making forced marches as indicated 
on the following graph: 
b. Examples of use of graph.—Assume it is desired to start a column 
of foot troops at daylight and accomplish a march of 33 miles. The graph 
shows that this distance will require a minimum elapsed time of hours. 
Such a march might be divided as follows: 
First stage, 18 miles. (The time required for this stage 
is taken from the graph as 9 hours, this time being 
adjusted for somewhat increased short rest periods 
and for possible diminution in march rates during 
the latter part of the march.) 9 hours 
A long rest halt of 6 hours 
Second stage, 15 miles. (This is a normal stage and is 
calculated at normal march rates for the existing 
conditions of light or darkness. In this case it would 
be a night march.) hours 
Total time required 22hours 
If, for example, a long rest halt of 8 hours is to be taken, the time re- 
quired for the march would have been hours. 
84 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Figure 5 
DISTANCE IN MILES 
TIME IN HOURS 
85 40-41 
TROOP MOVEMENTS 
■ 40. Movement by Rail; Basic Data.—a. Speed of railway trains.— 
The average speed of military railway trains is approximately 20 miles 
per hour. 
h. Time of loading and unloading.—Allow 3 hours for loading or un- 
loading standard type troop trains and other trains carrying artillery, 
motorized units, and cavalry units. When only foot elements of a unit 
move by rail and other elements of the unit move overland, allow one-half 
hour for loading and one-half hour for unloading. 
c. Train densities.—Train densities on single and multiple track rail- 
roads will vary greatly depending on the condition of track, number of 
passing sidings, terminal facilities, available rolling stock, and the like. 
At the average speed of 20 miles per hour, maximum train densities may be 
estimated as follows: 
One track with two-way traffic 20 trains per 24 hours in each direction 
One track with one-way traffic 60 trains per 24 hours 
Two tracks with two-way traffic 60 trains per 24 hours in each direction 
Two tracks with one-way traffic 120 trains per 24 hours 
Three tracks with two-way traffic 80 trains per 24 hours in each direction 
Three tracks with one-way traffic 180 trains per 24 hours 
Four tracks with two-way traffic 120 trains per 24 hours in each direction 
Four tracks with one-way traffic 240 trains per 24 hours 
d. Railroad officials should be consulted for accurate information as to 
train densities and speeds of trains possible for a rail movement. 
■ 41. Types and Composition of Railway Trains.—a. Composition of 
railway trains, grouped for planning purposes, used for troop movements 
in the combat zone is as follows: 
1 
2 
3 
1 
5 
6 
7 
8 
Type 
of 
Train 
Composition © 
Total 
Number 
of Cars 
Pullman 
Coach 
Box © © 
Flat 
Stock 
Caboose © 
A 
1 
11 
4 
18 
(1) 
34 
B..._ 
1 
6 
4 
23 
CD 
34 
C..._ 
6 
22 
6 
(1) 
34 
D® 
1 
5 
2 
26 
(1) 
34 
E 
1 
5 
3 
25 
(1) 
34 
NOTES 
® The above table contemplates the use of standard railroad equipment. Standard trains of specially 
constructed light equipment may also be prescribed in the theater of operations. 
® Includes one combination kitchen-supply car per company. 
(3) For train crew, not required when coaches are used. 
® For movement of armored units when wheel vehicles and certain personnel, march separately. 
Personnel with this type train includes 2 men per vehicle. 
® Baggage cars may be used. 
86 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
b. In the zone of the interior, standard passenger coaches or sleepers 
will generally be used for transporting personnel (paragraph 42). 
42. a.—Passenger Capacity Table for Standard U. S. Coaches : 
1 
2 
3 
1 
Item 
Day coach 
® 
Tourist 
sleeper 
Standard 
sleeper @ 
Length in feet . 
65 to 75 
None 
60 to 70 
45 to 48 
None 
None 
None 
65 to 75 
13 to 16 
52 to 64 
39 to 48 
62 to 64 
39 to 48 
26 to 32 
65 to 80 
12 to 16 
53 to 64 
40 to 48 
53 to 64 
40 to 48 
27 to 32 
Number of sections 
Maximum seating, 2 men to each double seat ® 
Maximum seating, 3 men to each 2 double seats ® 
Maximum sleeping, 2 men per berth 
Sleeping capacity, 3 men per section 
Sleeping capacity, 1 man per berth 
NOTES 
© Limited number steel coaches, 70 feet long or over, available. 
© Standard sleeper — 12 sections and drawing room or 16 sections and no drawing room. 
® Double seat — a seat having the capacity of 2 men. 
b. Dimensions and Capacities of Cars : 
1 
8 
3 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
Capacity 
Dimensions in feet (inside) 
Men 
Animals 
Type of car 
(8 so ft 
L-draft 
Weight 
Tons 
per man 
at 88" 
Cubic 
empty 
Length 
Width 
Height 
& 
average 
feet 
in 
equip) 
width 
tons 
Military: 
Box. 
20 
40 
13 
12 
24.2 
8 
8.8 
Flat and gondola 
20 
10 
24.4 
8 
3.3 
Tank 
5,000 g 
14 
22.1 
6.4 d 
Caboose 
13 
20.6 
8 
7.0 
Typical commercial: Q 
Box 
30 
38 
20 
2,750 
18 
36 
8.5 
9 
40 
43 
22 
3,100 
20 
40.5 
8.5 
9 
50 
43 
22 
3,100 
24 
40.5 
8.5 
9 
Flat 
40 
18 
40.0 
9.0 
50 
20 
45 
9.0 
70 
25 
50 
9.0 
Stock 
30 
20 
2,625 
20 
36 
8.5 
8.5 
40 
20 
2,625 
22 
36 
8.5 
8.5 
Gondola 
50 
1,570 
22 
40 
9.9 
4 
70 
1,920 
25 
48 
10.0 
4 
Automobile 
40 
45 
22 
3,100 
20 
40.5 
8.5 
9 
50 
63 
27 
3,850 
25 
50.5 
8.5 
9 
Tank 
40 
8,000 g 
20 
33 
6.6 d 
iameter 
50 
10,000 g 
aliens 
24 
33 
7.2 d 
iameter 
Refrigerator 
30 
(D 
2,570 
28 
40.5 
8.2 
7.2 
40 
2,570 
30 
40.5 
8.2 
7.5 
Baggage.— 
45 
60 
9.1 
8 
Caboose 
20 
27.5 
8.2 
7 
Diner 
90 
78.5 
8.5 
8.5 42-43-44 
TROOP MOVEMENTS 
NOTES 
(D There are no standard dimensions of commercial cars. The figures given are for some types in 
common use. (The 40-ton stock car comes in 32 lengths varying from 35' 7" to 41' 10". All types 
have similar variations in capacity and all dimensions.) 
® Ice capacity, 4 tons. 
(D Ice capacity, 5 tons. 
■ 43. Maximum Bulk Loading for Freight Cars; Standard Gauge 
Railway : 
1 
2 
3 
k 
1 
2 
3 
h 
Rated capacity 
Rated capacity 
of cars in tons.... 
20 
kO 
50 
of cars in tons 
30 
If) 
50 
Actual capacity 
Actual capacity 
Items 
of cars in tons 
Items 
of cars in tons 
Ammunition 
30 
40 
60 
24 
28 
40 
Barbed wire 
30 
40 
50 
Oats 
18 
24 
30 
Blankets, baled 
27 
32 
40 
Rails 
30 
40 
50 
Bread 
19 
24 
30 
30 
40 
50 
Canned goods, boxes 
30 
36 
45 
Sand- 
30 
40 
50 
Cement 
30 
40 
50 
Sandbags 
21 
24 
30 
Clothing, baled 
27 
32 
40 
Stone, any form 
30 
40 
50 
Flour 
30 
40 
50 
30 
40 
50 
Gravel . 
30 
40 
50 
30 
40 
50 
Harness and saddlery 
18 
20 
30 
Tentage 
15 
20 
30 
Hay, baled 
15 
20 
25 
Ties, railroad 
19 
26 
32 
Iron, corrugated 
30 
40 
50 
30 
40 
50 
Meat 
15 
24 
35 
30 
40 
50 
A rated capacity of a car in tons does not mean that this rated tonnage of all articles can be carried. 
This table shows the tonnage of military freight which can be carried in freight cars of common 
rated capacities. 
NOTES 
■ 44. Railway Car Space Requirements 
The following space requirements are used as a basis for computing car require- 
ments for movements by rail. 
The figures shown give the car space requirements of items of equipment and trans- 
port. The length of flat cars is assumed to be 40 feet. 
inches of 
car space 
required 
Vo Flat Car : 
Motorcycle with side car 94 
Tricycle, motor 97 
M Flat Car : 
Tractor, light 108 
Vs Flat Car : 
Caisson and limber, 75-mm gun or howitzer 160 
Cart and reel, artillery, 6-horse 160 
Gun, 37-mm, A.T. 160 
Gun, 75-mm, with or without limber 160 
Trailer, 2-wheel, 1-Ton Cargo 136 
Tractor, medium 134 
Trailer, water, 250-gallon 128 
Wagon, mountain, 4-horse 146 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
44-45 
Inches of 
car space 
required 
Vz Flat Car : 
Ambulance, field, motor 225 
Car, light, passenger 188 
Car, medium, passenger 208 
Car, scout 201 
Carrier, 81-mm, half-track 192 
Compressor, air, motorized, 1%-ton 225 
Reel, battery, 4-horse 198 
Gun, 37-mm, A.A. 183 
Gun, 75-mm, A.T. 239 
Howitzer, 105-mm 236 
Locator, sound, trailer, mounted 210 
Tank, light 175 
Tank, medium 216 
Tractor, heavy, 10-ton, artillery 191 
Trailer, command post, 2-wheel 240 
Trailer, cargo, 4-wheel _ 204 
Truck, artillery repair _ 190 
Truck, automotive repair 240 
Truck, communications, 1%-ton 234 
Truck, cargo, 1^2-ton 234 
Truck, dump, 1%-ton 234 
Truck, Vz-ton, command 190 
Truck, emergency repair 190 
Truck, kitchen, 234 
Truck, machine shop 240 
Truck, panel delivery 234 
Truck, pick-up, %-ton 191 
Truck, pick-up, 1%-ton 234 
Truck, reconnaissance, 8-passenger 195 
Truck, reconnaissance, 12-passenger 224 
Truck, small-arms repair 240 
Truck, spare parts 240 
Truck, tank, 500-gallon 240 
Truck, tool and bench 240 
Truck, welding 240 
% Flat Car : 
Grader, road, motorized, 7%-ton 302 
Gun, 3-in, AA or 90-mm 258 
Gun, 155-mm 417 
Howitzer, 155-mm 257 
Howitzer, 240-mm (for each of the four loads) 320 
Searchlight, 60-inch, mobile 263 
Shovel, gasoline, motorized 7%-ton 270 
Shovel, gasoline, motorized, 15-ton 304 
Truck, 1%-ton, 15-foot special body 260 
Truck, cargo, 2% -ton 257 
Truck, 4-ton, cargo 244 
Truck, 5-ton, cargo-dump 275 
Truck, 5-ton, wrecking 344 
Truck, TVz -ton, prime mover 284 
Truck, 10-ton, wrecker 290 
Water purification unit 258 
b 45. The Following Rules Govern the Loading of Mechanized 
and Motorized Army Equipment On Open Top Cars.—Conforms to re- 
quirements of the Association of American Railroads. 
Preface 
These rules have been formulated for the purpose of providing uniform 
and safe methods of loading equipment pertaining to the mechanized and 
89 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
motorized units of the United States Armed Forces on open top cars, and 
the materials specified under the various figures are minimum requirements. 
The loading of units for which no definite figure has been provided, 
should conform as nearly as possible to the best example that can be derived 
from the figures shown. 
In the loading, the hazards connected with high speed, multiple track 
railroads, tunnels, electrical conductors and the necessity of protecting 
human life and property should be borne in mind, and every effort made 
to properly and safely secure all loading before offering it to the railroads 
for movement. 
a. General Rules.— (1) Selection and Preparation of Car.—Cars must 
be inpected to see that they are suitable to carry loads safely to desti- 
nation. Cars should have good sound floors, and all loose nails or other 
projections not an integral part of the car , should be removed. Nails, bolts, 
etc., necessary in car construction, when loose, should be made tight rather 
than removed. 
(2) Brake Wheel Clearance.—See Figure 6. Note minimum clear- 
ances. 
(3) Maximum Load Weights.—In determining the maximum weight 
of load, the following shall govern, except where load weight limit has been 
reduced by the car owner. 
Marked capacity of car Total weight of car and load Load weight 
40.000 pounds 66,000 pounds 66,000 pounds, less light weight of car 
60.000 pounds 103,000 pounds 103,000 pounds, less light weight of car 
80.000 pounds 136,000 pounds 136,000 pounds, less light weight of car 
100.000 pounds 169,000 pounds 169,000 pounds, less light weight of car 
140.000 pounds 210,000 pounds 210,000 pounds, less light weitgh of car 
200.000 pounds 251,000 pounds 251,000 pounds, less light weight of car 
Example 
Capacity of car 100,000 pounds 
Total weight of car and load 169,000 pounds 
Light weight of car (to be subtracted) 37,000 pounds 
Permissible weight of load 132,000 pounds 
Load must be placed on the car so that there will not be more weight on one side of the car than 
on the other. One truck of the carrying car must not carry more than one-half of the load weight. 
(4) Idler Cars—to he used as follows: 
(a) When load projected beyond end sill of carrying car. 
(b) When idler car is used, 4 in. clearance must be maintained below 
overhang portion of load and any part of idler car. 
(c) When idler car is used, space on the idler may be utilized for load- 
ing provided, the ends of such material are located not less than 2 ft. from 
ends of overhanging portions. 
(5) Clearing Limits.—The height and width of load must be within 
the clearance limits of the railroads over which it is to be moved. Army 
and Railroad officials must check on clearances prior to each move. 
(6) Stakes, Braces, Blocks, Cleats, Wedges.—Such items must be of 
hardwood, fir, spruce, or long leaf yellow pine, straight grained and free 
from impairing knots. 
90 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
(7) Wire.—Wire used for securing loads should be No. 8 Ga. black 
annealed wire. 
(8) Nails.—The following sizes of nails are specified throughout the 
various figures: 
20-d (4 inches.) 
40-d (5 inches.) 
(9) Fuel in Tanks of Individual Units.—Paragraph 105, Interstate 
Commerce Commission Regulations. “Automobiles, motorcycles, tractors, 
or other self propelled vehicles, equipped with acetylene gas cylinders or 
gasoline or other fuel tanks are exempt from specification packaging and 
labeling requirements providing such cylinders and tanks are securely 
closed. When offered for transportation by carriers by rail or highway, 
drainage of fuel tanks is not required. When offered for transportation by 
rail express, fuel tanks must have been drained and securely closed.” 
(10) Brakes on Individual Units.—All pieces of equipment which are 
provided with brakes, must have the brakes applied before moving over the 
railroads. 
Figure 6 
Brake Wheel Clearance 
Item Description 
A 6 in. clearance in back, on both sides of, and above brake wheel. 
Brake wheel clearance should be increased as much as consistent with proper 
location of load 
91 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
(ID Minimum Requirements for Securing Light and Medium Tanks. 
•Flat, or Drop End Gondola Cars. See Fig. 7. 
Item No. of Pcs. Description. 
A Brake wheel clearance. See Fig. 6. 
B 4 6 in. x 8 in. x 24 in. blocks, (pattern 3), cut to fit con- 
tour of crawler tread. Nail heel of block to car floor 
with five 40-D nails and toe-nail that portion under 
crawler tread to car floor with two 40-D nails. Not 
required when Items “F” and “G” are used. 
C 4 2 in. x 4 in. x 36 in, cleats, (pattern 2). May be ap- 
for plied inside or outside of crawler tread. Medium 
light tanks, tanks, oak stays aprox. 3' long should be placed in 
6 the cleats on the side of flat cars and the 2x4 placed 
for on edge and nailed down inside of upright. Nail 
medium tanks, each to car floor with three 40-D nails. 
D VACANT. 
E VACANT. 
F 2 6 in. x 8 in. timbers, (pattern 4), length not less than 
overall width of vehicle at car floor, chamfered 2 in. 
at point of contact with crawler tread. Apply as 
shown in sketch 3 and secure to prevent displace- 
ment. Not required when. Items “B” are used. 
G 8 2 in. x 4 in. x 12 in. cleats, (pattern 1). Locate 
against Items “F”, lengthwise of car, at center of 
crawler tread. Nail lower piece to car floor with 
three 40-D nails and top piece to the one below with 
three 40-D nails. Not required when Items “B” are 
used. 
H 14 strands, 2 wrappings, No. 8 Ga. black annealed 
each inside wire. Secure around axle of each inside bogie wheel 
bogie wheel. and to nearest stake pocket, tightening only enough 
(Required to remove slack. Not required when loaded in gon- 
for light dola cars, 
tanks only) 
Brakes must be applied. 
See General Rules for further details. 
92 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Figure 7 
93 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
(12) Minimum Requirements for Securing Half Tracks.—Flat, or 
Drop End Gondola Cars. See Fig. 8. 
Item 
A 
No. of Pcs. 
Description. 
Brake wheel clearance. See Fig. 6. 
B 
4 
6 in. x 8 in. x 24 in. blocks, (pattern 3), cut to fit con- 
tour of crawler tread. Nail heel of block to car floor 
with five 40-D nails and toe-nail that portion under 
crawler tread to car floor wiith two 40-D nails. Not 
required when Items “F” and “G” are used. 
C 
2 
2 in. x 4 in. x 36 in. cleats, (pattern 2). Nail to car 
floor with three 40-D nails. 
D 
4 
6 in. x 8 in. x 24 in. blocks, (pattern 3). Height at 
point of contact with tire must be not less than 4 in. 
from car floor. Locate in front and rear of wheels. 
Nail heel of block to car floor with three 40-D nails 
and toe-nail that portion under tire to car floor with 
two 40-D nails before Items “E” are applied. Not 
required when Items “F” and “G” are used. 
E 
4 
with 
Items “D” 
2 
with 
Items “F” 
2 in. x 4 in. x 36 in. cleats, (pattern 2). Nail lower 
piece to car floor with three 40-D nails and top piece 
to the one below with three 40-D nails. May be 
nailed to top of Items “F”, if used, in which case 
only one is required at each location. 
F 
4 
6 in. x 8 in. timbers, (pattern 4), length not less than 
overall width of vehicle at car floor, chamfered 2 in. 
at point of contact with tires and crawler treads. 
Apply as shown in sketch 2 and secure to prevent 
displacement. Not required when Items “B” and “D” 
are used. 
G 
16 
2 in. x 4 in. x 12 in. cleats, (pattern 1. Locate against 
Items “F”, lengthwise of car, at center line of tire or 
crawler tread. Nail lower piece to car floor with 
three 40-D nails and top piece to the one below with 
three 40-D nails. Not required when Items “B” and 
“D” are used. 
H 
4 
4 strands, 2 wrappings, No. 8 Ga. black annealed 
wire. Pass front wires through spokes, or holes in 
disc wheels and through stake pockets. Pass rear 
wires between equalizer and gudeon (above springs) 
and attach to nearest stake pocket. Tighten all wires 
only enough to remove slack. Not required when 
loaded in gondola cars. 
Brakes must be applied. 
See General Rules for further details. 
94 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Figure 8 
95 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
(13) Minimum Requirements for Securing Four Wheel Trucks and 
Passenger Cars, (Single or Dual Wheels).—Flat, or Drop End Gondola 
Cars. See Fig. 9. 
Item No. of Pcs. Description. 
A 
B 
C 
Brake wheel clearance. See Fig. 6. 
VACANT. 
VACANT. 
D 
8 
6 in. x 8 in. x 24 in. blocks, (pattern 3). Height at 
point of contact with tire must be not less than 4 in. 
from car floor. Locate in front and rear of outside 
wheels. Nail heel of block to car floor with three 
40-D nails and toe-nail that portion under tire to 
car floor with two 40-D nails before Items “E” are ap- 
plied. Not required when Items “F” and “G” are 
used. 
E 
8 
with 
Items “D” 
4 
with 
Items “F” 
2 in. x 4 in. x 36 in. cleats, (pattern 2). Nail lower 
piece to car floor with three 40-D nails and top piece 
to the one below with three 40-D nails. May be nailed 
to top of Items “F”, if used, in which case only one 
is required at each location. 
P 
4 
6 in. x 8 in. timbers, (pattern 4), length not less than 
overall width of vehicle at car floor, chamfered 2 in. 
at point of contact with tires. Apply as shown in 
sketch 2 and secure to prevent displacement. Not 
required when Items “D” are used. 
G 
16 
2 in. x 4 in. x 12 in. cleats, (pattern 1). Locate against 
Items “F”, lengthwise of car, at center line of tire. 
Nail lower piece to car floor with three 40-D nails 
and top piece to the one below with three 40-D nails. 
Not required when Items “D” are used. 
H 
4 
4 strands, 2 wrappings, No. 8 Ga. black annealed 
wire. Pass through spokes, or holes in disc wheels 
and through stake pockets, tightening only enough 
to remove slack. Not required when loaded in gon- 
dola cars. 
J 
4 
Required for 
passenger 
cars only 
2 in. x 4 in, x 36 in. cleats, (pattern 2), nailed to floor, 
lengthwise of car, with six 40 -D nails. 
K 
4 
Required for 
passenger 
cars only 
4 strands, 2 wrappings, No. 8 Ga. black annealed 
wire. Pass underneath Items “J”, and over top of 
bumper spring. After passenger car springs have 
been compressed as much as possible, bring both ends 
of wire together and twist tie with rod or bolt. See 
sketch 3, 
Brakes must be applied. 
See General Rules for further details. 
96 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Figure 9 
97 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
(14) Minimum Requirements for Securing Six Wheel Trucks (Single 
or Dual Wheels).—Flat, or Drop End Gondola Cars. See Fig. 10. 
Item 
A 
B 
C 
No. of Pcs. 
Description. 
Brake wheel clearance. See Fig. 6. 
VACANT. 
VACANT. 
D 
8 
6 in. x 8 in. x 24 in. block, (pattern 3-). Height at point 
of contact with tire must be not less than 4 in. from 
car floor. Locate in front and rear of front wheels, in 
front of outside intermediate wheels and in back of 
outside rear wheels. Nail heel of block to car floor 
with three 40-D nails and toe-nail that portion under 
tire to car floor with two 40f-D nails before Items “E” 
are applied. Not required when Items “F” and “G” 
are used. 
B 
4 
for front 
wheels. 
8 
for rear 
wheels. 
2 in. x 4 in. x 36, in. cleats, (pattern 2). Nail lower 
piece to car floor with three 40-D nails and top piece 
to the one below with three 40-D nails; They may, if of 
sufficient length, be nailed to top of Items “F”, when 
used, in which case only one is required at each loca- 
tion. 
P 
4 
6 in. x 8 in. timbers, (pattern 4*), length not less than 
overall width of vehicle at car floor, chamfered 2 in. 
at point of contact with tires. Apply as shown in 
sketch 2 and secure to prevent displacement. Not re- 
quired when Items “D” are used. 
G 
H 
16 
2 in. x 4 in. x 12 in. cleats, (pattern 1). Locate against 
Items “F”, lengthwise of car, at center line of tire. 
Nail lower piece to car floor with three 40-D nails 
and top piece to the one below with three 40-D nails. 
Not required when Items “D” are used. 
6 
4 strands, 2 wrappings, No. 8 Ga. black annealed 
wire. Pass through spokes, or holes in disc wheels 
and through stake pockets, tightening only enough 
to remove slack. Not required when loaded in gon- 
dola cars. 
Brakes must be applied. 
See General Rules for further details. 
98 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Figure 10 
99 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
(15) Minimum Requirements for Securing 37, 75, 90 and 105 mm 
Mounted Gun or Howitzer.—Flat, or Drop End Gondola Cars. See Fig. 11. 
Item 
A 
No. of Pcs. 
Description. 
Brake wheel clearance. See Fig. 6. 
B 
4 
6 in. x 8 in. x 24 in. blocks, (pattern 3). Height at 
point of contact with tire must be not less than 4 in. 
from car floor. Nail heel of block to car floor with 
three 40-D nails and toe-nail that portion under tire 
to car floor with two 40-D nails before Items “C” are 
applied. 
C 
4 
2 in. x 4 in. x 36 in. cleats, (pattern 2). Nadi lower 
piece to car floor with three 40-D nails and top piece 
to the one below with three 40-D nails. 
D 
2 
Brace, (pattern 7), length *A in. longer than the 
distance between point of support on* gun carriage 
and car floor. Place between floor and gun carriage 
to partially relieve weight on tires. Nail each to floor 
of car with six 40-D nails. 
E 
F 
2 
2 
for 
single spade. 
4 
for 
double spade. 
4 strands, 2 wrappings, No. 8 Ga. black annealed 
wire. Place through holes in wheels, which must be 
the same distance from car floor, secure to stake 
pockets and tighten only enough to remove slack. 
6 in. x 8 in. x 24 in. block, (pattern 6), cut to fit con- 
tour of spade. Locate in front and rear of spade. Toe- 
nail to car floor with five 40-D nails. 
G 
2 
each 
Item “F” 
2 in. x 4 in. x 12 in. cleats, (pattern 1). Nail lower 
piece to car floor, against Item “F”, with three 40-D 
nails and top piece to the one below with three 40-D 
nails. 
H 
2 
2 in. x 4 in. x 12 in. cleats, (pattern 1). Locate against 
each side of spade and nail to car floor with three 
40-D nails. 
J 
1 
pair. 
Side stakes, (pattern 8). 4 in. x 5 in. x 48 in. hard- 
wood, or green saplings 5 in. in diameter, midway be- 
tween top and bottom, extending 4 in. below stake 
pocket, with one 40-D nail driven into stake directly 
below and with head even with outside of stake 
pocket. Locate Vz the distance from end of trail to 
center of wheels. 
K 
1 
6 strands, 3 wrappings. No. 8 Ga. black annealed 
wire. Loop around and over top of rear end of gun 
trail and secure to opposite stake pockets. Twist tie 
with rod or bolt on both sides of trail. 
Brakes must be applied. 
See General Rules for further details. 
100 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Figure 11 
101 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
(16) Minimum Requirements for Securing 155 mm Gun M-l—8" 
Howitzer Carriage.—Flat Cars. See Fig. 12. 
Item 
A 
No. of Pcs. 
Description. 
Brake wheel clearance. See Fig. 6. 
B 
8 
6 in. x 8 in. x 24 in. blocks, (pattern 3). Hieght at 
point of contact with tire must be not less than 4 in. 
from car floor. Nail heel of block to car floor with 
three 40-D nails and toe-nail that portion under tire 
to car floor with two 40-D nails before Items “C” are 
applied. 
C 
12 
2 in. x 4 in. x 36 in. cleats, (pattern 2). Nail lower 
piece to car floor with three 40-D nails and top piece 
to one below with three 40-D nails. 
D 
2 
each side. 
2 in. x 4 in. x 36 in. cleats, (pattern 2), Place side by 
side, lengthwise of car and nail each to car floor with 
three 40-D nails. Lower carriage to rest on Items “D” 
enough to partially relieve weight on tires. 
E 
As required. 
Fill space under front end of gun carriage with 2 in. 
x 4 in. x 36 in. pieces, (pattern 2). Wedge tight and 
secure to prevent displacement. 
F 
2 
Brace, (pattern 7), length % in. longer than the dist- 
ance between axle of limber and car floor. Place be- 
tween car floor and axle to partially relieve weight on 
tires. Nail each to car floor with six 40-D nails. 
G 
1 
6 strands, 3 wrappings, No. 8 Ga. black annealed wire. 
Loop around and over top of rear end of gun trail 
and secure to opposite stake pockets. Twist tie with 
rod or bolt on both sides of trail. 
Brakes must be applied. 
See General Rules for further details. 
102 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Figure 12 
103 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
(17) Minimum Requirement for Securing 3 Inch Anti-Aircraft Gun.— 
Flat, or Drop End Gondola Cars. See Fig. 13. 
Item 
No of Pcs 
Description. 
A 
Brake wheel clearance. See Fig. 6. 
B 
8 
6 in. x 8 in. x 2£ in. blocks, (pattern 3). Height at 
point of contact with tire must be not less than 4 in. 
from car floor. Nail heel of block to car floor with 
three 40-D nails and toe-nail that portion under tire 
to car floor with two 40r-D nails before Items “C” are 
applied. 
C 
8 
2 in. x 4 in. x 36 in. cleats, (pattern 2), Nail lower 
piece to car floor with three 40-D nails and top piece 
to the one below with three 40-D nails. 
D 
VACANT. 
E 
VACANT. 
F 
4 
Brace, (pattern 7), length in. longer than the 
distance between axel and car floor. Place between 
car floor and axle to partially relieve weight on tires. 
Nail each to car floor with six 40kD nails. 
Brakes must be applied. 
See General Rules for further details. 
104 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Figure 13 
105 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
(18) Minimum Requirement for Securing 37 mm Anti-Aircraft Gun. 
•Flat, or Drop End Gondola Cars. See Fig. 14. 
Item 
No. of Pcs. 
Description. 
A 
Brake wheel clearance. See Fig. 6. 
B 
8 
6 in. x 8 in. x 24 in. blocks, (pattern 3). Height at 
point of contact with tire must be not less than 4 in. 
from car floor. Nail heel of block to car floor with 
three 40-D nails and toe-nail that portion under tire 
to car floor with two 40-D nails before Items “C” are 
applied. 
C 
8 
2 in. x 4 in. x 36 in. cleats, (pattern 2). Nail lower 
piece to car floor with three 40-D nails and top piece 
to the one below with three 40-D nails. 
D 
VACANT. 
E 
VACANT. 
F 
4 
Brace, (pattern 7), length % in. longer than the 
distance between axle and car floor. Place between 
car floor and axle to partially relieve weight on tires. 
Nail each to car floor with six 40-D nails. 
G 
4 
4 strands, 2 wrappings, No. 8 Ga. black annealed 
wire. Place through holes in wheels, which must be 
the same distance from car floor, secure to stake 
pockes and tighten only enough to remove slack. 
Brakes must be applied. 
See General Rules for further details. 
106 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Figure 14 
107 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
(19) Minimum Requirements for Securing One or More, Two Wheel 
Motorcycles.—Flat, or Drop End Gondola Cars. See Fig. 15. 
Item 
A 
No. of Pcs. 
Description. 
Brake wheel clearance. See Fig. 6. 
B 
1 
each wheel 
Cradle, (pattern 5). Nail to car floor with six 20-D 
nails. 
C 
2 
WHEN TWO OR MORE MACHINES ARE LOADED 
SIDE BY SIDE, PER SKETCH 1. 
2 in. x 4 in., long enough to extend 8 in. beyond the 
two outside vehicle frames. Secure to frame of each 
machine with sufficient wire to prevent displacement. 
Wires used for this purpose must be secured to Items 
“C” with sufficient 20-D nails to prevent displace- 
ment. 
D 
2 
WHEN TWO OR MORE MACHINES ARE LOADED 
SIDE BY SIDE, PER SKETCH 1. 
2 strands, 1 wrapping, No. 8 Ga. black annealed wire. 
Place under and over Items “C”, at each vehicle and 
attach to nearest stake pocket at each side of car. 
Twist tie at each side with rod or bolt. 
E 
1 
each side 
of machine. 
WHEN MACHINES ARE LOADED SINGLY, PER 
SKETCH 2. 
Brace, 2 in. x 4 in., length to suit. Nail one end to 
car floor with three 20-D nails and securely wire the 
top end to machine frame in rear of seat post. Not 
required when two or more machines are loaded side 
by side. 
F 
1 
each machine. 
WHEN MACHINES ARE LOADED SINGLY. PER 
SKETCH 2. 
4 strands, 2 wrappings, No. 8 Ga. black annealed wire. 
Loop around web of frame just in rear of handle 
bars and attach to nearest stake pocket at each side of 
car.Twist tie at each side with rod or bolt. Not re- 
quired when two or more machines are loaded side 
by side. 
Brakes must be applied. 
See General Rules for further details. 
108 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Figure 15 
109 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
(20) Minimum Requirements for Securing One or More, Three Wheel 
Motorcycles.—Flat, or Drop End Gondola Cars. See Fig. 16. 
Item 
A 
No. of Pcs. 
Description. 
Brake wheel clearance. See Fig. 6. 
B 
1 
each wheel 
Cradle, (pattern 5). Nail to car floor with six 20-D 
nails. 
C 
2 
WHEN TWO OR MORE MACHINES ARE LOADED 
SIDE BY SIDE, PER SKETCH 1. 
2 in. x 4 in., long enough to extend 8 in. beyond the 
two vehicles frames. Secure to frame of each machine 
with sufficient wire to prevent displacement. Wires 
used for this purpose must be secured to Items “C” 
with sufficient 20-D nails to prevent displacement. 
D 
2 
WHEN TWO OR MORE MACHINES ARE LOADED 
SIDE BY SIDE, PER SKETCH 1. 
4 strands, 2 wrappings, No. 8 Ga. black annealed wire. 
Place under and over Items “C”, at each vehicle and 
attach to nearest stake pocket at each side of car. 
Twist tie at each side with rod or bolt. 
E 
1 
each side of 
machine 
WHEN MACHINES ARE LOADED SINGLY, PER 
SKETCH 2. 
Brace, 2 in. x 4 in., length to suit. Nail one end to 
car floor with three 20-D nails and securely wire the 
top end to machine frame in rear of seat post. Not 
required when two or more machines are loaded side 
by side. 
P 
1 
each machine 
WHEN MACHINES ARE LOADED SINGLY, PER 
SKETCH 2. 
4 strands, 2 wrappings, No. 8 Ga. black annealed wire. 
Loop around web of frame just in rear of handle bars 
and attach to nearest stake pocket at each side of 
car. Twist tie at each side with rod or bolt. Not re- 
quired when two or more machines are loaded side 
by side. 
Brakes must be applied. 
See General Rules for further details. 
110 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Figure 16 
Ill TROOP MOVEMENTS 
b. Material List for Use in Connection with Figures “7” to “16”, In- 
clusive, of Rules Governing the Loading of Mechanized and Motorized Army 
Equipment. See Fig. 17. 
1 
2 
3 
h 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
Figure 
No. 
Description 
Pattern 
One 
Pattern 
Two 
Pattern 
Three 
Pattern 
Four 
Pattern 
Five 
Pattern 
Six 
Pattern 
Seven 
Pattern 
Eight 
7 
Light tanks 
8 * 
4 
4 
2 * 
7 
Medium tanks 
8 * 
6 
4 
2 * 
8 
Half-tracks 
16 * 
6 
8 
4 * 
9 
4-wheel trucks... 
16 * 
8 
8 
4 * 
9 
Passenger cars 
16 * 
12 
8 
4 * 
10 
6-wheel trucks 
16 * 
12 
8 
4 * 
11 
37,75,90 and 105-mm guns & hows.. 
155-mm guns 
10 
4 
4 
4 
2 
2 
12 
24 
8 
2 
13 
3-inch antiaircraft gun 
8 
8 
4 
14 
37-mm antiaircraft gun 
8 
8 
4 
15 
2-wheeled motorcycles 
1 
16 
3-wheeled motorcycles 
each 
wheel 
1 
each 
wheel 
NOTES 
* Patterns 1 and 4, designated with an asterisk, cover alternate methods of loading and are not 
required when patterns 2 and 3 are used on Figures 7, 8, 9 and 10. 
No pattern numbers have been assigned Items C and E of Figures 15 and 16, as the number and 
length of pieces will depend upon the number of vehicles loaded. 
For diagram of patterns, see Figure 17. 
112 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
113 46-47 
TROOP MOVEMENTS 
B 46. Motor Movements.—a. Truck capacities for troop movement.— 
The capacity of motor transportation for movement of foot troops depends 
upon the rated capacity of the transportation employed, the type of body on 
the vehicles, and the method of carrying personnel. Normal capacities for 
trucks carrying personnel with rifles, packs, and extra ammunition, with 
no additional cargo: 
Truck, (excluding driver) 5 
Truck, li/2-ton ” 15 
Truck, 2i/2-ton (or larger) ” 25 
NOTES 
Men 
1. Above capacities are based upon 5 men (with equipment) per thousand pounds 
rated capacity of truck, exclusive of the driver. 
2. The body of the 2%-ton artillery prime mover is the same size as that of the 
IVz-ton cargo truck. 
3. When 1 % -ton dump trucks or 2%-ton artillery prime movers carry the loads 
shown above, some personnel will be required to stand. 
4. Because of partial loading of some trucks, the probable location of entrucking 
points must be considered in determining the number of trucks required for movement of 
large units. 
For example: Hq Co, Serv Co, and each bn of an inf regt should be computed 
separately; the total for the regiment being the total for its component parts. The re- 
quired number of trucks determined in this manner will be somewhat greater than the 
number determined by dividing the total number of foot troops in the regiment by the 
capacity of trucks employed. 
b. Truck capacities for animals.— 
Horses or mules 
Truck, IVk-ton (exceptional) 2 plus 2 men with equipment 
Truck, 21 cargo 4 plus 4 men with equipment 
Semi-trailer, 8 plus 8 men with equipment, 
harness and forage for 1 day. 
B 47. Form for Tabulating Numbers of Trucks Required for Move- 
ment by Motor Transport (Tactical Movements) Infantry Division. 
—The following form may be used to tabulate the approximate number of 
trucks required to move the foot elements, with individual equipment, of 
the infantry division, or of component units thereof: 
114 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
47-48 
1 
2 
3 
5 
6 
7 
1 Unit 0 
T/0 
strength 
Actual 
strength 
Trans- 
ported 
in 
organic 
motors 
Strengths 
for 
which 
trans- 
portation 
must be 
furnished 
Number 
of 
trucks 
required 
1'A- 
ton 
ton 
2 Rifle Co 
3 Rifle Plat 
4 Weapons Plat 
5 Hv Wpn Co 
6 Cal .30 MG Plat 
7 Cal .60 MG Plat 
8 81-mm Mort Plat 
9 Inf Bn (w/Com Sec, Bn Sec Serv Co, 
& Bn Sec Med Det, atchd) 
10 Hq & Hq Co & Band Inf Regt 
(less 3 Bn Com Secs) 
11 AT Co 
12 Serv Co (less 3 Bn Secs) 
13 Med Det, Inf Regt (less 3 Bn Secs) 
14 Inf Regt (w/2 atchd chaplains) 
15 Inf Brig 
16 MP Co Inf Div 
17 Fwd Ech Div Hq & Hq Co ® 
18 Rr Ech Div Hq & Hq Co ® 
19 Div Hq & Sp Trs (foot troops) ® 
20 Inf Div (total) (foot troops) 
® Officers of DHQ are transported in cars of Quartermaster. 
@ The units of an infantry division usually moved by means of their own transport are not 
included in the above table. 
NOTES 
■ 48. Time-Length of Motor Columns.—a. Close column.—When each 
driver closes to safe driving distance from the vehicle ahead, the time-length 
of the column may be taken as .08 minutes per vehicle. 
Thus, a column of 300 vehicles would have a time-length of 300 x .08, 
or 24 minutes (750 vehicles per hour). (See paragraph 48 c (1) for addi- 
tional data. 
b. Open column.—When the tactical situation requires extended dis- 
tance as protection from air attack, the motor column must be elongated to 
a density of not more than 12 trucks per mile of highway or about 150 yards 
of road space per truck. See paragraph 48 c (2) for additional data. 
115 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
c. Rates of motor movements.— (1) Close column: 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
Trucks 
Maximum 
Maximum 
Speed 
Road space 
Density 
per hour 
tonnage hauled by 
tonnage hauled by 
(mph) 
per truck 
per 
passing a 
1 Vz-ton trucks 
2Vz-ton trucks 
(yards) 
mile 
given point 
(per hour) 
(per hour) 
10 
23.5 
75 
750 
1,125 
1,875 
15 
35.5 
50 
750 
1,125 
1,875 
20 
47 
37 
750 
1,125 
1,875 
25 
59 
30 
750 
1,125 
1,875 
30 
70.5 
25 
750 
1,125 
1,875 
35 
82 
21 
750 
1,125 
1,875 
(2) Open column (10 trucks per mile). 
i 
2 
3 
4 
5 
Maximum 
Maximum 
Speed 
Road space 
Trucks per 
tonnage hauled by 
tonnage hauled by 
(mph) 
per truck 
hour passing 
1 Vz-ton trucks 
2 Vz-ton trucks 
(yards) 
a given point 
(per hour) 
(per hour) 
10 
176 
100 
150 
250 
15 
176 
150 
225 
375 
20 
176 
200 
300 
500 
25 
176 
250 
375 
625 
30 
176 
300 
450 
750 
35 
176 
350 
525 
875 
NOTE 
To determine data for any truck density less than 10 per mile the road space (col- 
umn 2) should be increased and data shown in columns 3, 4, and 5 should be decreased 
in proportion to the density employed. 
For example: To move at 20 miles per hour with a truck density of 6 per mile: 
Road space 1760 ~ 6 = 293 yards 
Trucks per hour passing- a given point = .6 X 200 = 120 
Maximum tonnage hauled (1%-ton trucks) = .6 X 300 = 180 
Maximum tonnage hauled (2 Vs -ton trucks) = .6 X 500 = 300 
For truck densities greater than 10 per mile the road space is decreased and data 
shown in columns 3, 4, and 5 is increased in like manner. 
See Fig. 8. 
This chart applies to motor movements in which vehicles keep closed up to safe driving 
distances. Safe driving distance is assumed to be constant (14% yards, center to 
center, for cars or trucks up to 3-ton) for speeds up to 5 miles per hour and to in- 
crease with the speed for rates above 5 miles per hour. 
Chart shows average road space. Actual road space may vary 25% either way, depend- 
ing on conditions. 
To use chart: 
Determine the number of motor vehicles in column, disregarding trailers or towed 
weapons. 
Locate this figure in vertical scale on left of chart. 
Follow horizontal line to right to intersection with diagonal line indicating the prop- 
er rate of travel. 
From this intersection follow vertical line down to horizontal scale. 
Read on horizontal scale the average road space of the column. 
b. Open column.—Road space of a motor movement in open column 
may be obtained by dividing the number of motor vehicles in column (dis- 
regarding trailers) by the average density (number of vehicles per mile). 
116 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
■ 49. Average Road Space of Motor Columns at Various Speeds. 
—a. Close Column. 
- —~W _ * x * 
ROAD SPACE IN YARDS WHEN MOVING AT VARIOUS SPEEDS 
Figure 18 
NUMBER OF VEHICLES IN MOTOR COLUMN 
117 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
■ 50. Average Time Lengths of Motor Columns at Various 
Speeds.—a. Close Column. 
34 56 7 a 9 10 11 
TIME LENGTH IN MINUTES ON ROAD AT VARIOUS SPEED: 
Figure 19 
NUMBER OF VEHICLES IN MOTOR COLUMN. 
118 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
50-51-52 
This chart applies to motor movements in which vehicles keep closed up to safe driving 
distances. From 10 miles per hour to 35 miles per hour the safe driving distance 
varies directly with the speed, and the time-length of a column is therefore con- 
stant. At 5 miles per hour or less the safe driving distance is assumed to be 
constant (14% yards, center to center, for cars or trucks up to 3-ton) and the 
time-length of a column therefore varies inversely with the speed. 
Chart shows average time-length. Actual time-length may vary 25% either way, de- 
pending on conditions. 
NOTES 
To use chart: 
Determine the number of motor vehicles in column, disregarding trailers or towed 
weapons. 
Locate this figure in vertical scale on left of chart. 
Follow horizontal line to right to intersection with diagonal line indicating the 
proper rate of travel. 
From this intersection follow vertical line down to horizontal scale. 
Read on horizontal scale the average time-length of the column. 
b. Oven column.—Time length of a motor movement in open column 
may be obtained by the following formula: 
Number of motor vehicles in column 
Density (vehicles per mile) x speed (mph) 
=Timelength (inhours). 
■ 51. Shuttle Movements.—a. Definition.—Troop movement by shut- 
tling is a movement by motor in which all or a portion of the trucks make 
successive trips in moving both cargoes and troops. 
b. Time formula.—The following formula is useful for determining the 
total time of movement of a unit in shuttling: 
3 X distance in miles 
Hours required — f- T 
Speed in miles per hour 
The figure “3” indicates the number of trips for each shuttle; for 
example, one trip to move foot troops, a return trip, and a third with or- 
ganic cargo. 
T” (a variable), represents the number of hours consumed in un- 
loading and loading personnel and equipment, in turn-arounds at forward 
and rear assembly areas, and in closing the column into its area of destina- 
tion. When two routes are available for the movement a value of 3 may 
be assumed for “T” with a reasonable factor of safety. When more than 
two routes are available the value of “T” may be reduced. 
Speed in miles per hour represents the average speed of the vehicles 
in the movement. 
■ 52. March Graphs and March Tables.—a. The field order for a march 
may be accompanied by a march table, particularly when the details of the 
march are not subject to change and can be foreseen. The march table 
affords a convenient means of transmitting to subordinates the many de- 
tails pertaining to the march, the inclusion of which in the body of the field 
order would tend to complicate or make it unduly lengthy. 
119 52-53 
TROOP MOVEMENTS 
b. A march graph is the simplest method of obtaining data required 
for a march table or order. It shows the approximate location at any hour 
of the head or tail of each serial, providing the march proceeds as scheduled. 
The march graph is prepared on cross-section paper, using one sheet for 
each route. The vertical scale to the left, with point of origin at the bottom, 
serves as a distance scale in miles and should show the relative locations 
along the route of critical points where coordination of the movement is 
required. The horizontal scale provides a time scale in hours, beginning 
at the left with the earliest hour at which the first serial may start the 
march. 
c. A serial is represented on the graph by a horizontal line, drawn to 
scale, equal to the time-length of the serial. This line is plotted opposite 
the point on the vertical scale, corresponding to the initial point of the 
serial; the left of the line being plotted above the hour, on the horizontal 
scale, at which the serial begins the march. From this left end a line is 
drawn upward at a slope representing the rate of march (at 10 miles per 
hour the slope equals 10 miles on the vertical to 1 hour on the horizontal 
scale). This sloping line represents the march of the head of the column. 
The intersection of this line with the horizontal line from any point along 
the route, if projected down to the time scale, will show the time the head ar- 
rives at such point. A line drawn from the right end of the horizontal line 
representing the time-length of the serial and parallel to the line represent- 
ing the head of the column will represent the tail of the serial. Time of 
clearances may be obtained as explained for the head of the serial. The 
movement or location of a unit after it leaves the route represented on 
the distance scale, or passes the rear boundary of its destination (new 
bivouac area), may be shown on the graph by dotted lines. 
d. If the hour at which a march must be completed is the only time 
factor known, the graph may be constructed starting with the tail of the 
column at the destination and working back to obtain the hour of starting 
for the head of the column. The graphs of all serials may be adjusted to al- 
low for crossing columns or other interferences. The need for and the means 
of making such adjustments may be visualized. In preparing the march 
graph a safety factor of 15 to 30 minutes should be allowed between serials 
at critical points on the route. In the march table this time is divided be- 
tween serials, the major portion usually being assigned to the leading serial. 
A small gap of about 5 minutes should be reserved during which the route 
is clear. 
■ 53. Examples of March Graphs and March Tables.—a. The division 
commander has directed that the 1st Engr Bn, 1st QM Bn, 1st Med Bn, and 
the 1st Infantry, in army reserve, move under cover of darkness from their 
present bivouacs, areas A and B to areas C and D, beginning at 7:00 PM, 
17 October 19 , under the following conditions. 
120 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Figure 20 
(1) Movement to be made without lights and to be completed prior to 
5:00 AM, 18 October 19__. 
(2) Route A is available for the movement but CR 515 is reserved for 
army columns from 11:36 PM to 12:06 AM and from 2:36 AM to 3:00 AM. 
121 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
b. The following EXAMPLE OF MARCH GRAPH-ROUTE A is the graph used by 
the division staff, 1st Division in planning the march. 
Figure 21 
NOTES: 
1. Time Lengths. 
(a) Serial 1-2650 men on foot in column of threes at 2 mph (Chart par. 37) = 36 min. 
(b) Serial 2-229 vehicles at 10 mph (Chart par. 50) = 19 min. 
(c) Serial 8-282 vehicles at 10 mph (Chart par. 50) = 23 min, 
2. o Indicates remark in march table. 
122 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Serial 
No. 
Organization and commander 
Present 
location 
Route 
Location 
by 
6:00 
AM, 
18 
Oct 
March 
Control of Movement 
Remarks 
Rate 
{miles 
per 
hour) 
Type 
Time- 
length 
(min- 
utes) 
Location 
Earliest 
allowable 
arrival 
time 
Latest 
allowable 
arrival 
time 
1 
Col “A” 1st Inf Comdg: 
Foot Troops 1st Inf 
2,650 men 
Area B 
A 
Area D 
2 
Col- 
umn 
of 3’s 
36 
RJ 520 (IP) 
CR 515 
CR 432 
7:00 PM 
10:10 PM 
12:35 AM 
2 
Lt Col “B” 1st Inf Comdg: 
Motor elements 1st Inf 
229 vehicles 
Area B 
A 
Area D 
10 
Close 
col- 
umn 
19 
RJ 520 (IP) 
CR 515 
CR 432 
CR 455 
12:01 AM 
12:20 AM 
12:45 AM 
12:40 AM 
1:10 AM 
3 
Lt Col “C” 1st Engr Bn Comdg: 
Div Tns, 1st Engr Bn, 1st QM Bn, 
1st Med Bn, 282 vehicles 
Area A 
A 
Area C 
10 
Close 
col- 
umn 
23 
RJ 411 (IP) 
RJ 520 
CR 455 
CR 515 
12:30 AM 
12:45 AM 
1:16 AM 
2:25 AM 
1st Div 
Pennsville (372-745), Pa 
17 Oct 19 , 3:00 PM 
By command of Maj Gen A 
X 
Col GSC 
Cof S 
Annex No. 1 to FO 2 
MARCH TABLE 
(Jffcial; 
Y 
Lt Col GSC 
G-3 
Distribution: Same as FO 
Map—Operations Map 
123 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Section II 
INFANTRY DIVISION (SQUARE) 
■ 54. Form for an Abridged Table—Road Spaces and Time Lengths, 
Infantry Division (Square). 
1 
2 
3 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
Units 
(including attached 
chaplains and medical 
personnel) 
TIO 
No 
Authorized 
strength 
Actual 
strength 
Road space 
at halt 
Road space 
moving 
Men 
Vehi- 
cles 
Men 
Vehi 
cles 
Men 
on 
foot 
Men 
on 
foot 
(miles) 
Vehi- 
cles 
(miles) 
Men 
on 
foot 
(miles) 
Vehi- 
cles 
10 
mph 
(miles) 
Vehi- 
cles 
25 
mph 
(miles) 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
Inf Div. 
....Inf Brig 
....Inf Brig 
....Inf Regt 
Inf Regt 
....Inf Regt 
. ..Inf Regt 
One Inf Bn 
Inf Bn w/Bn Sec Com 
Plat & Bn Sec T Plat 
Serv Co, Atchd 
One R Co 
FA Brig 
FA Regt, 105-mm How.—. 
One FA Bn, 105-mm How 
FA Regt, 155-mm How. 
One FA Bn, 155-mra How 
Engr Regt 
Med Regt 
QM Regt 
Sig Co 
MP Co. 
Ord Co (M Maint). . 
Brig C team 
Brig C team 
. C team . 
. C team 
C team 
.. C team 
Column 1: Designation of unit to be entered, as “1st Infantry Division.” 
Columns 5, 6, and 7: Based on periodic reports of subordinate units, the actual strength in men 
and vehicles should be entered. 
Column 8: Number of men on footX .8 (men in column of threes)=yards; -5-1760 = miles. 
Column 9: For a column of vehicles of all types, 10 yards per vehicle is used as the average road 
NOTES 
space. 
Column 10: Road spaces of foot elements on the march are identical with road spaces at the halt. 
Column 11: Number of vehiclesX23.5 (2.35Xmph) per vehicle. 
Column 12: Number of vehiclesX60 yards (2.35 Xmph) per vehicle. 
Column 13: Number of men on footX .011 = minutes at mph (X .0135 at 2 mph). 
Column 14: Number of vehicles X .08 = minutes. 
Column 15: Men on foot (column 7) divided by 15 for trucks; divided by 25 for 
trucks. (See Note 4, paragraph 46, and paragraph 47.) 
124 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Form for an Abridged Table—Road Spaces and Time-Lengths, 
Infantry Division (Square) (Continued): 
13 
u 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
Time-length 
moving 
Additional 
vehicles 
to carry 
foot troops 
(col 7) 
Road space 
additional 
vehicles 
at halt 
(miles) 
Time-length 
additional 
vehicles 
in 
close column 
When Div 
moved by Trk 
Men 
on foot 
(min) 
Vehicles 
in close 
column 
(min) 
Road space 
at halt 
(cols 9+16) 
(miles) 
Time-length 
in close 
column 
(cols 11+17) 
(min) 
2 
mph 
&A 
mph 
lAr 
ton 
ton 
lxAr 
ton 
2lA~ 
ton 
I'A- 
ton 
2A- 
ton 
NOTES 
Column 1: Designation of unit to be entered, as “1st Infantry Division.” 
Columns 5, 6, and 7: Based on periodic reports of subordinate units, the actual strength in men 
and vehicles should be entered. 
Column 8: Number of men on footX .8 (men in column of threes)=yards; —1760 = miles. 
Column 9: For a column of vehicles of all types, 10 yards per vehicle is used as the average road 
space. 
Column 10: Road spaces of foot elements on the march are identical with road spaces at the halt. 
Column 11: Number of vehiclesX23.5 (2.35Xmph) per vehicle. 
Column 12: Number of vehiclesX60 yards (2,35 Xmph) per vehicle. 
Column 13: Number of men on footX .011 = minutes at 2lA mph (X.0135 at 2 mph). 
Column 14: Number of vehidesX .08 = minutes. 
Column 15: Men on foot (column 7) divided by 15 for trucks; divided by 25 for 
trucks. (See Note 4, paragraph 46, and paragraph 47.) 
125 TROOP, MOVEMENTS 
■ 55. Shuttling: Infantry Division (Square).—a. Refer to paragraph 
51 for general formula for shuttling, and to paragraph 46, 47 and 56 for 
transportation requirements and availability. 
b. The following example of standing operating procedure for a motor 
movement by shuttling for an infantry division (square) should be used 
only as a guide from which to prepare shuttle plans upon the actual trans- 
portation available and the personnel to be moved: 
c. Example based on WD T/O November 1, 1940. 
(1) Plan.—Motor Movement 2 is a shuttle movement in which the 
division moves in its organic motors with Brigade Combat Teams abreast, 
behind a screen of other troops adequate to protect the movement against 
strong frontal attack. One infantry battalion from each BCT and one anti- 
tank battery remain in the rear area to guard dumped loads. The remain- 
der of the combat units of the division move in the first shuttle. Each BCT 
moves on two or more routes and protects the immediate front of its move- 
ment with small advance guards. The flanks are protected by mobile flank 
guards operating under division control, with foot elements carried in 
trucks of the Quartermaster Regiment. Trucks of the Quartermaster 
Regiment are augmented by sufficient kitchen, and other administrative 
trucks (which are dumped in the rear area) to move foot troops of the first 
shuttle. At the conclusion of the first shuttle such trucks return to pick 
up their normal loads. Foot troops of the second shuttle are moved in 
trucks of the Quartermaster Regiment. 
(2) Warning Order.—Preliminary arrangements for this shuttle 
movement will be inaugurated upon receipt of order “Alert for motor move- 
ment two,” or “Alert for motor movement 2, after (designated hour).” 
COMPOSITION OF FLANK GUARDS 
(To cover movement of both shuttles) 
FLANK GUARD NO. 1 
FLANK GUARD NO. 2 
1 bn 1st Brig (less 2 rifle cos) 
1 AT plat (inf) 1st Brig 
1 btry 1st FA 
1 plat Co B 1st Engrs 
Det 1st Med Regt 
17 trucks, 2^-ton, 1st QM Regt 
1 bn 2d Brig (less 2 rifle cos) 
1 AT plat (inf) 2d Brig 
1 btry 2d FA 
1 plat Co E 1st Engrs 
Det 1st Med Regt 
17 trucks 2%-ton, 1st QM Regt 
COMPOSITION OF FIRST SHUTTLE 
Group 1: BCT 1 (less 1 bn & 1 flank guard) 
1st Bn 1st Engrs (less dets) 
Group 2: BCT 2 (less 1 bn & 1 flank guard) 
1st Engrs (less Dets) 
Group 3: 3d FA (less Btry H and 28 trucks) 
COMPOSITION OF SECOND SHUTTLE 
Group 1: 1 bn 1st Brig 
50 trucks, 1st Brig 
24 trucks, 1st FA 
126 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
55-56 
Group 2: 1 bn 2d Brig 
50 trucks, 2d Brig 
24 trucks, 2d FA 
Group 3: Btry H, 3d FA 
28 trucks, 3d FA 
25 trucks, 1st Engrs 
1st Med Regt (less dets) 
1st QM Regt (less dets) 
ASSIGNMENT OF MOTOR TRANSPORT 
First Shuttle 
Second Shuttle 
FROM 
TO 
IVz-TON 
— SVz-TON 
2K-TON 
1st QM Regt 
Flank Guards 
34 
34 
1st QM Regt 
BCT 1 
83 
34 
1st QM Regt 
BCT 2 
83 
34 
1st Brig 
BCT 1 
50 
1st FA 
BCT 1 
24 
3d FA 
BCT 1 
14 
1st Engrs 
BCT 1 
25 
2d Brig 
BCT 2 
50 
2d FA 
BCT 2 
24 
3d FA 
BCT 2 
14 
1st Med Regt 
BCT 2 
5 
12 
■ 56. Example of G-3 Work Sheet Showing Availability of Cargo 
Trucks (H/2, 2i/£, and 4-ton) in the Infantry Division (Square) for 
Movement of Foot Troops (based on WD T/O November 1, 1940).—a. 
This table shows a priority which might be established within a division 
for the availability of organic motor transportation of units scheduled to 
move in the second shuttle, to be used for movement of foot troops of the 
first shuttle. With slight modification it might also serve to show avail- 
ability of transportation to be returned by units of the first shuttle for 
movement of foot troops of the second shuttle. 
127 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
AVAILABILITY OF MOTOR TRANSPORT FOR TROOP MOVEMENT 
G-3 WORK SHEET 
Prior- 
ity 
Normal use 
QM 
Regt 
2'A-T 
105- 
mm 
Regt 
2A-T 
155- 
mm 
Regt 
2VrT 
Inf 
Regt 
m-T 
Engr 
Regt 
I'A-T 
Med 
Regt 
2A-T 
Sig 
Co 
1A-T 
Total 
1 
Cargo trucks 
192 
192 
2 
Personnel & baggage 
1 
2 
2 
5* 
4 
4 
35 
3 
Organization equipment 
8 
11 
13 
4 
22 
18 
1 
100 
i\-n 
4 
Kitchen 
8 
11 
13 
15 
7 
3 
1 
121 
Ammunition 
36 
40 
13 
1 
165 
Command & operations 
12 
12 
1 
40 
5 
Signal 
21 
21 
20 
83 
Engineer pers & tools 
42 
42 
Medical 
1 
3 
3 
2 
3 
21 
Supplies 
10 
4 
4 
5 
27 
Total 
220 
100 
108 
40 
79 
33 
26 
826 
Emer- 
gency 
Only 
Motor maintenance 
20 
17 
(4T)2 
17 
5 
2 
i'A-T 
6 
1 
6 
Special equipment 
11 
2 
1A-T 
7 
Prime movers, 2J^-ton 
30 
16 
76 
Prime movers, 4-ton 
30 
7 
37 
NOTES 
1 The availability of cargo trucks and the priority of such availability are command decisions. 
2 Reference prime movers see par. 344 FM 100-5 (FSR). 
3 Ordinarily the Sig Co and the Div Hq and Div Hq and MP Co, by pooling transport, can move 
all the personnel and equipment pertaining to these organizations in \}/i round-trips and at the 
same time perform essential functions (assuming that the car Co of the QM Regt also transports 
Div Hq personnel). 
4 Unit motor repair vehicles are not available for other purposes. They usually accompany the 
motor vehicles of the unit. 
* Includes 3 trucks for personnel of the AT Co. TROOP MOVEMENTS 
■ 57. Example of a Railway Movement of an Infantry Division 
(Square).—List of transportation groupings for planning purposes, 
(baeed on application of data to WD T/O published November 1,1940): 
Type 
Symbol 
Train 
Transportation Groupings 
1st Inf 1 
1st Infantry 
A 
Co A; Co B; Hq & llq Det 1st Bn (See notes) 
A 
1st Inf 2 
Co C; Hv Wpn Co; Vz Regt Hq & Hq Co 
A 
1st Inf 3 
Co E; Co F; Hq & Hq JDet 2d Bn (See notes) 
A 
1st Inf 4 
Co G; Hv Wpn Co; V2 Hq & Hq Co 1st Brig 
B 
1st Inf 5 
AT Co; Serv Co (less dets) 
A 
1st Inf 6 
Co I; Co K; Hq & Hq Det 3d Bn (See notes) 
A 
1st Inf 7 
Co L; Hv Wpn Co; Vz Regt Hq & Hq Co 
2d Inf 1 
2d Infantry 
A 
Co A; Co B; Hq & Hq Det 1st Bn (See notes) 
Co C; Hv Wpn Co; Vz Regt Hq & Hq Co 
A 
2d Inf 2 
A 
2d Inf 3 
Co E; Co F; Hq & Hq Det 2d Bn (See notes) 
A 
2d Inf 4 
Co G; Hv Wpn Co; Vz Hq & Hq Co 1st Brig 
B 
2d Inf 5 
AT Co; Serv Co (less dets) 
A 
2d Inf 6 
Co I; Co K; Hq & Hq Det 3d Bn (See notes) 
Co L; Hv Wpn Co; Vz Regt Hq & Hq Co 
A 
2d Inf 7 
3d Inf 1 
3d Infantry 
A 
Co A; Co B; Hq & Hq Det 1st Bn (See notes) 
A 
3d Inf 2 
Co C; Hv Wpn Co; Vz Regt Hq & Hq Co 
A 
3d Inf 3 
Co E; Co F; Hq & Hq Det 2d Bn (See notes) 
A 
3d Inf 4 
Co G; Hv Wpn Co; Vz Hq & Hq Co 2d Brig 
B 
3r Inf 5 
AT Co; Ser Co (less dets) 
A 
3d Inf 6 
Co I; Co K; Hq & Hq Det 3d Bn (See notes) 
A 
3d Inf 7 
Co L; Hv Wpn Co; Vz Regt Hq & Hq Co 
4th Infantry 
A 
4th Inf 1 
Co A; Co B; Hq & Hq Det 1st Bn (See notes) 
Co C; Hv Wpn Co; V2 Regt Hq & Hq Co 
A 
4th Inf 2 
A 
4th Inf 3 
Co E; Co F; Hq & Hq Det 2d Bn (See notes) 
A 
4th Inf 4 
Co G; Hv Wpn Co; Vz Hq & Hq Co 2d Brig 
B 
4th Inf 5 
AT Co; Serv Co (less dets) 
A 
4th Inf 6 
Co I; Co K; Hq & Hq Det 3d Bn (See notes) 
A 
4th Inf 7 
Co L; Hv Wpn Co; Vz Regt Hq & Hq Co 
1st Field Artillery (105 MM Regiment) (See Note 7) 
B 
1st FA 1 
Regt Hq & Hq Btry; Vz Hq & Hq Btry 1st F.A. Brig 
B 
1st FA 2 
Btry A; Vz Hq & Hq Btry, 1st Bn; Vs Serv & Am Btry, 
1st Bn 
B 
1st FA 3 
Btry B; Vs Hq & Hq Btry, 1st Bn; Vs Serv & Am 
Btry, 1st Bn 
B 
1st FA 4 
Btry C; Vs Hq & Hq Btry, 1st Bn; Vs Serv & Am 
Btry, 1st Bn 
B 
1st FA 5 
Btry D; Vs Hq & Hq Btry, 2d Bn; Vs Serv & Am 
Btry, 2d Bn 
B 
1st FA 6 
Btry E; Vs Hq & Hq Btry, 2d Bn; % Serv & Am 
Btry, 2d Bn 
B 
1st FA 7 
Btry F; Vs Hq & Hq Btry, 2d Bn; Vs Serv & Am 
Btry, 2d Bn 
2d Field Artillery (105 MM Regiment) 
B 
2d FA 1 
Regt Hq & Hq Btry; Vz Hq & Hq Btry 1st FA Brig 
B 
2d FA 2 
Btry A; Vs Hq & Hq Btry, 1st Bn; Vs Serv & Am 
Btry 1st Bn 
B 
2d FA 3 
Btry B; Vs Hq & Hq Btry, 1st Bn; Vs Serv & Am 
Btry, 1st Bn 
B 
2d FA 4 
Btry C; Vs Hq & Hq Btry, 1st Bn; Vs Serv & Am 
Btry, 1st Bn 
B 
2d FA 5 
Btry D; Vs Hq & Hq Btry, 2d Bn; Vs Serv & Am 
Btry, 2d Bn 
129 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Example of a Railway Movement of an Infantry Division 
(Square).—List of transportation groupings for planning purposes, 
(based on application of data to WDT/O published November 1, 1940) 
(Continued) : 
B 
B 
2d FA 6 
2d FA 7 
Btry E, % Hq & Hq Btry, 2d Bn; Vs Serv & Am 
Btry, 2d Bn 
Btry F; Vs Hq & Hq Btry, 2d Bn; Vs Serv & Am 
Btry, 2d Bn 
B 
3d FA 1 
3d Field Artillery (155 MM Regiment) 
Btry A; % Hq & Hq Btry, 1st Bn; Vs Serv & Am Btry, 
B 
3d FA 2 
1st Bn 
Btry B; Vs Hq & Hq Btry, 1st Bn; Vs Serv & Am Btry, 
1st Bn 
Btry C; Vs Hq & Hq Btry, 1st Bn; Vs Serv & Am Btry, 
1st Bn 
Btry D; Vs Regt Hq & Hq Btry 
B 
3d FA 3 
B 
3d FA 4 
B 
3d FA 5 
Btry E; Vs Hq & Hq Btry, 2d Bn; Vs Serv & Am Btry, 
B 
3d FA 6 
2d Bn 
Btry F; Vs Hq & Hq Btry, 2d Bn; Vs Serv & Am Btry, 
2d Bn 
Btry G; Vs Hq & Hq Btry, 2d Bn; Vs Serv & Am Btry, 
2d Bn 
Btry H; Vi Regt Hq & Hq Btry 
B 
3d FA 7 
B 
3d FA 8 
B 
Engrs 1 
1 of V.Y! fliyi 
Regt Hq, Hq Co & Serv Co Oess dets) 
A 
Engrs 2 
1st Bn; Det Serv Co 
A 
Engrs 3 
2d Bn; Det Serv Co 
B 
QM 1 
1st Quartermaster Regiment 
Regtl Hq & Hq Co; Vs Co F 
B 
QM 2 
Hq 1st Bn; Vs Co A 
B 
QM 3 
VsCo A; Vs Serv Co 
B 
QM 4 
%Co B;Vs Co E 
B 
QM 5 
Hq 3d Bn; Vs Co B 
B 
QM 6 
Hq 2d Bn; Vs Co C 
B 
QM 7 
Vs Co C; Vs Serv Co 
B 
QM 8 
y2 Co D; Vs Co E 
B 
QM 9 
VsCo D; Vs Co F 
B 
Med 1 
1st Medical Regiment 
Co D; Co G; Hq 3d Bn; Vs Regtl Hq & Serv Co 
B 
Med 2 
Co A; Co E; Hq 2d Bn 
B 
Med 3 
Co B; Co C; Co F; Hq 1st Bn 
B 
Med 4 
Co H; Co I; Vs Regt Hq & Serv Co 
B 
Hq 1 
HEADQUARTERS AND HEADQUARTERS COM- 
PANY AND SPECIAL TROOPS 1st DIVISION 
Vs of: Div Hq & Hq Co; 1st MP Co; 1st Sig Co 
B 
Hq 2 
Vs of: Div Hq & Hq Co; 1st MP Co; 1st Sig Co 
B 
Ord 1 
1st Ord Co (M Maint) 
Total 69 26 A and 43 B 
NOTES 
Infantry 
1. Attached Med Det of 2 Officers, 27 men figured with each Bn. 
2. The additional Med Det of 4 Officers, 19 men, 5 vehicles of headquarters section are 
placed on train No. 4 in each Regt. 
3. The Bn sect, Com Plat, Regt Hq Co, 1 Officer, 17 men figured with each Bn. 
4. The Bn Sect, Trans Plat, Serv Co, 1 Officer, 19 men figured with each Bn. 
Field Artillery 
5. Band included with Hq & Hq Btry Div Arty. 
6. Attached Medical included with Hqrts Btry. 
7. Requirements for 75-mm gun batteries same as for 105-mm howitzer. 
130 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
■ 58. a. Example of a Raihvay Movement of Foot Troops Only.—Type, 
Number and Loadings of Trains (Square Division) See pars. 41 and 63 of 
Type Trains. 
COMBINED RAIL AND MOTOR MOVEMENT 
1 
2 
3 
Trains 
Troops Carried on Each Train 
Type 
No. 
C 
4 
Inf Bn, Regt Hq Co, Det Div Hq & MP Co & Sig Co 
C 
4 
Inf Bn, AT Co Det Brig Hq & Hq Co 
c 
4 
Inf Bn, Serv Co, Det Div Hq & MP Co & Sig Co 
Total 
12 
b. (BCT).—Brigade Combat Team. 
ALL MOVING BY RAIL 
1 
2 
3 
Trains 
Troops Carried on Each Train 
Type 
No 
A 
12 
Infantry—See par 57 
B 
2 
Infantry—See par 57 
B 
7 
1st FA—See par 57 
B 
1 
Engr & Med 
B 
1 
Med 
B 
1 
Brig & Div Hq 
Total 
24 
12 A 12 B 
c. (BCT).—Brigade Combat Team Foot Elements only by Rail. Motor 
Elements and Prescribed Personnel overland. 
1 
2 
3 
Trains 
Troops Carried on Each Train 
Type 
No 
C 
6 
Infantry 
131 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Section III 
■ 59. Form for an Abridged Table—Road Spaces and Time-Lengths, 
Infantry Division (Triangular). 
INFANTRY DIVISION (TRIANGULAR) 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
Units 
(including attached 
chaplains and medical 
personnel) 
T jO 
No 
Authorized 
strength 
Actual 
strength 
Road space 
at halt 
Road space 
moving 
Men 
Vehi- 
cles 
Men 
Vehi 
cles 
Men 
on 
foot 
Men 
on 
foot 
(miles) 
Vehi- 
cles 
(miles) 
Men 
on 
foot 
(miles) 
Vehi- 
cles 
10 
mph 
(miles) 
Vehi- 
cles 
25 
mph 
(miles) 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
....Inf Div 
....Inf Regt 
....Inf Regt 
....Inf Regt 
....One Inf Bn 
One Inf Bn, w/Med Det, 
Bn Sec Com Plat & Bn 
Sec Trans Plat Serv 
Co, Atchd 
....Div FA 
One Bn 105-mm How 
One Bn 155-mrn How 
....Ren Tr ... 
....Engr Bn 
....Med Bn 
... QM Bn 
....Sig Co 
....Div Hq & MP Co 
....Combat team 
....Combat team 
....Combat team 
NOTES 
Column 1: Designation of unit to be entered, as “1st Infantry Division.” 
Columns 6, 6, and 7: Based on periodic reports of subordinate units, the actual strength in men, 
and vehicles should be entered. 
Column 8: Number of men on footX .8 (men in column of threes)=yards; -5-1760=miles. 
Column 9: For a column of vehicles of all types, 10 yards per vehicle is used as the average road 
space. 
Column 10: Road spaces of foot elements on the march are identical with road spaces at the halt. 
Column 11: Number of vehiclesX23.5 (2.35Xmph) per vehicle= = miles. 
Column 12: Number of vehiclesX60 yards (2.35Xmph) per vehicle= = miles. 
Column 13: Number of men on footX.Oil = minutes at mph (X.0135 at 2 mph). 
Column 14: Number of vehiclesX .08 = minutes. 
Column 15: Men on foot (column 7) divided by 15 for trucks; divided by 25 for 
trucks. (See Note 4, paragraph 46, and paragraph 47.) 
132 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
59-60 
Time-length 
moving 
When Div 
moves by Trk 
Additional 
vehicles 
to carry 
foot troops 
{col 7) 
Road space 
additional 
vehicles 
at halt 
{miles) 
Time-length 
additional 
vehicles 
in 
close column 
Road space 
at halt 
{cols 9+16) 
{miles) 
Men 
on foot 
{min) 
Vehicles 
in close 
column 
{min) 
Time-length 
in close 
column 
{cols 14+17) 
{min) 
NOTES 
Column 1: Designation of unit to be entered, as “1st Infantry Division.” 
Columns 5, 6, and 7: Based on periodic reports of subordinate units, the actual strength in men, 
and vehicles should be entered. 
Column 8: Number of men on footX .8 (men in column of threes)=yards; -5-1760 = miles. 
Column 9: For a column of vehicles of all types, 10 yards per vehicle is used as the average road 
space. 
Column 10: Road spaces of foot elements on the march are identical with road spaces at the halt. 
Column 11: Number of vehiclesX23.5 (2.35Xmph per vehicle=yards-*-1760=miles. 
Column 12: Number of vehiclesX60 yards (2.36Xmph) per vehicle=yards-i-1760=miles. 
Column 13: Number of men on footX.011 = minutes at mph (X.0135 at 2 mph). 
Column 14: Number of vehiclesX .08 = minutes. 
Column 15: Men on foot (column 7) divided by 15 for trucks; divided by 25 for 
trucks. (See Note 4, paragraph 46, and paragraph 47.) 
■ 60. Shuttling: Infantry Division (Triangular).—a. Refer to para- 
graph 51 for general formula for shuttling, and to paragraph 46, 47 and 61 
for transportation requirements and availability. 
133 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
b. The following example of standing operating procedure for a motor 
movement by shuttling for an infantry division (triangular) should be 
used only as a guide from which to prepare shuttle plans based upon the 
actual transportation available and the personnel to be moved: 
c. Example based on WD T/O November 1, 1940. 
(1) Plan.—Motor Movement I is a shuttle movement in which the 
division moves in its organic motors in two shuttles, behind a screen of 
other troops adequate to protect the movement against strong frontal at- 
tack. CT 1 and CT 2, with reinforcements from division troops, constitute 
the first shuttle. It moves on two or more routes and protects the immediate 
front of its movement with small advance guards. In addition to its organic 
transportation, sufficient additional trucks from units of the division not 
moving in the first shuttle are attached to CT 1 and CT 2 to transport by 
motor all their personnel and equipment. At the conclusion of the first 
shuttle, trucks belonging to units of second shuttle return to pick up pre- 
scribed loads and move CT 3 (reinforced). Necessary trucks from units 
of first shuttle dump loads in forward area and return to assist in moving 
foot troops of second shuttle. Division troops move behind the second 
shuttle without distance. 
(2) Security.—The Reconnaissance Troop protects the movement by 
conducting reconnaissance to the front and flanks. Battery D 4th Field 
Artillery Battalion is held in mobile reserve to provide antitank protection. 
None of its organic transportation is employed for other purposes during 
the movement. 
(3) Warning Order.—Preliminary arrangements for this shuttle 
movement will be inaugurated upon receipt of order “Alert for motor 
movement one,” or “Alert for motor movement one, after (designated 
hour).” 
Motor Movement Number One (MM1)—1st Division (Triangular) 
Group 1 Group 2 
1st Inf 2d Inf 
1st FA Bn 2d FA Bn , 
1st Plat (w/tractor) Co A 1st Engr Bn 1st Plat (w/tractor) Co B 1st Engr Bn 
Co A 1st Med Bn Co B 1st Med Bn 
Det 1st Sig Co Det 1st Sig Co 
First Shuttle 
Group 3 
Second Shuttle 
Group J/. 
3d ini 
3d FA Bn 
1st Plat (\v/tractor) Co C 1st Engr Bn Division Troops (less dets) 
Co C 1st Med Bn 
Det 1st Sig Co 
134 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
60-61 
ASSIGNMENT OF TRANSPORT (MM 1) 
Unit from 
Number of trucks provided and unit 
to which transport is attached 
which 
Transport 
is detached 
1st Shuttle 
2d Shuttle 
REMARKS 
1st Inf 
2d Inf 
3d Inf 
1st QM Bn 
1st Med Bn 
1st Div Arty 
48 a 
13 a 
11 b 
b a 
98 a 
7 a 
57 a 
A det of 1st Div Arty Hq & 
Hq Btry marches with the 
105-mm Bn of one of the 
groups of the 1st Shuttle. 
1st Sig Co assists in shuttling 
the foot troops and equip- 
ment of DHQ and Div Hq 
& MP Co. 
1st Engr Bn 
1st Inf 
2d Inf 
29 b 
9 b 
37 b 
37 b 
At 10 minutes per 100 vehi- 
cles, the approximate time 
length of march groups 1, 
2 and 3 is 50 minutes; of 
march group 4, 30 minutes. 
3d Inf 
39 6 
TOTALS c 
2 V2 -ton a 
1V2 -ton b 
61 
79 
103 
9 
64 
74 
a 2%-ton trucks. 
b 1%-ton trucks. 
c Includes 1 extra truck, 1 Vz -ton, for each inf regt. 
NOTES 
■ 61. Example of G-3 Work Sheet Showing Availability of Cargo 
Trucks (iy2, 2i/2, and 4-ton) in the Infantry Division (Triangular) 
for Movement of Foot Troops a (based on WD T/O November 1,1940).— 
a. This table shows a priority which might be established within a division 
for the availability of organic motor transportation of units scheduled to 
move in the second shuttle, to be used for movement of foot troops of the 
first shuttle. With slight modification it might also serve to show availa- 
bility of transportation to be returned by units of the first shuttle for move- 
ment of foot troops of the second shuttle. TROOP MOVEMENTS 
G-3 WORK SHEET 
AVAILABILITY OF MOTOR TRANSPORT FOR TROOP MOVEMENT 
Prior- 
ity 
Normal use 
QM 
Bn 
zy2-T 
105- 
mm 
Bn 
sy2-r 
155- 
mm 
Bn 
zy2i- 
Inf 
Regt 
m-r 
Engr 
Bn 
iy2-f 
Med 
Bn 
Sig 
Co 
iy2-r 
Total 
ilA-T 
&A-T 
1 
Cargo trucks 
48 
48 
2 
Personnel & baggage 
5* 
3 
8 
n 
37 
3 
Organization equipment 
3 
5 
6 
4 
9 
1 
13 
59 
4 
Kitchen 
2 
5 
6 
15 
4 
5 
2A-T 
1 
78 
Ammunition 
18 
20 
13 
113 
5 
Command & operations 
5 
5 
1 
3 
26 
Signal 
9 
9 
22 
58 
Engineer pers & tools 
30 
30 
Medical 
iy2-i 
i 
1 
1 
2 
1 
12 
Supplies 
4 
2 
2 
4 
16 
Total. 
68 
45 
49 
40 
47 
18 
13 
37 
477 
Emer- 
gency 
only 
Motor maintenance 
4 
8 
i-yi 
8 
5 
1 
3 
5 
Special equipment 
4 
7 
Prime movers 2}^-ton 
15 
8 
63 
Prime movers 4-ton 
15 
3 
18 
NOTES 
1 The availability of cargo trucks and the priority of such availability are command decisions. 
2 Reference prime movers see par. 344 EM 100-5 (FSR). 
3 Ordinarily the Sig Co and the Div Hq and Div Hq and MP Co, by pooling transport, can move 
all the personnel and equipment pertaining to these organizations in 1 x/l round-trips and at the 
same time perform essential functions (assuming that the car plat of the QM Bn also transports 
Div Hq personnel). 
4 Unit motor repair vehicles are not available for other purposes. They usually accompany the 
motor vehicles of the unit. 
* Includes 3 trucks for personnel of the AT Co. 
136 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
■ 62. Example of a Railway Movement of an Infantry Division 
(Triangular).—List of transportation groupings for planning purposes 
(based on application of data to WDT/O published November 1,1940) : 
Type 
Train 
Symbol 
Transportation groupings 
A 
1st Inf 1 
J. si 171/ fQ/Yvty*'y 
Co A; Co B; Hq & Hq Det 1st Bn (See notes) 
A 
1st Inf 2 
Co C; Hv Wpn Co; Vz Regt Hq & Hq Co 
A 
1st Inf 3 
Co E; Co F; Hq & Hq Det 2 dBn (See notes) 
A 
1st Inf 4 
Co G; Hv Wpn Co; V2 Hq & Hq Co 1st Brig 
B 
1st Inf 5 
AT Co 
Serv Co (less dets) 
A 
1st Inf 6 
Co I; Co K; Hq & Hq Det 3d Bn (See notes) 
A 
1st Inf 7 
Co L;Hv Wpn Co; Vz Regt Hq & Hq Co 
A 
2d Inf 1 
2d InfctTitvy 
Co A; Co B; Hq & Hq Det 1st Bn (See notes) 
A 
2d Inf 2 
Co C; Hv Wpn Co; Vz Regt Hq & Hq Co 
A 
2d Inf 3 
Co E; Co F; Hq & Hq Det 2d Bn (See notes) 
A 
2d Inf 4 
Co G; Hv Wpn Co; Vz Hq & Hq Co 1st Brig 
B 
2d Inf 5 
AT Co 
Serv Co (less dets) 
A 
2d Inf 6 
Co I; Co K; Hq & Hq Det 3d Bn (See notes) 
A 
2d Inf 7 
Co L;Hv Wpn Co; Vz Regt Hq & Hq Co 
A 
3d Inf 1 
3d Infantry 
Co A; Co B; Hq & Hq Det 1st Bn (See notes) 
A 
3d Inf 2 
Co C; Hv Wpn Co; V* Regt Hq & Hq Co 
A 
3d Inf 4 
Co E; Co F; Hq & Hq Det 2d Bn (See notes) 
A 
3d Inf 3 
Co G; Hv Wpn Co; Vs Hq & Hq Co 2d Brig 
B 
3d Inf 5 
AT Co, 
Serv Co (less dets) 
A 
3d Inf 6 
Co I; Co K; Hq & Hq Det 3d Bn (See notes) 
A 
3d Inf 7 
Co L;Hv Wpn Co; Vz Regt Hq & Hq Co 
B 
HQ Div Arty-1 
Field Artillery 
Hq & Hq Btry Div Arty 
B 
1st FA BN 2 
Btry A 
Vs Bn Hq Btry; Vs Serv & Am Btry 
B 
1st FA Bn 3 
Btry B 
Vs Bn Hq Btry; Vs Serv & Am Btry 
B 
1st FA Bn 4 
Btry C 
Vs Bn Hq Btry; Vs Serv & Am Btry 
B 
2d FA Bn 5 
Btry A 
Vs Bn Hq Btry; Vs Serv & Am Btry 
B 
2d FA Bn 6 
Btry B 
Vs Bn Hq Btry; Vs Serv & Am Btry 
B 
2d FA Bn 7 
Btry C 
Vs Bn Hq Btry; Vs Serv & Am Btry 
B 
3d FA Bn 8 
Btry A 
Vs Bn Hq Btry; Vs Serv & Am Btry 
B 
3d FA Bn 9 
Btry B 
Vs Bn Hq Btry; Vs Serv & Am Btry 
B 
3d FA Bn 10 
Btry C 
Vs Bn Hq Btry; Vs Serv & Am Btry 
B 
4th FA Bn 11 
Btry A 
Vs Bn Hq Btry; Vs Serv & Am Btry 
B 
4th FA Bn 12 
Btry B 
Vs Bn Hq Btry; Vs Serv & Am Btry 
B 
4th FA Bn 13 
Btry C 
Vs Bn Hq Btry; Vs Serv & Am Btry 
B 
4th FA Bn 14 
Btry D 
(75-mm Antitank Btry) 
B 
Engrs 1 
Eng 
Vz Engr 
ineers 
Bn, less dets 
B 
Engrs 2 
Vz Engr Bn, less dets 
B 
Med 1 
Medical 
Vz Med Bn; less dets 
B 
Med 2 
Vz Med Bn; less dets 
B 
QM 1 
Quartermaster 
Vz QM Bn, less dets 
B 
QM 2 
Vz QM Bn, less dets 
B 
HQ 1 
Division Headquarters and Miscellaneous 
Vz Div Hq & Hq Co; Det Sig Co; Det QM Bn 
B 
HQ 2 
Recn Tr; Det Med Bn 
B 
HQ 3 
Vz Div Hq & Hq Co; Sig Co (less dets); Det QM Bn 
Total 
44 
18 A and 26 B 
137 62-63 
TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Infantry 
1. Attached Med Det of 2 Officers, 27 men figured with each Bn. 
2. The additional Med Det of 4 Officers, 19 men, 5 vehicles of headquarters section are 
placed on train No. 4 in each Regt. 
3. The Bn Sect, Com Plat, Regt Hq Co, 1 Officer, 17 men figured with each Bn. 
4. The Bn Sect, Trans Plat, Serv Co, 1 Officer, 19 men figured with each Bn. 
TP'ipTrl A. whlips'll 
5. Band Included with the Hq & Hq Btry Div Arty. 
6. Attached Medical included with Hqtrs Btry. 
7. Requirements for 75-mm gun batteries same as for 105-mm howitzer. 
■ 63. a. Example of a Railway Movement of Foot Troops Only.— 
Infantry Division (Triangular).—Type, number, and loadings of trains 
(combined rail and motor movement) : (See pars. 41 and 62) 
NOTES 
1 
2 
3 
Trains 
Troops carried on each train 
Type 
No. 
C 
3 
Inf Bn, Regtl Hq Co, det Div Hq & MP Co 
C 
3 
Inf Bn, AT Co, det Div Hq & MP Co 
C 
3 
Inf Bn, Serv Co, det Div Hq & MP Co 
Total 
9 
NOTES 
Assumptions: 
67 officers and 6,491 men ride overland in the 1,560 motor vehicles 
of the division. 
Units, including atchd Med and Ch: average per train: -f (or —) 
40 officers, 931 men. 
Arrangements made for motors to meet trains at detraining points, 
or for necessary motor service there to be provided from other 
sources. 
All units except Inf regts and Div Hq and Hq and MP Co completely 
motorized. 
b. (CT),—Regimental Combat Team All moving by Rail. 
1 
2 
3 
Trains 
Troops carried on each train 
Type 
No. 
A 
6 
Infantry 
B 
1 
Infantry 
B 
3 
Field Artillery 
B 
1 
Engr and MP Co 
B 
1 
Div Hq & Co A 1st Med 
Total 
12 
6 A, 6 B 
c. (CT).—Foot elements only by rail, Motor elements and prescribed 
personnel overland. 
1 
2 
3 
Trains 
Troops carried on each train 
Type 
No. 
C 
3 
Infantry 
138 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
■ 64. Work Sheet for Preparing Entraining Tables.—Troop move- 
ments by railway: 
Entraining 
points 
Location 
Hardy 
Barnett 1 
Barnett 2 
Barnett 3 
Tailgate 
Miles from forward 
entraining point 
0 
4 
4 
4 
8 
1 
Ech 
5t 
elon 
Minutes from for- 
ward entraining 
point 
0 
12 
12 
12 
24 
Train 
No. 
Train 
schedule 
Entraining plan 
1 
II 
H—0:12 © 
B-Hq-1 
2 
11+0:40 © 
H+28 
B-lst Inf-1 
3 
1:20© 
H+l:08® 
A-lst Inf-2 
4 
2:00 
H+l:36 
B-2d Inf-1® 
5 
2:40 
H+2:40 
B-QM-2 
6 
3:20 
H+3:08 
A-lst Inf-3 
7 
4:00 
H+3:48 
A-lst Inf-4 
♦ ♦ 
***** 
« * « * * 
***** 
***** 
***** 
***** 
21 
14:00 
H+13:48 
B-4th Inf-1 
Div 
less 
Ech 
ision 
1st 
elon 
22 
14:40 
H+14:28 
A-4th Inf-2 
♦ * 
***** 
***** 
♦ * * * * 
***** 
***** 
***** 
NOTES 
T) H—0:12 = H (hour) minus 12 minutes from forward entraining point. 
D H=1:08 = H (hour) plus 1 hour and 8 minutes. 
3) B—2d Inf—l = Type B train, 2d Infantry, 1st train. 
© H = 0:40 = H (hour) plus 40 minutes. 
© 1;20=H (hour) plus 1 hour and 20 minutes. 
Procedure.—Determine the entraining points to be used (based on 
loading facilities and convenience of foot troops) and tentatively the units 
and numbers of trains to load at each. 
139 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Block off on the work sheet for each entraining point, by units, the 
number of trains to load there (for each echelon successively, if the move- 
ment is to be by echelon). 
Number of trains in the order of their departure from the entraining 
area. 
Check to see that each train is allowed time for loading (at least 3 hours 
between trains from one entraining point if vehicles and materiel are to be 
loaded. Where only foot elements move by rail and motorized elements of 
the unit move overland, allow one-half hour for loading and one-half hour 
for unloading). 
Check to see that the train density prescribed by the Railway Transpor- 
tation Service is not exceeded and that time is not unnecessarily lost; for 
instance, with a train density of 36, that one train can leave the entraining 
area every forty minutes. Make necessary adjustments. 
Determine the time at which each successive train is to leave the en- 
training area. 
Determine and enter the time required for trains from each entraining 
point to reach the forward entraining point (limit of the entraining area). 
Enter, for each train successively, the time it must leave its entraining 
point to reach the forward point at the regular intervals of train density 
(at least, not more than that interval). 
Prepare one entraining table (Form 11, SOFM 101-5) for each entrain- 
ing point, designating the specific units or elements to be loaded on each 
train. 
A detraining table often is not made. When desired, the running time 
from the entraining point to the detraining point may be added to the time 
of departure from the entraining point to give the expected day and hour 
of arrival. 
140 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
Section IV 
CAVALRY DIVISION (HORSE) 
■ 65. Form for an Abridged Table—Road Spaces and Time-Lengths, 
Cavalry Division : 
—I 1- 
Authorized 
strength 
1 1— 
Actual 
strength 
, , 
Road 
space 
1 
Time 
length 
i Anls 
M 
t ve- 
hicles 
Men 
M 
\ Anls ve- 
hicles 
Mtd 
ele- 
ments 
{col of 
twos) 
f at halt 
or 
moving 
{yds) 
Motor 
ele- 
ments 
Mid 
ele- 
ments 
{col 
of 
twos) 
6 
mph 
(min) 
M 
ele- 
ments 
25 
mph 
(min) 
no 
No. 
Units 
Men 
Halt 
(yds) 
25 
! mph 
I (yds) 
Cav Div. 
.... Cav Brig 
Cav Brig 
Cav Regt. 
Cav Regt 
Cav Regt 
Cav Regt 
Div FA 
Engr Sq 
Ren Sq Mecz 
Med Sq 
.... QM Sq 
.... Cav Div Hq 
.... Div Hq Tr 
.... Sig Troop 
Antitank Tr. 
Ord Co, M Maint 
Atchd Med (+3 Ch) 
One Cav Sq 
One FA Bn, 75-mm How 
One FA Bn, 105-mm How.... 
NOTES 
Column 1: Designation of unit to be entered, as “1st Cavalry Brigade.” 
Columns 6, 7, and 8: Based on periodic reports of subordinate units, the actual strength in men, 
animals, and vehicles should be entered. 
Column 9: The road spaces of animal elements at a halt and moving are identical. Average road space 
for large units (column of twos) = 3 yardsXnumber of animals. 
Column 10: For a column of vehicles of all types, 10 yards per vehicle is used as the average road 
space. 
Column 11: Number of vehiclesX60 yards (2.35Xmph) per vehide = road space at 25 mph. 
Column 12: Using average road spaces per animal (large units, 3 yards per animal), the time-length 
per animal at 6 mph is .017 minutes. Number of animalsX.017 minutes = minutes, time-length. 
Column 13: Number of vehiclesX .08 = minutes, time-length at 25 mph. 
Columns 9, 10, and 11: For convenience, entries may be made in miles rather than yards. 
141 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
■ 66. Example of a Railway Movement of a Cavalry Division, for 
Planning Purposes.—T/O’s dated Nov. 1,1940. 
Type 
Train 
A 
1 Cav 1 
Tr A: dets; A. T. Troop. 
A 
1 Cav 3 
Tr D; Hq & Hq & Serv Tr; 2 Sqn Hq Det; Med & Vet Det (no 
horses). 
E 
1 Cav 2 
Tr B; Tr C; (less det) Sqn horses. 
E 
1 Cav 5 
Tr E; Tr F; (less det) Sqn horses. 
E 
1 Cav 4 
MG Tr; Sp Wpn Tr; (less det) rest of horses. 
2d Cavalry 
A 
2 Cav 1 
Tr A; Dets; 1st Brig Wp Troop. 
E 
2 Cav 2 
Tr B; Tr C; (less det) Sqn horses. 
Tr D; Hq & Hq & Serv Tr; 2 Sqn Hq Dets; Med & Vet Del 
(no horses). 
A 
2 Cav 3 
E 
2 Cav 4 
MG Tr; Sp Wpn Tr; (less det) rest of horses. 
E 
2 Cav 5 
Tr E; Tr F; (less det) Sqn horses. 
3d Cavalry 
A 
3 Cav 1 
Tr A; Dets; 2d Brig Wpn Troop, 
E 
3 Cav 2 
Tr B; Tr C; (less det) Sqn horses. 
A 
3 Cav 3 
Tr D; Hq & Hq & Serv Tr; 2 Sqn Hq Dets; Med & Vet Det 
(no horses). 
E 
3 Cav 4 
Tr E; Tr F (less det) Sqn horses. 
E 
3 Cav 5 
MG Tr; Sp Wpn Tr; (less det) rest of horses. 
4th Cavalry 
A 
4 Cav 1 
Tr A; Dets; Collecting Tr. 
E 
4 Cav 2 
Tr B; Tr C; (less det) Sqn horses. 
A 
4 Cav 3 
Tr D; Hq & Hq & Serv Tr; 2 Sqn Hq Dets; Med & Vet Det. 
Tr E; Tr F; (less det) Sqn horses. 
E 
4 Cav 4 
E 
4 Cav 5 
MG Tr; Sp Wpn Tr; (less det) rest of horses. 
1st F. A. Bn. 
B 
1 FA 1 
Btry A; Bn Hq Btry (no horses). 
D 
1 FA 2 
Btry B; Serv & Am Btry; Med Det; Vz Div Hq Btry. 
E 
1 FA 3 
Btry C; Horse train. 
2d F. A. Bn. 
B 
2 FA 1 
Btry A; Bn Hq Btry. 
D 
2 FA 2 
Btry B; Serv & Am Btry; Med Det; Vz Div Hq Btry. 
E 
2 FA 3 
Btry C; horse train. 
3d F. A. Bn. 
B 
3 FA 1 
Vs Hq Btry; Btry A; Vs Serv & Am Btry. 
B 
3 FA 2 
% Hq Btry; Btry B; Vs Serv & Am Btry. 
B 
3 FA 3 
Vs Hq Btry; Btry C; Vs Serv & Am Btry. 
Engineer Squadron 
D 
1 Eng 1 
Vs Sqn Hq Tr; Tr A. 
D 
1 Eng 2 
Vz Sqn Hq Tr; Tr B. 
Reconnaissance Squadron 
D 
1 Ren 1 
Hq Ren Sqn; Med Det; Tr A. 
Tr B; Armored Troop. 
B 
1 Ren 2 
B 
1 Ren 3 
y2 Mtcyl Tr; Ord Co (M-M). 
B 
1 Ren 4 
Vz Mtcyl Tr; Lt Maint Tr (QM Sqn). 
Quartermaster Sqn. 
D 
1 QM 1 
Vz Sqn Hq Tr-Det Tr A. 
D 
1 QM 2 
Tr A-Det Vet Tr. 
D 
1 QM 3 
Vz Sqn Hq Tr-Det Tr B. 
D 
1 QM 4 
Troop B-Det Vet'Tr. 
D 
1 QM 5 
Det Tr A; Det Tr B. 
Signal Troop 
D 
1 Sig 1 
Vz Sig Troop; Hq Det Med Sqn. 
D 
1 Sig 2 
Vz Sig Troop; Clearing Troop. 
Division Headquarters 
B 
1 Div 1 
Vz Div Hq & Hq Tr; Brig Hq Tr. 
B 
1 Div 2 
Vz Div Hq and Hq Tr; Brig Hq Tr; Det Vet Tr. 
E 
1 Div 3 
Det Div Hq; Pack Tr. (Horse Train). 
142 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
66-67 
Type 
Trains 
Totals 
Type A- 8 
Type B-10 
Type D-12 
Type E-15 
45 trains. 
ARMORED DIVISION AND GHQ TANKS 
Section IV 
■ 67. a. Example of a Railway Movement of an Armored Division, for 
planning purposes.—T/O’s dated Nov. 15, 1940: 
2 
3 
h 
1 
Troop units carried on each train 
No 
of 
trains 
Type 
Total 
2 
1/3 DHQ and Hq Co, and Sig Co 
3 
D 
3 D 
3 
1 Armd Co, L and MG Co 
1 
D 
4 
1/3 Armd Co, L 1/3 Ren Co, and 1/3 Serv Co 
3 
D 
5 
3 Bn Hq, L and Regt’l Hq & Hq Co 
1 
D 
6 
21/3 Armd Co, L 
1 
D 
7 
2 1/3 Armd Co, L 
2 
D 
8 
Total Armd Regt, L 
8 D 
9 
\y2 Armd Co, M and M Hq & Hq Co 
4 
D 
10 
2/3 Bn Hq, M and 1/3 Serv Co 
3 
D 
11 
Total Armd Regt, M 
7 D 
12 
2/3 FA Btry, 1/3 Am Tn, and 1/3 Serv Btry 
3 
D 
13 
FA Btry and 1/2 Hq & Hq Btry 
2 
D 
14 
Total FA Regt .... 
5 D 
15 
Hq and Hq Co Armd Brig. 
1 
D 
1 D 
16 
Total Armd Brig 
32 D 
17 
1 Inf R Co, 1/3 Serv Co, and 2/3 Bn Hq & Hq Det. . 
3 
D 
18 
3/4 Inf R Co' 1/2 Hv W Co, and 1/4 AT Co ‘ 
4 
D 
19 
1 Hq and Hq Co, Inf Regt 
1 
D 
20 
Total Inf Regt ... . 
8 D 
21 
2 
D 
22 
1/2 FA Btry, 1/2 Serv & Am Btry, and 1/2 Hq & Hq Co 
2 
D 
23 
Total FA Bn 
4 D 
24 
1/3 Bdg Co and 1/3 Hq & Hq Co 
3 
D 
25 
2 
D 
26 
5 D 
27 
2 
D 
28 
1 
D 
29 
3 D 
30 
2/3 Ord Co and 1/3 Hq & Hq Co 
3 
D 
143 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
1 
2 
3 
1 
Troop units carried on each train 
No 
of 
trains 
Type 
Total 
31 
Total Ord 11 n 
3 D 
32 
1 Coll Co 
1 
D 
33 
1 Clr Co and Hq & Hq Det 
1 
D 
34 
Total Med Bn 
2 D 
35 
1/3 Trk Co and 1/3 L Maint Co 
3 
D 
36 
Hq & Hq Co 
1 
D 
37 
Total QM Bn 
4 D 
38 
Totat, Amro Dtv 
61 D 
h. Example of a Railway Movement of an Armored Division less 
Wheeled Vehicles and Personnel, for training purposes.—T/O’s dated Nov. 
15,1940: 
2 
3 
h 
1 
Troop units carried on each train 
No 
of 
trains 
Type 
Total 
2 
Armd Bn L._ 
3 
D 
3 
1 Ren Co, 1 MG Co, 1 Serv Co, and 1 Hq & Hq Co 
1 
D 
4 
Total Armd Regt L 
4 D 
5 
2 Armd Co, M Bn Hq H, and Serv Co._ 
1 
D 
6 
2 Armd Co, M and Bn Hq M 
1 
D 
7 
2 Armd Co, M and Regt.l Hq & Hq Co 
1 
D 
8 
Total Armd Regt, M 
3 D 
9 
1 FA Btry, 1 Serv Btry and Brig Hq & Hq Co 
1 
D 
10 
1 1/2 FA Btry, and 1 /2 Hq & Hq Btry 
2 
D 
11 
Total FA Regt and Brig Hq & Hq Co 
3 D 
12 
Total Akmd Brig 
14 D 
13 
2 Inf R Co and 1/2 AT Co 
1 
D 
14 
1 Inf R Co, 1/2 AT Co, Serv Co, and Hq & Hq Co 
1 
D 
15 
2 TTv W Go, 2 Bn Hq & Hq On, and 1 /4*Tnf B.'Co 
1 
D 
16 
2 3/4 Inf R Co 
1 
D 
17 
Total Inf Regt 
4 D 
144 b. Example of a Railway Movement of an Armored Division less 
Wheeled Vehicles and Personnel, for training purposes.—T/O’s dated Nov. 
15, 1940 (Continued) : 
TROOP MOVEMENTS 
1 
2 
3 
k 
1 
Troop units carried on each train 
No 
of 
trains 
Type 
Total 
18 
1 FA Btry (Bn), 1 Serv & Am Btry, Hq & Hq Btry 
1 
D 
19 
1 FA Btry and 1/2 AT Btry 
2 
D 
20 
Total FA Bn 
3 D 
21 
1/2 Bdg Co, and Hq & Hq Co 
1 
D 
22 
3 Engr Co 
1 
D 
23 
1/2 Bdg Co._ 
1 
D 
24 
Total Engr Bn 
3 D 
25 
Total Ren Bn 
1 D 
26 
Total, Armd Dtv 
25 D 
c. Example of a Raikvay Movement of GHQ Reserve Tank Group 
Units, for planning purposes.—T/O’s dated Nov. 15, 1940: 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
No and 
No and type of 
type of 
railway cars 
railway 
Total 
per unit for 
Total 
cars per 
No 
track vehicles* 
No 
1 
Unit 
Per- 
Ve- 
unit (?) 
of 
®®® 
of 
sonnel 
hides 
cars 
cars 
Flat 
® 
Flat 
® 
cars 
Coaches 
cars 
Coaches 
® 
® 
® 
® 
2 
Armd Co, L (3) 
111 
31 
13 
1.9 
14.9 
10 
.3 
10.3 
3 
Bn Hq & Hq, Co L ®._ 
210 
67 
25.7 
3.7 
29.3 
6 
.2 
6.2 
4 
Total Tk Bn, L 
543 
160 
64.7 
9.3 
74.0 
36 
1.1 
37.2 
5 
Armd Co, M (3) 
164 
32 
14 
2.8 
16.8 
11.5 
.8 
12.3 
6 
Bn Hq & Hq Co, M ® 
216 
90 
37 
3.8 
40.8 
5 
.2 
5.2 
7 
Total Tk Bn M 
708 
186 
79 
12.0 
90.7 
39.5 
2.6 
42.1 
8 
Hq & Hq Co 
161 
50 
17.3 
2.8 
20.2 
5 
.2 
5.2 
9 
Ord Co, Hv Maint (Atchd) 
223 
50 
23 
3.8 
26.8 
© Based on T/Os dated November 15, 1940. 
@ Includes personnel and vehicles of attached medical. 
© One baggage or box car, for kitchen, is in composition of each train. 
© The capacity of each coach is 60 enlisted men or 40 officers. Coaches are replaced by tourist 
pullmans for journeys involving movement of two nights or longer. 
© Cars, flat or gondola, are loaded as follows: 
Motorcycles per car 15 
Trucks, 34-ton, liaison per car 4 
Four-wheeled vehicles, half-track cars, or tanks per car.... 2 
Prime mover and towed load per car 1 
0 Cabooses are included in trains having no passenger car equipment. 
© Includes railway car to transport personnel for protection and care of vehicles. 
® Includes antitank guns, howitzers and towed loads. 
® Includes half-track vehicles. 
145 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
d. Example of a Railway Movement of GHQ Reserve Tank Group 
Units, for planning purposes.—T/O’s dated Nov. 15, 1940, 
1 
2 
3 
-4 
Troop units carried on each train 
No 
°f 
trains 
Type 
Total 
2 
1/3 Tk Bn, L.,._ 
3 
D 
3 
Total Tk Bn, L 
3 D 
4 
5 
1 Armd Co, M and 1/4 Bn Hq & Ilq Co M 
1/2 Armd Co, M and 1/4 Bn Hq & Hq Co M 
2 
2 
D 
D 
6 
Total Tk Bn, M 
4 D 
7 
8 
Hq & Hq Co, Tk Gp . . . 
1 
1 
D 
D 
1 D 
1 D 
Ord Co, Hv Maint (Atchd) 
e. Example of a Railway Movement of GHQ Reserve Tank Group 
Units less Wheeled Vehicles and Personnel for planning purposes.—T/O’s 
dated Nov. 15, 1940. 
2 
3 
h 
1 
Troop units carried on each train 
No 
°f 
trains 
Type 
Total 
2 
2 Armd Co, L and 1 Bn III & Hq Co 
1 
D 
3 
1 Armd Co, L 
1 
D 
4 
Total Tk Bn, L 
2 D 
5 
2 Armd Co, M . . 
1 
D 
6 
1 Armd Co, M and Bn Hq & Hq Co 
1 
D 
7 
Total Tk Bn, M 
2 D 
8 
Hq & Hq Co, Tk Gp 
1 
D 
1 D 
146 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
/. Loading and Movement by Rail. Division. Q 
2 
3 
■4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
1 
Unit 
Per- 
sonnel 
Ve- 
hicles 
No and 
type of 
railway 
cars per 
unit @ 
Total 
No 
of 
cars 
® 
No ar 
railh 
per 
track 
® 
d type of 
my cars 
mitfor 
vehicles* 
®® 
Total 
No 
of 
Flat 
cars 
® 
Coaches 
® 
Flat 
cars 
® 
Coaches 
® 
cars 
® 
2 
DHQ & Hq Co 
325 
102 
35.3 
5.8 
41.1 
3 
Sig Co 
249 
74 
27 
4.2 
31.2 
4 
Amid Co, L (3 Cos)._ 
93 
26 
10,6 
1.6 
12.1 
8 
.5 
8.5 
2.2 
5 
Bn Hq T, 
24 
9 
2.5 
.4 
2.9 
2 
,2 
6 
Total Armd Bn, L (3 Bns) 
303 
87 
34 
5.2 
39.2 
26 
1.7 
27.7 
7 
Ren Co 
167 
51 
15.5 
2.9 
18.4 
9 
.6 
9.6 
8 
M a Co 
200 
35 
13.5 
3.4 
16.9 
9 
.6 
9.6 
9 
Serv Co ® 
283 
117 
52 
4.8 
56.8 
.5 
.1 
.6 
10 
Hq, Hq Co & Band 
209 
50 
18.7 
3.6 
20.3 
7.6 
.5 
8.0 
11 
Total, Regt, L 
1,768 
514 
199.7 
30.3 
230.0 
104.0 
6.9 
110.9 
12 
Armd Co, M (3 Cos) 
164 
32 
14.3 
2.8 
17.1 
11.5 
,7 
12.2 
13 
Bn Hq M 
40 
10 
3.0 
.7 
3.7 
2.5 
.2 
2.7 
14 
Total Armd Bn M (2 Bns) 
532 
108 
45.8 
9.1 
54.8 
37.0 
2.3 
39.3 
15 
Serv Co (&) 
283 
143 
64.7 
4.8 
69.6 
.5 
.1 
.5 
16 
Hq, Hq Co & Band. 
146 
34 
10.5 
2.6 
13.0 
3.5 
.3 
3.8 
17 
Total, Regt, M 
1,493 
389 
166.8 
25.6 
192.2 
78.0 
5.0 
82.9 
18 
19 
FA Btry (4 Btrys) 105-mm How 
Am Tn 
166 
114 
40 
45 
17.5 
20.8 
2.8 
1.9 
20.3 
22.7 
15.5 
1.0 
16.5 
20 
Serv Btry ®. _ 
119 
46 
20.5 
2.1 
22.6 
2.0 
.1 
2.1 
21 
Hq, Hq Btry & Band 
195 
38 
13.7 
3.4 
17.1 
9.0 
.6 
9.6 
22 
Total, FA Regt 105-mm How.. 
1,092 
289 
125.0 
18.6 
143.6 
73.0 
4.7 
77.7 
23 
130 
43 
14.9 
2.3 
17.2 
1.0 
.1 
1.1 
24 
Total Armd Brig 
6,251 
1,749 
706.1 
107.1 
813.0 
360.0 
23.6 
383.5 
25 
R Co, Inf (3 Cos) 
216 
27 
12.0 
3.7 
15.7 
9.5 
.6 
10.1 
26 
Hv W Co, Inf 
159 
30 
12.5 
2.7 
15.2 
10.0 
.7 
10.7 
27 
Bn Hq & Hq Det 
32 
12 
3.0 
.6 
3.6 
2.0 
1. 
2.1 
28 
Total Inf Bn (2 Bns) 
839 
123 
51.5 
14.4 
65.9 
40.5 
2.6 
43.1 
29 
AT Co 
148 
38 
16.5 
2.5 
19.0 
14.5 
1.0 
15.5 
30 
Serv Co® 
210 
61 
24.0 
3.6 
27.6 
1.0 
,1 
1.1 
31 
Hq, Hq Co & Band— 
178 
42 
14.5 
3.1 
17.6 
8.0 
.6 
8.6 
32 
2,214 
387 
158.0 
38.0 
196.0 
104.5 
6.9 
111.4 
33 
34 
FA Btry, 105-mm How (3 Btrys) 
AT Btry 
145 
153 
36 
46 
15.2 
18.0 
2.5 
2.6 
17.7 
20.6 
13.5 
15.5 
.9 
1.0 
14.4 
16.5 
35 
Serv and Am Btry ® .. 
136 
51 
22.7 
2.3 
25.0 
2.5 
.2 
2.7 
36 
Hq & Hq Btry... 
142 
35 
11.8 
2.5 
14.3 
7.0 
.5 
7.5 
37 
Total, FA Bn Armd 
866 
240 
98.1 
14.9 
113.0 
65.5 
4.4 
69.9 TROOP MOVEMENTS 
1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
N 
o nad 
No nad type of 
type of 
railway cars 
railway 
Total 
permit for 
Total 
cars per 
No 
track vehicles 
No 
1 
Unit 
Per- 
Ve- 
tmit ® 
of 
000 
of 
sonnel 
hides 
cars 
cars 
Flat 
0 
Flat 
0 
cars 
Coaches 
cars 
Coaches 
0 
0 
® 
0 
38 
Engr Co (3 Cos) 
137 
29 
13.5 
2.3 
15.8 
7.5 
.5 
8.0 
39 
Bdg Co 
163 
119 
56.5 
2.8 
59.3 
42.0 
.16 
43.6 
40 
Hq & Hq Co 0. 
183 
47 
21.4 
3.2 
24.6 
5.0 
.3 
5.3 
41 
Total Engr Bn Armd 
757 
253 
118.4 
12.9 
131.3 
69.5 
3.4 
72.9 
42 
Ren Co (2 Cos) 
193 
57 
17.5 
3.3 
20.8 
43 
r Co : 
222 
27 
12.0 
3.8 
15.8 
9.5 
.6 
10.1 
44 
Armd Co, L. 
93 
26 
10.5 
1.6 
12.1 
8.0 
.5 
8.5 
45 
Hq & Hq Det 0 
89 
28 
11.0 
1.6 
12.6 
.5 
.5 
46 
Total Ren Bn Armd 
790 
195 
68.5 
13.6 
82.1 
18.0 
1.1 
19.1 
47 
Ord Co, Maint (2 Cos) 
158 
56 
25.0 
2.8 
27.8 
48 
Hq & Hq Co ® 
91 
61 
29.5 
1.6 
31.1 
49 
Total Ord Bn, Maint. 
427 
174 
79.5 
7.2 
86.7 
50 
Coll Co “A” 
169 
54 
20.8 
2.8 
23.6 
51 
CIr Co 
130 
29 
12.5 
2.3 
14.8 
52 
Hq & Hq Det 0 
59 
15 
5.7 
1.1 
6.8 
53 
Total Med Bn Armd 
358 
98 
39.0 
6.2 
45.2 
54 
Trk Co 
113 
101 
49.7 
1.9 
51.6 
55 
L Maint Co 
189 
51 
24.5 
3.2 
27.7 
56 
Hq & Hq Co ® 
158 
35 
13.0 
2.8 
15.8 
57 
Total QM Bn 
460 
187 
87.2 
7.9 
95.1 
58 
Total Armd Div._ 
12,697 
3,459 
1417.1 
217.8 
1634.7 
617,5 
39.4 
656.8 
® Includes railway car to transport personnel for protection and care of vehicles. 
® Based on T/Os dated November 15, 1940. 
® The capacity of each coach is 40 officers or 60 enlisted men. Coaches are replaced by tourist 
pullmans for journey involving movement of two nights or longer. 
® Cabooses are included in trains having no passenger car equipment. 
® Includes attached medical detachment and attached chaplains. 
® Includes antitank guns, howitzers, and trailers. 
® One barrage or box car for kitchen is in composition of each train. 
® Cars, flat or gondola, are loaded as follows: 
Motorcycles per car.. 15 
Trucks, liaison, per car 4 
Four-wheeled vehicles, half-track cars, or tanks per car 2 
Prime mover and towed load per car 1 
(9) Includes half-track vehicles. 
148 Chapter 3 
68-69 
SUPPLY* 
Section I. General 68-101 
II. Infantry Division (Square) 102-113 
III. Infantry Division (Triangular) , 114-118 
IV. Infantry Division (Triangular, Motorized) 119-120 
V. Armored Division 121-133 
VI. Cavalry Division (Horse) . 134-140 
VII. Army Corps 141-145 
VIII. Field Army , 146-149 
IX. GHQ Reserve Units 150-153 
X. Air Force ? 
Paragraphs 
Section I 
GENERAL 
■ 68. Classification of Supply.—For convenience supplies are divided 
into Class I, II, III, IV, and V (See FM 100-10) 
■ 69. Basic Weights for Computation of Loads.—Miscellaneous. 
Item 
Unit 
A-ration a 
ea 
5.12 lbs net; 6:22 lbs packed. 
Average for planning—6 lbs per ration. 
B-ration b 
ea 
Approximately same weight as A-ration. 
C-ration c 
ea 
5.1 lbs packed. 
D-ration d 
ea 
% pound. 
Grain ration 
ea 
10 lbs average for horses and mules. 
Grain ration 
ea 
5 lbs per animal aboard ship. 
Hay ration 
ea 
14 pounds per animal. 
Wood for cooking 
per ration 
2.8 lbs per ration. 
Gasoline for cooking 
per kitchen 
10 gal per day per 3-unit kitchen. 
Gasoline for trucks 
unit mile 
The amount in gallons required to move 
every motor vehicle of a unit one mile. 
Oil for trucks 
gallons 
Approximately 3% of the gallons of gaso- 
line required. 
Water 
10 gal in 
container 
5 gal in 
109 lbs per containers 
container 
/ 
Oil 
10 gal in 
container 
5 gal in 
93 lbs per container, e 
container 
/ 
NOTES 
aA-ration contains items of fresh food and is perishable. 
fcB-ration is the same as the A-ration with nonperishable items substituted for 
perishable items. 
cC-ration consists of prepared canned meals in individual cans. 
dD-ration consists of three prepared chocolate bars each weighing four ounces. 
for planning—100 pounds per container. 
/Average for planning—50 pounds per container. 
*Supply in overseas operations is covered in Chapter 10. Supply by air transport 
is covered in Chapter 11. 
149 SUPPLY 
m 70. Basic Weights for Computation of Loads.— (Ammunition) 
Item 
Number 
Average Weight 
(including packing) 
Caliber .30 
Box of 1500 
114 lbs 
Caliber .45 
Box of 2000 
110 lbs 
Caliber .50 
Box of 300 
120 lbs 
37-mm gun AT (tank) 
Box of 40 
140 lbs 
37-mm gun (AA) 
Per Box of 20 
85 lbs 
60-mm mortar 
Per fiber container 
of 6 
24.4 lbs 
81-mm mortar 
Per bundle of 6 
(L projectile) 
58 lbs 
81-mm mortar 
Per container of 3 
(Hv projectile) 
54 lbs 
Grenades, hand 
Per box of 10 
19 lbs 
4.2-inch mortar, cml 
Per box of 2 
65 lbs 
75-mm how 
Per bundle of 3 
69 lbs 
75-mm gun 
Per bundle of 3 
69 lbs 
75-mm gun (AT) 
Per bundle of 3 
71 lbs 
105-mm how 
Per bundle of 3 
150 lbs 
155-mm how 
Per round 
105 lbs 
155-mm gun 
Per round 
140 lbs 
240-mm how 
Per round 
400 lbs 
S-inch AA gun 
Per box of 4 
150 lbs 
90-mm AA gun 
Per box of 4 
225 lbs 
105-mm AA gun 
Per box of 2 
197 lbs 
8-inch gun or how 
Per round 
317 lbs 
12-inch mortar 
Per round 
871 lbs 
12-inch gun 
Per round 
1134 lbs 
14-inch gun 
Per round 
1860 lbs 
150 SUPPLY 
■ 71. Dimensions and Weight op Items of Equipment in Traveling 
Position.* 
Over-all dimensions 
Item 
Length 
(inches) 
Width 
(inches) 
Height 
(inches) 
Weight 
(pounds) 
Ambulance 
Car, bantam 
Car, half-track—M2 
Car, light, 6-passenger 
Caisson, light Ml 
Caisson (75-mm), M1918 
Carrier, personnel, half-track.._ 
Carrier, 81-mm mortar, M4. 
Cart and reel, Arty, 6-horse 
Compressor, air, 
Electric light set, 5-KVA 
Grader, road, 
Gun, 75-mm 
Gun, 37-mm, AT 
225 
128 
228 
188 
105 
123 
243 
228 
323 
204 
68 
302 
198 
160 
85 
62 
66 
72 
67 
74 
66 
66 
74 
86 
22 
91 
78 
83 
f 69-top up 
j 42-top 
[ down 
88 
69 
49 
63 
89 
88 
63 
92 
58 
120 
57 
• 
3,290 net 
■ 3,000 gross 
17,000 gross 
862 empty 
1,245 loaded 
1,425 empty 
2,755 loaded 
16.500 gross 
17.500 gross 
3,873 
12,180 
1,020 
20,000 
4,850 
Gun, 155-mm, M1918 
345 
106 
76 
30,000 
Gun, 155-mm, Ml 
417 
99 
100 
30,740 
Gun, 37-mm, AA 
183 
70 
81 
5,000 
Gun, 3-inch, AA 
293 
93 
110 
16,800 
Gun, 90-mm, AA 
248 
102 
113 
17,300 
Height finder, truck, Sp body 
260 
83 
106 
10,105 
Howitzer, 75-mm, field 
Howitzer, 75-mm (pack). Ml 
152 
68 
44 
3,340 
1,390 
4,300 
Howitzer, 105-mm.. 
236 
81 
66 
Howitzer, 155-mm 
257 
90 
73 
9,120 
Howitzer, 8-inch, Ml 
280 
99 
100 
30,200 
Howitzer, 240-mm 
316 
102 
103 
58,600 
Locator, sound- „ 
210 
180 
126 
6,490 
Limber, light, M2 
164 
67 
42 
770 empty 
1,245 loaded 
Limber, gun caisson, 75-mm 
172 
74 
61 
\ 
1,071 empty 
1,900loaded 
Power earth auger 
236 
86 
92 
9,775 
Reel, battery, 4-horse 
183 
74 
65 
1 
1,385 empty 
2,252 loaded 
*Approximate only due to changes in models. 
151 SUPPLY 
Dimensions and Weights of Items op Equipment in Traveling 
Position (Continued). 
Over-all dimensions 
Length 
Width 
Height 
Weight 
Item 
(inches) 
(inches) 
(inches) 
(pounds) 
Motorcycle, with side car 
94 
72 
42 
804 
Reel, Btry 4-horse 
198 
75 
72 
1,385 
Scout car, M3A1 
222 
78 
76 
11,700 
Searchlight, 60" mobile 
263 
92 
128 
15,917 
Shovel, gasoline, 
270 
92 
181 
22,000 
Shovel, gasoline, 15-ton 
304 
96 
203 
34,000 
Tank, light, M2, A4 
175 
88 
110 
23,000 
Tank, light, M3 
204 
100 
84 
26,000 
Tank, medium, M2A1 
209 
98 
109 
36,000 
Tank, medium, M3 
223 
108 
112 
60,000 
Tank, heavy, T1 
277 
123 
119 
100,000 
Tractor, light 
Tractor, medium, arty, 5-ton 
134 
63 
73 
10,700 
Tractor, medium, w/bulldozer 
188 
103 
88 
15,000 
Tractor, heavy, 10-ton, artillery 
192 
94 
94 
32,600 
Trailer, 1-ton, cargo 
136 
71 
72 
1,450 
Trailer, 250-gallon, tank 
Trailer, cargo, 4-wheel 
Truck, pick-up 
172 
71 
79 
2,410 
Truck, 4x4, command 
190 
71 
79 
2,413 
Truck, 4x4, cargo 
217 
82 
99 
3,448 
Truck, 4x4, cargo 
234 
86 
112 
8,200 net 
Truck, 4x4, dump 
Truck, 6x6, cargo 
257 
88 
114 
9,590 
Truck, 6x6, wrecker 
Truck, 4-ton, 6x6, cargo 
240 
84 
123 
23,000 
Truck, 4-ton, 6x6, wrecker 
Truck, 5-ton, cargo 
Truck, cargo 
Truck, tank, 750-gallon 
Water purification unit 
258 
91 
123 
16,900 
Filter tank, carried on trailer 
26 
26 
45 
800 
Treatment unit, carried on trailer 
31 
25 
38 
800 
Pump unit 
27 
32 
37 
740 
Truck, 6x6 (prime mover) 
284 
96 
102 
37,000 
152 SUPPLY 
■ 72. Standard Load of Cargo Vehicles. 
Item 
Load 
truck 
1-ton trailer 
2}/ 'i-ton truck 
Ammunition ® 0 
Cailber .30 
26 boxes 
13 boxes 
44 boxes 
Caliber .45 
27 boxes 
14 boxes 
45 boxes 
Caliber .50 
29 boxes 
14 boxes 
49 boxes 
37-mm gun, AT (tank) 
26 boxes 
13 boxes 
44 boxes 
37-rnrn gun, AA. 
35 boxes 
17 boxes 
58 boxes 
60-mm mortar 
800 rounds 
400 rounds 
1,330 rounds 
81-mm mortar (L projectile) 
33 boxes 
16 boxes 
55 boxes 
81-mm mortar (Hv projectile) 
34 boxes 
16 boxes 
56 boxes 
Grenades, hand 
158 boxes 
79 boxes 
263 boxes 
4.2-inch mortar 
46 boxes 
23 boxes 
77 boxes 
75-mm How 
43 bundles 
29 bundles 
72 bundles 
75-mm gun 
43 bundles 
29 bundles 
72 bundles 
75-mm gun (AT) 
42 bundles 
28 bundles 
70 bundles 
105-mm How 
19 bundles 
13 bundles 
32 bundles 
155-mm How 
28 rounds 
19 rounds 
47 rounds 
155-mm gun 
21 rounds 
14 rounds 
35 rounds 
240-mm How 
7 rounds 
5 rounds 
12 rounds 
3-inch A A 
20 boxes 
13 boxes 
30 boxes 
90-mm A A gun 
13 boxes 
8 boxes 
22 boxes 
105-mm A A 
15 boxes 
7 boxes 
25 boxes 
8-inch How or gun 
9 rounds 
4 rounds 
15 rounds 
12-inch mortar 
3 rounds 
1 round 
5 rounds 
14-inch gun 
1 round 
2 rounds 
Antitank mines 
300 each 
200 each 
500 each 
Miscellaneous— 
Water in 10-gallon containers 
27 
14 
45 
Gasoline in 10-gallon drums 
38 
19 
62 
Baled straw (bedding) 
35 
10 
50 
NOTES 
0 Weight shown for individual rounds is for complete rounds, including packing. 
0 For dimensions of containers, cubic feet of containers or ship-ton requirements, see Appendix II, 
page 114, Ordnance Field Manual, FM 9-5 (1939). SUPPLY 
■ 73. Field Baggage Allowance for Officers. 
Grade 
Weight 
General officer 150 pounds 
Colonel or lieutenant colonel 100 pounds 
Major 75 pounds 
Captain or lieutenant 50 pounds 
■ 74. Ammunition Capacity of Infantry Trucks. 
The two types of ammunition carrying vehicles available within the 
infantry regiment when carrying no other loads, will haul, without overload, 
ammunition of the various types in the amounts indicated below: 
Truck, cargo Weapon carrier 
1*4-ton 
Caliber .30 rifle and auto rifle 35,000 11,500 
Caliber .30 machine gun, in belts 37,500 12,500 
Caliber .50 machine gun, in belts 9,000 3,000 
60-mm mortar 810 270 
81-mm mortar 300 100 
37-mm antitank 600 200 
154 SUPPLY 
Vehicle 
Type body 
Body Dimensions 
Inside 
Vehicle Dimensions 
Overall 
Vehicle Weight 
Displacement 
Cubic 
feet 
Ship 
tons 
Length 
Width 
Length 
Width 
Height 
Net 
Gross 
Harley Davidson. 
Solo 
89 
34 
41.5 
438 
668 
72 6 
1 8 
Indian. 
Solo 
85 
36 
44 
480 
680 
77 9 
1 9 
Harley Davidson 
With side car 
92.5 
69 
42.5 
825 
1259 
156 9 
3 9 
Indian. 
With side car.... 
97.5 
8834 
44 
845 
1245 
219 7 
5 5 
Plymouth 4 x 2 
Light sedan 
10114 
5434 
19434 
7334 
6834 
3130 
3930 
567 8 
14 2 
Chevrolet 4 x 2 
Light sedan 
95 
65 
192A 
72' * 
6834 
3115 
3915 
552 0 
13 8 
Chevrolet 
70H 
5634 
192 
72 
6634 
3260 
4060 
560 0 
4 
Ford 4 x 2 
Light sedan 
190.86 
72 
68 
3078 
3878 
533 2 
13 3 
Buick 4 x 2 
Med sedan 
219 
7634 
7134 
4589 
5589 
693.5 
17.3 
Chevrolet 4 x 2 
Pan Del 
86Ar 
5434 
197 
72 “ 
78 
3550 
4550 
640 2 
16 0 
Chevrolet H-ton 4 x 2 
Pan Del.. . 
86A? 
5734 
197 
72 
78 
3535 
4535 
640 2 
16 0 
Chevrolet 4 x 2 
Tel Maint 
69 
3934 
188 
72 
81 
3780 
4780 
634 5 
15 8 
Chevrolet 4 x 2 
Carry-all 
89^4 
5434 
197 
72 
78 
3680 
4680 
640 2 
16 0 
Chevrolet 4x2 
Carrv-all. 
89^4 
6734 
197 
72 
77 U 
3670 
4670 
640 2 
16 0 
Chevrolet Vi-ton 4 x 2 
Can Expr 
80 
5434 
197 
72 
78 
3410 
4410 
640 0 
16 0 
Chevrolet 4 x 2 
Pickup 
75 
48*4 
189 
72 
78 
3575 
4575 
614 2 
15 3 
Chevrolet 4x2 
Pickup 
75 
4834 
19134 
72 
7834 
3750 
4750 
632 0 
15 8 
Chevrolet 4 x 2 
Pickup... 
75 
4534 
187 
72 
7834 
3620 
4620 
607 9 
15 2 
Dodge (VC-1) 4 x 4 
Reconn 
7834 
5534 
18634 
74iV 
8334 
4220 
5220 
661 0 
16 5 
Dodge (VC-2) J'i-ton 4 x 4 
Radio 
105 
5534 
18634 
74^ 
8334 
4395 
5395 
661 1 
16 5 
Dodge (VC-3) 4 x 4 
Pickup 
7834 
4834 
18834 
74tV 
88tV 
4280 
5280 
708 4 
17 7 
Dodge (VC-4) j/£-ton 4 x 4 
Pickup._ 
7834 
4834 
18834 
74^ 
88 At 
4160 
5160 
708 4 
17 7 
Dodge (VC-5) 4 x 4 
Pickup.- 
7834 
4834 
18834 
74^ 
88rg- 
4000 
5000 
708 4 
17 7 
Dodge (VC-6) }4-ton 4 x 4. 
Carry-all 
92' “ 
5834 
19lX 
74t£ 
84 
4560 
5560 
687 0 
17 2 
Packard 4 x 2 
Ambulance 
105 
48' 
24334 
75 
78 
5460 
6460 
826.0 
20 6 
Packard 4 x 2. .. 
Hearse 
Table 85 
58 
24334 
75 
78 
6300 
6300 
826 0 
20 6 
Chevrolet ~%-ton 4 x 2 
Pickup 
87 
4834 
203' “ 
72 
7534 
3460 
4960 
634.3 
15 8 
Chevrolet %-ton 4 x 2 
Pickup 
86 
4834 
203 
72 
84 
4305 
6805 
710.5 
17.7 
CMC AF 361 1-ton 4 x 2 
Panel 
11634 
7834 
20634 
8634 
11034 
6512 
9012 
1151 2 
28 7 
Chevrolet 4 x 2 
Tractor 
190 
85 ~ 
7934 
4465 
9465 
747 6 
18 7 
Chevrolet I 4 x 2 
Tractor 
214 
85 
7934 
4540 
7450 
842.1 
21 0 
Chevrolet 4x2 
Cargo 
108 
70 
22034 
86 
10734 
5725 
8725 
1187.8 
29.7 
■ 75. Dimensions and Weight of Quartermaster Vehicles by Make. 
155 SUPPLY 
Vehicle 
Type body 
Body Dimensions 
Inside 
Vehicle Dimensions 
Overall 
Vehicle Weight 
Displacement 
Cubic 
feet 
Ship 
tons 
Length 
Width 
Length 
Width 
Height 
Net 
Gross 
Chevrolet 1%-ton 4 x 2 
Plat stake 
105% 
80% 
220 
87% 
80 
5030 
8030 
896.2 
22.4 
Chevrolet 1%-ton 4 x 2 
Plat stake 
141% 
80% 
256 
87% 
110 
5650 
8650 
1434.0 
35.8 
Chevrolet 1%-ton 4x2 
Plat stake 
141% 
80% 
256 
87% 
80 
5150 
8150 
1042.9 
26.0 
Chevrolet 1%-ton 4x2 
Can Expr 
109% 
55% 
219% 
86 “ 
83% 
4785 
7785 
919.7 
23.0 
Chevrolet 1%-ton 4 x 2 
Pick-up 
108% 
52y£ 
226% 
86 
79 “ 
4780 
7780 
892.4 
22.3 
Chevrolet 1%-ton 4x2 
Pan Del 
112% 
55% 
222 " 
86 
83% 
4770 
7770 
927.5 
23.1 
Chevrolet 1%-ton 4x2 
Dump 
84' * 
66' “ 
203 
81 
79 ' 
5610 
8610 
751.7 
18.8 
Chevrolet 1%-ton 4x2 
Dump 
84 
66 
203 
83 
79% 
5775 
8775 
780.0 
19.5 
Chevrolet 1%-ton 4 x 2 
Wrecking 
221% 
86 
82 
5915 
8915 
905.9 
22.6 
Chevrolet 1%-ton 4 x 2._ 
Ambulance 
112% 
Upper % 
* 54 
224 
86 
83% 
5610 
8010 
936.4 
23.4 
Lower % 
52% 
Chevrolet 1%-ton 4 x 2 
Cargo 
96 
70 
217 
83 
103 
5580 
8580 
1073.5 
26.8 
Chevrolet 1%-ton 4 x 2 
Cargo 
186 
70 
266 
86 
104 
7085 
10085 
1376.7 
34.4 
Chevrolet 1%-ton 4 x 2 
Dump 
108 
66 
226 
83 
79 
6625 
9625 
857.5 
21.4 
Diamond T 1%-ton 4 x 2 
Explosive 
106 
82 
228% 
88 
112 
7000 
10000 
1306.1 
32.6 
Diamond T 1%-ton 4x2 
Cargo.... 
180^ 
70 
298% 
86 
110% 
6000 
9000 
1636.8 
40.9 
CMC AFX-312,1%-ton 4x2 
Panel. ... . 
110% 
55% 
189 
87 
97 
5657 
8657 
923.0 
23.0 
CMC AC-302, 1%-ton 4 x 2 
Howe Hose & Chem.. 
96' 
45 “ 
222 
83 
73 
5900 
8900 
778.4 
19.4 
Dodge (VF406) 1%-ton 4x4 ... 
Dump 
108 
66 
225^ 
85 
113% 
7850 
10850 
1250.6 
31.2 
Dodge (VF406) 1%-ton 4x4 
Cargo 
108 
70 
233A 
86 
111% 
7600 
10600 
1304.3 
32.6 
Dodge (VF404) 1%-ton 4x4... . 
Cargo 
108 
70 
223fi 
86 
111% 
7250 
10250 
1304.3 
32.6 
Dodge (VF402) 1%-ton 4 x 4 
Cargo, with winch 
108 
70 
233^ 
86 
113% 
8200 
10600 
1315.9 
32.8 
Dodge (VF401) 1%-ton 4x4 
108 
70 
223|f 
86 
113% 
7250 
10250 
1315.9 
32.8 
Mack EHU-S 2-ton 4 x 2 
Van 
273 ' 
96 
120 
10700 
14700 
1820.0 
45.5 
Diamond T 2%-ton 4 x 2.... 
Line Constr 
109 
58 
234% 
93% 
91 
11600 
16600 
1163.3 
29.0 
Diamond T 2%-ton 4x2 
Explosive 
142 
82 
264% 
88 
109% 
7950 
12950 
1484.4 
37.1 
Diamond T 2%-ton 4 x 2.... 
Stake Plat 
144 
90 
264% 
95% 
120 
7860 
12860 
1748.2 
43.7 
Diamond T 2%-ton 4 x 2 
Dump 
96 
72 
229 
84 
76 
7680 
12680 
846.0 
21.1 
Diamond T 2%-ton 4 x 2.... 
Stake Plat 
120 
80.3 
253 
85 
95 
6900 
11900 
1182.2 
29.5 
CMC, AC, 453“ 2%-ton 4 x 2 
Stake Plat 
120 
80 
250 
88 
88M 
7373 
12373 
1133.1 
28.3 
CMC, ACX, 453,'2%-ton 4 x 2 
Dump 
96 
78 
220 
87% 
7584 
12584 
985.7 
24.6 
Mack, TES, 2%-'ton,”4 x 2 
Dump 
96 
78 
218 
91 
85 
8450 
13450 
975.8 
24.3 
Mack, EH, 2%-ton 4x2 
263 
95 
108 
7870 
19870 
1561.5 
39.0 
Alack, EHS, 2%-ton 4 x 2 
Tank, 1,000-gallon 
306 
94 
87% 
7500 
19500 
1448.1 
36.2 
Dimensions and Weight of Quartermaster Vehicles By Make.—(Continued) 
156 SUPPLY 
Body Dimensions 
Vehicle Dimensions 
Vehicle Weinht 
Displacement 
Inside 
Overall 
Cubic 
Ship 
Vehicle 
Type body 
Length 
Width 
Length 
Width 
Height 
Net 
Gross 
feet 
tons 
Autocar tractor, 2%-ton 4 x 4 
Autocar, 2%-ton 4 x 4 - 
For gas tank trailer.... 
Oil servicing 
201 
192% 
92 
88% 
103% 
104* 
10090 
8770 
19090 
17820 
1102.2 
1022.1 
27.5 
25.5 
Mack, NB, 2%-ton 6 x 4 
Cargo 
168 
90 
288 
96 
139 
10630 
15630 
2224.0 
55.6 
GMC, ACKWX-353, 2%-ton 6x6.. 
Cargo, with winch... 
108 
80 
277 
88 
111 
9675 
14675 
1565.8 
39.1 
GMC, AFKWX-352,2%-ton 6 x 6 
Cargo 
120 
80 
237 
88 
111 
11196 
16196 
1339.7 
33.4 
GMC, ACKWX-353 winch 2%-ton 6 x 6. .. 
Cargo— 
144 
80 
257 
88 
111 
9700 
14700 
1452.7 
36.3 
Autocar 4-ton 6x6 
Cargo, with winch 
120 
90% 
88 
262% 
266% 
96 
118% 
116 
17060 
24060 
1738.7 
43.4 
White 4-ton 6 x 6 
Cargo, with winch 
120 
96 
15580 
23580 
1714.2 
42.8 
Autocar 5-ton 4x2 
Cargo 
168 
84 
274% 
286% 
292 
93% 
96 
90% 
112 
12765 
22765 
1341.4 
33.5 
Diamond T 5-ton 4 x 2 
Refrigerator 
160 
85 
14875 
24875 
1785.7 
44.6 
Diamond T 5-ton 4x2 
Explosive 
164 
90 
96 
128 
12225 
22225 
2076.4 
51.9 
Mack MN 6-ton 6 x 6 
Ward LaFrance 10-ton 6 x 4 
Cargo, with winch 
Winch-tractor 
132 
88 
284% 
264.% 
145% 
146 
96% 
96 
121 
98% 
71% 
76 
21750 
27000 
33750 
40700 
1915.8 
1442.7 
47.8 
36.0 
Lavine trailer, 2-wheel, %-ton 
Cargo 
96 
46% 
46 
68% 
68 
1175 
2675 
419.7 
10.4 
Saginaw trailer, 2-wheel, %-ton 
Cargo 
96 
1200 
2700 
436.6 
10.9 
Streich trailer, 2-wheel, %-ton 
Cargo 
96 
46% 
67 
144 
68% 
80 
74 
1160 
2660 
425.5 
10.6 
Plimpton trailer, 2-wheel, %-ton 
Cargo 
122 
156 
102 
1500 
3900 
736.6 
18.4 
Auto cruiser trailer, 4-wheel 
Recruiting office 
265% 
222 
84 
303 
89 
104% 
113 
4680 
7680 
1638.6 
40.9 
Fleet wheels semi-trailer, 2-wheel 
Communications 
79 
291 
88 
5078 
6808 
1674.5 
41.8 
Fruehauf semi-trailer, 2-wheel.... 
Van 
218 
76 
222% 
197 
84 
126 
5175 
12175 
1365.8 
34.1 
Whitehead & Kales trailer, 4-ton 2-wheel.... 
Stake Plat 
191 
77 
83 
88 
5000 
12000 
832.6 
20.8 
Fruehauf trailer, 8-wheel 
Platform 
228 
96 
420 
96 
80 
18360 
82360 
1866.6 
46.6 
Dimensions and Weight of Quartermaster Vehicles By Make.— (Continued). 
157 SUPPLY 
■ 76. Diagram of Class I Supplies Obtained By Daily Telegram. 
>■ DAILY TELEGRAM 
■* DELIVERIES 
Figure 22 
dp 
158 SUPPLY 
■ 77. Diagram of Distribution of Class I Supplies. 
' r sta 
P/L * Prescribed Load. 
D/T* Daily Train. 
► s Movement of Trucks Loaded. 
> * Movement ot Trucks Lmpty. 
Hole: In triangular division change GtM regiment to Gth battalion. 
From PA or RHP RLS 
From P/L Q.M Rc^t 
From P/T or RHO RES 
Figure 23 
/ v w 
Start 
Start 
bivouac 
Re<tl Rr Lch 
tCooked Mot ( 
Choked Meat 
Cpoked Meal 
Cooked Meat 
RAILHEAD 
( (DUMP) i 
DISTRIBUTION 
vmrr < 
OtSTRIBUTlOH 
159 78-79 
SUPPLY 
■ 78. Prescribed Loads of Class I Supply.— 
(Infantry Divisions) 
Unit 
Rations 
Grain 
Each company and battery for its own use a 
1 
1 
Quartermaster regiment or battalion for the 
entire division 
1 b 
1 
Total for the division 
2 
2 
NOTE 
a The number of rations carried in the company or battery may be increased by direc- 
tion of the division or higher commander when required. When additional rations 
are carried additional trucks should be attached for their transportation. 
b May be either “B” or “C” ration. 
■ 79. Time Elements in Regimental Supply. 
(In the field under campaign conditions, the following time elements 
are the approximate periods required to perform the work indicated.) 
Work 
Daylight 
Dark 
Distribution of Class-I supplies to regiment by higher echelon 
at one distributing point _ _ 
Vz hour 
Vz hour 
Distribution of Class-I supplies to separate battalion by higher 
echelon or similar unit _ 
V4. hour 
hour 
Preparation of one day’s Class-I supplies for issue at regimen- 
tal Class-I distributing point _ — _ — 
1 hour 
IVz hours 
Physical distribution by regimental supply agencies of one field 
ration (transfer of loads) to kitchens 
15 min 
20 min 
Kitchens to be taken off trucks, set up, and ready to begin 
cooking - - - 
15 min 
20 min 
Division of one ration into three meals at kitchens _ _ 
15 min 
20 min 
Kitchens to cook and prepare for serving a hot meal, starting 
with a hot kitchen _ _ - 
2 hours 
2Vz hours 
Kitchens to prepare a cold noon meal. The issue of this meal 
to take place usually coincident with serving of breakfast. (In- 
cluded in item next above.) _ 
1 hour 
1 Vz hours 
Serving a hot meal to troops from a kitchen truck when major- 
ity of men are served at the truck _ _ _ — — 
45 min 
1 hour 
Serving a hot meal to troops by means of carrying parties (as- 
suming the kitchen truck not farther than 1,000 yards in rear 
of the company) - - . .. 
1 Vz hours 
2 hours 
Issue of extra ammunition to a battalion in an assembly area 
30 min 
40 min 
160 SUPPLY 
■ 80. Graph of Tonnage Requirements of Class I and Class III 
Supplies . 
Figure 24 
161 SUPPLY 
■ 81. Graph of Conversion of Tons to Trucks or Trucks to Tons. 
(Note : Conversion is based on rated capacity of trucks.) 
Figure 25 
162 SUPPLY 
a 82. Diagram of Requisition and Shipment of Class II and Class IV 
Supplies. 
>- Requisition Deliveries. 
Hote: Requisitions are forwarded by communication 
zone (dir), and theater headquarte a copy 
furnished the Regulating Officer. 
r sta 
ARMY & 
CORPS 
TROOPS 
Figure 26 
T 
R 
O 
O 
P 
S 
163 SUPPLY 
■ 83. Day of Supply in Pounds Per Man Per Day a.— 
Class and Service 
Division, Corps, or 
Army e 
(pounds) 
Quartermaster Corps : 
Class I Supplies (including hay) b 
10.0 
Class II Supplies 
3.3 
Class III Supplies c 
5.0 
Class IV Supplies 
1.0 
Engineer Corps: 
Class II Supplies 
.3 
Class IV Supplies d 
2.5 
Signal Corps : 
Class II supplies 
.3 
Class IV Supplies 
.1 
Medical Department: 
Class II Supplies 
.2 
Class IV 
.2 
Chemical Warfare Service: 
Class II Supplies 
.1 
Ordnance Department: 
Class II Supplies 
1.0 
Total Classes I, II, III, and IV 
24.0 
NOTES 
a The DAY OF SUPPLY given in the above table is based on the following as- 
sumptions: major operations against an enemy equally well trained and equipped, home 
territory or territory adjacent thereto, temperate climate, and a highly industralized 
theater of operations. The quantities given in the table are intended to serve the need 
of basic reference data on the subject for planning purposes only. 
b Includes mail, sales commissary, and recreational supplies. 
c The figure of five pounds per man per day for gasoline and oil is only approximate. 
Specific computations should be made per par. 85 for each operation. 
d Exclusive of road metal, railway ballast, and fortification materials. 
e These figures refer to essential combat supplies only. Lists of items that consti- 
tute essential combat items are published from time to time by the War Department or 
by the theater commander. 
164 SUPPLY 
■ 84. Diagram of Requisition and Shipment of Class III Supplies. 
Requisition. 
Deliveries. 
Periodic report of 
status and requisition. 
r sta 
ARMY 
TROOPS 
CORPS 
TROOPS 
QM 
Figure 27 
T 
R 
0 
0 
P 
S 
165 SUPPLY 
■ 85. Estimates of Gasoline Expenditure.—The factors controlling 
gasoline requirements in military operations are: 
a. Movement distance (MD) is the distance in miles that the center 
of mass of a unit is displaced. On a march this distance is measured from 
center to center of successive bivouac areas. 
h. Supply distance (SD) is the average one-way distance between sup- 
ply points and the troops. 
c. Variables (V), consisting of internal travel, reconnaissance, warm- 
ing up of engines, and abnormal periods of time required in low-gear oper- 
ation. These items differ in each situation with the character of operation, 
season of the year, weather, roads and terrain and must be estimated in 
accordance with conditions. Under average conditions, a constant of 10 
unit miles of travel will usually cover these variables for estimating 
purposes. 
The unit mile of gasoline is the amount of gasoline in gallons required 
to move every vehicle in the unit one mile. For small organizations 
having a preponderance of one type of vehicle, specific computations are 
required to determine the amount of gasoline necessary to move every ve- 
hicle in the unit one mile. For example: a small unit of 15 cargo trucks 
that from experience average 10 miles per gallon, three motorcycles that 
average 30 miles per gallon, and six passenger cars that average 15 miles 
per gallon. To move all vehicles of the unit one mile, under average con- 
ditions will require: 
For trucks, 
15 x 1/10 of a gallon=1.5 gal 
For motorcycles, 
3 x 1/30 of a gailon= .1 gal 
For passenger cars, 
6 x 1/15 of a gallon= .4 gal 
2.0 gal 
The unit mile of gasoline for this organization is two gallons. 
Experience in field exercises has shown that in large organizations 
containing a great number of all types of vehicles, such as an infantry or 
cavalry division, corps troops or army troops the average consumption of 
gasoline is approximately 10 miles per gallon per vehicle regardless of type 
of vehicle. The unit mile of gasoline in gallons for such organizations is 
therefore one-tenth the number of gasoline consuming vehicles in the unit. 
The total consumption of gasoline by a large organization while moving 
from one point to another is greater than the unit miles of gasoline multi- 
plied by the distance between the two points. This is due to a number of 
factors, including the fact that supply vehicles must move to a supply point 
and return to the unit at its new location. Therefore, it becomes necessary 
to determine an arbitrary figure—known as a unit mile of travel—which 
when multiplied by the unit mile of gasoline for the unit will give the total 
consumption of gasoline required- 
166 SUPPLY 
To determine the predicted expenditure of gasoline in the operation 
of the large units shown in graphs in paragraph 87 it is only necessary 
to compute the number of unit miles of travel involved and the amount of 
gasoline in gallons may be read directly from the graph (Fig. 28, par. 87). 
To determine the number of unit miles of travel (UM) the following for- 
mula is used: 
UM = MD + .4 SD (1) + V 
Example: 
Infantry Division (Triangular) 
Movement (MD) =20 miles of travel 
Supply Distance (SD) (1) average one-way =50 miles of travel 
Variable (V) (average conditions) =10 miles of travel 
UM = 20 + (.4x50) + 10 
UM = 50 
Fifty unit miles of travel for a triangular division, under the con- 
ditions stated, amounts to 8600 gallons (fifty on the vertical scale of the 
chart is equivalent to 8600 gallons on the horizontal scale. 
(1) Approximately two-tenths of the vehicles of a division function as supply ve- 
hicles. If the average one way distance to supply points is multiplied by four-tenths, 
the result is the same as multiplying the average round trip distance by two-tenths. 
• 86. Prescribed Loads of Class III Supply.—A reserve of gasoline 
and oil in containers is carried in each unit. As far as practicable, 
initial distribution of this reserve will be made to each motor vehicle. Each 
vehicle sent to any army supply point replenishes its supply at some con- 
venient gasoline supply point established by army at or en route to the army 
supply point. Vehicles remaining in the forward areas are resupplied by 
exchanging empty containers for full ones brought forward from gasoline 
and oil supply points by regimental or division transportation. 
167 SUPPLY 
■ 87. Graph of Estimated Gasoline Consumption. 
Figure 28 
GRAPH OF ESTIMATED tS 
GASOLINE CON SUMPTION S 
SAFETY FACTOR INCLUDED 
S UNIT MILES OF GASOLINE.-El 
3BINF 01V(SQUARE) =277 GAL. 
:::INF 01V(TRIANGULAR)=I72 GAL. 
::: CAV OIV(HORSE) = 156 GAL., ■ , 
- ARMO DIV =800 •• ¥ 
---CORPS-TROOPS = 316 “ 
:::ARMY TROOPS = 700 * ff"= 
t- m 111 iTTTff n 11 limn rniTTr — 
168 SUPPLY 
■ 88. Gasoline, Oil, and Grease.—(Estimated requirements per day 
per motor vehicle for field service.) 
1 
2 
3 
1 
5 s 
6 
7 
8 
Average consumption 
Estimated factors 
per day 
for computations 
•> 
Average 
Gasoline 
Oil 
Grease 
Vehicle 
travel 
miles 
per 
per 
Gasoline 
Oil 
Grease 
per 
per 
gallon 
100 
(gallon) 
(gallon) 
(vounds) 
day 
gallon 
gasoline 
miles 
(miles) 
(miles) 
(gallons) ( 
pounds) 
Car, light, 5-passenger 
4.4 
.176 
.19 
75 
15 
.04 
.25 
Car, medium, 5-passenger 
5. 
.20 
.19 
75 
15 
.04 
.25 
Car, heavy, 7-passenger 
6.25 
.25 
.19 
75 
12 
.04 
.25 
Ambulance, field 
6.25 
.25 
.19 
75 
10.5 
.04 
.25 
Truck, recon, 
5. 
.20 
.19 
75 
12 
.04 
.25 
Motorcycle, with side car.. 
1.9 
.0475 
.0375 
75 
25 
.025 
.05 
Truck, pick-up, 
3.33 
.133 
.25 
50 
12 
.04 
.50 
Truck, (L C) 
4.17 
.167 
.25 
50 
8 
.04 
.50 
Truck, iVi-ton (H C) 
5. 
.2 
.25 
50 
8 
.04 
.50 
Truck, (L C) 
6.25 
.25 
.25 
50 
6.6 
.04 
.50 
Truck, 5-ton 
10. 
.4 
.25 
50 
5 
.04 
.50 
Truck, 4-ton 6 x 6 
3.85 
.154 
.125 
25 
5 
.04 
.50 
Truck, 
7.7 
.308 
.125 
25 
3.25 
.04 
.50 
Car, scout.. 
5. 
.14 
.288 
40 
8 
.028 
.72 
Tank, light 
8. 
.208 
.064 
12 
1.5 
.026 
.533 
Tank, medium 
13.7 
.48 
.24 
12 
.875 
.035 
2. 
Tractor, artillery, 5-ton 
12. 
1.27 
.6 
12 
1 
.106 
5. 
Tractor, artillery, 10-ton 
13.3 
1.10 
.6 
10 
.75 
.083 
6. 
Average of all vehicles of large units 
10 
169 ■ 89. Diagram of Call and Shipment of Class V Supplies 
SUPPLY 
N01~E •' Periodic expenditure reports ore made bp each eche/on of 
command as directed bp higher authority. 
-CALL 
■DELIVERIES 
rhd or depot 
*rhd or 
{depot 
Figure 29 
TrucKhead 
T 
R 
O 
O 
P 
S 
170 SUPPLY 
sa 90. Unit of Fire—Small Arms Ammunition—for Infantry Divi- 
sions. 
a. Graph of Small Arms Ammunition Tonnage. 
GRAPH OF SMALL ARMS AMMUNITION TON- 
NAGE. UNIT OF FIRE—SMALL ARMS AM- 
MUNITION FOR INFANTRY DIVISIONS 
-r-r i-i i i i i i i i-T-t-i-i-i i *r-f n i- i 
Figure 30 
171 SUPPLY 
b. Tonnage per Unit of Fire per 100 Weapons. 
(weight includes packing) 
Calibers 
Per 
weapon 
Rounds 
for 100 
weapons 
Boxes 
Weight 
per 
box 
Total 
pounds 
Tons 
. 30 cal 
LMG 
(2,000) 
200,000 
133% 
114 
15,200 
7.60 
. 30 cal 
Rifle 
(150) 
15,000 
10 
114 
1,140 
.57 
.30 cal 
Hv MG 
(3,000) 
300,000 
200 
114 
22,800 
11.40 
. 30 cal 
Auto rifles. 
(750) 
75,000 
50 
114 
5,700 
2.85 
. 45 cal 
SMG 
(200) 
20,000 
10 
110 
1,100 
.55 
. 45 cal 
Pistol 
(20) 
2,000 
1 
110 
110 
.055 
.50 cal 
MG 
(3,000) 
300,000 
1,000 
120 
120,000 
60.00 
37-mm 
AT 
(120) 
12,000 
300 
140 
42,000 
21.00 
60-mm 
Mortar 
(400) 
40,000 
6,666% 
24.4 
162,667 
81.33 
81-mra 
Mortar 
Hv (60) 
6,000 
2,000 
54 
108,000 
54.00 
Mortar 
Lt (240) 
24,000 
4,000 
58 
232,000 
116.00 
4.2-inch 
Cml 
(66) 
6,600 
3,300 
65 
214,500 
107 
. 50 cal 
AA 
(7,200) 
720,000 
2,400 
120 
288,000 
144 
37-mm. 
AA 
(1,800) 
180,000 
9,000 
85 
765,000 
382 
c. Weight of Unit of Fire—Small-Arms Ammunition—Infantry 
Regiment. 
Number of 
weapons 
Tons 
Rifles 
2,099 
12.0 
Pistols . 
1,181 
.7 
Auto rifles 
125 
3.6 
.30 cal, MG, Lt 
18 
1.4 
.30 cal MG, Hv 
24 
2.7 
60-mm mortar 
27 
21.9 
81-mm mortar 
12 
20.4 
37-mrn gun 
12 
2.5 
.50 cal MG 
12 
7.2 
Total Tons.. 
72.4 
172 s 91. Infantry—Ammunition Allowances for Mobilization.—(Data 
f rom table of basic allowances No. 7. Nov. 19, 191*0): 
SUPPLY 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
Number q 
frounds p 
er weapon 
and echel 
on in whit 
h carried 
V/ith 
Weapon 
On 
weapon 
the 
on 
On 
Remarks 
indi- 
prime- 
On 
train 
vidual 
mover 
combat 
of 
Total 
armed 
or 
arm 
truck 
train 
higher 
unit 
MG, B, cal .30, M1917A1 or M1917: 
Except on scout cars 
6,750 
1,500 
8,250 
10% AP 
70% Ball 
On scout cars 
20% Tracer 
1,500 
1,500 
1,500 
4,500 
10% AP 
70% Ball 
20% Tracer 
MG, B, cal .30. M1919A4 
3,000 
2,000 
1,000 
6,000 
10% AP 
70% Ball 
20% Tracer 
MG, B, cal .50, M2, Hvy Bar, Flex: 
Except on scout cars 
1,200 
1,600 
2,800 
80% AP 
20% Tracer 
On scout cars 
1,050 
525 
1,575 
80% AP 
20% Tracer 
Gun, 37-mm, M3 
160 
40 
100 
300 
90% AP 
10% HE 
Mortar, 81-mm, Ml 
100 
50 
150 
300 
70% M43 
10% M5G 
Mortar, GO-mm, M2 
20% M57 
60 
60 
100 
220 
100% HE 
100% Ball 
Pistol, auto, cal .45 or revolver, cal .45 
21 
7 
28 
Rifle, B, auto, cal .30, M1918A2: 
In rifle squad 
® 200 
© 820 
600 
1,620 
5% AP 
10% Tracer 
85% Ball 
In auto R Sqd of units equipped 
with U.S. R, cal .30, Ml 
® 320 
® 852 
576 
1,748 
5% AP 
10% Tracer 
85% Ball 
In Auto R Sqd of units 
equipped with US R 
M1903M1, M1903, or M1917 
® 320 
® 860 
540 
1,720 
5% AP 
10% Tracer 
Per gun organically 
85% Ball 
assigned to pedestal mount 
0 200 
200 
400 
10% AP 
20% Tracer 
R, US, cal .30, Ml ®: 
70% Bali 
In the rifle platoon 
40 
® 192 
96 
328 
10% AP 
20% Tracer 
70% Ball 
In other units. 
40 
40 
10% AP 
20% Tracer 
70% Ball 
R, US, cal .30, 
M1903A1, M1903, M1917; 
In the rifle platoon 
40 
0 120 
60 
220 
10% AP 
20% Tracer 
70% Ball 
In other units 
40 
40 
10% AP 
20% Tracer 
70% Ball 
173 SUPPLY 
® 80 by the automatic rifleman and 120 by the assistant automatic rifleman — all in 20-round 
magazines. 
® 300 to be issued prior to combat — 100 to the automatic rifleman and 80 to the assistant auto- 
matic rifleman in 20-round magazines; 120 to the assistant automatic rifleman in 60-round bando- 
leers. 620 retained in combat train as a reserve. 
(D 80 by each automatic rifleman, 120 by each assistant automatic rifleman and each ammunition 
carrier — all in 20-round magazines; 40 by each ammunition carrier in 5 or 8-round clips (see 
ammunition for the rifle). 
® 468 to be issued prior to combat — 100 to each automatic rifleman and 80 to each assistant 
automatic rifleman in 20-round magazines; 96 to each assistant automatic rifleman in 48-round 
banddoleers; 192 to each ammunition carrier in 48-round bandoleers (see ammunition for the Ml 
rifle); 384 retained in combat train as a reserve. 
(D 500 to be issued prior to combat — 100 to each automatic rifleman, 80 to each assistant automatic 
rifleman and each ammunition carrier in 20-round magazines; 120 to each assistant automatic 
rifleman and each ammunition carrier in 60-round bandoleers. 360 retained in combat train as a 
reserve. 
® 96 to be issued prior to combat in 48-round bandoleers. 96 retained in combat train as a reserve. 
(See ammunition for the Browning automatic rifle, M1918A2.) 
® 120 to be issued prior to combat in 60-round bandoleers. 
® In mobilization, all ammunition for the U.S. rifle, Ml is packed and issued in 8-round clips in 
48-round bandoleers in boxes. 
® All in magazines. 
■ 92. a. Unit of Fire for Artillery Weapons. (Except for armored 
artillery. See par 127) (See par. 117). 
WEIGHTS BASED ON COMPLETE ROUNDS, INCLUDING PACKING 
1 
2 
3 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
Unit 
Tons 
If. Pieces 
12 Pieces 
48 Pieces 
Ilf.If. Pieces 
JIM j, , , , .*/ 
oj jire 
(;rounds 
of fire 
per 
per 
Rounds 
Tons 
Rounds 
Tons 
Rounds 
Tons 
Rounds 
Tons 
piece) 
piece 
® 
® 
® 
® 
75-mm gun 
300 
3.45 
1,200 
14 
3,600 
41 
14,400 
166 
43,200 
497 
75-mm gun, AT- 
150 
1.77 
600 
7 
1,800 
21 
7,200 
85 
21,600 
256 
75-mm howitzer.. 
300 
3.45 
1,200 
14 
3,600 
41 
14,400 
166 
43,200 
497 
105-mrn howitzer 
225 
5.62 
900 
23 
2,700 
68 
10,800 
270 
32,400 
810 
155-mm howitzer 
150 
7.875 
600 
32 
1,800 
95 
7,200 
378 
21,600 
1,134 
155-mm gun 
100 
7.00 
400 
28 
1,200 
84 
4,800 
336 
14,400 
1,008 
240-mm howitzer 
60 
12.00 
240 
48 
720 
144 
2,880 
576 
8,640 
1,728 
3-inch gun, AA... 
300 
5.625 
1,200 
23 
3,600 
68 
14,400 
270 
43,200 
810 
90-mm gun, AA.. 
250 
7.00 
1,000 
28 
3,000 
84 
12,000 
336 
36,000 
1,008 
105-mm gun, AA 
250 
12.30 
1,000 
49 
3,000 
148 
12,000 
591 
36,000 
1,773 
8-inch gun 
® 96 
15.22 
384 
61 
1,152 
183 
4,608 
731 
13,824 
2,193 
12-inch mortar.... 
@ 48 
20.90 
192 
84 
486 
251 
1,944 
1,003 
5,832 
3,010 
12-inch gun 
@ 50 
28.35 
200 
113 
600 
340 
2,400 
1,361 
7,200 
4,082 
14-inch gun 
® 50 
46.50 
200 
186 
600 
558 
2,400 
2,232 
7,200 
6,696 
® Weights computed to the nearest ton. 
® Capacity of ammunition car for railway artillery. 
NOTES 
174 SUPPLY 
b. Prescribed Loads Small Arms Ammunition per Infantry 
Regiment. 
WEIGHTS BASED ON COMPLETE ROUNDS, INCLUDING PACKING 
1 
Within 
Regt 
(D 
(tons) 
On 
QM 
train 
<D 
{tons) 
Per weapon 
Approxi- 
male 
" ■ ’, : ■ 
No. 
weapons 
Total 
tons 
Total 
rounds 
Unit 
of 
fire 
(rounds) 
unit of 
fire in 
prescribed 
load ® 
Rifle, cal .30 
2,099 
125 
18 
8 
26 
328 
150 
2 
Auto rifle, cal .30 
5 
3 
8 
1,748 
750 
2 
MG, Lt, cal .30 
18 
3 
1 
4 
6,000 
8,250 
2,800 
2,000 
3.000 
3.000 
400 
3 
MG, Hv, cal .30 
24 
6 
2 
8 
2^ 
1 
MG, cal .50 
12 
3 
4 
7 
Mortar, 60-mm 
27 
6 
6 
12 
220 
lA 
i 
Mortar, 81-mm 
12 
10 
10 
20 
300 
300 
Gun, AT, 37-mm 
12 
4 
2 
6 
300 
120 
3 
Pistol, cal .45 
1,181 
1 
1 
28 
20 
H 
Totals 
66 
36 
92 
(T) On individual weapon carriers and combat train (Square and triangular divisions). 
@ For triangular division, see paragraph 118, page 190. 
■ 93. Estimated Daily Requirements of Class V Supplies for Various 
Types of Combat, q 0 
ammunition requirements per day of combat expressed in units 
OF FIRE. ® 
1 
2 
3 
•4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
Field artillery 
A A artillery 
SA 
AT 
75-mm 
155-mm 
(M 
3-inch 
37-mm, 
k.2-inch 
37-mm 
Type of combat 
gun & 
155-mm 
gun 
& 
& 
cal .50 
chemical 
& 
105-mm 
howitzer 
& 
Cav) 
90-mm 
& 
mortar 
75-mm 
howitzer 
larger 
guns 
SA 
Covering and 
security force action,.,. 
1.0 
.5 
1.0 
1.0 
1.0 
1.0 
1.0 
Attack or defense: 
Meeting engagement.... 
1.5 
1.5 
1.0 
1.0 
1.0 
1.0 
1.5 
1.0 
Attack of position: 
First day 
2.0 
2.0 
1.5 
1.5 
1.5 
1.5 
2.0 
1.0 
Succeeding days 
1.0 
1.0 
1.0 
1.0 
1.0 
1.0 
1.0 
1.0 
Defense of position: 
First day 
2.0 
2.0 
1.5 
1.5 
2.0 
3.0 
2.0 
1.0 
Succeeding days 
1.0 
1.0 
1.0 
1.0 
1.0 
1.5 
1.0 
1.0 
Pursuit 
1.0 
1.0 
0.5 
0.5 
0.5 
0.5 
1.0 
1.0 
Retirement or 
delaying action 
1.0 
1.0 
0.5 
0.5 
2.0 
2.0 
1.0 
1.0 
Inactive situation (?) 
0.2 
0.2 
0.2 
0.2 
1.0 
1.0 
0.2 
1.0 
(T) The data, other than antiaircraft artillery', given in the above table are based on such statistics 
as are available from World War sources and serve as a guide for estimating quantities to be 
shipped to ammunition depots or ammunition supply points for various types of operations. Data 
given under antiaircraft artillery are based on modern antiaircraft tactics. These data are not 
to be used for computing ammunition expenditures for short periods of time during an action. 
0 For number of rounds per unit of fire, see paragraph 90 and 92. 
@ Forces in contact but neither side attacking. 
0 Data given in this table are suitable for computation of requirements in field exercises. 
NOTES 
175 94-95 
SUPPLY 
■ 94. Field Artillery Ammunition Expenditures. 
1 
2 
3 
4 
6 
6 
Average rate per gun per hour 
Kind of fire 
or 
phase of action 
75-mm 
gun 
or 
howitzer 
155-mm 
howitzer 
155-mm 
gun 
105-mm 
howitzer 
2If)-mm 
howitzer 
Advance guard action, 
development, and deployment 
50 
25 
50 
Preparation. 
170 
50 
50 
120 
10 
Supporting fires during the attack 
(including counterbattery): 
First 2 hours 
140 
50 
50 
100 
10 
After 2 hours 
80 
30 
30 
60 
10 
Exploitation, pursuit, delaying action, 
or delaying" enemy development 
50 
25 
25 
50 
10 
Counterpreparation._ 
170 
60 
50 
120 
10 
Defensive fires against 
infantry attack (including counterbattery) 
140 
50 
50 
100 
10 
NOTE 
These figures are suit able for computing expenditures for periods of time less than 6 hours. 
■ 95. a. Small Arms Ammunition.—Prescribed Loads, 
Division 
Where carried 
Prescribed 
loads 
(tons) 
Division 
Where carried 
Prescribed 
loads 
(tons) 
Inf (Triangular) 
Within llegts 
168 
Inf (Square) 
Within llegts 
224 
On QM train 
65 
On QM train 
150 
Total 
233 
Total 
374 
b. Antitank Mines.—Prescribed Loads. ® 
1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
Division 
Unit and number of antitank m 
ines carrie 
d 
Total 
Tons 
Armd 
Bn 
Inf 
Bn 
Art 
Bn 
AT 
Tr 
or 
Btry 
Engr 
Regt 
Engr 
Bn 
or Sq 
® 
Cav 
Regt 
Inf (Triangular) 
500 
500 
500 
500 
500 
600 
500 
600 
500 
500 
640 
8,540 
11,720 
6,360 
6,920 
42.7 
58.6 
31.8 
34.6 
Inf (Square) 
720 
Cav 
360 
420 
1,000 
Armd 
600 
600 
NOTES 
® To transport the number of mines shown, except for engineer units, requires attachment of addi- 
tional trucks to the unit by higher authority. 
0 Number of mines shown under engineer units are those authorized by T/BA, 1 November, 1940. 
Number of mines shown for other units are recommended. 
0 Antitank mines weigh 10 pounds each: 
truck-load 300 mines truck-load 500 mines 
176 SUPPLY 
■ 96. Allocation of Ammunition. 
(When 
established) 
Control 
Point 
(When 
Bat'd) 
Figure 31 
(When 
established) 
(When / 
established; 
CORPS ARTILLERY UNITs) 
CORPS ARTILLERY OFFICER 
I ARMY ARTILLERY UNITs” 
Supply 
Point(a) 
and 
Depot(s) 
] ARMY ARTILLERY OFFICER 
Allocation 
Recommendation end information 
NOTE: The staff procedure illustrated above for the allocation of ammunition is 
for the Square Infantry Division, However, it is applicable to all divisions. In the 
Triangular Division the allocation for artillery units is routed direct to S-4 Division 
Artillery. The allocations for other units is routed direct to regiments and separate 
units. 
177 SUPPLY 
■ 97. Ammunition Reports, 
inf. Brig- 
Figure 32 
Dir. 
-Corps Troops 
Dir* 
,C°SppU *&»t. 
/, WBJ T«oP' 
• Corps 
1 i 
Boat* of report. 
Inforaation. 
For form of report see par. 98. 
NOTE: Ammunition reports are made periodically by the Unit in conformity with 
instructions of the next higher Commander. In the Triangular Division the reports 
from Artillery Units are routed from battalion to S-4 Division Artillery. Those from 
other Units are sent direct from regiments and separate units to the Division Ordnance 
Officer. 
178 SUPPLY 
98-99-100 
■ 98. Ammunition Situation Report In Division 
Corps Army.* 
AT...... O’CLOCK, 19 PERIOD COVERED: DAYS 
(MONTH—DAY) (l DAY= 24 HOURS) 
Types of ammunition, fuzes, etc. (list each type separately) 
On hand o’clock 
Received during this period 
Expended during this period 
Total Remaining 
on Hand 0 
Number guns — planes 
with organization © 
Average per serviceable 
Gun—’Plane 0 
Allocated to division; to 
corps but not yet received 
In (Corps) (Army) depots 
* To be filled out as accurately as circumstances permit. 
0 Includes stocks in (Corps) (Army) Depots, shown in last line. Corps will report on Corps Depots 
Army will report on Army Depots. 
0 These lines filled out for calibers of 75-mm and above. 
INSTRUCTIONS 
This is the report on ammunition of all types submitted by ordnance officers of Divisions, Corps and 
Army to the next higher unit and to G-4. It covers a specified period. The hour at which the 
report closes is uniform throughout the Army and is designated by Army orders. 
It is a summary that shows for the 24 hours (or other period) the activity of the artillery and air 
force bombing, and the status of ammunition supply of all types. Important items are reported 
daily. Less important items are reported at longer intervals. 
The headings are self-explanatory. 
Three or more copies are required: 1 for file; 1 for munitions officer of next higher unit; 1 for artillery 
commander of next higher unit. 
■ 99. Grenades, Hand.—Hand grenades are issued according to antici- 
pated requirements, usually at the rate of 25 grenades per day per rifle 
company. 
H 100. Loading of Motor Vehicles.—The caution plate attached to each 
cargo vehicle shows the recommended maximum pay loads on roads and 
cross country, maximum towable load, and the maximum safe speed of the 
vehicle. The practices of overloading and the use of excessive speed en- 
croach upon the safety factors placed in the vehicle by design. These prac- 
tices result in excessive maintenance requirements, in shortening the life 
of the vehicle, and also may cause immediate breakdown of the vehicle. 
179 100-101-102-103 
SUPPLY 
Under normal conditions allowable speed to be used should conform to the 
data contained on caution plates. The normal load of the vehicle should 
conform to its rated tonnage capacity. However, in the computation of 
loads the rated tonnage capacity will be considered as in addition to the 
weight of the driver and assistant driver (200 lbs. each). 
m 101. LABOR.—a. For planning purposes labor requirements for handling 
supplies are computed on the average of y<%-ton per man per hour for ten 
hours each day. 
b. The maximum number of men that can be employed advantageously 
in loading or unloading one freight car is eleven (one foreman and ten 
laborers). 
c. In the field or at a depot, trucks can be loaded or unloaded at the rate 
of 20 minutes per truck regardless of tonnage if sufficient labor is available. 
The number of trucks that can be loaded or unloaded simultaneously is de- 
pendent upon the amount of labor available and the conditions existing at 
the loading or unloading point. 
Section II 
INFANTRY DIVISION (SQUARE) 
03 102. Methods of Supply.—In the infantry division (square) the gen- 
eral methods of supply are: 
a. Supply of regiments and separate units by the division services 
employing transportation under division control. This method of supply 
frequently requires transfer of loads and the maximum amount of labor 
and transportation. It is used when army supply points, because of dis- 
tance or bad roads, are not readily accessible to unit trains. This method 
is called unit distribution. 
h. Regiments and separate units draw supplies directly from army 
supply points using regimental and separate unit transportation. This 
method of supply does not require transfer of loads between trucks, saves 
time, and reduces labor requirements to a minimum. This method of supply 
is used when army supply points are readily accessible to unit trains. This 
is known as railhead distribution. 
c. Supply by a combination of the above methods as directed by the 
division commander based on the peculiarities of the situation and the con- 
dition and availability of transport in the several units of the division. 
D 103. Procurement of Supplies.—In the field, supplies are obtained in 
the division: 
a. Automatically. 
b. By daily telegram. 
180 SUPPLY 
103-104-105-106 
c. By requisition. 
d. As the result of establishing a credit. 
e. By local exploitation. 
n 104. Automatic Class I Supply.—Automatic supply of Class I supplies 
results from arrangements made with higher authority for the daily or 
periodic shipment from supply points to divisions of fixed quantities of 
supplies determined on the basis of experience as necessary. Requisition, 
daily telegram, or call is unnecessary on the part of the division but its 
changes in location must be reported to the army to determine destination 
of shipment. Overages received by the division are placed in division or 
railhead (truckhead) reserve. Shortages, when they occur, are made up 
from this reserve. When periodic shipments are employed, the duration 
of the period should not be greater than the number of days of supply 
carried in the division. Supplies so shipped are received by the division 
quartermaster and distributed to units. 
■ 105. Daily Telegram.—Class I and III supplies are usually obtained by 
daily telegram (requisition) from the division to the army quartermaster 
giving strength of the unit in men and animals and the amount of gasoline 
and oil expended in the preceeding 24 hour period. A copy of the daily 
telegram should be sent to the railhead officer serving the division for his 
information. 
■ 106. Requisition.—All classes of supplies may be obtained by requisi- 
tion through appropriate special staff officers of the division. Requisition- 
ing is the normal procedure in obtaining Class II and Class IV Supplies. 
Requisitions within the division are consolidated by the special staff officer 
concerned. No requisition should include articles issued by two or more 
services nor should articles of different classes be listed on the same requi- 
sition. All requisitions are numbered serially and the serial number is pre- 
fixed by an abbreviation indicating the service which issues the supplies. 
Consilidated requistions are prepared in quadruplicate. One copy is re- 
tained by the division and three copies forwarded to the army. When acted 
upon by the army, two copies are forwarded to the army supply point desig- 
nated to furnish the supplies and one is retained for file. The army supply 
point retains one copy as a property record and uses the other copy as a 
check list in checking the supplies out of stock. When the articles desired 
are not available in an army supply point, two copies of the requisition are 
forwarded by the army to the regulating officer, who retains one as a follow- 
up copy and forwards one to the communication zone depot designated to 
ship the supplies. No unit should duplicate, on later requisitions, items 
called for on previous requisitions until they have been notified that such 
items have been stricken from previous requisitions. Prompt action must 
therefore be taken on each requisition and the unit notified where and when 
to send transportation for the supplies, or when and to what point shipment 
will be made. 
181 107-108-109 
■ 107. Credits.—A credit is a definite quantity of supply placed at the 
disposal of the commander of an organization for a prescribed period of 
time. In effect, the establishment of a credit is tantamount to prior ap- 
proval of a requisition and thereby makes supplies available to the desig- 
nated organization without loss of time incident to administrative action. 
Credits may be established for any class of supplies and are generally 
employed in furnishing Class V supply (ammunition). 
In establishing credits for ammunition, the numbers of rounds by 
caliber and type are prescribed as available for a definite period of time. 
In theaters of operation where a unit of fire has been adopted that estab- 
lishes a definite number of rounds per weapon by type of ammunition, the 
unit of fire is used to express the amount of credit allocated. 
In establishing credits for other classes of supply, the articles con- 
sidered by the theater commander as essential to combat are listed by 
number. In theaters of operation where a list has been published enumer- 
ating articles by number that constitute a day of supply, credits are estab- 
lished in terms of days of supply. Articles not considered essenial to com- 
bat are placed in a low priority and are obtained by requisition. 
The commanding general, theater of operations, on recommendations 
of the chiefs of services, determines what constitutes a unit of fire and a 
day of supply for his theater. 
■ 108. Procurement By Local Exploitation.—Supplies accumulated by 
the several processes of exploitation are distributed to troops through the 
regular supply channels of the services. Exploitation of local resources in 
hostile territory is effected by purchase, requisition on civil officials or sys- 
tematic collection by force. The method to be used is a command decision. 
■ 109. Trains of the Division.—The train of a unit is that portion of the 
unit’s transportation with its accompanying personnel which operates un- 
der the immediate orders of the unit commander primarily in supply, evacu- 
ation, and maintenance. Although certain trucks are assigned prescribed 
loads, their use is not limited to transporting such loads. Except for ve- 
hicles used for the movement of active weapons such as prime movers and 
weapon carriers, all of the trucks of a unit are considered as a pool of trans- 
portation to be used as required. 
Trains are designated as company (battery), battalion, or regimental, 
preceded where appropriate by its functional designation. 
SUPPLY 
Examples: 
Ammunition train, 1st Infantry. 
Kitchen train, 1st Battalion, 1st Infantry. 
Medical train, 1st Battalion, 1st Field Artillery. 
1st Medical Regiment (Battalion). 
1st Quartermaster Regiment (Battalion). 
1st Engineer Regiment (Battalion). 
182  
■4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
n 
12 
13 
74 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
1 
2 
3 
Personnel 
Organizational Equipment 
Maintenance items (1 day) 
Of 
WO 
& 
Nur 
Vehicles 
Guns with carriage 
Gasoline 
Oil 
Lubricant 
Rations 
Unit 
TIO 
EM 
Total 
Ship 
tons 
* 
No. 
Total weight 
in tons 
Ship 
tons 
* 
No. 
Gross 
tons 
Skip 
tons 
* 
Gals 
Ship 
tons 
* 
Gals 
Ship 
tons 
♦ 
Lbs. 
Ship 
tons 
♦ 
Tons 
Ship 
tons 
* 
Empty 
Loaded 
Inf Div 
7 
958 
21,314 
22,272 
83,520 
3,077 
7,009 
10,790 
61,898 
172 
277 
1,587 
25,240 
252.4 
631 
7.1 
1,262 
1.6 
69 
172.6 
Div Hq 
7-1 
30 
30 
113 
.1 
.23 
7-3 
29 
726 
755 
2,831 
50,783 
16,361 
3,555 
3,964 
3,364 
2,475 
75 
160 
381 
514 
2,997 
15,599 
21,904 
4,073 
3,865 
11,536 
1,948 
1,410 
8,840 
7,400 
1,530 
1,600 
14.1 
35.25 
.4 
70.5 
.09 
2.3 
5.9 
2 Inf Brigs 
FA Brig 
Encrr Reet 
7-10 
6-10 
5-11 
456 
205 
40 
13,086 
4,158 
908 
13,542 
4,363 
948 
946 
933 
194 
1,859 
2,409 
487 
2,525 
3,973 
716 
48 
124 
8.3 
268 
86 
1,501 
88.4 
74. 
15.3 
221. 
185. 
38.25 
2.5 
2.1 
.43 
442. 
370. 
76.5 
.55 
.46 
.1 
42. 
13.5 
2.9 
105. 
33.8 
7.3 
Med Regt 
Incl Div 
Surg’s Off.. 
8-21 
71 
986 
1,057 
897 
198 
452 
654 
16. 
40. 
.45 
80. 
.1 
3.3 
8.2 
10- 
36 
861 
541 
1,197 
231 
2,099 
315 
3,420 
1,040 
34.2 
85.5 
.96 
171. 
.21 
2.8 
7. 
27 
71 
589 
660 
105 
10.4 
26. 
.3 
52. 
.07 
2.05 
5.1 
20 
20 
.06 
.16 
*Ship tons = 
= 40 cu. ft. 
supply 
■ 110. Shipping and Maintenance “Requirements.—Square Division. 
183 SUPPLY 
m 111. Cargo Vehicles of the Infantry Regiment, Rifle Used in 
Supply, Evacuation and Maintenance. (T/O 7-11 Oct. 1, 1940): 
a. Primarily tactical (also used for supply purposes): (1) Weapon carriers: 
Company 
or 
Detachment 
Vehicles 
Load transported 
Rifle Co (9 
per Regt) 
2 per Co 
One truck carries EM, 3 60-mm mort, and 60-mm mort am. 
Other truck carries EM, 2 LMG, and cal .30 MG am. 
Heavy 
Weapons 
Co (3 per 
Regt) 
16 per Co as follows: 
4 each cal .30 MG Plat 
4 each cal .30 MG Plat 
4 each cal .50 MG Plat 
4 each 81-mm Mort Plat 
Each carries EM, 1 cal .30 MG, am, and water chests. 
Same load as above. 
Each carries EM, 1 cal .50 MG, and am. 
Each carries EM, 1 81-mm Mort, and am. 
AT Co 
(1 per 
Regt) 
21 per Co 
Co Hq 
3 Wpn carriers 
Each carry EM, 37-mm am, and equipment. 
3 Plats, each with 
6 Wpn carriers 
Each Plat: 
4 each carry EM, 37-mm am, and tows one 37-mm gun. 
2 each carry EM and 37-mm am. 
Hq & Hq Det 
Bn (3 per 
Regt) 
2 per Bn Det 
Each carries EM, and Pioneer and Demolition Equipment 
(2) Communication trucks: 
Company 
or 
Detachment 
Vehicles 
Load transported 
Hq & Hq Co 
Inf Regt 
11 per Co 
Hq & Co Hq & Band 
1 truck, I1 2-ton 
Carries EM and CP Equipment 
Regtl Sec 4 trks, J^-ton 
2 each carry EM and wire equipment; 2 each carry EM and 
radio equipment. 
Each Bn Sec (3) 
2 trucks, J^-ton 
One carries EM and wire equipment 
One carries EM, wire and radio equipment 
b. Primarily supply and evacuation: (1) Ammunition train: 
Each Bn Sec (3 Secs, each 4 Trks) 
3 trucks each carries EM, cal .30 am for Ml rifle; LMG, cal .30 am; BAB, 
cal .30 am; 60-ram mort am; cal .45 am 
1 truck carries EM, 81-mm light and heavy am 
AT Co Sec: 1 truck carries EM, 37-mm AT am. Ml rifle am, and LMG cal .30 am 
(2) Kitchen and baggage train: 
15 trucks, i ...EM, 3-4 units field range, rations, water cans 
15 trailers, 1-ton Off bed rolls, individual rolls, records & org property 
Each Bn Sec (3): 1 truck, EM, baggage Bn Hq and Hq Det 
Hq Co Sec: 1 truck, EM, baggage Hq & Hq Co 
184 SUPPLY 
(3) Maintenance section: 
Regtl Serv Co: 
4 trucks, /£-ton, Wpn carrier Each carries EM and maint equipment 
5 trucks, IK-ton. cargo... (gne EM> “a[nt equipment 
° (rour carry EM and maint equipment 
(4) Medical train: 
Each Bn Sec: /One carries 1-0, EM, Bn set, aid sta equipment (less tent) 
4 trucks, /2-ton, Wpn carrier .(Three carry EM (including litter bearers) 
Regtl Sec: 2 trucks, cargo.. (One carries EM, tentage (reserve of medical supplies) 
(One carries EM, Hq set, aid sta equipment 
c. Miscellaneous.—Organic vehicles of the regiment not included above: 
Passenger car..— 1 
Mtcl, w/s/c/ 27 
Truck, y2-ton, command, reconnaissance 35 
Truck, Yi-ton, radio 2 
Truck, l/2-ton, Hq Co (band instruments)— 2 
Trucks, 1/2-ton, AT Co (personnel carriers) 3 
Total Vehicles 70 
d. Summary: 
CARGO VEHICLES USED FOR SUPPLY, EVACUATION, AND MAINTENANCE 
(INFANTRY REGIMENT) 
(Summary T/0 7-11, October 1,19 W) 
Truck 
(3'2-ton) 
Trailer 
(1-ton) 
Truck 
(llA-Um) 
Primarily Tactical: 0 
Weapon carriers: 
2 per Rifle Company 
18 
16 per Heavy Weapons Company 
48 
21 Antitank Companies 
21 
2 Battalion Headquarters Detachments 
6 
Communication trucks: 
2 Battalion Sections, Hq Co, wire, WC 
6 
4 Headquarters Sections, Hq Co, wire, WC. 
4 
1 Headquarters Company, CP equipment 
1 
Primarily Supply (Service Company) : 
Ammunition trucks: 
4 per Battalion 
12 
1 Antitank Company 
1 
Kitchen and baggage trucks: 
1 per Company, with trailer . .. 
15 
15 
1 truck per Battalion Headquarters Det 
3 
1 truck, Headquarters Company 
1 
Maintenance: 
4 WC, Service Company 
4 
5 Trucks, Service Company 
5 
Evacuation (attached) : 
4 per Battalion .... 
12 
2 per Regimental Headquarters 
2 
Total 
119 
15 
40 0 
0 Also used for supply purposes. Shown here so that a complete picture may be obtained of all 
vehicles used for supply, evacuation, and maintenance. 
0 In addition, 2 trucks, of Hq Co carry band instruments and 3 trucks, AT Co 
are personnel carriers. Total 45 trucks, 1/^-ton. 
185 SUPPLY 
■ 112. Prescribed Loads, Artillery Ammunition, Infantry Division 
(Square).—a. Consolidated table: 
Unit 
Types 
75rmm Gun (AT) 
105-mm Howitzer 
155-mm Howitzer 
Approx 
units 
of 
fire 
Bounds 
per 
piece 
Rounds 
per 
battery 
Total 
rounds 
Approx 
units 
of 
fire 
Rounds 
per 
piece 
Rounds 
per 
battery 
Total 
rounds 
Approx 
units 
of 
fire 
Rounds 
per 
piece 
Rounds 
per 
battery 
Total 
rounds 
Battery 
1 
144 
1,152 
1,152 
.4 
98 
393 
393 
.4 
60 
240 
240 
Bu Serv Btry 
.6 
135 
540 
1,620 
.4 
66 
264 
792 
Div QM Tn... 
As prescribed by Div Comdr 
Total. Div 
1 
144 
1,152 
2,304 
1.0 
1 233 
933 
11,196 
.8 
126 
504 
3,024 
b. Battery 105-mm Howitzer, Truck-Drawn: 
(average packed weight of all types, per round, 50 pounds) 
MAXIMUM LOADS ® ADDITIONAL TO PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT 
Type vehicle and normal assignment 
Number 
in 
battery 
Rounds 
carried on 
each 
vehicle 
Total 
rounds 
carried 
prime mover 
4 
39 
156 
executive’s truck 
1 
39 
39 
truck, ammunition 
2 
60 
120 
1-ton trailer, ammunition 
2 
39 
78 
Total number of rounds normally carried in battery 
393 
(T) Resupply loads are same as normal loads for similar type vehicle in Service Battery 
c. Service Battery, 105-mm Howitzer, Truck-Drawn: 
Number 
in 
battery 
Maximum number of 
rounds carried 
Total number of 
rounds carried 
Type vehicle 
Good 
roads 
Bad roads 
cross- 
country 
Good 
roads 
Bad roads 
cross- 
country 
truck 
12 
96 
60 
1,152 
720 
1-ton trailers 
12 
39 
39 
468 
468 
■ Total number of rounds 
normally carried in battery 
1,620 
1,188 
186 SUPPLY 
d. Battery 155-mm Howitzer, Truck-Drawn: 
(average packed weight all types, per round, 105 pounds) 
MAXIMUM LOADS ® ADDITIONAL TO NORMAL PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT 
Type vehicle and normal assignment 
Number 
in 
battery 
Rounds 
carried on 
each 
vehicle 
Total 
rounds 
carried 
4-ton truck, prime-mover. 
4 
30 
120 
4-ton truck, ammunition 
1 
40 
40 
truck, ammunition 
1 
20 
20 
2H*ton truck, executive’s truck 
1 
20 
20 
1-ton trailer, ammunition 
2 
20 
40 
Total number of rounds normally carried in battery 
240 
® Resupply loads are same as normal loads for similar type vehicle in Service Battery, 
e. Service Battery, 155-mm Howitzer, Truck-Drawn: 
Number 
in 
battery 
Maximum number of 
rounds carried 
Total number of 
rounds carried 
Type vehicle 
Good 
roads 
Bad roads 
cross- 
country 
Good 
roads 
Badroads 
cross- 
country 
truck 
12 
47 
30 
564 
360 
1-ton trailer 
12 
19 
19 
228 
228 
Total number of rounds 
normally carried in battery 
780 
600 ‘ 
Maximum resupply loads 
k-ton 
trucks 
2}4-ton 
trucks 
1-ton V i 
trailers . 
On good roads 
75 
47 
19 
On bad roads or cross-country 
40 
30 
19 
/. Battery 75-mm Gun, Antitank, Truck-Drawn: 
(average packed weight of all types, per round, 23 pounds) 
MAXIMUM LOADS ADDITIONAL TO PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT 
Type vehicle and normal assignment 
Number 
in 
battery 
Rounds 
carried on 
each 
vehicle 
Total 
rounds 
carried 
truck, prime-mover 
8 
90 
720 
truck, ammunition 
2 
129 
258 
1-ton trailer, ammunition. 
2 
87 
174 
Total number of rounds normally carried in battery 
1,152 
187 SUPPLY 
■ 113. Prescribed Load 
T/BA No. 7, 19 Nov. ’40 & T/BA No. 10, 1 Nov. ’40) 
QUARTERMASTER REGIMENT — INFANTRY DIVISION (SQUARE) 
Trucks, %]/2-ton 
Trailers, 1-ton 
a. 
Cargo capacity (640 tons) 
192 
160 
b. 
Items of prescribed load: 
(1) Rations (69 tons) ® 
20 
19 
(2) Gasoline (14,000 gallons) @ 
(IB) 
(16) 
(3) Water (4,000 gallons) ® 
5... 
5 
(4) Small-arms ammunition (150 tons) 
44 
40 
c. 
Total prescribed load (236.5 tons) 
69 
64 
d. 
Vehicles without prescribed loads 
.123 
96 
e. 
Total vehicles (sum of c and d) 
192 
160 
NOTES 
® This item is not prescribed by tables of basic allowances. 
0 Carried by 18 trucks (2J/£-ton) and 16 trailers (1-ton) provided in gasoline supply platoon in 
addition to general cargo vehicles. Not included in total tonnage. 
Section III 
INFANTRY DIVISION (TRIANGULAR) 
■ 114. Methods of Supply.—The methods of supply prescribed for the 
infantry division (square) in paragraph 102 are applicable to the supply 
of the triangular division. 
■ 115. Procurement of Class II and IV Supplies.—Class II and Class 
IV supplies are obtained in the triangular division by the same methods 
described in paragraph 106 of the square division. 
188 SUPPLY 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
Unit 
T/O 
Oi 
ganizat 
ional eq 
uipv 
lent 
Maintenance 
items ( 
1 day) 
Personnel 
Vehicles 
G 
uns wi 
arriag 
ih 
3 
Gasi 
dine 
0 
il 
Luhr 
cants 
Rat 
ions 
0, 
WO, 
& 
Nur 
EM 
Total 
Ship 
tons 
* 
No. 
Total 
in 
weight 
ons 
Skip 
tons 
* 
No. 
Gross 
tons 
Ship 
tons 
♦ 
Gals 
Ship 
tons 
* 
Gals 
Ship 
tons 
* 
Lbs 
Ship 
tons 
* 
Ton 
Ship 
tons 
♦ 
Empty 
Loaded 
Inf Div 
Div Hq 
Inf Hq&MPCo... 
Ren Tr 
Sig Co 
3 Inf Regts 
Div Arty 
Engr Bn 
Med Bn 
QM Bn 
Atchd Med 
Atchd Ch 
70 
70-1 
70-2 
2-67 
11-67 
7- 
6-80 
6-75 
8- 
10-15 
630 
28 
7 
6 
8 
333 
122 
18 
38 
16 
43 
11 
14,615 
74 
123 
141 
253 
9,687 
2,563 
616 
482 
296 
380 
15,245 
102 
130 
147 
261 
10,020 
2,685 
634 
520 
312 
423 
11 
57,169 
383 
488 
551 
979 
37,575 
10,069 
2,378 
1,950 
1,170 
1,586 
41 
1,848 
10 
21 
41 
73 
681 
584 
116 
104 
149 
69 
4,160 
18 
36 
53 
179 
1,338 
1,491 
278 
284 
335 
151 
6,291 
25 
52 
74 
254 
1,815 
2,465 
412 
399 
590 
203 
36,747 
155 
314 
487 
1,638 
11,217 
13,679 
2,460 
2,403 
3,775 
1,264 
116 
36 
80 
176. 
6.3 
170. 
977 
66 
912 
15,760 
90 
190 
410 
630 
6,360 
4,610 
890 
930 
960 
690 
157.6 
.9 
1.9 
4.1 
6.3 
63.6 
46.1 
8.9 
9.3 
9.6 
6.9 
394. 
2.25 
4.75 
10.3 
15.75 
159. 
115.25 
22.25 
23.25 
24. 
17.25 
4.4 
.03 
.05 
.115 
.18 
1.8 
1.3 
.25 
.26 
.27 
.19 
788. 
4.5 
9.5 
20.5 
31.5 
318. 
230.5 
44.5 
46.5 
48. 
34.5 
1. 
.01 
.01 
.025 
.049 
.39 
.29 
.06 
.06 
.06 
.04 
47.3 
.32 
.4 
.46 
.81 
31.2 
8.3 
1.96 
1.6 
.97 
1.3 
.03 
118. 
.79 
1. 
1.14 
2.02 
77.7 
20.8 
4.9 
4. 
2.4 
3.3 
.09 
■ 116. Shipping and Maintenance Requirements—Triangular Division 
*Ship tons = 40 cu. ft. 
189 117-118-119 
SUPPLY 
eb 117. Prescribed Loads, Artillery Ammunition, Infantry Division 
(Triangular) .—Consolidated Table. ® 
Types 
Unit 
75-mm Gun (AT) 
105-mm Howitzer 
155-mm Howitzer 
Units 
of 
fire 
Rounds 
per 
piece 
Rounds 
per 
battery 
Total 
rounds 
Units 
of 
fire 
Rounds 
per 
piece 
Rounds 
per 
battery 
Total 
rounds 
Units 
of 
fire 
Rounds 
per 
piece 
Rounds 
per 
battery 
Total 
rounds 
Battery 
1 
144 
1,152 
1,152 
.4 
98 
393 
393 
.4 
60 
240 
240 
Bn Serv Btry 
.6 
135 
540 
1,620 
.4 
66 
264 
792 
Div QM Tn. 
As prescribed by Div Comdr 
Total Div 
1 
144 
1,152 
1,152 
1.0 
233 
933 
8,397 
.8 
125 
500 
1,512 
© Supporting tables same as subparagraph b to /of paragraph 112, Square Division. 
■ 118. Prescribed Load (T/BA No. 7, 19 Nov. ’40 & T/BA No. 10, 
Nov. ’40) 
Quartermaster Battalion 
Infantry Division (Triangular) 
Trucks, 2^-ton 
Trailers, 1-ton 
a. Cargo Capacity (160 tons) 
48 
40 
b. Items of prescribed load.— 
(1) Rations (48 ton) (1) 
14 
13 
(2) Gasoline (4000 gals) 
5 
5 
(3) Water (4000 gals) 
5 
5 
(4) Small Arms Ammuni- 
tion (64.5 ton) (2) 
19 
17 
c. Total prescribed load (147 tons) 
43 
40 
d. Vehicles without prescribed load 
5 
0 
e. Total vehicles (Sum of c and d) 
48 
40 
NOTES 
(1) This item is not prescribed by tables of basic allowances. 
(2) Tables of basic allowances prescribes a load of 111 tons of small arms ammunition. 
Only 64.5 tons are carried here in order to carry one days supply of rations for 
instructional purposes. 
Section IV 
INFANTRY DIVISION TRIANGULAR (MOTORIZED) 
■ 119. The methods of supply in an infantry division (triangular, motor- 
ized) are the same as the methods of supply in the division (square) or 
division (triangular). 
190 SUPPLY 
1 
2 
3 
i 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
12 
13 
U 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
Organizational equipment 
Maintenance items (i day) 
Unit 
T/0 
Personnel 
Vehicles 
Guns with 
carriage 
Gasoline 
Oil 
Lubricants 
Rations 
0, 
WO, 
& 
Nur 
EM 
Total 
Ship 
tons 
* 
No. 
Total weight 
in tons 
Ship 
tons 
* 
No. 
Gross 
tons 
Ship 
tons 
* 
Gals 
Ship 
tons 
* 
Gals 
Ship 
tons 
* 
Lbs 
Ship 
tons 
* 
Tons 
Ship 
tons 
* 
Empty 
Loaded 
Inf Div, Tri Mtz.. 
Div Hq 
77 
70-1 
630 
28 
15,499 
74 
16,129 
102 
60,484 
383 
2,709 
7,724 
10,101 
52,153 
116 
176.0 
977 
24,340 
243.4 
608.5 
6.8 
1217. 
1.5 
50. 
125. 
Div Hq & MP Co.. 
Ren Tr 
70-2 
7 
131 
138 
518 
37 
71 
108 
632 
270 
2.7 
6.75 
.08 
13.5 
.02 
.43 
1.1 
2-67 
6 
141 
147 
551 
41 
55 
78 
507 
410 
4.1 
10.25 
.12 
20.5 
.03 
.46 
1.14 
Sig Co 
11-67 
8 
253 
261 
979 
73 
180 
255 
1,539 
26,168 
13,680 
2,460 
2,399 
3,234 
1,557 
630 
6.3 
15.75 
.18 
31.5 
.04 
.81 
2. 
3 Inf Regts 
7-61 
333 
10,554 
2,563 
616 
10,887 
2,685 
634 
40,826 
10,069 
2,378 
1,950 
1,527 
684 
4,852 
1,491 
5,549 
2,465 
412 
36 
6.0 
65 
14,820 
4,610 
930 
148.2 
370.5 
4.17 
741. 
,93 
33.7 
84.4 
Div Arty 
6-80 
122 
80 
170.0 
912 
46.1 
115.25 
1.3 
230.5 
.29 
8.3 
20.8 
Engr Bn 
6-75 
18 
116 
278 
9.3 
23.25 
.26 
46.5 
.06 
2. 
4.9 
Med Bn incl 
Div Surg’sOff... 
QM Bn 
8-65 
38 
482 
520 
104 
282 
399 
930 
9.3 
23.25 
.26 
46.5 
.06 
1.6 
4. 
10-15 
16 
296 
312 
1,170 
1,620 
149 
335 
590 
960 
9.6 
24. 
.27 
48. 
.06 
.97 
2.4 
Atchd Med 
43 
389 
432 
78 
184 
249 
780 
7.8 
19.5 
.22 
39. 
.05 
1.3 
3.3 
Atchd Ch 
11 
11 
41 
.03 
.0 
■ 120. Shipping and Maintenance Requirements: Triangular Division (Motorized 
*Ship tens = 40 cu. ft. 
191 SUPPLY 
Section V 
ARMORED DIVISION 
■ 121. Methods op Supply.—An armored division may be supplied by 
any of the following methods: 
a. When the division is located within a reasonable operating radius of 
army supply points, supply is obtained therefrom by regimental and sepa- 
rate unit transportation. 
h. When the division is not located within a reasonable operating 
radius of the normally established army supply system, arrangements are 
made with higher authority to establish temporary railheads, truckheads, 
or dumps near the division area from which regimental and separate unit 
transportation can obtain required supplies. 
c. Supply in special operations, the duration of which will be several 
days, may be effected by attachment of sufficient cargo transportation to 
carry the supplies necessary to make the division self contained for that 
neriod of time. 
d. Supply may be effected by air transport to landing fields in posses- 
sion of or protected by the division. 
e. Supplies may be dropped by parachute from air transports in a 
marked area near the division. 
/. In prolonged operation over wide areas supply may be effected di- 
rectly to the unit by relays of army motor convoys moving between supply 
bases and holding and reconsignment points established near the localities 
in which the units are operating. Each convoy of army motor vehicles 
operating as a unit carries a type load of approximately one refill for the 
armored force or major subdivision of the force. Unit convoys are dis- 
patched from the control point to destinations as required. 
192 SUPPLY 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
H 
16 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
Unit 
no 
Organizationed equipment 
Maintenance 
items (i day) 
Personnel 
Vehicles 
Guns with 
carriage 
Gasoline 
Oil 
Lubricants 
Rations 
0, 
WO, 
& 
Nur 
EM 
Toted 
Ship 
tons 
* 
No. 
Total weight 
in tons 
Ship 
tons 
* 
No. 
Gross 
tons 
Ship 
tons 
• 
Gals 
Ship 
tons 
♦ 
Gals 
Ship 
tons 
* 
Lbs 
Ship 
tons 
* 
Tons 
Ship 
tons 
♦ 
Empty 
Loaded 
Armd Div 
17 
17-1 
17-2 
17-10 
17-35 
5- 
7- 
6- 
8- 
10- 
11- 
9- 
619 
30 
9 
314 
37 
28 
88 
39 
25 
22 
6 
21 
12,078 
78 
208 
5,937 
753 
729 
2,126 
827 
333 
438 
243 
406 
12,697 
108 
217 
6,251 
790 
757 
2,214 
866 
358 
460 
249 
427 
47,614 
405 
1,114 
23,441 
2,963 
2,839 
8,303 
3,248 
1,343 
1,725 
934 
1,601 
3,384 
13,179 
16,067 
67,747 
74 
122 
590 
48,750 
487.5 
3250 
36.6 
1625 
2. 
39.4 
.33 
.92 
19.4 
2.4 
2.3 
6.9 
2.7 
1.1 
1.4 
.77 
1.3 
98.4 
.84 
2.3 
48.4 
6.1 
5.9 
17.2 
6.7 
2.8 
3.6 
1.9 
3.3 
Hq Co* 
Armd Brig 
Ren Bn 
Engr Bn 
Inf Regt Armd 
FA Bn 
Med Bn 
QM Bn 
Sig Co 
Ord Bn Armd 
102 
1,719 
195 
250 
371 
214 
98 
187 
74 
174 
194 
8,012 
562 
1,249 
1,134 
520 
218 
461 
140 
689 
268 
9,219 
639 
1,843 
1,322 
656 
315 
777 
201 
834 
1,578 
34,692 
2,906 
6,628 
6,462 
3,669 
1,908 
4,151 
1,194 
4,518 
32 
16 
26 
71 
3 
48 
317 
29 
244 
1,515 
25,605 
2,925 
2,070 
3.710 
1,980 
950 
1,310 
740 
1.710 
15.15 
256.05 
29.25 
20.7 
37.1 
19.8 
9.5 
13.1 
7.4 
17.1 
101 
1707 
195 
51.7 
92.75 
49.5 
23.8 
32.7 
18.5 
42.8 
1.1 
19.28 
2.2 
.6 
1. 
.56 
.27 
.36 
.21 
.48 
50.5 
53.5 
97.5 
103.5 
185.5 
99. 
47.5 
65.5 
37. 
85.5 
.06 
1.1 
.12 
.13 
.23 
.12 
.06 
.08 
.05 
.11 
■ 122. Shipping and Maintenance Requirements—Armored Division. 
*Ship tons = 40 cu. ft. 
193 SUPPLY 
■ 123. Gasoline Requirements, Armored Division for Company or 
Larger Unit. 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
9 
10 
Unit vehicles and vehicle 
tank capacity in gallons 
1 
Unit 
Tank (L) (60) 
®3 
S' 
•Je 
K 
O 
Car, scout (36) 
Car, half-track 
(GO) 
Carrier, 
personnel (60) 
Carrier, HI-mm 
mortar (60) 
S' 
* 
t 
1 
.o 
3 
-o 
6 
Car, light, 6-Pass 
sedan *(17) 
2 
i 
■3 © 
2 
DHQ & Hq Co 
12 
8 
33 
3 
3 
81 
4 
15 
8 
51 
5 
Armd Brig 
Armd Regt (L) 
13 
3 
4 
6 
Bn Hq ' ~ 
3 
1 
4 
7 
Total, Armd Bn (L) (3 Bns) ® 
42 
10 
16 
8 
9 
18 
17 
MG Co ® 
18 
8 
10 
Serv Co .... 
1 
1 
1 
10 
11 
3 
12 
Ki Trk Sec ® 
13 
Hq. HqCo&Band ®@ 
3 
1 
6 
6 
15 
14 
Total, Regt (L) 
129 
2 
73 
6 
3 
1 
98 
15 
Armd Regt (M) 
17 
6 
3 
16 
Bn Hq * ! 
2 
3 
4 
17 
Total, Armd Bn (M) (2 Bns) ® 
53 
21 
13 
18 
Serv Co 
i 
1 
1 
10 
19 
C Trk Sec ®® 
2 
20 
Ki Trk Sec ® 
21 
Hq & Hq Co ®® 
2 
i 
5 
13 
22 
Total, Regt (M) 
108 
2 
48 
2 
. 1 
49 
23 
FA Regt, Armd (106-mm How) 
Btry (4 Btrys) (J) 
20 
3 
24 
Am Tn ® 
2 
25 
Serv Btry 
1 
4 
1 
3 
26 
C Trk Sec ®® 
2 
27 
Ki Trk Sec ® 
28 
Hq & Hq Btry ®® 
3 
18 
10 
29 
Total, FA Regt, Armd 
6 
102 
2 
1 
25 
30 
Hq & Hq Co, Brig.. 
2 
7 
2 
14 
31 
Total, Armd Brio @ 
260 
108 
19 
"296 
12 
10 
6 
284 
32 
Inf Regt 
R Co (3 Cos) ® 
5 
14 
3 
33 
Hv W Co ® 
15 
4 
4 
34 
Bn Hq & Hq Det 
2 
2 
4 
35 
Total, Inf Bn (2 Bns) ® 
32 
44 
4 
17 
36 
AT Co ® 
17 
4 
37 
Serv Co 
1 
2 
7 
38 
C Trk Sec ®® 
39 
Ki Trk Sec ® 
40 
Hq, Hq Co & Band ®® 
2 
11 
5 
1 
10 
41 
Total, Inf Regt 
■ ■ 
3 
94 
93 
8 
1 
56 
194 SUPPLY 
Gasoline Requirements, Armored Division for Company or 
Larger Unit. (Continued): 
1 
11 | 12 | IS \ U \ 15 \ 16 \ 17 \ 18 || 19 | 20 | 21 ) 22 || 28 J 21* | 25 
Gallons of gasoline per mile 
per unit echelon @ 
©«5 
■2 * 
x c 
•r O 
IS s 
£ 8 
§5*. 
* 
>x 
if o 
g £* 
£ g 
iS 
■*J* * 
if o 
2 | 
to g 
S' 
O 
V. 
pS 
$ 
S 
gw 
O 
d 
£ I 
o' 
xf. 
5"S 
e* 
£| 
§ 
"§ 
K 
■* > 
k. a* 
£ 
W 
O * 
05 
■«“:§ 
S ”~* 
e 
J* * 
--r-S 
3-8 
0 *1 
to g 
q IS 
’sS§ 
!-« 
0 g 
Is 
.*£ 
g 
to g 
■S 
e ? 
m C 
•S Us 
to § 
s 
s 
1 
5 
0 
Ex 
g 
•<- S* 
0 to k 
§ 
§> 
c K 
"S JS s 
■§ S V. 
£| S. 
■Jo 
H ® 
5 § J 
O O 
Ex g e 
2 
3 
22 
24 
21 
17 
5 
10 
101 
74 
3.6 
5.7 
® 7.1 
® 2.4 
® .6 
® .4 
11.3 
8.5 
2,125 
1,623 
1.694.9 
1.275.9 
2 
4 
46 
38 
2 
15 
175 
9.2 
9.6 
1.0 
19.8 
3,747 
2,970.8 
5 
6 
7 
1 
1 
2 
1 
24 
9 
10.5 
2.6 
10.5 
2.6 
932 
236 
1,572.1 
383.6 
3 
3 
7 
81 
34.0 
34.0 
3,032 
5,100.0 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
1 
1 
17 
4 
1 
1 
(§) 65 
18 
15 
2 
” 
11 
3 
9 
48 
31 
106 
28 
15 
43 
5.6 
4.8 
5.6 
4.8 
17.0 
4.9 
3.0 
6.7 
1,330 
1,208 
3,404 
970 
600 
1,193 
834.5 
713.7 
2,554.2 
727.5 
450.0 
1,007.0 
2 
9.3 
4.9 
3.0 
® 7.8 
3 
3 
7 
6.7 
35 
3 
111 
2 
51 
514 
119.1 
17.1 
7.8 
143.9 
17,801 
21,590.9 
15 
16 
17 
1 
1 
2 
1 
30 
10 
17.3 
2.7 
I 
17.3 
2.7 
2,770 
478 
2,595.0 
403.1 
3 
3 
7 
100 
54.7 
54.7 
8,789 
8,207.9 
18 
19 
20 
21 
13 
3 
' 
® 97 
11 
7 
2 
3 
9 
135 
18 
7 
29 
10.0 
3.1 
1.4 
®13.2 
23.2 
3.1 
1.4 
4.6 
4,649 
615 
280 
844 
3,478.2 
461.3 
210.0 
683.0 
2 
3 
3 
4.6 
22 
25 
2 
123 
3 
26 
389 
114.0 
14.5 
13.2 
141.7 
23,965 
21,248.1 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
1 
1 
5 
3 
3 
7 
4 
27 
44 
38 
15 
7 
35 
4.8 
4.8 
7.7 
5.9 
2.5 
1.4 
5.2 
1,269 
1,532 
1,297 
495 
280 
1,281 
722.0 
1,150.7 
892.4 
371.3 
210.0 
784.8 
34 
19 
8 
7 
7.7 
3.9 
2.5 
1.4 
1 
® 2.0 
2 
1 
3 
5.2 
14 
2 
68 
1 
26 
247 
24.5 
15.6 
2.0 
42.0 
9,962 
6,306.9 
30 
5 
7 
6 
43 
4.6 
“78 
® -4 
5.8 
903 
876.2 
51 
114 
10 
420 
8 
160 
1,707 
381.4 
65.1 
31.2 
477.7 
70,430 
71,613.0 
32 
33 
34 
1 
1 
1 
1 
4 
24 
26 
12 
4.6 
4.7 
1.3 
4.6 
4.7 
1.3 
1,202 
1,231 
299 
682.5 
706.8 
189.6 
1 
35 
1 
4 
8 
110 
19.6 
19.6 
5,137 
2,943.9 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
1 
6 
10 
1 
20 
12 
16 
1 
1 
11 
24 
49 
24 
16 
38 
4.3 
4.3 
6.9 
3.9 
3.2 
5.0 
1,111 
1,372 
780 
640 
1,213 
640.8 
1,034.7 
585.0 
480.0 
753.6 
2 
5.1 
3.9 
3.2 
® 1.8 
2 
8 
5.0 
19 
2 
58 
2 
36 
371 
48.6 
12.2 
1.8 
62.5 
15,389 
9,301.9 
195 SUPPLY 
Gasoline Requirements, Armored Division for Company or 
Larger Unit. (Continued): 
1 
* 
s 
4 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
Unit vehicles and vehicle 
tank capacity in gallons 
1 
Unit 
Tank (L) (50) 
Tank (M) (136) 
Car, scout (35) 
Car, half-track 
(60) 
Carrier, 
personnel (60) 
Carrier, 81-mm 
mortar (60) 
5* 
S- 
* 
8 
e 
-2 
i; 
6 
Car, light, 5-Pass 
sedan *(17) 
Q 
QZ 
1 
42 
FA Bn 
Btry (105-mm How) (3 Btrys) (D 
17 
3 
43 
AT Btry ® .. 
19 
5 
44 
Serv and Am Btry 
5 
1 
3 
45 
C Trk Co (j)® 
i 
46 
Ki Trk Sec ~(i) 
47 
Hq & Hq Btry (5) 
3 
14 
10 
48 
Total, FA Bn. 
3 
89 
i 
1 
27 
49 
Engr Bn (combat) 
Engr Co (3 Cos) ®@@ 
® 3 
11 
2 
50 
Bdg Co 
4 
51 
3 
3 
5 
1 
4 
52 
C Sec ®® 
i 
53 
Ki Trk Sec ®T 
54 
Total, Engr Bn 
3 
@12 
38 
i 
1 
14 
55 
Ren Bn 
22 
19 
56 
R Co ® 
5 
14 
3 
57 
A rind Co (L) @ 
13 
3 
4 
58 
Hq & Hq Det 
4 
1 
1 
6 
59 
C Trk Sec ®® 
3 
60 
Ki Trk Sec ® 
61 
Total, Ren Bn 
13 
48 
9 
14 
3 
1 
51 
62 
Ord Bn, Maint 
Maint Co (2 Cos) @ 
2 
5 
63 
2 
2 
2 
64 
Total, Ord Bn, Maint 
6 
2 
12 
65 
Med Bn 
Coll Co 
30 
14 
66 
Clr Co.. 
4 
67 
Hq & Hq Det 
1 
2 
68 
Total, Med Bn. 
30 
1 
20 
69 
QM Bn 
Trk Co 
70 
L Maint Co 
71 
Hq & Hq Co @ 
1 
6 
72 
Total, QM Bn 
1 
6 
73 
Total, Armd Div 
273 
108 
97 
500 
145 
20 
45 
22 
502 
196 SUPPLY 
Gasoline Requirements, Armored Division for Company or 
Larger Unit. (Continued): 
n 
It 
1 IS 
U 
16 
16 
17 
1 18 ll 19 
to 
tl 
tt 
II ts 
1 Si 
I ts 
Gallons of gasoline per mile 
per unit echelon @ 
Truck, %-ton W 
command *(S5) 
1? 
"1 §> 
£ 8 
i§ 
i * 
o 
g e* 
8 
% 
r 
-V 
-g j 
11 
Truck, 10-ton 
wrecker (65) 
S 
2j 
§=3 
Os Oj 
£*| 
Truck, radio 
repair *(30) 
sf 
Q * 
Total, unit 
vehicles 
Combat 
vehicles 
Unit train 
vehicles 
j Div train 
vehicles 
Total per unit 
Total gasoline 
tank capacity 
per unit (refill) 
Total gallons to 
move unit 150 
miles 
42 
1 
3 
24 
4.2 
4.2 
1,089 
1,261 
623.0 
43 
1 
7 
32 
4.9 
4.9 
735.5 
44 
3 
29 
1 
5 
47 
6.4 
® 1.6 
8.0 
1,683 
1,200.5 
45 
2 
6 
9 
1.6 
1.6 
315 
236.3 
46 
6 
6 
1.2 
1.2 
240 
180.0 
47 
1 
• 
4 
32 
4.4 
4.4 
1,052 
661.7 
48 
10 
41 
1 
25 
198 
21.8 
9.2 
1.6 
32.6 
7,818 
4,882.7 
49 
4 
® 2 
1 
23 
4.1 
4.1 
1,039 
614.0 
50 
7 
® 15 
@42 
® 4 
4 
76 
13.6 
13.6 
3,614 
1,392 
2,033.9 
966.8 
51 
7 
® 16 
38 
5.2 
® 1.2 
6.4 
52 
2 
1 
13 
17 
3.1 
3.1 
620 
466.0 
53 
4 
4 
.8 
.8 
160 
120.0 
)o4 
28 
1 
© 53 
@42 
@ 4 
7 
204 
17.5 
3.9 
14.8 
36.2 
@ 9,148 
5,527.6 
f 
55 
1 
1 
11 
54 
6.6 
6.6 
1,027 
1,202 
932 
977.6 
56 
1 
1 
24 
4.6 
4.6 
682.5 
57 
1 
1 
2 
24 
10.5 
10.5 
1,572.2 
58 
1 
9 
1 
23 
1.7 
® 1-6 
3.3 
636 
493.2 
59 
1 
5 
9 
1.5 
1.5 
300 
225.0 
60 
7 
7 
1.4 
1.4 
280 
210.0 
61 
5 
25 
26 
195 
29.8 
2.9 
1.6 
34.3 
5,404 
5,138.0 
62 
15 
@ 26 
4 
2 
54 
8.8 
8.8 
1,786 
1,322.7 
63 
6 
1 
(§) 44 
1 
3 
2 
63 
@10.7 
® .6 
11.3 
2,254 
1,687.7 
64 
36 
1 
@ 96 
9 
3 
6 
171 
28.3 
.6 
28.9 
5,825 
4,333.1 
65 
5 
4 
53 
5.7 
5.7 
1,088 
860 
854.0 
66 
5 
18 
27 
4.4 
4.4 
656.0 
67 
4 
5 
3 
15 
1.8 
1.8 
358 
272.0 
68 
14 
27 
3 
95 
11.9 
11.9 
2,305 
1,781.9 
4 
52 
3 
59 
11.1 
11.1 
2,213 
1,354 
1,661.6 
70 
6 
23 
4 
4 
37 
6.8 
6.8 
i;017.9 
653.1 
71 
10 
1 
12 
5 
35 
4.4 
4.4 
850 
72 
20 
1 
87 
4 
12 
131 
22.3 
22.3 
4,417 
3,332.6 
73 
292 
15 
845 
48 
22 
3 
2 
290 
3,247 
508.5 
131.2 
86.7 
726.4 
124,483 
@ 
108,961.5 
332.33 
tons 
197 SUPPLY 
GASOLINE REQUIREMENTS, ARMORED DIVISION ® 
FOR COMPANY OR LARGER UNIT 
* Tank capacities of 1941 models. 
® Includes Trks; H-ton, pick-up; Rad; %-ton, w/carrier; panel delivery; and 
emergency repair. 
S Includes Sp Engr vehicles. 
The assembled C and Ki Trks of Cos (Btrys) normally march with the Sup (T) element of Serv 
(Hq) Cos (Btrys). 
I Includes Co (Btry) C Trks, Atchd Med vehicles, and other Sp equipped Trks as shown on T/O’s. 
Less C and Ki Trks. (See note ®). 
Less Ki Trk. (See note ®.) 
Less band Trks. (See note ®.) 
Includes one Trk, J<£-ton, Ln, and seven Mtcls. 
Trks for second days’ Sup of gasoline and/or Am. 
Includes one pick-up, nine C Trks, two Ki Trks, and two tricycles. 
Less W Sup equipment Trk. (See note ®.) 
Less gasoline and oil truck. (See note ®.) 
Based on T/O’s dated November 15, 1940. 
Less 600 gallon gasoline and oil Trks. 
Includes Trks, 4-ton, cargo. 
Mtcls and tricycles march with C vehicles unless otherwise noted. 
Includes two Armd Regts (L), one Armd Regt (M), and one FA Regt (105-mm How). 
Includes Atchd Med vehicles. 
Oil and grease consumption is eight per cent of gasoline consumption. 
Includes Trks, 4-ton, Trac. 
Includes Trks, crane. 
Gasoline tank capacity in gallons. 
Includes Sp Ord vehicles. 
@) If replaced by tricycles, gasoline consumption will be changed accordingly. 
@ Addition of 246 gallons for one day’s supply of Sp Engr equipment. 
@ T/BA provides one truck, office, not shown on this table. 
■ 124. Data Required in Resupply of Armored Units. 
Periodic Vehicle Report a 
for 
TANK (LIGHT) MEDIUM) (HEAVY) 
Items Carried 
Prescribed Load 
Per TIB A c 
Amount on 
Hand 
Amount Required 
to Refill 
Gasoline 
Oil 
Grease 
Am. Caliber 
.30 
.45 
.50 
37-mm 
75-mm 
105-mm 
Other authorized items 
NOTES 
a Suggested form to be used by unit commanders as a basis for the consolidated 
report. 
b Similar form can be used for other organic vehicles. 
c Prescribed load should be entered by the unit commander for each type of ve- 
hicle in his unit. 
198 SUPPLY 
■ 125. Consolidated Reports on Status of Supply.—Periodic vehicle 
reports are consolidated by the unit commanders. The consolidated reports 
show the totals of Class III and Class V supplies on hand and the amount 
of each required to complete the load of the vehicles of the unit. 
The final consolidation of expenditure reports shows the total amount 
of supplies on hand and the total amount required to reestablish the pre- 
scribed loads of the force. 
■ 126. Prescribed Load 
(T/BA No. 17, 29 Nov. ’40 & T/BA No. 10, 1 Nov. ’40) 
QUARTERMASTER BATTALION 
ARMORED DIVISION 
a. Cargo Capacity (160 ton) 
Trucks, 2 ty-ton 
48 
Trailer, 1 -ton 
40 
b. Items of prescribed load.—None* 
c. Total prescribed load.—None 
d. Vehicles without prescribed load 
48 
40 
Total vehicles 
48 
40 
*As directed by the division commander. 
■ 127. Unit of Fire, Expressed in Rounds, Armored Force Units ® 
1 Weapon or vehicle 
Calibers 
.30® 
• 45® 
.60® 
37-mm 
60-mm 
75-mm 
81-mm 
105-mm 
10.5 
3 Rifle, M-l 
160 
500 
500 
2,000 
5 Machine gun (5) 
6 Inf Weap Plat, MG 
7 Sub-MG 
150 
85 
250 
500 
275 
275 
276 
275 
8 Tank (L) 
4,135 
4.000 
4.000 
©4,000 
2.000 
2,000 
©51.5 
©75 
9 Tank (M), M-3 
©25 
375 
375 
12 Carrier, personnel... 
375 
@126 
200 
Ifi 37-mm AT(T> 
150 
17 Grenade©— Shown in paragraph 128 ® 
150 
225 
(AFB April, 1941] 
0 6,000 for MG Plats, Inf Regt and Annd Regt (L). 2,000 in AT Plat, Inf Regt. 
® Based on T/BA dated November 1940. 
0 Train defense weapon. 
® Machine-gun ammunition, caliber .30 and .60,— 75% AP and 25% tracer. 
0 75% Ball and 25% Tracer. 
0 90% AP and 10% HE. 
0 80% AP and 20% HE. 
0 64% HE, 30% AP and 6% Cannister. 
0 70% HE and 30% AP. 
® 80% M-57 and 20% M-46. 
199 SUPPLY 
■ 128. Prescribed Allowance of Grenades, Carried on Vehicle. 
(Data to be supplied later.) 
200 SUPPLY 
■ 129, Battery, Regiment, 105-mm Howitzer, Armored Div (T/O 6- 
127) (Average packed weight, all types, per round = 50 lbs.) 
MAXIMUM LOADS ADDITIONAL TO NORMAL PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT. 
No. in 
Rounds carried on 
Total rounds 
Type vehicle and normal assignment 
Battery 
each vehicle 
carried 
Cars, half track, prime mover 
6 
30 
180 
Cars, half track, other than prime 
mover 
6 
15 
90 
Cars, half track, 1st Sergeant 
1 
30 
30 
Cars, half track, ammunition 
3 
60 
180 
Trailers, ammunition 
3 
39 
117 
Total No. of rounds normally carried in battery 
597 
Total No. of rounds carried in 4 batteries 
2388 
■ 130. Field Artillery Train, Ammunition, Truck-Drawn, Regi- 
ment, 105-mm Howitzer, Armored Division (T/O 6-129). 
Type vehicle 
No. for 
Max. No. of rds. carried 
Total No. of rds carried 
105-mm AM 
Good roads 
Bad roads 
cross-country 
Good roads 
Bad roads 
cross-country 
2%-ton, truck, 
cargo, combat 
28 
90 
No Change 
2520 
No Change 
Total No. of rounds in Regiment: 
4930 
■ 131. Battery, Battalion, 105-mm Howitzer, Armored Division (T/O 
6-167) Maximum Loads Additional to Normal Personnel and Equip- 
ment. 
Type vehicle and normal assignment 
No in 
Rounds carried on 
Total rounds 
battery 
each vehicle 
carried 
Car, half track, prime mover 
4 
30 
120 
Car, half track* exec. 
1 
30 
30 
Car, half track, ammunition 
4 
30 
120 
Trailer, ammunition 
4 
39 
156 
Total No. of rounds normally carried in battery 
426 
Total No. of rounds carried in 3 batteries 
1278 
♦This car is shown by T/O assigned to 1st Section 
■ 132. Battery, 75-mm Gun, Antitank, Armored Division (T/O 6-168) 
Maximum Loads Additional to Normal Personnel and Equipment. 
Type vehicle and normal assignment 
No. in 
battery 
Rounds carried on 
each vehicle 
Total rounds 
Car, half track, prime movers 
Car, half track, other than prime 
8 
48 
384 
movers 
4 
48 
192 
Car, half track, ammunition 
4 
48 
192 
Trailer, ammunition 
4 
87 
348 
Total No. of rounds normally carried in Battery 
1116 
201 SUPPLY 
■ 133. Service Battery, Battalion, 105-mm Howitzer, Armored Divi- 
sion (T/O 6-169). 
Type vehicle 
No. for 
Max. No. of rds carried 
Total No. of rds. carried 
105-mm 
Good roads 
Bad roads 
cross-country 
Good roads 
Bad roads 
cross-country 
2%-ton truck 
12 trucks in 
train 
12 
81 
No Change 
972 
No Change 
Total No. of rounds in battalion 
2262 
Section VI 
CAVALRY DIVISION (HORSE) 
■ 134. Methods op Supply.—The methods of supply used by the cavalry 
division are based upon the characteristics and missions of cavalry which 
require the division to operate over broad fronts at a considerable distance 
from a railhead, and which require great mobility. The following methods 
or combinations of methods are used: 
a. When army supply points are within normal operating radius of 
regimental trains.—By drawing supplies from army supply points using 
regimental and separate unit transportation, see paragraph 102. 
b. When army supply points are beyond normal operating radius of 
regimental trains.—Three methods are available in this case. They are: 
(1) Supply of regiments and separate units by the division services 
employing transportation under division control. This method (unit dis- 
tribution) is similar to that described in a, except as to the transportation 
used and should be used only when army supply points are sufficiently 
close to permit it. An alternate method is to use the division transporta- 
tion to establish truck heads for the service of the regiments and separate 
units. 
(2) Establishment of advanced supply points (all classes of supply) by 
army, then supply by either of the methods described in (1) above. 
(3) Attachment by the army of sufficient cargo transportation to 
insure supply in special operations, the duration of which will be several 
days, in order to make the division self sustaining for that period of time. 
c. Special Methods.—In special cases supply may be effected by air 
transport, either from landing fields in possession of the unit, or by drop- 
ping in a marked area. 
202 SUPPLY 
■ 135. Basic Doctrine.—Any method of effecting supply of the cavalry 
division should recognize the following basic doctrine. 
a. Supplies must be placed within reach of unit trains. 
b. Supplies must be kept mobile. 
c. The transportation available to separate regiments and units of 
the cavalry division will provide one day’s supply only. All units must be 
supplied daily. 
d. Supply, especially of Class III and V, must be adequate. 
e. The method of supply adopted must be flexible to meet unexpected 
situations. 
203 SUPPLY 
1 
2 
3 
k 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
n 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
2k 
25 
Unit 
TjO 
Organization eq 
uipment 
Maintenance items (1 day) 
Vehicles 
Guns with carriage 
Gasoline 
Oil 
Lubricants 
Ratiom 
Forage 
Off, 
WO, 
& 
Nur 
EM 
Total 
Ship 
tons 
* 
No 
Ship 
tons 
♦ 
No 
Total weight 
in tom 
Ship 
tom 
* 
No 
Gross 
tom 
Ship 
tom 
* 
Gals 
Ship 
tom 
* 
Gals 
Ship 
tom 
* 
Lbs 
Ship 
tons 
« 
Tons 
Ship 
tom 
* 
Tons 
Ship 
tom 
• 
Empty 
Load’d 
Cav Div 
Hq 
2 
2-1 
2-2 
2-10 
6-110 
2-2.5 
5-115 
8- 
10- 
2-37 
11- 
9- 
552 
22 
5 
156 
156 
99 
33 
16 
28 
23 
4 
6 
6 
11,122 
62 
117 
3.257 
3.257 
1,971 
657 
451 
336 
545 
152 
177 
140 
11,676 
84 
122 
3.413 
3.413 
2,070 
690 
467 
364 
568 
156 
183 
146 
43,785 
315 
690 
12.799 
12.799 
7,763 
2,588 
1,751 
1,385 
2,130 
585 
686 
548 
7,994 
39,970 
1555 
3,732 
5,558 
29,462 
196 
133 
1,023 
13,180 
131.8 
329.5 
3.7 
659. 
.82 
36.2 
.26 
.37 
10.6 
10.6 
6.4 
2.1 
1.4 
1.1 
1.8 
.48 
.56 
.45 
90.5 
.65 
.9 
26.5 
26.5 
16. 
5.3 
3.6 
2.8 
4.4 
1.2 
1.4 
1.1 
95.9 
240. 
Hq Tr 
Cav Brig 
Cav Brig 
Div Arty 
Ren Sq... 
Engr Sq. 
Med Sq.. 
QM Sq... 
AT Tr.... 
Sig Tr 
Ord Co... 
26 
3.225 
3.225 
1,194 
16 
308 
• 130 
16.125 
16.125 
5,970 
80 
1,540 
34 
202 
202 
298 
224 
97 
88 
278 
37 
57 
38 
83 
445 
445 
666 
460 
240 
220 
771 
93 
133 
141 
119 
605 
605 
1,084 
524 
352 
302 
1,464 
106 
191 
188 
786 
3.379 
3.379 
6,242 
2,418 
2,047 
1,871 
7,481 
549 
1,240 
1,011 
12 
12 
160 
12 
2 
2 
127 
2 
22 
22 
958 
22 
340 
2,020 
2,020 
2,150 
2,240 
770 
760 
1,680 
370 
470 
290 
3.4 
20.2 
20.2 
21.5 
22.4 
7.7 
7.6 
16.8 
3.7 
4.7 
2.9 
8.5 
50.5 
50.5 
53.7 
56. 
19.3 
19. 
42. 
9.25 
11.8 
7.3 
.1 
.57 
.57 
.6 
.63 
.22 
.21 
.47 
.1 
.13 
.08 
17. 
101. 
101. 
107.5 
112. 
38.5 
38. 
84. 
18.5 
23.5 
14.5 
.02 
.13 
.13 
.13 
.14 
.05 
.05 
.1 
.02 
.03 
.02 
.31 
38.7 
38.7 
14.3 
.19 
3.7 
.78 
96.8 
96 8. 
35.8 
.48 
9.25 
136. Shipping and Maintenance Requirements—Cavalry Division 
"‘Ship tons = 40 cu. ft. 
204 SUPPLY 
■ 137. Prescribed Loads Cavalry Regiment, Horse.—a. Class I Supply. 
—Rations, forage. 
Field ration 
Field ration 
Field ration 
Grain 
Fuel, oil. 
Carried by (or for) 
A or B 
C 
D 
© 
or wood 
Each troop for its own use 
1 © 
1 
1 © 
1 
Division (for entire division) 
on train of quartermaster squadron 
1 
1 © 
1 
1 
Total in Division 
2 
1 
1 
2 
2 
0 For all animals. 
® Part may be carried on individual and part on unit trains. 
@ Part of all of unconsumed portion may be carried on animals; a part may be carried on unit train. 
0 May be carried either in units or in quartermaster squadron at direction of division commander; 
within units, part may be carried on individuals and part or all on unit trains as directed by unit 
commanders. 
b. Class III Supply.—Motor fuel and lubricants. 
Unit 
Where carried 
Each vehicle (except Mtcl & Tricycle) 
1 day in fuel tank plus one 
10-gallon container 
1 day in fuel tank 
1 day in Div Tn for next 
day issue 
1 day in Div Tn 
Each Mtcl or Tricycle — three 10-gallon 
containers for resupply on Regtl Tn 
c. Class V Supply.—Ammunition in regiment. 
Type of ammunition 
Hq & Serv 
R Sq 
R Tr 
MG Tr 
Sp W Tr 
Regt 
Rifle, M-l, cal .30 
11,440 
5,768 
66,528 
13,216 
56,700 
21,648 
4,228 
18,900 
13,728 
4,452 
10,736 
3,967 
168,960 
41,608 
75,600 
13,500 
76.000 
42.000 
10,080 
7,350 
1,800 
8,700 
4,900 
288 
Pistol, cal .45 
LMG, cal .30 (pack) 
LMG, cal .30 (Tn Def) 
13,500 
MG, cal .30 (pack) 
75,000 
MG, cal .30 (Sct-c) 
42,000 
MG, cal .50 (HB) (pack) 
10,080 
MG, cal .50 (HB) (Sct-c) 
7,350 
1,800 
8,700 
4,900 
MG, cal .50 (HB) (Tn Def) 
Sub-MG, cal .45 (Mtcl) 
Sub-MG, cal .45 (Sct-c) 
Mortar, 81-nun 
288 
REGIMENTAL TOTALS — TYPES AND WEIGHTS OF COMPONENTS 
Kind 
Number of 
rounds 
Pounds 
Tons 
Caliber .30 
375,060 
55,028 
19,230 
288 
31,255 
15.628 
Caliber .45 
3,036 
4,866 
2,596 
1.518 
Caliber .50 
2.433 
81-mm 
1.298 
Total 
20.877 
205 SUPPLY 
■ 138. Prescribed Loads, Cavalry Regiment, Horse and Mechanized. 
—a. Class I Supply.—Ration and forage. 
Carried in 
Field ration 
A or B 
Field ration 
C 
Field ration 
D 
Grain 
Fuel, oil, 
or wood 
Regiment 
2 
1 
1 
2 
2 
b. Class III Supply.—Motor fuel and lubricants. 
Unit 
Where carried 
Re-placement 
Unit 
On vehicle 
Gas and Oil Section 
Mecz Sq & Trans Plat 
No. 
vehicles 
Gal 
gas 
Gal 
oil 
Mile 
Motorcycle and tricycle 
Full tank 
One 10-gallon container 
per 5 Mtcls or Tris 
177 
1,327 
88.5 
8.85 
Scout cars and all trucks 
Full tank plus one 
1 day supply in 10-gal- 
10-gallon container 
Ion containers 
147 
2,940 
196 
29.40 
Truck tractor with 
Full tank plus one 
1 day supply in 10- 
semi-trailer 
10-gallon container 
gallon containers 
77 
2,541 
170 
25.41 
Totals 
401 
6,808 
454.5 
43.66 
Gasoline Replacement Basis: 150 miles motorcycle at 20 miles per gallon 
100 miles scout-car & truck, at 5 miles per gallon 
100 miles truck tractor at 3 miles per gallon 
Oil replacement basis: 1 gallon oil to 15 gallons gasoline. 
Only actual expenditures are replaced. 
Unit mile; amount of gasoline to move all vehicles of regiment 1 mile. 
c. Class V Supply.—Ammunition in regiment. 
Type 
of . . 
ammunition 
Reg 
Uq 
& 
Band 
Hq 
Tr 
Hq 
1st 
Sq 
3 
R 
Trs 
Hq 
2d 
Sq 
2 
Ren 
Trs 
Mtcl 
Tr 
Serv 
Tr 
Regt 
total 
Pistol, cal .45 
Rifle, M-l, cal .30.... 
1,008 
4,928 
1,760 
11,900 
6,300 
3,750 
2,156 
2,992 
12,684 
64,944 
560 
9,240 
10,912 
28,000 
13,800 
4,500 
6,048 
13,024 
4,200 
22,200 
2,250 
6,216 
42,840 
93,632 
47,600 
52,500 
69,000 
56,700 
408,000 
4,940 
71,400 
20,250 
600 
Sub-MG, cal .45 (Sct-c) 
Sub-MG, cal .45 (Mtcl) 
LMG, cal .30 (TV Def) 
LMG, cal .30 (pack) 
56,700 
1,400 
900 
2,100 
9,300 
58,500 
MG, Hv. cal .30 (Sct-c) 
MG (HB), cal .50 (pack) 
102,000 
4,940 
12,000 
240,000 
36,000 
18,000 
MG (HB), cal .50 (Sct-c) 
MG (HB), cal .50 (Tr Def) 
AT, 37-mm 
17,850 
750 
600 
2,100 
42,000 
1,500 
6,300 
750 
3,150 
17,250 
206 SUPPLY 
REGIMENTAL TOTALS — TYPES AND WEIGHTS OF COMPONENT 
Kind 
Number of 
rounds 
Pounds 
Tons 
Caliber .45... 
142,500 
627,332 
96,590 
600 
7,837.5 
52,277.6 
33,484.9 
1,710.0 
3.969 
Caliber .30 
26.139 
Caliber .50 
16.742 
37-mm AT 
.855 
Total 
47.705 
d. Normal loads. Pack, horse squadron. 
Pack 
Loads 
Weight in pounds 
Kitchen Pack — Trs A, B & C 
Cooking outfit 
186 
Ration pack — Trs A, B & C 
1/6 ration in ration box 
234 (approx) 
203 
Ammunition Pack (LMG) 
1,800 rounds cal .30 ammunition 
Am pack, cal .50 Plat, 1st Sq Hq 
400 rounds cal .50 ammunition 
196 
Gun, pack, LMG 
Gun & Tripod — 1,050 rounds cal .30 Am.. 
194 
Gun, pack, cal .50 Plat, 1st Sq Hq 
Gun & Tripod — 40 rounds cal .50 Am 
216 
Radio, pack (Com Sec, 1st Sq Hq) 
Radio Set SCR-203 
214 
■ 139. Prescribed Load (T/BA No. 2,1 Nov. ’40 & T/BA No. 10,1 Nov. 
’40) Quartermaster Squadron 
Cavalry Division (Horse) 
Vehicles 
U-ton 
2Y2-ton 2y2-ton 
1-ton 
Semi- 
Stock 
Cargo 
Cargo 
trailers 
Rack 
Gasoline 
Trailer 
a. Cargo Capacity (352-tons) 
48 
48 
10 
50 
b. Items of prescribed load.— 
(1) Rations (35-ton) (1) 
12 
5 
(2) Grain (40-ton) 
10(1) 
(3) Gasoline (8000 gals) (2) 
10 
10 
(4) Water (4000 gals) 
5(1) 
5 
(5) Small arms ammunition 
(104-ton) 
30 
29 
c. Total prescribed load (196.5- 
tons) 
10 
47 
10 
49 
d. Vehicles without prescribed 
loads 
38 
1 
1 
e. Total vehicles 
48 
48 
10 
50 
(1) These items not prescribed by table of basic allowances. 
(2) Organic gasoline supply vehicles consisting of 10 trucks and 10 trailers not 
included in total cargo capacity. 
(3) If field ration C is also carried, additional trucks and trailers will be utilized. 
NOTES 
207 SUPPLY 
■ 140. Prescribed Ammunition Loads, Organic Artillery, Cavalry 
Division.—a. Consolidated table. 
Unit 
Units 
of 
Fire 
Bounds 
;per 
Piece 
Bounds 
per 
Battery 
Total 
Bounds 
Battery (horde) 
75-MM FIELD HOWITZER 
.4 
.5 
As prescri 
133 
151 
bed by the 
532 
606 
division co 
532 
1,818 
mmander 
Service Battery 
Quartermaster Squadron.. 
Total, Two Battalions 
1 
284 
1,138 
6,828 
Battery, truck-drawn 
Service Battery 
105-MM HOWITZER 
.4 
.6 
As prescri 
100 
140 
bed by the 
400 
560 
division co 
400 
1,680 
mmander 
Quartermaster Squadron 
Total, Battalion 
1.0 
240 
960 
2;880 
b. Battery 75-mm field howitzer (horse) (Cav Div) : 
MAXIMUM LOADS ADDITIONAL TO PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT 
(average packed weight of all types, per round, 23 pounds) 
Type vehicle and normal assignment 
Number 
in 
battery 
Rounds 
carried on 
each 
vehicle 
Total 
rounds 
carried 
Caissons 
6 
52 
312 
Limbers 
10 
22 
220 
Total number of rounds normally carried in battery 
532 
c. Service battery, 75-mm gun, horse-drawn or 75-mm field howitzer 
(horse). 
Type vehicle 
Number 
in 
battery 
Maximum number of 
rounds carried 
Total number of 
rounds carried 
Good 
roads 
Bad roads 
cross- 
country 
Good 
roads 
Bad roads 
cross- 
country 
truck 
1-ton trailer 
6 
6 
216 
87 
129 
87 
1,296 
622 
774 
522 
Total number of rounds 
normally carried in battery 
1,818 
1,296 
208 SUPPLY 
Section VII 
ARMY CORPS 
■ 141. Methods op Supply.—The divsions of a corps are supplied direct 
from army supply points as described in Section II of this chapter. Corps 
troops are supplied by the same methods as those prescribed for the supply 
of a division. The corps commander and his staff perform the same func- 
tions in the supply of corps troops that a division commander and his staff 
perform in the supply of a division. 
■ 142. Trains of the Corps.—The trains of the corps carry no reserve 
supplies for its divisions and have no prescribed load therefor. The 
corps commander prescribes loads for his trains by item and amount as 
required. 
■ 143. Prescribed Ammunition Loads, Organic Corps Artillery Bri- 
gade. 
Types/ 
156-mm Howitzer 
156-mm Oun 
Unit 
Units 
of 
fire 
Rounds 
per 
piece 
Rounds 
per 
battery 
Total 
rounds 
Units 
of 
fire 
Rounds 
per 
piece 
Rounds 
per 
battery 
Total 
rounds 
Battery 
A 
60 
240 
240 
.5 
50 
199 
199 
Service battery.. 
A 
66 
264 
792 
.5 
50 
196 
588 
Total in brigade... 
.8 
126 
504 
6,048 
1 
105 
395 
2,370 
209 SUPPLY 
Unit 
of 
fire 
® 
Number of rounds 
Unit 
of 
fire 
® 
Number of rounds 
Unit 
Per 
piece 
Per 
Btry 
Total 
Vehicles used ® 
Per 
piece 
Per 
Btry 
Total 
Vehicles used ® 
GUN BATTALION ® 
3-inch antiaircraft guns ® 
Caliber .50 antiaircraft machine guns ® 
Btry 
9/10 
272 
1,088 
1,088 
8 trucks, 120 rounds each 
4 trucks (prime movers), 32 rounds each 
5/6 
3,000 
12,000 
12,000 
2 trucks, 6,000 rounds each 
Bn Am Tn 
1/10 
28 
112 
336 
3 trucks, 112 rounds each 
1/6 
600 
2,400 
7,200 
1 truck, 7,200 rounds 
Total 
1 
300 
1,200 
3,600 
24 trucks, 120 rounds each 
12 trucks (prime movers), 32 rounds each 
3 trucks, 112 rounds each 
1 
3,600 
14,400 
43,200 
1 truck, 7,200 rounds 
6 trucks, 6,000 rounds each 
AUTOMATIC WEAPONS BATTALION ® 
SI-mm antiaircraft guns 
Caliber .50 antiaircraft machine guns 
Btry 
Yl 
900 
7,200 
7,200 
8 trucks, 900 rounds each 
lA 
3,600 
43,200 
43,200 
12 trucks, 3,600 rounds each 
Total 
Vl 
900 
7,200 
21,600 
24 trucks, 900 rounds each 
Vi 
3,600 
43,200 
43,200 
12 trucks, 3,600 rounds each 
SEPARATE BATTALION 37-MM GUNS (ATTACHED) ® 
Btry 
A 
900 
7,200 
7,200 
8 trucks, 900 rounds each 
Total 
V2 
900 
7,200 
28,800 
32 trucks, 900 rounds each 
® Based on T/O published November 1, 1940. 
@ Three gun batteries of four 3-inch AA guns each. Each battery is also provided with four caliber .50 AA machine guns for its own protection. 
® Three 37-mm AA gun batteries of eight guns (four platoons) each and one MG battery of twelve caliber .50 A A machine guns (three platoons). 
® Unit of fire per piece: 3-inch A A gun, 300 rounds; 37-mm AA gun, 1,800 rounds; caliber .50 AA machine gun, per machine gun in gun batteries; 
3,600 rounds; and, per machine gun in the machine-gun battery: 7,200 rounds. 
® All ammunition-carrying trucks (except prime movers and machinergun battery vehicles) are 2^-ton. 
® Pending publication of Tables of Organization and Tables of Allowances for 90-mm A A guns, prescribed loads for these guns may be taken tentatively 
as four-fifths of 3-inch AA gun loads; caliber .50 AA machine-gun loads may be taken to be the same as for the 3-inch gun battalion. 
® Four 37-mm gun batteries of 8 guns (4 platoons) each. 
■ 144. Prescribed Ammunition Loads, Organic Corps Antiaircraft Artillery (Regiment with 37-mm gun 
battalion, attached). Q 
® 
I 
NOTES 
210 SUPPLY 
145-146-147 
■ 145. Corps Quartermaster Service. 
a. Cargo transportation. 
2 Cos Truck—214-ton trucks & 1-ton trailers. 
Trucks per company available for cargo—48 
Trailers per company available for cargo—40 
Total trucks==96 
Total trailers=80 
Total truck tonnage=240 
Total trailer tonnage—80 
Total combined tonnage 320 
b. Labor. 
1 Service Company (Administrative personnel excluded) 
Unit 
Number of men 
Capacity in 
tons per 2U hours 
Squad 
10 
Section 
40 
200 
Platoon 
80 
400 
Company 
160 
800 
c. Gasoline Supply Company. 
Capacity—15,700 gallons gasoline 
— 300 gallons oil. 
(All in 5 or 10 gallon containers) 
d. Quartermaster Company, light maintenance, has no general cargo 
transportation. 
Section VIII 
ARMY 
■ 146. Methods of Supply.—Army troops are supplied by the same 
methods as those prescribed for corps troops. (See Section VII, Chapter 3.) 
■ 147. Army Trains.—Army trains carry no reserve supplies for lower 
units. Normal loads are prescribed for army trains by the army command- 
er whenever required. 
211  
Unit 
of 
fire 
© 
Number of rounds 
Unit 
of 
fire 
© 
Number of rounds 
Unit 
Per 
piece 
Per 
Btry 
Total 
Vehicles used (t) 
Per 
piece 
Per 
Btry 
Total 
Vehicles used 
3-ineh antiaircraft guns (?) 
Caliber .50 antiaircraft machine guns ($) 
Btry 
9/10 
272 
1,088 
1,088 
8 trucks, 120 rounds each 
4 trucks (prime movers), 32 rounds each 
5/6 
3,000 
12,000 
12,000 
2 trucks, 6,000 rounds each 
Bn Am Tn 
1/10 
28 
112 
336 
3 trucks, 112 rounds each 
1/6 
600 
2,400 
7,200 
1 truck, 7,200 rounds 
Total in 
Brio 
(3 
Regts) 
1 
300 
1,200 
10,800 
72 trucks, 120 rounds each 
32 trucks (prime movers), 32 rounds each 
9 trucks, 112 rounds each 
1 
3,600 
14,400 
129,600 
3 trucks, 7,200 rounds each 
18 trucks, 6,000 rounds each 
SUPPLY 
SI-mm antiaircraft guns 
Caliber .50 antiaircraft machine guns 
Btry 
lA 
900 
7,200 
7,200 
8 trucks, 900 rounds each 
3,600 
43,200 
43,200 
12 trucks, 3,600 rounds each 
Total in 
Brio 
(3 
Regts) 
A 
900 
7,200 
64,800 
24 trucks, 900 rounds each 
3,600 
43,200 
129,600 
36 trucks, 3,600 rounds each 
(I) Based on T/O published November 1, 1940. 
® Three gun batteries of four 3-inch AA guns each. Each battery is also provided with four caliber .50 AA machine guns for its own protection. 
@ Three 37-mm AA gun batteries of eight guns (four platoons) each and one MG battery of twelve caliber .50 AA machine guns (three platoons). 
® Unit of fire per piece: 3-inch AA gun, 300 rounds; 37-mm AA gun, 1,800 rounds; caliber .50 AA machine gun, per machine gun in gun batteries: 
3,600 rounds: and, per machine gun in the machine-gun battery: 7,200 rounds. 
® All ammunition-carrying trucks except prime movers and machine-gun battery vehicles are 2)^-ton. 
® Pending publication of Tables of Organization and Tables of Allowances for 90-mm AA guns, prescribed loads for these guns may be taken tentatively 
as four-fifths of 3-inch AA gun loads; caliber .50 AA machine-gun loads may be taken to be the same as for the 3-inch gun battalion. 
■ 148. Prescribed Ammunition Loads, Antiaircraft Artillery Brigaade. q 
AUTOMATIC WEAPONS BATTALION ® 
GUN BATTALION ® 
NOTES 
212 SUPPLY 
■ 149. Army Quartermaster Service. 
a. Cargo transportation. 
1 Regiment, truck. 
Equipment 2%-ton trucks and 1-ton trailers, 
Unit 
No. of trucks 
No. of trailers 
Combined tonnage 
Company 
48 
40 
160 
Bn (4 Cos) 
192 
160 
640 
Total 
3 Bns 
576 
480 
1920 
Capacity (Administrative vehicles are excluded) 
b. Labor. 
6 Battalions, Service. 
Capacity (Administrative and foremen personnel excluded) 
Unit 
Number of men 
Tons per 2U hours 
Company 
160 
800 
Bn (4 Cos) 
640 
3200 
Total 
6 Bns 
3840 
19200 
c. Gasoline Supply Battalion. 
Unit 
Gasoline (gallons ) 
Oil (gallons) 
Company 
15,700 
300 
Battalion (4 Cos) 
62,800 
1,200 
d. Passenger Transportation. 
1 Company, car. 
Vehicles 
Available (Administrative vehicles are excluded) 
Unit 
5 passenger cars 
(light) 
Command trucks 
Mtcls w/s/c 
Platoon 
6 
7 
7 
Co (4 platoons) 
24 
28 
28 
Capacity (Gasoline and oil carried in containers) 
e. 3 Quartermaster Battalions, light maintenance. 
1 Quartermaster Company, depot 
1 Quartermaster Company, depot (M.T.) 
1 Quartermaster Company, sterilization and bath 
These units have no general cargo or passenger transportation. 
213 SUPPLY 
Section IX 
GHQ RESERVE UNITS 
■ 150. Loading Data for Field Artillery Ammunition 
a. Battery 75-mm Gun, Truck drawn (GHQ) 
(Average packed weight of all types, per round, = 23 lbs.) 
Maximum loads (1) additional to personnel and equipment 
No. in 
Rounds carried 
Total rounds 
Type vehicle and normal assignment 
battery 
on each vehicle 
carried 
2%-ton truck, prime mover 
4 
90 
360 
2 Ms-ton truck, executive’s truck 
1 
90 
90 
2Vfe-ton truck, ammunition 
2 
130 
260 
1-ton trailer, ammunition 
2 
87 
174 
Total No. of rounds normally carried in 
battery 
884 
(1) Resupply loads are same as normal loads for similar type vehicle in service 
battery. 
h. Battery 75-mm Gun, Horse Drawn 
(Average packed weight of all types, per round, = 23 lbs .) 
Maximum loads additional to personnel and equipment 
Type vehicle and normal assignment 
No. in battery 
Rounds carried 
on each 
vehicle 
Total 
rounds 
carried 
Caissons 
6 
72 
432 
Limbers 
10 
35 
350 
Total No. of rounds normally carried in 
battery 
782 
c. Service Battery, 75-mm Gun, Truck-drawn (GHQ) 
Table 1-A 
No. in 
battery 
Maximum No. of rds carried 
Total No. of rds carried 
Good roads 
Bad roads 
Cross country 
Good roads 
Bad roads 
Cross country 
2%-ton truck 12 
216 
129 
2592 
1549 
1-ton trailer 12 
87 
87 
1044 
1044 
Total No. of rounds normally carried in battery 
3636 
2592 
d. Battery 155-mm Gun, Motorized. 
(Average packed weight of all types, per round, 140 lbs.) 
214 SUPPLY 
MAXIMUM LOADS (1) ADDITIONAL TO NORMAL 
PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT 
Type Vehicle and Normal Assignment 
No. in 
battery 
Rounds carried 
in ea. vehicle 
Total rounds 
earned 
truck, cannoneer 
4 
10 
40 
2%-ton truck, executive 
1 
25 
25 
2Vz -ton truck, ammunition 
2 
25 
50 
1-ton trailer, ammunition 
6 
14 
84 
Total No. of rounds normally carried in battery 
199 
(1) Resupply loads are same as normal loads for similar type vehicles in Service Battery. 
e. Service Battery, 155-mm Gun, Motorized. 
Max No. of Rds. Carried 
Total rds. carried 
Type Vehicle 
No. in 
good roads 
bad roads or 
good roads 
bad roads or 
battery 
cross country 
cross country 
2%-ton truck 
12 
35 
20 
420 
240 
1-ton trailer 
12 
14 
14 
168 
168 
Total No. of rounds normally carried in battery 
588 | 
408 
/. Battery 240-mm Howitzer, Motorized. 
(Average packed weight of all types, per round, 400 lbs.) 
MAXIMUM LOADS (1) ADDITIONAL TO NORMAL 
PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT 
Type Vehicle and Normal Assignment 
No. in 
battery 
Rounds carried 
in ea. vehicle 
Total rounds 
carried. 
2Vz-ton trucks, ammunition 
1-ton trailer, ammunition 
6 
8 
10 
5 
60 
40 
Total No. of rounds normally carried in battery 
100 
(1) Resupply loads are same as normal loads for similar type vehicles in Service Battery. 
g. Service Battery, 240-mm Howitzer, Motorized. 
Max. No. of Rds, carried 
Total No. of Rds. carried 
Type Vehicle 
No. in 
battery 
good roads 
bad roods or 
cross country 
good roads 
bad roads or 
cross country 
2*4-ton truck 
12 
12 
8 
144 
96 
1-ton trailer 
12 
5 
5 
60 
60 
Total No. of rounds normally carried in battery. 
204 
156 
h. Prescribed Ammunition Loads, Field Artillery Brigade, GHQ 
Reserve. 
155-mm GUN 
Unit 
u/f 
Rounds 
per 
Piece 
Rounds 
per 
Battery 
Total 
Rounds 
Battery 
.5 
50 
199 
199 
Service Battery 
.5 
49 
196 
588 
Total per Regiment 
1 
99 
395 
2370 
215 150-151 
SUPPLY 
240-mm HOWITZER 
Unit 
u/f 
Rounds 
per 
Piece 
Rounds 
per 
Battery 
Rounds 
Total 
Battery 
.8 
50 
100 
100 
Service Battery 
.5 
34 
68 
204 
Total per Regiment 
1.3 
84 
168 
1008 
■ 151. Prescribed Ammunition Loads, Chemical Regiment a b. 
4.2-inch Chemical Mortar 
Unit 
Unit 
of 
Fire 
Rounds 
per 
Piece 
Rounds 
per 
Company 
Total 
Rounds 
Vehicles Used 
Ammunition Train Bn 
Hq and Hq Co 
.22 
22 
540 
2080 
16 trucks, 1%-ton, 
90 rounds each 
16 trailers, 1-ton, 
40 rds. ea. 
Chemical Reg-t. 
.22 
22 
540 
6240 
48 trucks, 1%-ton, 
90 rounds ea. 
48 trailers,1-ton, 
40 rds. ea. 
GHQ Reserve 
NOTES 
o. Based on T/O published 1 Nov., 1940. 
b. The load of ammunition vehicles will be prescribed to meet the anticipated action. 
216 1 
2 
3 
4 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
IS 
U 
15 
16 
n 
18 
19 
20 
Organisation 
Unit vehicles and vehicle tank capacity in gallons 
Gallons of gasoline per mile 
per unit echelon 
Total 
gas 
tank 
capa- 
city 
per 
unit 
(refill) 
Total 
gals 
to 
move 
unit 
150 
miles 
Tk 
(L) 
{50) 
Tk 
(*) 
(136) 
Car, 
S 
(36) 
Car, 
half- 
track 
m 
Arab 
{25) 
® 
Car, 
light, 
5-pas 
sedan 
{17) 
® 
Mtcl, 
solo 
(3H) 
® 
Trk, 
Vi- 
ton, 
Comd 
{25) 
1 
Trk, 
2'A- 
ton, 
cargo 
m 
• @ 
Trk, 
10- 
ton 
wreck- 
er 
{65) 
Trk, 
gas 
deoil 
600 
gals 
{¥)) 
® 
Trk, 
H-T 
liai- 
son 
{ID 
Total 
unit 
ve- 
hicles 
Com- 
bat 
ve- 
hicles 
® 
Unit 
train 
ve- 
hicles 
Tank 
group 
train 
ve- 
hicles 
Total 
per 
unit 
2 
3 
4 
5 
Armd Co, L (3 Cos) ® 
17 
3 
3 
10 
4 
14 
1 
7 
® 2 
i 
16 
9 
5 
2 
7 
28 
59 
12 
5 
13.3 
6.7 
13.3 
9.7 
2.2 
1.0 
1,132 
1,777 
435 
200 
1,998 
1,449 
326 
150 
Bn Hq & Hq Co, L (?) 
C Trk Sec ® ® 
1 
1 
1 
2.2 
1.0 
® 3.0 
Ki Trk Sec ® 
6 
Total, Tk Bn, L 
54 
19 
1 
1 
26 
12 
33 
1 
13 
160 
46.7 
3.2 
3.0 
52.8 
5,808 
7,919 
7 
8 
9 
10 
Armd Co, M (3 Cos) (?) 
17 
3 
6 
7 
3 
13 
1 
7 
2 
1 
33 
17 
5 
2 
6 
30 
71 
20 
5 
17.4 
6.5 
17.4 
12.9 
3.8 
1.0 
2,770 
2,520 
755 
200 
2,602 
1,932 
566 
150 
Bn Hq & Hq Co, M (?) 
C Trk Sec ® (?) 
1 
1 
1 
3.8 
1.0 
® 6.4 
Ki Trk Sec ® 
11 
12 
13 
Total, Tk Bn, M 
54 
25 
1 
1 
22 
12 
58 
1 
12 
186 
58.6 
4.8 
® 6.4 
69.7 
11,786 
10,453 
Ord Co Hv Main! (Atchd) 
® 4 
15 
10 
6 
® 32 
7 
2 
48 
50 
8.2 
® .8 
8.2 
7.6 
1,625 
1,478 
1,230 
1,033 
Hq & Hq Co, Tk Gp 
2 
4 
8 
2 
6 
® 6.3 
® .4 
SUPPLY 
I Includes H-ton, pick-up, and emergency repair trucks. 
One with side car. 
The assembled C and Ki trucks of companies normally march with the Transportation Platoon of Headquarters Company. 
Includes company C trucks and attached medical vehicles. 
Less C and Ki Trucks (see note (*)). 
Trucks for second day’s supply of gasoline and/or ammunition. 
Based on T/O’s dated November 15, 1940. 
Motorcycles and trucks. liaison, march with C vehicles unless otherwise noted. 
Includes special ordnance vehicles. 
If replaced by tricycles, gasoline consumption will be changed accordingly. 
Based on tank capacity of 1941 model vehicles. 
(AFB April. 1941] 
152. Gasoline Requirements—GHQ Reserve Tank Group Units SUPPLY 
■ 163. For shipping and Maintenance Requirements of GHQ tank units 
see Section V, Armored Division. 
Section X 
AIR FORCE UNITS 
(Data to be issued later) 
218 Chapter 4 
EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND 
PRISONERS OF WAR 
Section I. Evacuation 154-162 
II. Replacements 163-168 
III. Prisoners of war. 169-170 
PARAGRAPHS 
Section I 
EVACUATION 
■ 154. Casualty Estimates—General.—a. Classification.—All casualties 
are classified as follows: 
(1) By nature of disability, into the sick, the gassed, the wounded, and the 
dead. The sick are further classified as communicable or noncommunicable. 
(2) By severity of disability, into walking and litter patients. 
(3) By suitability for evacuation, into transportable and nontransportable. 
(4) By type of accommodations required for evacuation, into recumbent and 
sitting. 
b. Sick casualties.—{1) Casualties from sickness and nonbattle injuries 
among front-line troops of a seasoned command in campaign, except in a par- 
ticularly unhealthful region, cause an average daily increment of sick of about 
six-tenths of one per cent (0.6%). This average rate may be expected at certain 
seasons of the year, without epidemics, to reach one and five-tenths per cent 
(1.5%) or even more. Of these, two-thirds may remain under treatment in 
their own organization (at aid stations) or in division clearing stations if there 
be no interference with the primary mission of reception, treatment, and evacuation 
of battle casualties. In any event, the other one-third will be evacuated from 
the division area, half of them recumbent and half of them sitting. 
(2) The daily admission rate to the hospitals for an entire field force, made 
up of seasoned troops and serving in a temperate climate, for sick and nonbattle 
injuries will be approximately . 165 per cent. After some months, this will cause 
a constant noneffective rate of about 4.5 per cent. However, for unseasoned 
troops, in the same climatic conditions, the noneffective rate will reach 6 per 
cent, and even higher under unfavorable conditions of climate and location. 
(3) Of the sick admitted to hospitals in the theater of operations about 
1.5 per cent die, 3 per cent will be invalided home, and 95.5 per cent will be 
returned to duty eventually. The average stay in the hospital is 27 days. 
c. Battle casualties.—(!) The following table has been developed from 
American experience in active operations of the World War: 
219 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 
BATTLE CASUALTIES, 
INCLUDING KILLED. IN PER CENT OF THE UNIT STRENGTH 
1 
2 
S 
4 
Unit 
Average for 
all days in line 
Severe 
battle day 
Maximum 
battle day 
Infantry regiment 
Division... 
2.5 per cent 
1.0 per cent 
0.5 per cent 
0.35 per cent © 
12-15 per cent 
0-8 per cent 
2-3 per cent 
0.7-1.5 per cent 
35 per cent 
12 per cent 
5 per cent 
2 per cent 
Corps 
Army 
NOTE 
(T) As this is for sustained active operations, the average for one or several armies 
over a long period of time would be less, and may be taken as 0.2 per cent. 
(2) In estimating battle casualties in an army, an estimate based on front- 
line divisions engaged will usually be more accurate than if based on a rate for 
corps or the army as a whole. 
(3) The battle casualties of an entire expeditionary force or theater of 
operations can best be estimated by using the rates incurred in the component 
divisions or armies, as the relative proportion of front-line troops to the total 
force will vary widely in each situation. 
(4) The following data relative to battle casualties are approximately 
accurate for a severe engagement and can be used as the basis for calculations: 
(a) In temperate and tropical zones, the ratio of killed to wounded is as 
follows: 
Open operations about 1:5 
Trench operations about 1:4 
Hence, it may be expected that from 16 2/3 per cent to 20 per cent of all 
battle casualties will be classed as killed. In the arctic zone, the ratio of killed 
to wounded will be considerably higher due to death of the wounded from 
exposure to cold. 
(b) The transportation requirements for battle casualties of a division are 
as follows: 
Per cent 
Dead 20 
Able to walk to the collecting station but 
requiring transportation (sitting) farther to the rear.. 40 
Require transportation (recumbent) 40 
Of all casualties, about 1 per cent are nontrans- 
portable beyond the surgical hospital, except by air ... 
Total 100 
(c) Of gunshot wounded about— 
8.12 per cent die in hospital. 
12 per cent recover in 15 days. 
220 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 154-155 
12.86 per cent recover in 15 to 30 days. 
21.29 per cent recover in 30 to 60 days. 
9.56 per cent recover in 60 to 90 days. 
16.17 per cent recover after 90 days. 
20 per cent are of no further military value. 
The average stay in hospital for all gunshot wounded is about 90 days, 
(d) Of gas casualties— 
1.73 per cent die in hospital. 
25 per cent recover in 15 days. 
26.81 per cent recover in from 15 to 30 days. 
24.44 per cent recover in from 30 to 60 days. 
16.02 per cent recover after 60 days. 
6 per cent are of no further military value. 
■ 155. Formula for Computing Number of Beds Required.—The number 
of beds (in fixed hospitals) required in the theater of operation after several 
months accumulation equals strength x daily admission rate X average days in 
hospital. 
Example (when all cases that will eventually be returned to duty are 
retained in the theater): 
Strength of force: 2,000,000. 
Strength of troops in combat zone: 1,000,000. 
Daily admission rate for sick and injured: 0.165 per cent. 
Daily admission rate for wounded on basis of troops in combat zone: 
0.2 per cent. 
Average days in hospital for sickness and nonbattle injuries: 27. 
Average days in hospital for wounded: 90. 
Solution: 
Beds required in the theater of operation after several months: 
For nonbattle casualties, 
2.000. X0.00165 X 27 89,100 
For battle casualties of troops in combat zone, 
1.000. X0.002 X 90 180,000 
Total beds required- 269,100 
Pa* cent of the total force 13.45 
221 156-157 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 
■ 156. Maximum Capacity of Means of Transportation for Casualties: 
1 
2 
3 
4 
6 
Vehicle 
Men 
Animals 
Sitting 
Recumbent 
Average 
Ambulance, air 
16 
10 
13 
Ambulance, animal-drawn 
8 
4 
6 
Ambulance, motor, field 
10 
4 
6 
Ambulance, cross-country 
6 
4 
5 
Truck, 
10 
4 
5 
Truck, 
16 
6 
7 
Railway car, coach 
88 
Pullman car — 12 section 
48 
24 
36 
16 section 
64 
32 
48 
Hospital train 
700 
300 
500 
Ambulance, veterinary— 
Trailer, 2-horse van 
2 
Truck, stock rack body 
6 
18 
Box car 
18 
20 
■ 157. Time Element of Evacuation: 
a. Personnel: 
For round trip evacuation (including loading and unloading): 
Litter squads: 1,000 yards each way in one hour 
Wheeled litters: 1,250 yards each way in one hour 
Ambulance, animal-drawn: 2 miles in one hour 
Ambulance, motor, during combat in division area: 5 miles each 
way in one hour. 
6. Animals: 
For round trip evacuation (including tying and untying): 
Lead line: 2,000 yards each way in one hour. 
c. To calculate the time required for evacuation of casualties from the field, 
or the number of ambulances required to evacuate casualties in a given time, 
use the following formulae: 
W = number of casualties 
t = time required for round trip 
M =number of vehicles or litters 
N=number of patients per load 
T = time required or allowed 
Wxt Wxt 
T = M = 
MxN TxN 
222 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 
158. Diagram of Medical Service of a Square Division. 
Figure 33 
223 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 
159. Diagram of Medical Service of a Triangular Division. 
Figure 34 
224 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 
160. Diagram of Evacuation and Hospitalization of Personnel*. 
Figure 35 
Evacuation 
Return to duty 
Control of transport 
LE GTLND** 
225 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 
161. Diagram of Evacuation and Hospitalization of Animals. 
Figure 36 
For infantry divisions having animals this 
station is established by»nikrmy unit. It may 
be located outside of th< division area.The sire 
depends upon the location of the veterinary 
evacuation hospital. 
evacuation 
Return to duty 
Control of transport 
UE.GLMD- 
226 evacuation, replacements, and prisoners of war 
1 
2 
3 
4 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
IS 
H 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
General type of operations 
for the forces as a whole 
fen 
Animals 
Infantry 
regiment 
Front-line 
division 
Corps and 
army troops 
(except 
cavalry) 
Combat troops 
in corps and 
army reserve 
Attached 
cavalry 
including 
reinforcements 
Artillery 
regiment 
(ihorse- 
drawn) 
Attached 
cavalry 
including 
reinforcements 
Dead 
To 
Clr 
Sta 
Dead 
To 
Evac 
Hasp 
To 
Gen 
Hasp 
© 
Dead 
To 
Evac 
Hosp 
To 
Gen 
Hosp 
© 
Dead 
To 
Evac 
Hosp 
To 
Gen 
Hosp 
© 
Dead 
To 
Evac 
Hosp 
To 
Gen 
Hosp 
© 
Dead 
To 
Vet 
Aid 
Sta 
Dead 
To 
Evac 
Hosp 
To 
Gen 
Hosp 
© 
Covering and security force action 
6.0 
30.0 
2.0 
12.0 
10.0 
0.2 
6.2 
4.3 
0.1 
5.6 
3.9 
0.4 
12.5 
8.5 
6.0 
7.0 
1.5 
12.0 
2.0 
Attack 
Meeting engagement 
of a Position — First day 
Succeeding days .. 
of a Zone — First day 
Succeeding days 
16.0 
25.0 
12.0 
42.0 
21.0 
80.0 
125.0 
62.0 
210.0 
105.0 
6.0 
10.0 
5.0 
17.0 
8.0 
32.0 
50.0 
25.0 
84.0 
42.0 
27.0 
42.0 
21.0 
70.0 
35.0 
0.6 
1.0 
0.5 
1.6 
0.8 
8.0 
10.0 
7.5 
13.4 
9.0 
5.6 
7.0 
5.2 
9.4 
6.3 
0.3 
0.5 
0.3 
0.8 
0.4 
6.5 
7.5 
6.3 
9.2 
7.0 
4.5 
5.3 
4.4 
6.4 
4.9 
1.2 
2.0 
1.0 
3.2 
1.6 
16.0 
20.0 
15.0 
27.0 
18.0 
11.0 
14.0 
10.4 
19.0 
12.5 
16.0 
25.0 
12.0 
42.0 
21.0 
20.0 
31.0 
15.0 
55.0 
26.0 
5.0 
8.0 
4.0 
13.0 
7.0 
16.0 
20.0 
15.0 
27.0 
18.0 
2.0 
3.0 
2.0 
4.0 
3.0 
Defense 
Meeting engagement 
of a Position — First day 
Succeeding days 
of a Zone — First day 
Succeeding days 
Inactive situations (D 
10.0 
15.0 
7.5 
25.0 
12.5 
5.0 
50.0 
60.0 
30.0 
100.0 
50.0 
20.0 
4.0 
6.0 
3.0 
10.0 
5.0 
2.0 
20.0 
24.0 
12.0 
40.0 
20.0 
8.0 
17.0 
23.0 
11.6 
36.0 
18.0 
7.0 
0.4 
0.5 
0.3 
1.0 
0.5 
0.2 
6.2 
7.5 
5.7 
9.0 
6.6 
6.0 
4.3 
5.2 
3.9 
6.3 
4.8 
4.2 
0.2 
0.3 
0.15 
0.5 
0.25 
0.1 
6.6 
6.3 
4.8 
7.0 
5.3 
5.5 
3.9 
4.4 
3.3 
4.9 
3.6 
3.9 
0.8 
1.0 
0.6 
2.0 
1.0 
0.4 
12.5 
15.0 
11.0 
18.0 
13.0 
12.0 
8.5 
10.0 
8.0 
12.5 
9.5 
8.5 
10.0 
15.0 
7.0 
25.0 
12.0 
5.0 
12.0 
15.0 
7.0 
25.0 
12.0 
5.0 
3.0 
4.0 
2.0 
8.0 
4.0 
1.5 
12,0 
15.0 
11.0 
18.0 
13.0 
12.0 
2.0 
2.0 
2.0 
3.0 
2.0 
2.0 
Pursuit 
8.0 
42.0 
3.0 
17.0 
14.0 
0.3 
6.5 
4.5 
0.2 
5.8 
4.1 
0.6 
13.0 
9.0 
8.0 
10.0 
2.5 
13.0 
2.0 
Retirement and delaying action 
4.0 
20.0 
2.0 
8.0 
7.0 
0.2 
6.0 
4.2 
0.1 
5.5 
3.9 
0.4 
12.0 
8.5 
4.0 
5.0 
1.5 
12.0 
2.0 
■ 162. Estimated Daily Losses in Campaign of Personnel and Animals, Dead and Evacuated, per 1,000 
of Actual Strength: 0 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 
1 
2 
S 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
IS 
u 
16 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
Under all other conditions of campaign 
Under conditions of campaign not enumerated above, casualty rates for men will be approximately the same for all 
troops. 
The following rates will be assumed: Dead, negligible; evacuation from clearing stations to evacuation hospitals, 
2.5 per 1,000; from evacuation hospitals to general hospitals, 1.5 per 1,000. ® 
For animals: Dead, negligible; evacuation from veterinary aid stations to evacuation hospitals, 1.25 per 1,000; 
from evacuation hospitals to general hospitals, 0.1 per 1,000. ® 
NOTES 
(I) For the independent corps: disregard columns headed “To Gen Hosp’’ and assume all patients in evacuation hospitals must be evacuated to general 
hospitals. 
0 Forces in contact, neither side attacking. 
0 This table is intended primarily for use in school work and in field exercises. 
228 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 163-164 
Section II 
REPLACEMENTS 
■ 163. General.—Replacements are classified as loss and filler. Filler replace- 
ments are those required to bring units initially to authorized strength, i.e., 1o 
fill a vacancy not previously occupied. A loss replacement is a replacement to 
fill a vacancy which has been occupied and thereafter vacated. Plans for the 
number of replacements required, both loss and filler, is a function of the zone 
of the interior. The commander of a theater of operations makes representations 
when necessary as to replacement needs of the theater, 
a. Replacements like supplies are echeloned in depth. The replacement 
system is shown diagrammatically in paragraph 168. 
b. Daily loss rates are shown in paragraph 164. The cumulative loss for any 
period may be determined by selecting one of the listed daily loss rates or any 
other daily loss rate determined to be correct and applying the selected rate in 
accordance with footnotes to the table in paragraph 165 and the example in 
paragraph 166. The expected accumulated losses in manpower, thus determined, 
may be used by the theater commander as a basis of requisitions on the zone 
of the interior for loss replacements. 
■ 164. Rates of Losses.—o. Daily loss rate per 1,000, theater of operations 
{except Air Corps).— 
(1) Disease and nonbattle injuries: 
(a) Temperate and arctic zones, favorable conditions ...1.92 
(b) Temperate and arctic zones, unfavorable conditions .2.49 
(c) Tropical zone, favorable conditions 2.11 
(d) Tropical zone, unfavorable conditions 2.69 
(2) Gas injuries: 
(a) Major warfare... 24 
(b) Minor warfare .00 
(3) Gunshot injuries: 
(a) Major warfare 53 
(b) Minor warfare.- 31 
(4) Captured and missing: 
(a) Major warfare.- 08 
(b) Minor warfare 03 
b. Daily loss rale per 1,000 Air Corps, theater of operations: Disease and 
nonbattle; gas, and gunshot injuries same as for ground forces. 
229 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 
c. Flying losses, theater of 'operations: 1% per day of the combat crews in 
the theater. 
d. Daily loss rate per 1,000, zone of the interior: 
(1) Disease and nonbattle injuries 2.15 
(2) Flying losses, pilots and crews, Air Corps 33 
The casualty rates stated above are only a general guide and where possible 
the casualty rates should be determined for each specific theater of operations. 
Troops in the theater of operations are considered seasoned troops, while those 
in the zone of the interior are both seasoned and unseasoned. 
NOTES 
230 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 
■ 165. Factors for Use in Calculating Losses (less Air Corps training wastage and flying losses) ©.—a. When 
the duration of hospital treatment in theater of operations is 120 days, 2.63% of disease and nonbattle, 5.4% of gas, 
and 27.4% of gunshot admissions to hospital are returned to the zone of the interior from the theater of operations: 
ACCUMULATED LOSSES IN MANPOWER, USING A CASUALTY RATE OF 1 PER 1000 PER DAY 
1 
2 
3 
k 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
H 
THEATER OF OPERATIONS 
Category 
M 
SOM 
60M 
90M 
120 M 
150M 
180M 
210M 
240^ 
270M 
300M 
330M 
360M 
1*. Disease and nonbattle injuries, including 
hospital cases, deaths, and 2.63% of 
admissions sent to the zone of the interior 
1.00 
17.40 
24.12 
27.85 
30.19 
31.94 
33.38 
34.72 
35.97 
37.22 
38.44 
39.65 
40.87 
2. Poison gas injuries, including hospital cases, 
killed in action, died in hospital, and 
5.4% of admissions sent to the zone of the interior 
1.00 
23.49 
35.63 
42.77 
47.53 
51.07 
54.13 
56.92 
59,58 
62.17 
64.73 
67.19 
69.84 
3. Gunshot injuries, including hospital cases, 
killed in action, died in hospital, and 
27.4% of admissions sent to the zone of the interior 
1.00 
36.71 
67.76 
95.19 
119.97 
142.79 
164.23 
184.60 
204.25 
223.38 
242.09 
260.52 
278.74 
4. Captured and missing. Use 60% of total killed in 
action by poison gas and gunshot missile ® 
ZONE OF THE INTERIOR 
5. Disease and nonbattle injurk deaths, and 
discharges in hospital for physical disability 
1.00 
13.88 
18.21 
20.97 
23.08 
24.85 
26.44 
27.95 
29.39 
30,83 
32.24 
33.63 
35.03 
231 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 
1 
2 
s 
-4 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
THEATER OF OPERATIONS 
Category 
M 
SOM 
60M 
*90M 
120M 
150M 
180M 
210M 
2WM 
270M 
S00M 
330M 
3COM 
1. Same as 1, paragraph .... a ® 
2. Same as 2, paragraph .... a (T) 
3. Same as 3, paragraph .... a (T) 
4. Same as 4, paragraph .... a @ 
1.00 
1.00 
1.00 
17.81 
23.85 
37.05 
25.23 
38.05 
68.99 
29.75 
45.79 
97.69 
32.94 
52.07 
124.05 
35.52 
57.28 
148.66 
37.84 
61.96 
172.03 
40.04 
66.42 
194.45 
42.16 
70.76 
216.23 
44.26 
75.03 
237.55 
46.36 
79.20 
258.60 
48.44 
83.50 
279.18 
50.52 
87.73 
299.69 
c. When the duration of hospital treatment in theater of operations is 60 days, 12.39% of disease and nonbattle, 
21.96% of gas, and 45% of gunshot admissions are returned to the zone of the interior from the theater of operations: 
i 
2 
3 
4 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
Category 
M 
SOM 
60M 
90M 
120M 
150M 
180M 
210M 
2J/0M 
270M 
300M 
330M 
S60M 
1. Same as 1, paragraph .... o ®..... 
2. Same as 2, paragraph .... o (T) 
3. Same as 3, paragraph .... a @ 
4. Same as 4, paragraph .... o @ 
1.00 
1.00 
1.00 
18.72 
24.91 
37.47 
27.70 
41.24 
70.53 
34.01 
51.62 
100.83 
39.05 
61.11 
129.18 
43.53 
69.53 
156.03 
47.76 
77.45 
181.85 
51.90 
85.24 
206.38 
55.93 
92.90 
231.28 
59.98 
100.49 
255.41 
64.06 
108.05 
279.21 
68.00 
115.60 
312.75 
72.12 
123.15 
326.01 
h. When the duration of hospital treatment in theater of operations is 90 days, 5.70% of disease and nonbattle, 
10.85% of gas, and 35.15% of gunshot admissions are returned to the zone of the interior from the theater of oper- 
ations: 
232 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 
1 
2 
3 
4 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
IS 
U 
Category 
M 
SOM 
60M 
90M 
120M 
150M 
180M 
210M 
2WM 
270M 
300M 
330M 
S60M 
1. Same as 1, paragraph .... o ® 
2. Same as 2, paragraph .... a © 
3. Same as 3, paragraph .... a © 
4. Same as 4, paragraph .... a ® 
1.00 
1.00 
1.00 
20.89 
27.04 
38.37 
33.58 
48.28 
73.82 
44.11 
65.02 
107.68 
53.55 
81.16 
140.15 
62.50 
96.69 
171.82 
71.30 
111.81 
202.87 
80.06 
126.96 
233.35 
88.63 
141.98 
263.54 
97.28 
156.93 
293.51 
105.87 
171.85 
323.27 
114.54 
186.77 
352.89 
123.27 
201.68 
382.42 
d. When the duration of hospital treatment in theater of operations is 30 days, 28.26% of disease and nonbattle, 
46.50% of gas, and 66% of gunshot admissions are returned to the zone of the interior from the theater of operations 
NOTES 
(T) The tabulations set forth are for a daily loss rate of 1 per thousand per day in each type of loss. With the tables, thus based on units, as a guide, the losses 
to be expected in any operation may be computed as follows: 
(1) Select the daily loss rate per thousand per day for disease and nonbattle, gunshot, and gas casualties. For example, those in the AEP were 1.65, 
. 53, and . 24, respectively. Using the selected rate, enter the table and select the cumulative loss for the type of casualty under consideration for 
the period desired. Multiply the figure so obtained by the selected loss rate and obtain the cumulative losses for the desired period under the type 
of loss being considered. 
(2) In estimating the replacements for a particular category for the first 30 days when, for example, the troops do not reach the theater of operations 
until 120M, the factor for “accumulated losses — theater of operations” under 30M should be used and not the corresponding factor under 150M. 
(D Captured and missing. — Losses due to this cause are computed on a constant daily percentage of the killed in battle. They will, therefore, vary as the 
battle losses. Experiences of three combatants in the World War (not including the AEF) indicate that captured and missing totalled above 60% of the 
number killed in action, which, in turn, was 16% of the total battle casualties. The daily number of captured and missing is therefore . 10 X the sum of the 
loss rates due to gunshot and gas casualties. It is a constant rate, occurring daily. In any situation, to obtain the predicted daily losses due to captured and 
missing, multiply the sum of the gunshot and gas daily rates per thousand by . 10 and by the number of thousands in the force under consideration. 
233 166-167 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 
■ 166. An Example of Computation of Losses.—The number of replace- 
ments required to replace losses for 30 days for a force consisting of 500,000 
(including 10,000 Air Corps with 1,500 in combat crews) initially operating in 
a major theater of operations in the temperate zone, favorable conditions (dura- 
tion of hospital treatment in the theater of operations is 120 days): 
a. Losses except Air Corps: 
(1) Disease and nonbattle injuries: 1.92x17.40x490 16,370 
(2) Gas injuries: .24 x 23.49 x 490 2,763 
(3) Gunshot injuries: .53 x 36.71x490 9,534 
(4) Captured and missing: .08x30x490 1,176 
Total 29,843 
h. Losses, Air Corps: 
(1) Disease and nonbattle injuries: 1.92 X17.40 X10 335 
(2) Gas injuries; . 24 X 23.49 X10 57 
(3) Gunshot injuries: .53x36.71x10 195 
(4) Flying losses: .01x30x1,500 450 
Total 1,037 
notes 
The total monthly loss (30,880) is about 6.2% of the total force. In order that 
sufficient replacements will be available in the theater of operations at all times, 
an initial pool of at least 20% of the strength of the force should be provided for. 
In computing replacements for combat crews, Air Corps, for any month, con- 
sideration must be given to the number of aircraft available to replace those 
destroyed. 
■ 167. Distribution of Battle Losses—Theater of Operations (except 
Air Corps): 
Arm or Service Per cent 
Infantry „ 88.16 
Field Artillery 4.90 
Engineers 3.29 
Cavalry 1.00 
Coast Artillery Corps 34 
Quartermaster Corps 08 
Medical Department 1.46 
Signal Corps 77 
Ordnance Department 00 
Total 100.00 
The distribution set forth above is based on AEF experience. The percentages 
must be modified in accordance with the strength and composition of our own and 
the enemy’s forces; nature and location of the theater of operations; nature of the 
warfare, open or stabilized; degree of training; and morale. 
Distribution of losses (other than battle) are in direct proportion to percentage 
strength of each branch. 
Five per cent of the loss replacements are officers. 
notes 
234 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 
■ 168. Diagram of Personnel Replacement System. 
Mote- Alternatives in forwarding shown in broken lines. 
Figure 37 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 
Section III 
PRISONERS OF WAR 
■ 169. Estimate of Prisoners of War.—In order that the necessary arrange- 
merits may be made for the care, reception and disposition of prisoners of war, it 
will be necessary to estimate the number of prisoners that will probably be cap- 
tured over a period of time. Knowing the approximate strength of the enemy’s 
forces and the daily loss rates for gunshot injuries and gas injuries, the approxi- 
mate number of prisoners of war can be estimated. For an enemy force in a major 
war, if the average daily loss rate per 1,000 is estimated to be .53 for gunshot 
and .24 for gas injuries, the average daily rate for captured and missing will be 
10% of the gunshot and gas injuries or approximately .08 per 1,000. Hence 
for an enemy force of 1,000,000, the average daily number of prisoners captured 
will be 80. As prisoners are not received at a uniform rate, special preparations 
must be made for the reception of unusual numbers when important engage- 
ments are anticipated. As a factor of safety, facilities for three or four times 
the estimated numbers per month should be available. 
236 EVACUATION, REPLACEMENTS, AND PRISONERS OF WAR 
■ 170. Diagram of Evacuation of Prisoners op War. 
Figure 38 171-172 
Chapter 5 
MILITARY MAPS 
171. Responsibility for Maps and Mapping: 
Individual or agency 
Duties 
Commander of unit 
Advance planning, which is necessary if mapping situation is to keep ahead of the 
tactical situation. Good maps will seldom be on hand without special command 
effort. 
G-2 in divisions 
and larger units 
Preparation of plans and policies and supervision of all activities concerning mili- 
tary topographic surveys and maps, including their acquisition, reproduction, 
and distribution. 
Corps of Engineers 
Prosecution of surveys, photogrammetric processes or compilations for the produc- 
tion or revision of maps required for military purposes. 
Map reproduction, supply, and distribution. 
Air Corps 
Aerial photographic work for: 
Military mapping operations in accordance with specifications prepared by Corps 
of Engineers, and 
Photography to meet intelligence needs of combat troops. 
172. Classification of Maps.—a. General: 
(1) Standard—ordinarily made in time of peace as an element of pre- 
paredness or for the economic development of the country. 
(2) Special—especially made for military use. 
6. According to scale: 
(1) Small scale—1:1,000,000 to 1:7,000,000. 
(2) Intermediate scale—1:200,000 to 1:500,000. 
(3) Medium scale—1:50,000 to 1:125,000. 
(4) Large scale—normally not greater than 1:20,000. 
c. According to use: 
(1) General (geographic)—maps of small scale, covering the States and 
United States, for general planning and strategical studies. 
(2) Strategic—maps of intermediate scale, covering extensive areas, for 
strategical and logistical studies. 
(3) Tactical—maps of medium scale, covering extensive areas, for tac- 
tical and logistical studies. 
(4) Battle—maps, prepared normally by photogrammetric means and 
at a scale of 1:20,000, covering limited areas, for tactical and tech- 
nical uses. 
(5) Aeronautical charts—maps of small and intermediate scale, covering 
extensive areas and with air facilities data denoted thereon, pri- 
marily for aerial navigation. 
238 MILITARY MAPS 
(6) Map substitutes—sketches, provisional maps, and various types of 
aerial photographs and mosaics of various scales, covering such 
areas as may be required, for detailed studies or temporary use. 
d. According to methods of reproduction: 
(1) Lithograph—reproduced by lithography in one or more colors. 
(2) Fluid duplicator—reproduced by dye printing process in one or 
more colors. 
(3) Contact prints—reproduced by photographic methods. Includes 
black and white, blue, and brown prints. 
(4) Mimeograph—reproduced by mimeograph or similar means in one 
color. 
(5) Hectograph—reproduced by hectograph or similar means in one or 
more colors. 
239 1 
2 
3 
-4 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
Kind 
of 
map 
Scale 
Contour 
interval 
(feet) 
Sheet 
size 
(inches) 
Size 
of 
area 
Purpose 
Natural features 
and works of man 
shown 
Originals and 
limited number 
of copies 
prepared by — 
Reproduced 
in quantity 
by — 
Probable time 
or conditions 
when available 
© 
Vertical 
aerial 
photo- 
graphs 
1:5,000 to 
1:40,000 
(12 inches 
= 1 mile to 
\l/2 inches 
= 1 mile) 
Varies 
Varies, 
depend- 
ing on 
scale 
Target location. De- 
tailed reconnais- 
sance. Intelligence. 
Minor tactics. 
Mosaics, prepara- 
tion of stereo-pairs 
and triplets 
Varies 
Air Corps, 
Civilian agencies 
Army topographic 
battalions. 
Corps topographic 
companies 
Limited numbers: 
3 to 5 hours 
after 
photography. 
Quantities; 48 
hours after 
photography (5) 
Oblique 
aerial 
photo- 
graphs 
Varies 
Varies 
Varies 
depend- 
ing on 
scale 
Target location. 
Detailed reconnais- 
sance. Intelligence. 
Minor tactics. 
Varies 
Air Corps, 
Civilian agencies 
Army topographic 
battalions. 
Corps topographic 
companies 
Limited numbers: 
3 to 5 hours 
after 
photography. 
Quantities: 
48 hours after 
photography (?) 
Battle 
map, 
uncon- 
toured 
1:20,000 
(3 Inches 
= 1 mile) 
22 by 28 
10,000 to 
15,000 
yards 
square 
General field uses. 
Horizontal control 
for unobserved fires 
by artillery 
Stream lines and 
vegetation 
Railroads, roads, 
towns, air fields, 
etc. 
GHQ and army 
topographic 
battalions 
GHQ and army 
topographic 
battalions 
For limited areas; 
7 days or more 
after 
photography 
Battle 
map, 
con- 
toured 
1:20,000 
(3 inches 
= 1 mile) 
20 
22 by 28 
10,000 to 
15,000 
yards 
square 
Used by all arms. 
Horizontal and ver- 
tical control for un- 
observed fires by 
artillery. Suitable 
for tactical and 
technical uses 
Stream lines, 
vegetation, and 
ground forms 
Railroads, roads, 
towns, air fields, 
etc. 
GHQ and army 
topographic 
battalions 
GHQ and army 
topographic 
battalions 
For limited areas: 
2 weeks or 
more after 
photography 
MILITARY MAPS 
173. Types of Maps and Photomaps for Theater of Operations: MILITARY MAPS 
1 
i 
3 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
Kind 
of 
map 
Seale 
Contour 
interval 
(feet) 
Sheet 
size 
(inches) 
Size 
of 
area 
Purpose 
Natural features 
and works of man 
shown 
Originals and 
limited number 
of copies 
prepared by — 
Reproduced 
in quantity 
by — 
Probable time 
or conditions 
when available 
® 
Com- 
posite 
photo- 
graph 
As taken 
1:20,000 
to 
1:60,000 
(3 inches 
= 1 mile 
to 1 inch 
= 1 mile) 
17 by 19 
to 
22 by 28 
depend- 
ing on 
organi- 
zation 
printing 
Varies, 
depend- 
ing on 
scale 
Photogrammetry by 
topographic engi- 
neers. Copies of 
early availability 
for general field 
uses. Approximate 
horizontal control 
for limited 
unobserved fires 
by artillery 
Varies 
GHQ and army 
topographic 
battalions 
GHQ and army 
topographic 
battalions. 
Corps topographic 
companies 
24 to 48 hours 
after 
photography 
Mosaic, 
con- 
trolled 
As taken, 
enlarged, 
or reduced 
17 by 19 
to 
22 by 28 
depend- 
ing on 
organi- 
zation 
printing 
Varies, 
depend- 
ing on 
scale 
Firing map for 
infantry. Horizon- 
tal control for 
unobserved fires 
by artillery 
Varies 
Army topographic 
battalions, 
Corps topographic 
companies. 
Civilian agencies 
Army topographic 
battalions. 
Corps topographic 
companies 
24 to 72 hours 
after 
photography, 
depending on 
amount of 
control used 
Mosaic, 
uncon- 
trolled 
As taken, 
enlarged, 
or reduced 
17 by 19 
to 
22 by 28 
depend- 
ing on 
organi- 
zation 
printing 
Varies, 
depend- 
ing on 
scale 
General field uses 
Varies 
Army topographic 
battalions, 
Corps topographic 
companies, 
Civilian agencies. 
Air Corps units 
up to ten prints, 
when directed 
by proper 
authority 
Army topographic 
battalions. 
Corps topographic 
companies 
24 to 48 hours 
after 
photography 
Types of Maps and Photomaps for Theater of Operations (Continued): MILITARY MAPS 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
Strip 
mosaic 
As taken, 
enlarged, 
or reduced 
Depends on 
number 
of photo- 
graphs 
Varies, 
depend- 
ing on 
scale 
Firing map for infan- 
try. Approximate 
horizontal control 
for limited unob- 
served fires 
by artillery. 
General field uses 
Varies 
Air Corps, 
Corps topographic 
companies. 
Civilian agencies 
Corps topographic 
companies 
24 hours after 
photography 
Provi- 
sional 
map 
1:20,000 to 
1:60,000 
(3 inches 
= 1 mile 
to 1 inch 
= 1 mile) 
Stand- 
ard, if 
con- 
toured 
17 by 19 
to 
22 by 28 
depend- 
ing on 
organi- 
zation 
printing 
Varies, 
depend- 
ing on 
scale 
Map of early availa- 
bility for field uses. 
Approximate 
horizontal control 
for limited 
unobserved fires 
by artillery 
Stream lines and 
vegetation 
Varies, normally 
principal features 
only 
Army topographic 
battalion. 
Corps topographic 
companies 
Army topographic 
battalions 
Corps topographic 
companies 
Tracing of plani- 
metric details: 
24 to 48 hours 
after photo- 
graphs. With 
form lines 
added; 48 to 72 
hours. Roughly 
contoured 
in color: 
3 to 5 days 
Strategic 
map 
1:500,000 
(1 inch = 
8 miles) 
100- 
1,000 
(con- 
tours 
seldom 
shown) 
43 latitude 
and 
longi- 
tude (215 
by 280 
miles) 
Strategy and logistics 
Drainage systems, 
water, and 
mountain ranges 
Cities, rail lines and 
terminals, main- 
tained water and 
airways and ter- 
minals, and roads 
of military 
importance 
Corps of 
Engineers 
GHQ and army 
topographic 
battalions 
Limited quantities 
on M-day. 
Reproductions; 
24 hours 
Topo- 
graphic 
map, 
con- 
toured 
0 
1:62,500 
(1 inch = 
1 mile) 
20 
Maximum 
19 by 22 
(maxi- 
mum 
impres- 
sion 
18 by 21) 
15' latitude 
and 
longitude 
(25,000 
by 
30,000 
yards) 
General field uses. 
Tactical and 
logistical studies by 
units from corps 
to regiment 
Drainage systems, 
water, relief, and 
forested areas 
Railroads, roads, 
bridges, dams, 
towns, buildings, 
etc. 
Geological 
survey ® 
Corps of 
Engineers ® 
Geological 
survey, 
GHQ and army 
topographic 
battalions 
Limited quantities 
on M-day. 
Reproductions: 
24 to 48 hours 
(very limited 
areas of U.S.) 
Types of Maps and Photomaps for Theater of Operations (Continued): 
242 MILITARY MAPS 
1 
i 
3 
h 
5 
6 
7 
8 
'9 
. 10 
Kind 
of 
map 
Scale 
Contour 
interval 
(feet) 
Sheet 
size 
(inches) 
Size 
of 
area 
Purpose 
Natural features 
and works of man 
shown 
Originals and 
limited number 
of copies 
prepared by — 
Reproduced 
in quantity 
by — 
Probable time 
or conditions 
when available 
® 
Topo- 
graphic 
map, 
con- 
toured 
1:125,000 
(1 inch = 
2 miles) 
50 
17 by 19 
30' latitude 
and 
longitude 
Substitute for 1 ;62,500 
topographic map 
Stream lines, 
vegetation, and 
ground forms 
Railroads, roads, 
towns, air fields, 
etc. 
Geological 
survey ® 
Corps of 
Engineers ® 
Geological 
survey 
GHQ and army 
topographic 
battalions 
Limited quantities 
on M-day. 
Reproductions: 
24 to 48 hours 
(limited areas 
of U.S.) 
Topo- 
graphic 
map, 
scale 
smaller 
than 
1:125,- 
000 
1:125,000 or 
smaller 
Varies 
17 by 19 
Varies, 
depend- 
ing on 
scale 
Strategy and logistics 
Stream lines, 
vegetation, and 
ground forms 
Railroads, roads, 
towns, air fields, 
etc. 
Corps of 
Engineers 
Other Govern- 
ment agencies 
GHQ and army 
topographic 
battalions 
Limited quantities 
on M-day. 
Reproductions; 
24 hours or 
more 
Coast 
charts 
and 
harbor 
charts 
Miscellaneous 
Varies 
Varies, 
depend- 
ing on 
scale 
Coast artillery in 
harbor defense. All 
arms in coastal 
frontier defense 
Hydrography, 
stream lines, 
coast line 
Harbor, docks, aids 
to navigation, 
railroads, roads, 
towns, air fields, 
etc. 
Coast and Geo- 
detic Survey, 
U.S. Hydro- 
graphic Office, 
U.S. Lake 
Survey Office 
0 
Coast and Geo- 
detic Survey 
GHQ and army 
topographic 
battalions 
Limited quantities 
on M-day. 
Reproductions; 
24 to 48 hours 
Miscel- 
lane- 
ous 
maps 
Miscellaneous 
Contours 
seldom 
shown 
Varies 
Varies 
Logistics, maintenance, 
and operation of 
communication 
Drainage systems, 
water, etc. 
Federal, State, 
railroad, and 
other civilian 
agencies 
Civilian agencies 
GHQ and army 
topographic 
battalions. 
Corps topographic 
companies 
Limited quantities 
on M-day. 
Reproductions: 
24 hours 
or more 
Types of Maps and Photomaps for Theater of Operations (Continued) 
243 MILITARY MAPS 
1 
2 
3 
k 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
Road 
maps 
Miscellaneous 
Varies 
Varies 
Logistics. Concentra- 
tion of mechanized 
units. Maintenance 
and operation of 
communication 
Drainage systems, 
water, etc. 
Civilian 
agencies ® 
American 
Automobile 
Association, 
oil companies, 
etc. ® 
Limited quantities 
on M-day. 
Reproductions: 
24 to 48 hours 
Aero- 
naut- 
ical 
charts, 
sec- 
tional 
1:500,000 
(1 inch = 
8 miles) 
Eleva- 
tions 
shown 
by 
color 
gradi- 
ents 
Varies 
Varies 
Aerial navigation and 
as strategical 
map substitute 
Stream lines and 
ground forms 
Railroads, roads, 
towns, air fields, 
and aids to aerial 
navigation 
Coast and Geo- 
detic Survey, 
U.S. Hydro- 
graphic Office® 
Corps of 
Engineers ® 
Coast and Geo- 
detic Survey, 
U.S. Hydro- 
graphic Office 
Corps of 
Engineers 
Limited quantities 
for U.S. 
on M-day. 
Reproductions: 
24 to 48 hours 
Aero- 
naut- 
ical 
charts, 
region- 
al 
1:1.000,000 
(1 inch = 
16 miles) 
Eleva- 
tions 
shown 
by 
color 
gradi- 
ents 
Varies 
Varies 
Aerial navigation 
and as strategical 
map substitute 
Stream lines and 
ground forms 
Railroads, roads, 
towns, air fields, 
and aids to aerial 
navigation 
Coast and Geo- 
detic Survey, 
U.S. Hydro- 
graphic Office® 
Corps of 
Engineers ® 
Coast and Geo- 
detic Survey, 
U.S. Hydro- 
graphic Office 
Corps of 
Engineers 
Limited quantities 
for U.S. 
on M-day. 
Reproductions: 
24 to 48 hours 
® Under most favorable conditions, a single wet-print can be dropped 
within 30 minutes after photography, when the rapid type of photog- 
graphy is used, in which case no negative is available. 
® 5,000-yard grid lines overprinted, or shown by tick marks at edge of 
map. 
Types of Maps and Photomaps for Theater of Operations (Continued): 
NOTES 
® The data as to existing maps contained in this table concern primarily 
the continental United States. Appropriate modifications are neces- 
sary in order to conform to conditions in other theaters of operations. 
® Time estimates are predicated upon adequately organized, equipped, 
and trained mapping (Air Corps, Engineer) and reproduction (Engi- 
neer) troops. Under less favorable conditions more delay must be 
expected. 
244 MILITARY MAPS 
174. Engineer Mapping Troops: 
1 
2 
3 
k 
5 
Unit 
Maps 
reproduced 
Methods of 
reproduction 
Sheet size 
(inches) 
Remarks 
Engineer 
battalion, 
topo- 
graphic, 
GHQ 
Maps in large 
quantities 
Maps of perma- 
nent utility 
Special sketches 
and drawings 
Various types of 
provisional 
and photomaps 
Lithography in 1 
or more colors 
24 by 34 
(impres- 
sion 
22 by 28) 
Battalion is prepared to take over and 
operate presses of larger sizes. 
Contact prints 
(black and 
white, blue, 
and brown) 
Duplicator 
(hectograph and 
similar means) 
Engineer 
battalion, 
topo- 
graphic, 
army " 
Battle maps of 
unmapped areas 
for tactical and 
fire-control use 
Sketches and 
drawings 
Lithography in 
1 or more 
colors 
24 by 34 
(impres- 
sion) 
22 by 28) 
Battalion organized for quantity repro- 
duction to meet the more local repro- 
duction needs of the army. 
Battalion equipped to provide maps to a 
depth of about 30 miles into hostile ter- 
rain. First sheets should appear about 
2 weeks after receipt of aerial photo- 
graphs; subsequent sheets should be 
published at a rate of about 100 square 
miles per day. 
Contact prints 
(black and 
white, blue, 
and brown) 
Duplicator 
(hectograph and 
similar means) 
• 
Engineer 
company, 
topo- 
graphic, 
corps 
Provisional and 
photomaps 
Mosaics 
Maps of 
limited areas 
Overprints, 
overlays, and 
sketches 
Lithography in 
1 color 
Impression 
17 by 19 
Multicolor reproduction possible in cases 
where exactness in matching color plates 
is not essentia] and time is available. 
Contact prints 
(very limited 
numbers only) 
Duplicator 
(hectograph and 
similar means) 
Division 
engineers 
Simple sketches, 
overprints, and 
overlays 
Duplicator 
(hectograph and 
similar means) 
14 by 18 
Lithographic reproduction not possible in 
time of war except in certain square 
(infantry) and other divisions. 
245 MILITARY MAPS 
■ 175. Air Corps Photographic Troops.—a. General: 
1 
2 
S 
Unit 
Photographs furnished 
Remarks 
Reconnaissance 
aviation 
with GHQ 
Various types incident to its reconnaissance 
missions (large scale vertical and oblique 
photographs) 
Army recon- 
naissance 
aviation 
Specialized photography needed by topo- 
graphic battalions for photogramraetry 
(multiple-lens or wide-angle single-lens 
type) 
Large-scale vertical and oblique photo- 
graphs and mosaics for intelligence 
purposes 
Such photography ordinarily not suitable 
for intelligence purposes because of small 
scale and lack of detail. May contain 
important information, however, and 
prints should be made available to 
military intelligence officers for study. 
Corps aviation 
Wide-coverage small-scale photographs 
required by corps topographic company 
for preparation of map substitutes 
Large-scale photographs needed for 
intelligence or combat purposes (single 
photographs, vertical and oblique, 
stereo-pairs and triplets, night 
photographs, and rapid production 
photographs) 
Can produce but limited quantities of 
contact prints and can lay small mosaics 
of less than ten prints. 
Laying of mosaics of a large number of 
prints or quantity reproduction 
of mosaics is the responsibility of 
engineer troops. 
6. Capabilities of aviation units.—The GHQ reconnaissance squadrons and 
army and corps observation squadrons are provided with trailer laboratory 
facilities. Working at maximum speed under favorable conditions, a trained 
photographic section is capable of the following photographic production: 
Time required 
to produce (hours) 
Photographs 
From 
trailer 
laboratory 
From trailer 
laboratory 
and other 
facilities 
Remarks 
Negatives; 
15 (5 prints each) ... 
2 
1H 
Prints partially dried; titled but not interpreted 
50 (5 prints each) 
4 
3 
Prints partially dried; titled but not interpreted 
100 (5 prints each) 
5 
4 
Prints partially dried; titled but not interpreted 
Prints: 
1,500-2,000 
3,000-5,000 
24 
24 
Prints partially dried; titled but not interpreted 
Prints partially dried; titled but not interpreted 
246 MILITARY MAPS 
176-177 
176. Map Distribution in the Field: 
1 
i 
3 
Organization 
or unit 
Agency responsible 
for securing and 
issuing maps 0 
Agency from which maps are secured 
GHQ and 
GHQ troops 
Engineer—GHQ 0 
War Department, GHQ topographic battalion 0, 
and base plants 0 
Army 
Army engineer 0 
Army topograpic battalion 0, and engineer—GHQ 0 
Corps 
Corps engineer 0 
Corps topographic company 0, and army engineer 0 
Division 
Division engineer 0 
Corps engineer 0 
Regiment 
Regimental S-2 
Division engineer 0 
Battalion 0 
Battalion S-2 
Regimental S-2 
Company 0 
Company commander 
Battalion S-2 
NOTES 
®. Applies similarly to squadrons, troops, or batteries. 
® These agencies only are authorized to maintain stocks of maps. Maps are issued to G-2 for head- 
quarters distribution. 
© The distribution of confidential or secret maps will be governed by the provisions of AR 330-5. 
■ 177. Initial Allowance of Maps.—a. Map allowances are based on the 
principle that each individual or organization should have an adequate supply 
of maps of areas in which they are currently operating, or in which they have an 
immediate prospective interest. Units should not be burdened with maps of 
areas outside their zone of operations, but should have adequate maps of regions 
of their present operations and of their immediate future operations. Difficulties 
of production and distribution, as well as the considerable weights involved, 
necessitate economy in map issues. Sectors assigned and operations contem- 
plated are the basis for map distribution. The allowances prescribed herein are 
sufficient for minimum needs only; intervening organizations not specifically 
authorized to stock maps will not retain copies, but will distribute those received 
with the object in view of furnishing front-line units with maps needed by them 
for operations. Proper economy dictates that the only large-scale maps fur- 
nished shall be those of the areas of immediate importance to the individual or 
unit. The initial allowance of military maps will normally be as follows: 
247 177-178 
MILITARY MAPS 
Small 
scale: 
Normally 
1:1,000,000 
to 
1:7,000,000 
Interme- 
diate scale: 
Normally 
1:200,000 
to 1:500,000 
© 
Medium 
scale: 
Normally 
1:60,000 
to 
1:125,000 
Large 
scale 
Aero- 
nautical 
Charts 
(1) Headquarters: 
GHQ 
100 
100 
50 
10 
50 
Army 
25 
75 
50 
10 
25 
Corps 
15 
40 
75 
10 
25 
Division 
5 
25 
55 
20 
10 
Regiment..,. 
I 
7 
7 
14 
Battalion (T) 
1 
6 
6 
Company 
1 © 
1 © 
15 
1 
1 
(2) For Individual Use in Organizations 
Addition to Above Allowance 
(on basis of commissioned strength) 
1 © 
15 
1 © 
(3) Army Air Forces: 
Air Force Combat Command 
25 
50 
Air Force 
5 
15 
15 
100 
Wing headquarters 
5 
7 
7 
10 
Group headquarters 
5 
7 
7 
10 
Squadron headquarters 
1 
7 
7 
4 
Airplane 
1 
1 © 
4 
NOTES 
® Allowance for separate battalions, Cavalry, Armored Force, and Motorized Infantry will be 
increased 50 percent. 
SFor Cavalry, Armored Force, Motorized Infantry, and attached troops only. 
Except for officers of Army Air Forces. (Allowances for artillery observation missions prescribed 
in note ® below.) 
® Except Army Air Forces, see note ® below. (Use by Cavalry and Armored Force will be excep- 
tional.) 
® Observation squadrons only. Airplanes observing artillery fire will be issued same scale maps 
used by artillery firing batteries. 
b. (1) If maps of any of the scale groupings in a above are not available, 
substitution is authorized of maps of the scale nearest to that desired, and in 
quantities provided above for the map replaced. 
(2) Special maps and road maps will be issued as directed by the command- 
ing officer. 
■ 178. Miscellaneous.—a. Grid coordinates: 
(1) Size of military grid.—The military grid is formed by lines spaced 1,000 
yards apart on maps of 1:20,000 scale, and 5,000 yards apart on maps of 1:62,500 
scale. 
(2) Atlas grid.—(a.) The military grid is not applicable to map substitutes 
due to inherent distortions, variations in scale, and the resultant difficulty of 
accurately locating the military grid lines thereon. A suitable atlas grid will 
therefore be applied to photographs, photomaps, provisional maps, and to maps 
whose accuracy does not warrant the use of the military grid. In applying the 
atlas grid to the map, the grid lines will be lettered from left to right and numbered 
from bottom to top. The purpose of the atlas grid is to facilitate description and 
identification of points of interest. The grid lines will be equally spaced and 
248 MILITARY MAPS 
178-179 
approximately 1.8 inches apart. Starting at the left edge of the sheet, the 
vertical grid lines will be assigned letters A, B, C, D, etc., and from the bottom 
of the sheet the horizontal grid lines will be numbered 1,2,3,4, etc. Important 
features within the grid squares may be designated by abbreviated title and 
decimal coordinates, such as RJ-C.5-7.2. 
(b) On single verticals used for map substitutes, the grid numbers and 
letters with ticks only will be applied. On controlled mosaics, the approved 
military grid system will be applied as accurately as possible. 
(3) Expressing grid coordinates.—Regardless of grid spacing, grid coordi- 
nates are expressed by stating the reading east along the X (horizontal) coor- 
dinate, followed by a dash and the reading along the Y (vertical) coordinate, the 
whole being enclosed within parentheses. Example: (350.7-754.6) 
b. Relation between scale and contour interval of maps: 
Scale Contour interval (feet) 
1:62,500 20 
1:20,000 20 
1:10,000 10 
1:5,000 5 
■ 179. References.—Further details pertaining to military maps and mapping 
will be found in the following publications: 
AR 300-15, Maps and Mapping. 
FM 21-25, Map and Aerial Photograph Reading. 
FM 21-26, Advanced Map and Aerial Photograph Reading. 
FM 21-30, Conventional Signs, Military Symbols, and Abbreviations. 
FM 30-20, Military Intelligence, Military Maps. 
249 CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
Chapter 6 
1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
6 
7 
8 j 9 
10 
Weapon 
Weight 
in 
firing 
position 
(pounds) 
Method 
of 
operation 
Type 
of 
feed 
Maximum 
rate 
of 
fire 
(rounds 
per 
minute) 
® 
Practical 
rate of 
fire for 
prolonged 
periods 
(;rounds 
per 
minute) 
Projectiles 
Weight 
per 
round 
{pounds) 
Maximum 
range 
(yards) 
Maximum 
effective 
range 
(yards) 
Effective 
radius 
of burst 
—frag- 
mentation 
(yards) 
Grenade, hand, Mk II, fragmentation 
Box of 24 — 38 pounds 
1.25 
Manual 
1.25 
50 
35 
30 
Gun, machine, M1917, cal .30 (heavy) 
Gun and tripod M191IA1, with wateiw. 
Gun and tripod, without water 
Chest with filled belt 
Spare parts chest with contents 
Chest 15.50 
Contents 5.50 
Accessories 4.63 
Water chest, full 
Water chest, empty 
31.50 
91.75 
84.50 
20.50 
25.63 
22.50 
9.00 
Recoil, 
auto- 
matic 
250-round 
fabric 
belt 
525 
125 
250-round 
belt 
15.25 
3,450 0 
5,500 0 
1,800 ffi 
3.000 00 
4.000 0® 
Gun, machine, M1919A4, cal .30 (light) 
Ammunition chest, empty 
Ammunition chest, loaded 
(Capacity: three 100-round belts) 
Spare parts chest with contents 
45.36 
2.43 
20.80 
20.64 
Recoil, 
auto- 
matic 
50, 100, 
150- 
round 
fabric 
belts 
550 
Maximum 
useable 
rate: 
160 
60 
(100 rounds 
loaded 
in belt: 
6.13) 
3,450 ® 
5,500 0 
1,800 ® 
3.000 00 
4.000 00 
Gun, machine, M2, cal .50 (flexible) 
Gun with tripod M3, 46" barrel 
Gun with tripod M3, 36" barrel 
Accessories and spare parts chest 
Ammunition chest, empty 
Ammunition chest, 100 cart AP(SNL A39) 
84 
129.38 
119.00 
31.5 
5 to 6 
35.87 
Recoil, 
semi- 
auto- 
matic 
& auto- 
matic 
Metallic 
disin- 
tegrat- 
ing 
link 
belt 
500 
Rapid ...125 
Slow 40 
(100 
rounds 
30 
pounds) 
7,200 
500 0 
1,800 0 
4,000 0 
■ 180. Characteristics of Infantry and Cavalry Weapons: 
250 CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
1 
2 
S 
4 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
Gun, submachine, M1928A1, cal .45 
Gun without magazine 
20-round magazine, empty 
20-round magazine, tilled 
50-round magazine, empty 
50-round maga/.me filled 
10.75 
.38 
1.31 
2.63 
4.95 
Recoil, 
semi- 
auto- 
matic 
& auto- 
matic 
20-round 
box 
maga- 
zine 
50-round 
drum 
maga- 
zine 
700 
40 ® 
100 ® 
1,600 
300 
Gun, 37-mm, M1916 ® 
Gun on tripod 
Gun on wheels 
Ammunition chest, 16-round, empty 
Ammunition chest, full (HE shell) 
Ammunition chest, full (LE shell) 
174.00 
342.00 
8.00 
33.12 
31.04 
Manual, 
single 
shot 
Hand, 
breech 
loading 
25 
15 
HE 1.57 
LE 1.44 
4,300 
1,800 ® 
10 
Gun, 37-mm, M3 (antitank) 
Gun and carriage, M4 
One 20-round box Am M51, shot fixed AP 
912.0 
100.0 
Manual, 
single 
shot 
Hand, 
breech 
loading 
25 
20 
HE 1.23 
AP 1.92 
7,500 
1,000 ® 
1,800 ® 
10 
(HE) 
Mortar, 60-mm, M2 
One 6-round carton shell, HE, M49A1 
38.30 
24.40 
Manual, 
single 
shot 
Hand, 
muzzle 
loading 
35 
18 
2.96 
1,935 
15 
Mortar, 81-mm, Ml, & mount 
One 6-round bundle shell, HE-M43 
One 3-round bundle shell, HE-M45 
One 3-round bundle shell, smoke, WP-M57.. 
136.00 
59.00 
57.00 
45.00 
Manual, 
single 
shot 
Hand, 
muzzle 
loading 
35 
18 
HE. .. 6.87 
10.75 
15.05 
11.40 
100 to 3,290 
300 to 2,655 
100 to 1,275 
300 to 2,470 
Light....25 
Heavy .35 
Pistol, automatic, cal .45 
Pistol with loaded magazine 
Pistol with empty magazine 
2.76 
2.44 
Recoil, 
semi- 
auto- 
matic 
7-round 
box 
maga- 
zine 
(21 rounds 
in 12 
seconds) 
10 
(Carton of 
20 rounds: 
l.D 
1,600 
50 
Characteristics of Infantry and Cavalry Weapons (Continued): CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
1 
2 
3 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
Weapon 
Weight 
in 
firing 
position 
(pounds) 
Method 
of . 
operation 
Type 
of 
feed 
Maximum 
rate 
of 
fire 
(rounds 
per 
minute) 
® 
Practical 
rate of 
fire for 
prolonged 
periods 
{rounds 
per 
minute) 
Projectiles 
Weight 
per 
round 
(pounds) 
Maximum 
range 
(yards) 
Maximum 
effective 
range 
(yards) 
Effective 
radius 
of burst 
—frag- 
mentation 
(yards) 
Rifle, automatic, cal .30, Browning, M1918 
Bifle with filled magazine 
Magazine, filled.. 
Magazine, empty 
16.93 
1.43 
7 ounces 
23.50 
Gas, semi- 
auto- 
matic 
& auto- 
matic 
20-round 
box 
maga- 
zine 
60 0 
40 
3,450 0 
5,500 0 
600 
Rifle, automatic, eal .30, Browning, M1918A1 
Rifle with bipod, hinged butt plate, 
stock rest, speed regulator, 
sling, and loaded magazine 
Gas, semi- 
auto- 
matic & 
auto- 
matic 
20-round 
box 
maga- 
zine 
60 0 
150 ® 
40 
3,450 ® 
5,500 0 
600 
Rifle, US, cal .30, M1903 
Rifle without bayonet 
Rifle with bayonet 
8.69 
9.60 
Manual 
5-round 
clip 
10 to 15 
10 
3,450 0 
5,500 ® 
600 
Rifle, US, cal .30, Ml 
Rifle without bayonet 
Rifle with bayonet 
9.62 
10.62 
Gas, semi- 
auto- 
matic 
8-round 
clip 
16 to 24 
16 
3,450 0 
5,500 ® 
600 
Characteristics of Infantry and Cavalry Weapons (Continued): 
252 CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
® For other than automatic weapons, personal proficiency is a controlling factor. The construction of the weapon, heating, and other conditions influence 
sustained or prolonged performance. 
S Fragments may fly over 200 yards. * 
M2 ammunition. 
® Ml ammunition. 
S Observed fire, distance varying with visibility. 
Indirect fire. 
@ With a cool gun, a single burst of 100 to 150 rounds can be fired. 
0 Penetrates 5/8-inch armor plate at 500 yards, normal impact. 
0 Semi-automatic fire. 
@ Automatic fire. 
® All-over width of vehicle with trails closed: 39.25 inches. 
® Aimed fire. 
® Penetrates armor plate at 1,000 yards, 20 degrees of incidence. 
® Within limits of maximum range, observation is a controlling factor. 
§ Fragments may fly as far as 400 yards. 
All-over width over hub caps 63.5 inches. 
NOTES 
253 1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
IS 
n 
Type 
and caliber 
(the model 
designation 
refers 
to the 
carriage) 
Weight of piece, 
carriage 
(and limber) 
in 
traveling position 
with 
normal load 
except personnel 
(pounds — 
approximate) 
Piece transportation 
Weight 
of 
prime 
mover 
with 
normal 
load 
(pounds— 
approx- 
imate) 
Normal 
overall 
width 
traveling 
position 
(inches) 
Time 
to 
emplace 
or 
change 
from 
firing 
to 
traveling 
position 
Tra- 
verse 
(de- 
grees) 
Normal 
rate 
of fire 
(rounds 
per 
minute) 
Maximum 
effective 
range 
(yards) 
(85% 
extreme 
range, 
using 
standard 
ammu- 
nition) 
Approximate 
weight 
of 
ammunition 
(pounds) 
0 
Unit 
of 
fire 
(rounds 
per 
piece) 
Piece 
Prime 
mover 
Short 
bursts 
Pro- 
longed 
Pro- 
jectile 
fused 
Com- 
plete 
round 
packed 
Howitzer, 
75-mm, Ml 
(pack) 
Gross 2,050 
Net pay 
load ....1,390 
6 pack mules ® 
48 
3 min- 
utes 
5 
6 
3 
8,100 
14.6 
22 
300 
Howitzer, 
75-mm, 
M3A1 (field) 
HD..._ 3,340© 
Mecz 2,090 
HD 6-horse team 
Mecz Trk, 13^-ton, 
half-track 
Mecz 
11,500 
0 
68 
Mecz 
86 
3 min- 
utes 
45 
6 
3 
8,100 
14.6 
22 
300 
Gun, 75-mm, 
M2A2 
HD 5,800® 
Mtz 3,800 
HD 6-horse team 
Mtz ...Trk, 4x4 
Trk, 6x6 
Mtz 
10,000 
15,000 
81 
86 
3 min- 
utes 
85 
6 
3 
11,500 
14.6 
23 
300 
Gun, 75-mm, 
M2A3, AT 
HD 5,400® 
Mtz 3,460 
HD 6-horse team 
Mtz Trk, 4x4 
Trk, 6x6 
Mtz 
10,000 
15,000 
81 
86 
3 min- 
utes 
60 
6 
3 
11,500 
14.6 
23 
150 
Howitzer, 
105-mm, M2 
4,300 
Truck, 6x6 
15,000 
81 
86 
3 min- 
utes 
45 
4 
2 
10,300 
32.7 
51 
225 
characteristics of materiel 
181. Characteristics of Field Artillery: 
254 CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
1 
2 
3 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
it 
12 
IS 
n 
Type 
and caliber 
(the model 
designation 
refers 
Weight of piece, 
carriage 
(and limber) 
in 
traveling position 
with 
Piece transjwrtation 
Weight 
of 
prime 
mover 
with 
Normal 
overall 
width 
traveling 
fiosition 
(inches) 
T ime 
to 
emplace 
or 
change 
from 
firing 
to 
traveling 
position 
Tra- 
verse 
(de- 
grees) 
Normal 
rate 
office 
(rounds 
per 
minute) 
Maximum 
effective 
range 
(yards) 
(85% 
extreme 
range, 
using 
standard 
ammu- 
nition) 
Approximate 
weight 
of 
ammunition 
(pounds) 
® 
Unit 
of 
/ fire , 
to the 
carriage) 
normal load 
except personnel 
(pounds — 
approximate) 
load 
(pounds— 
a prox- 
imate) 
Piece 
Prime 
mover 
Short 
bursts 
Pro- 
longed 
Pro- 
jectile 
fused 
Com- 
plete 
round 
packed 
(rounds 
per 
piece) 
Howitzer, 
155-nun, 
M1918A3 
9,120 
Truck, 4-ton, 6x6 
24,000 
90 
96 
5 min- 
utes 
6 
3 
1 
10,500 
95 
106 
150 
Gun, 155-mm, 
M1918A1 
(mdf-GPF) 
30,000 
Tractor, hvy, 10-ton 
Truck, 7V<j-ton, 6x6 
27,500 
34,000 
106 
84 
96 
1 to 6 
hours 
60 
3 
1 
15,200 
95 
135 
100 
Guo, 155-rom, 
Ml 
30,740 
Tractor, hvy, 10-ton 
Truck, 6x6 
27,500 
34,000 
93 
84 
96 
)4 to i 
hour 
60 
3 
1 
22,100 
95 
142 
100 
Howitzer, 
8-inch, Ml 
30,200 
Tractor, hvy, 10-ton 
Truck, 6x6 
27,500 
34,000 
99 
84 
Y<1 to 1 
hour 
60 
Vk 
15,900 
200 
243 
80 
Howitzer, 240- 
M1918 
58,600 ® 
5 Tractors, hvy, 10-ton (?) 
27,500 
102 
84 
3 to 12 
hours 
20 
hi 
M 
13,900 
345 
400 
60 
. NOTES 
0 A limber is provided with this weapon. 
0 8-inch and 240-mm howitzers fire high explosive shell only. The other types may also fire smoke and persistent gas shell. 
® Maximum weight on a single animal: 354 pounds. Maximum pay load: 248 pounds. 
0 15,000 pounds, if armored. 
0 Transported in four loads. Weight of maximum load: 16,230 pounds. 
0 Four howitzer loads. One accessories load. 
Characteristics of Field Artillery (Continued): 1 
2 
S 
K 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
IK 
15 
Total 
weight 
piece 
and 
carriage 
{tone — 
approx- 
imate) 
Approximate 
weight 
of . 
ammunition, 
complete 
round, 
packed 
{pounds) 
© 
Rate 
of 
fire 
{rounds 
per 
piece 
per 
min- 
ute) 
Time 
to em place 
in firing 
position 
or change 
from 
firing to 
traveling 
position 
Ammunition 
transport 
Mai 
ches 
Caliber 
and 
type 
Range 
{yards) 
Traverse 
{degrees 
permitted 
by 
carriage) 
Unit 
of 
fire 
{rounds 
per 
piece) 
Piece 
trans- 
port 
Kind 
Rounds 
per 
ve- 
hicle 
Width 
of 
track 
{inch- 
es) 
Aver- 
age 
rate 
of 
march 
{miles 
per 
hour) 
Aver- 
age 
day's 
march 
{miles) 
Gun, 8-inch 
113 
340 
33,850 
© 
360 
1/3 
96 
3 hours 
Railway 
Railway 
car 
96 
5636 
20 
200 
Railway 
Mortar, 
12-inch 
88 
763 
14,650 
© 
360 
2/3 
48 
3 hours 
Railway 
Railway 
car 
48 
563/2 
20 
200 
® 
Gun, 14-inch 
341 
1,860 
48,200 
© 
7 © 
360 ® 
Vi 
50 
8 hours @ 
10 days @ 
Railway 
Railway 
car 
24 
5636 
15-20 
200 
® 
Tractor- 
drawn 
Gun, 155-mm 
12 
148 
17,400 
© 
60 
3 
100 
1 to 6 hours 
Towing 
trac- 
tor 
236-ton 
truck 
35 
90 
336 
30 
Gun, 3-inch 
8 
150 pounds 
per box of 
4 rounds 
6,000 
© 
360 
25 
300 
20 minutes day 
30 minutes night 
® 
Towing 
truck 
@ 
23'2-ton 
truck 
120 
66 
10-25 
175 
aircraft 
© 
Gun, 90-mm 
9 
225 pounds 
per box of 
4 rounds 
8,000 
© 
360 
17 
250 
20 minutes day 
30 minutes night 
® 
Towing 
truck 
® 
23^-ton 
truck 
88 
88>6 
10-25 
175 
CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
182. Characteristics op Coast Artillery (Mobile) : CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
15 
Antiair- 
craft 
(cont) 
® 
Gun, 37-mm 
m 
85 pounds 
per box of 
20 rounds 
2,500 
® 
360 
120 
1,800 
5 minutes 
Towing 
truck 
2l/2-ion 
truck 
900 
58 
10-25 
175 
Machine gun, 
cal .50 
Gun and 
mount 
(3 
loads); 
485 
pounds 
Gun: 94 
pounds 
120 pounds 
per 300 
rounds 
1,850 
360 
500 
7,200 
® 
5 minutes @ 
Truck 
IJ^-ton 
truck 
3,600 
10-25 
175 
NOTES 
® Data pertaining to antiaircraft searchlights: 
Average effective range of illumination: 6,000 yards. 
Traverse: 360 degrees. 
Average time required to emplace: 20 minutes. 
0 Includes separate powder charge for railway and tractor-drawn artillery ammunition. 
(D Maximum horizontal range, 
® For powder train fuze. Maximum effective horizontal range at altitude of 17,100 feet. Range increases at lower altitudes to a maximum horizontal range 
of 7,550 yards. 
0 Maximum effective horizontal range at 25,800 feet. Range increases at lower altitudes to a maximum horizontal range of 12,600 yards. 
® Maximum effective horizontal range. At lower altitudes the range increases to a maximum horizontal range of 3,500 yards. 
0 Total traverse on carriage when gun is put in position on track without base ring. 
0 360 degrees traverse when gun is mounted on prepared emplacement with base ring. 
0 Unit of fire for machine guns in 3-inch gun batteries is 3,600 rounds. 
(3) 8 hours required for position indicated in 0. 
@ Includes construction of concrete emplacement for all-around fire. 
@ For slopes not exceeding 5 degrees. More time is required for slopes exceeding 5 degrees, as digging is necessary. 
(з) For slopes not exceeding 4 degrees. More time is required for slopes exceeding 4 degrees, as digging is necessary. 
(§) The gun can be fired effectively from truck. 
(и) Routings restricted to certain railway lines by requirements of curvature, clearance and bridge capacities. 
@ Weight loaded 17 tons. 
Characteristics of Coast Artillery (Mobile) (Continued): 
257 CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
Type of vehicle 
Weight 
{tons) 
{gross— 
equipped 
with 
crew) 
Armament 
Main 
armor 
{inches) 
Crew 
Maxi- 
mum 
speed 
on 
roads 
{miles 
per 
hour) 
© 
Spanning 
capacity 
{feet) 
Slope 
climbing 
ability 
{degrees) 
Safe 
fording 
depth 
{inches) 
Fuel 
capacity 
{gallons) 
Mileage 
on 
one 
fill 
{miles) 
Height 
{inches) 
Length 
{inches) 
Width 
{inches) 
Car, half-track, M2 
8.5 
2 MG, cal .30 
1 MG, sub, cal .45 
1 MG, cal ,50 
Front Yl 
Body H 
10 
45 
30 
30 
60 
250 
88 
231 y2 
77Y 
Car, scout, M3A1 
5.5 
2 MG, cal .30 
1 MG, sub, cal .45 
1 MG, cal .50 
Front Yi 
Body 
8 
55 
30 
28 
30 
250 
78 
221 
77H 
Carrier, personnel, 
half-track, M3 
8.25 
1 MG, cal .30 
1 MG, sub, cal .45 
Front Yi 
Body 
13 
45 
30 
30 
60 
250 
88 
242Y 
77 M 
Carrier, 81-mm, 
mortar, half-track, 
M4 
8.25 
1 MG, cal .30 
1 MG, sub, cal .45 
1 MG, cal .50 
1 Mortar, 81-mm 
Front Y 
Body 
6 
45 
30 
30 
60 
250 
88 
2S5Y 
77\i 
Combat car 
(The old single 
turret light tank. 
The old infantry 
light tank with 2 
turrets has similar 
characteristics.) 
9.5 
3 MG, cal .30 
1 MG, sub, cal .45 
1 MG, cal .50 
4 
45 
6 
35 
42 
60 
125 
84 
163 
93 
Mortar, SPM, 
4.2-inch mortar 
(old type) 
5 
1 MG, cal .30 
1 Mortar, 4.2-inch 
4 
58 
30 
30 
26 
ISO 
81 
122 
78 
183. Characteristics of Armored Vehicles: © 1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
Tank, light, M3 
13.5 
4 MG, cal .30 
1 Gun, 37-mm 
1H 
4 
37 
6 
30 
36 
55 
125 
98 H 
192% 
102 
Tank, medium, M2 
18 
8 MG, cal .30 
1 Gun, 37-mm 
5 
32 
9 
23 
53 
130 
195 
109 
209 
103 
Tank, medium, M3 
28 
4 MG, cal .30 
2 MG, sub, cal .45 
1 Gun, 37-mm 
1 Gun, 75-mm 
2 
6 
25 
7.4 
30 
42 
200 
175 
122 
223 
108 
Tank, heavy, T1 
55 
3 MG, cal .30 
2 MG, sub, cal .45 
3 MG, cal .50 
1 Gun, 37-mm 
1 Gun, 3-inch 
3 
6 
25 
11 
30 
48 
425 
125 
122 3/8 
277 
123 
CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
NOTES 
® These characteristics pertain to the latest type (as of June 1,1941) vehicles approved for, or already in production. However, since several earlier models 
of each type vehicle listed are still in use, the data contained in this table must be considered as approximate only. 
® The cross-country speed of the vehicles listed will vary from 5 to 25 miles per hour, depending on the nature of the terrain, whether employed during 
day or night, and, if employed at night, whether with or without lights. 
Characteristics of Armored Vehicles (Continued): 
259 1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
Total 
airplanes 
in 
squadron 
Probable 
maximum 
operating 
strength 
of 
squadron 
® 
Bomb load 
Practical 
operating 
range 
(miles) 
Tactical 
operating 
radius 
°f 
action 
Operating 
speed 
Climb 
Take off 
and 
land 
Classes of aviation 
N—Normal 
hour 
(miles) 
50' obstacle 
M = Maximum 
Time to/feet 
Take off!Land, 
Bombardment, light, 2-engine (A-20B) 
13 
10 
N-1,000 
M—2,400 
650 
325 
275 
2,51072,163' 
650 
325 
275 
Bombardment, medium, 2-engine (B-26) 
13 
10 
N—2,400 
M—6,200 
1,150 
575 
180 
5.9/10,000 
2,50072,200' 
Bombardment, heavy, 4-engine (B-24C) 
8 
7 
N—2,400 
M—8,800 © 
2,000 
1,000 
220 
2,400'/l,950' 
Pursuit, single-engine (P-40F) 
25 
18 
N— 
1,040 
770 
520 
300 
6.9/15,000 
2,30071,800' 
M—120 
385 
300 
Pursuit, 2-engine (P-38E) 
25 
18 
N— 
650 
325 
330 
6.9/20,000 
2,560'/2,500' 
M— 
Observation, single-engine (0-52) 
(Corps and Division) 
13 
10 
N— 
624 
312 
192 
9107920' 
M— 
Observation, 2-engine (0-53) 
(Corps and Division) 
13 
10 
N—1,000 
M— 
603 
300 
325 
2,392'/2,205' 
Reconnaissance, medium range, 2-engine (B-26) 
13 
10 
N— 
2,760 
1,380 
200 
2,500'/2,200' 
M— 
Reconnaissance, long range, 4-engine (B-24A) © 
8 
7 
N— 
4,100 
2,050 
194 
2,140'/1,810' 
M— 
Transport, 2-engine (C-47) 
21 passengers 
1,190 
595 
170 
10/10,000 
1,88071,900' 
CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
NOTES 
(T) The actual operating strength will vary and should be determined accurately by communication with the unit. 
S Bombardment airplanes used for reconnaissance have greater ranges due to the substitution of fuel for bomb load. 
Eight 1,100-pound bombs. 
184. Characteristics of Air Corps Units: CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
1 
2 
3 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
Weapon 
Weight 
(pounds) 
Rate of fire 
(rounds 
per minute) 
Time to emplace 
Effective 
range 
(yards) 
Ammunition load 
(complete rounds) 
Short 
hursts 
Pro- 
longed 
Day 
Night 
Trucks 
(lxA-ton) 
Trailer 
(1-ton) 
Man 
4.2-inch chemical mortar MIA1 ® 
Barrel, CM, MIA1 
Baseplate, CM, Mil 
Standard, CM, MI 
Shell, CM, 4.2-inch, loose 
Shell, CM, 4.2-inch, 2 rounds in box 
Hand cart, loaded with chemical mortar complete 
Hand cart, loaded with 20 rounds in boxes... 
91 
150 
53 
25 
65 
491 
479 
20 
5 
5 minutes 
10 minutes 
2,400 
90 ® 
117 ® 
60 ® 
2 ® 
Livens projector, 8-inch 
Barrel 
110 
28 
61 
83 
9 
56 
213 
Fired but once. 
One round per 
projector per 
installation 
fired simul- 
taneously by 
electricity 
100 per 
platoon in 
2lA hours 
100 per 
platoon in 
5 hours 
1,450 
15 ® 
10 ® 
1/3 ® 
Baseplate 
Shell, loose 
Shell, boxed, 1 round 
Livfens charge, loose 
4 Livens charges, boxed 
Livens projector complete with ammunition ready to fire.... 
NOTES 
■ 185. Characteristics of Chemical Weapons: 
Q Overall width of hand cart: 3 feet 6 inches. 
@ Boxed. 
@ Loose. 
® Livens projector, complete with ammunition ready to fire. CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
1 
2 
3 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
Agent 
(common name) 
cws 
Sym- 
bol 
Marking 
on 
munition 
Odor 
in air 
Persistency 
Tactical 
Classification 
Physiological 
Classification 
Physiological action 
Munitions 
suitable for use 
Summer 
Winter 
Adamsite 
DM 
1 red band 
DM GAS 
No pro- 
nounced 
odor 
5 minutes 
(from 
candles) 
Same as 
summer 
Harassing 
agent 
Sternutator 
irritant 
smoke ® 
Headache, nausea, 
violent sneezing, 
followed by tem- 
porary debility 
Candle, burning type 
munitions, air 
bombs 
Brombenzylcyanide 
CA 
1 red band 
CA GAS 
Like sour 
fruit 
Several days 
Several 
weeks 
Harassing 
agent 
Lacrimator 0 
Severe lacrimation 0 
and nose irritation 
75-mm artillery shell, 
airplane spray 
Chloracetophenone 
CN 
1 red band 
CN GAS 
Like apple 
blos- 
soms 
Solid form: 
several 
days 
Burning 
mixture: 
5 minutes 
Solid form: 
several 
weeks 
Burning 
mixture: 
10 min- 
utes 
Harassing 
agent 
Lacrimator © 
Eye and skin 
irritation 
Grenades, artillery 
and chemical mor- 
tar shell, bombs 
('hloracetophenone 
solution 
CNS 
1 red band 
CNS GAS 
Like fly 
paper 
1 hour (|) 
2 hours 0 
6 hours @ 
1 week 0 
Harassing 
agent 
(training) 
Lacrimator 
® 
Violent eye irriation, 
vomiting, and 
mild skin itching 
75-mm, 155-mra, and 
chemical mortar 
shells, small air 
bombs, airplane 
spray, and hand 
grenades 
Chlorine 
Cl 
1 green band 
Cl GAS 
Pungent 
5 minutes ® 
20 minutes 
© 
Same as 
summer 
Casualty 
agent 
Lung 
irritant 
Burns upper respira- 
tory tracts 
Mixed with CG and 
PS in cylinders and 
Livens projector 
shells 
186. Characteristics of Chemical Agents: 
262 1 
2 
3 
* 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
Agent 
(common name) 
cws 
Marking 
Odor 
in air 
Persistency 
Tactical 
Classification 
Physiological 
Classification 
Physiological action 
Munitions 
suitable for use 
bol 
munition 
Summer 
Winter 
Chlorpicrin 
PS 
2 green 
bands 
PS GAS 
Sweetish, 
like fly 
paper 
1 hour <D 
4 hours 0 
12 hours 0 
1 week @ 
Harassing 
and 
casualty 
agent 
Lung 
irritant 
and 
lacrimator 
© 
Lacrimates 0, irri- 
tates nose and 
throat, produces 
nausea and lung 
irritation in order 
as concentration 
increases 
Mixed with CN in 
75-mm and chemi- 
cal mortar shells, 
airplane spray, and 
air bombs. Mixed 
with CG in Livens 
projector shells 
Diphenychlorasine 
(German: 
blue cross) 
DA 
1 red band 
DA GAS 
Like shoe 
polish 
HE detona- 
tion: 5 
minutes 
Candle dis- 
semina- 
tion: 10 
minutes 
Same as 
summer 
Harassing 
agent 
Sternutator 
0. 
irritant 
smoke 
Sneezing, vomiting, 
headache 
Burning type 
munitions 
Ethyldichlorarsine 
(German: Dick) 
ED 
2 green 
bands 
ED GAS 
Biting, 
irritant 
1 to 2 hours 
0 
2 to 6 hours 
© 
2 to 4 hours 
0 
12 hours 0 
Casualty 
and 
harassing 
agent 
Vesicant 0 
and 
sternu- 
tator 0 
Vesicant © 1/6 as 
powerful as HS. 
A powerful sternu- 
tator ©. Causes 
paralysis of the 
fingers 
Artillery and 
chemical mortar 
shells and 
airplane spray 
HC mixture 
HC 
1 yellow 
band 
HC 
SMOKE 
Acrid, suf- 
focating 
when 
very 
dense 
Only while 
burning 
Only while 
burning 
Screening 
smoke 
None 
None from solid. 
Slightly suffocating 
action by heavy 
smoke 
Burning type muni- 
tions only: gre- 
nades, candles, 
smoke floats, 
special air bombs 
CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
Characteristics of Chemical Agents (Continued): 
263 1 
2 
3 
i 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
Agent 
{common name) 
cws 
Sym- 
bol 
Marking 
on 
munition 
Odor 
in air 
Persistency 
Tactical 
Classification 
Physiological 
Classification 
Physiological action 
Munitions 
suitable for use 
Summer 
Winter 
Lewisite 
Ml 
2 green 
bands 
Ml GAS 
Like ger- 
aniums, 
then 
biting 
24 hour® 
2 to 3 days 
0 
1 week or 
more 
Casualty 
agent 
Vesicant © 
Is absorbed in skin 
and lung tissue, 
then burns and 
liberates Ml oxide 
which poisons body 
75-mm gun, 155-mm 
howitzers, and 
chemical mortar 
shells, airplane 
spray, and air 
bombs 
Mustard 
HS 
2 green 
bands 
HS GAS 
Like 
garlic or 
horse- 
radish 
3 to 4 days 
0 
1 week 0 
Several 
weeks 
Casualty 
agent 
(harassing 
agent) 
Vesicant 0 
Is absorbed in skin 
and lung tissue, 
then produces 
burns 
75-mm gun, 155-mm 
howitzer, 155-mm 
gun, and chemical 
mortar shells, air- 
plane spray, air 
bombs, land mines 
Phosgene 
CG 
1 green band 
CG GAS 
Like en- 
silage, 
fresh- 
cut hay 
5 minutes 0 
10 minutes 
© 
10 minutes 
0 
30 minutes 
© 
Casualty 
agent 
(harassing 
agent) 
Lung 
irritant 
Burns lower respira- 
tory tracts, causes 
accumulation of 
serous fluid in lungs 
Livens projector 
shells, cylinders, 
and chemical 
mortar shells 
Sulfur trioxide 
solution (or FS) 
FS 
1 yellow 
band 
FS 
SMOKE 
Acid or 
acrid 
While con- 
tainer is 
operating 
Same as 
summer 
Screening 
agent 
None 
Liquid burns like 
strong acid. Smoke 
causes prickling 
sensation on skin 
From cylinders under 
gas pressure, air- 
plane spray tanks, 
explosive shells 
Thermite 
TH 
1 purple 
band TH 
INCEND 
Incendiary 
(harassing 
agent) 
FM (titanium 
tetrachloride) 
FM 
1 yellow 
band FM 
SMOKE 
Acrid 
10 minutes 
0 
10 minutes 
0 
Screening 
agent 
None 
Liquid burns like 
strong acid. Vapor 
and smoke irri- 
tating to throat 
Artillery and chemi- 
cal mortar shells, 
airplane spray, air 
bombs, special 
munitions 
CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
Characteristics of Chemical Agents (Continued): 
264 CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
Agent 
(common name) 
cws 
Sym- 
bol 
Marking 
on 
munition 
Odor 
Odor 
in air 
Persistency 
Tactical 
Classification 
Physiological 
Classification 
Physiological action 
Munitions 
suitable for use 
Summer 
Winter 
White phosphorus 
WP 
1 yellow 
band 
WP 
SMOKE 
Like 
matches 
Usually 10 
minutes 
or less (?) 
Same as 
summer 
Screening 
agent 
(casualty, 
incendi- 
ary) 
None 
Solid particles burn 
flesh. Smoke 
relatively 
harmless 
Grenades, artillery 
and chemical mor- 
tar shells, air bombs 
NOTES 
® Sternutator.—An agent which causes sneezing, vomiting, irritation of the throat and nose, and temporary physical disability. 
0 Lacrimator.—An agent which, in low concentrations, exerts an intense irritant action on the eyes, causing a profuse flow of tears and such discomfort 
that vision becomes impossible. 
® In open. 
0 In woods 
® Vesicant.—An agent that blisters. 
Characteristics of Chemical Agents (Continued): 
265 CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
187. Data on Chemical Munitions: 
1 
2 
S 
h 
6 
6 
Munition 
Agents and weight 
of filling 
(pounds 
unless 
otherwise 
indicated) 
Weight 
of 
complete 
round 
(pounds 
unless 
otherwise 
indicated) 
Weight 
of 
complete 
round, 
crated 
(pounds) 
Approximate time 
for agent to burn 
or evaporate 
at 
point of release 
Effective 
range 
of 
weapon 
(yards) 
Grenade, hand, gas, irritant, 
CN-DM, M-6 
CN-DM mix- 
ture, 4 oz 
(2 oz each) 
17 oz 
1.96 
40 sec 
35 
Grenade, hand, gas, irritant, 
CN. M-7 
CN 2.9 oz 
17 oz 
1.96 
40 sec 
35 
Grenade, hand, smoke, 
HC, M-8 
HC 20.6oz 
28 oz 
2.64 
3 min 
30 
Candle, gas, irritant, 
DM, MI ® 
DM 2 
9 
13.6 
2 min 
None ® 
Cylinder, chemical, portable, 
M1A2 ® 
CG 31.7 
FS 40.0 
63 
66 
1 min 
None (?) 
Land mine (1 gallon can) 
HS 8.5 
10 
16 
10 days 
Must be 
placed 
Pot, smoke, HC, MI 
HC 12.5 
14.3 
5 to 8 min 
None 
Shell, chemical. Livens pro- 
jector, Mil and MIIA1 
CG \ 28 
FS / 
63 
97 
1 to 2 min 
1.450 
Shell, 4.2-inch chemical 
mortar 
CNS._ 5.8 
CG 5.0 
HS 5.4 
WP 7.5 
FS 7.5 
25.5 
32.5 
CNS 2 hr 
CG 1 min 
HS 10 days 
WP— .2-3 rain 
FS 30 sec 
2,400 
Shell, chemical, 81-mm, M57 
WP 
11.4 
WP 
300-2,470 
Shell, 75-mm gun, chemical, 
Mk II 
HS 1.3 
WP— 1.8 
FS 1.9 
16.6 
20 
(bundle 
packing) 
HS 1 week 
WP 30 sec 
FS 15 sec 
8,000 
Shell, 105-mm howitzer 
HS 3.3 
WP 4.7 
FS- 4.8 
42.1 
51 
(bundle 
packing) 
HS 1 week 
WP 35 sec 
FS 20 sec 
10,000 
Shell, 155-mm howitzer, 
Mk II and 155-mm gun, 
chemical Mk VII ® 
HS 11.1 
WP 15.6 
FS... 16.3 
CG 10.7 
How: 
102.4 
Gun: 
122.8 
How: 
105,3 
Gun: 
148.6 
HS 10 days 
WP 4-5 min 
FS .30 sec 
How: 
11,000 
Gun: 
16,000 
Tank, airplane, chemical 
spray (22 gallons) 
HS 231 
FS. 250 
CNS— 250 
CNB 227 
277 to 300 
HS 4-6 hr 
(summer) 
FS 5 sec (?) 
CNS 1 hr 
CNB 1 hr 
Radius of 
action 
of 
airplane 
266 Data on Chemical Munitions (Continued): 
CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
187-188 
1 
2 
3 
5 
6 
Munition 
Agents and weight 
of filling 
{pounds 
unless 
otherwise 
indicated) 
Weight 
of 
complete 
round 
(pounds 
unless 
otherwise 
indicated) 
Weight 
of 
complete 
round, 
crated 
(pounds) 
Approximate time 
for agent to burn 
or evaporate 
at 
point of release 
Effective 
range 
of 
weapon 
(yards) 
Bomb, chemical, 30-pound, 
Ml 
HS 9.1 
FS 13.7 
WP 12.5 
33.6 
44.2 
HS 1 week 
FS 30 sec 
WP 2-3 min 
Radius of 
action 
of 
airplane 
Bomb, gas, persistent (HS), 
30-pound, M46 
HS 20.6 
26.8 
74.8 
(2 in box) 
HS 1 week 
Radius of 
action 
of 
airplane 
Bomb, gas, persistent (HS), 
100-pound, M47 
HS 73.0 
93 
119.5 
HS 1 week 
Radius of 
action 
of 
airplane 
® One chemical ’ompany can install and fire 300 candles. 
0 The maximum effective range of cloud attack from candles is 5,000 yards. 
0 One chemical company can install 300 cylinders in 6 hours at night, if the carry is not over 2 miles. 
0 The maximum effective range of cloud attack from cylinders is 7,500 yards. 
0 WP and FS fillings are not authorized for 155-mm guns. CG fillings are not now authorized. 
0 Time of discharge of tank. 
' ZzSEi 
NOTES 
188. Chemical Ammunition Requirements.—a. Chemical shell 
1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
Agent 
HS 
©, 0 
(mustard) 
CNS 0, 0 
(chloracetophenone 
solution) 
CO 
© 
phosgene) 
Weapon 
75-mrn 
gun 
155- 
mm 
how- 
itzer 
155- 
mm 
gun 
h.2- 
inch 
mortar 
75-mm 
gun 
h.2- 
inch 
mortar 
155- 
mm 
how- 
itzer 
155- 
mm 
how- 
itzer 
f «- 
inch 
mortar 
Livens 
pro- 
jector 
Rounds per target 
(point target) © 
160 
30 
30 
30 
10 
8 
8 
90 
Rounds per square 
100X100 yards 
(area target) 
80 
15 
15 
15 
5 
4 
4 
25 
45 
116 
Rounds per circle 
200 yards diameter 
(area target) 
320 
60 
60 
60 
20 
16 
16 
100 
180 
60 
0 Minimum depth in line of fire 200 yards (observed fire). 
0 Below 50 degrees F, increase HS 25%, CNS 25%. On wooded targets use 50% of the quantities 
given. 
® Do not fire HS below 32 degrees F. Use Lewisite. 
® Rounds per hour. 
® Fired in not over 1'2 m inute. 
NOTES CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
6. Smoke.—(1) Rounds per 100 yards per minute for combined screening 
and casualty effects: 
1 
2 
3 
k 
5 
Weapon 
Wind direction 
Following 
Head 
Flank 
Quartering 
4.2-inch chemical mortar 
1.25 
1 
0.5 
1 
75-mm gun 
12.00 
10 
4.0 
8 
155-mm howitzer 
3.00 
2 
0.5 
2 
(2) Rounds per 100 yards per minute for screening effect only: 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
Weapon 
Wind direction 
Following 
Head 
Flank 
Quartering 
4.2-inch chemical mortar 
0.7 
0.7 
0.4 
0.5 
75-mm gun 
6.0 
6.0 
3.0 
4.0 
155-mm gun 
1.3 
1.3 
.5 
1.0 
To obtain the number of rounds required, measure the line to be screened in hundreds of yards. 
Multiply this length by the quantity shown for the direction of wind given. Multiply this result 
by the number of minutes the screen is to be maintained plus 1 minute for the establishment of 
the screen. 
c. Airplane munitions.—(1) 30-pound bombs, HS: 
Bombs per square (100x100 yards) of area target 15 
Bombs per 100 yards of occupied road target 5 
Bombs per 100 yards of road for interdiction 10 
For bombs used on wooded area targets, reduce the quantity 50%. 
For temperatures below 50 degrees F, increase the quantity 25%. 
(2) HS tanks for airplanes.—Area covered by one wing tank: 500 yards long 
by 200 to 300 yards wide. 
Note.—Based on average meteorological conditions and following con- 
ditions of flight: 
Altitude of plane: 100 feet. 
Wind velocity (at right angles to line of flight): 3 to 8 miles per hour. 
Average ground speed of airplane: 200 miles per hour. 
Airplane chemical spray tank, 22 gallons, discharge rate approximately 
5 seconds. 
Airplane carries 2 wing tanks. Length of area may be doubled by 
release in turn. 
(3) Smoke, FS (or FM), airplane chemical spray tank.—One plane can screen 
1,000 yards of front, can blanket an area 1,000x400 yards. 
268 CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
188-189 
d. Land mines, HS filled.—(Effect is obtained by contamination): 
Purpose 
Mines required 
Barriers 
Four parallel lines of mines 25 yards apart with mines staggered at 10-yard intervals 
in each line 
Large areas 
Lines of mines 25 yards apart with mines staggered at 20-yard intervals in each line 
Along roads 
One line of mines on each side of the road with mines staggered at 10-yard intervals 
along each line 
Demolitions 
Mines placed in lines 5 yards apart at 6-yard intervals along each line 
MINES REQUIRED 
e. Cloud attacks. — (Require favorable wind.) — (1) Cylinders. — Fire one 
cylinder per yard of front for the first thousand yards in range and add Yi 
cylinder per yard of front for each additional thousand yards in range. Maximum 
effective range: 7,500 yards. 
(2) Candles.—Use 1/5 candle per yard of front for targets 500 yards away. 
Add 1/5 candle per yard of front for each additional thousand yards in range. 
Maximum effective range: 5,000 yards. 
189. Capabilities of Chemical Units.—a. Mortar operations: ® 
Agent 
Platoon 
Company 
Battalion 
Non-persistent 
gas 
Unit too small to use 
effectively 
Covers target area of 
7 squares 
Covers target area of 
28 squares 
Gas also effective downwind on additional area at least 
equal to initial area covered 
Persistent gas 
(HS) 
Neutralizes area of 
28 squares @ 
Twice the capability of 
one platoon 
Four times the capability 
of one company 
Irritant gas 
(CNS) 
Harasses for 1 hour 
64 squares, or for 2 hours, 
27 squares, etc. ® 
Twice the capability of 
one platoon 
Four times the capability 
of one company 
Gas remains effective for about 1 hour after firing ceases. The concentration should 
be maintained for at least 2 hours. 
Smoke (WP) 
Screens 800 yards wide for 
25 minutes (5) 
Twice the capability of 
one platoon 
Four times the capability 
of one company 
0 Figures are based on normal loads of ammunition of one type shell. 
® In woods twice as much area can be neutralized. 
® Based on adverse winds. With flank winds the capabilities are approximately twice the above. 
269 CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
b. Livens projector operations: 
Agent 
Platoon 
Company 
Battalion 
Non-persistent 
gas (CG) 
Unit too small to use 
effectively 
With 200 weapons, covers 
target area of 13 squares; 
installed in 5 hours 
at night 
With 800 weapons, covers 
target area of 54 squares! 
installed in 5 hours 
at night 
Effective downwind on at least an equivalent area 
Capabilities of a unit are limited by the number of weapons available and the time 
for installation. If additional weapons and time are available, above figures can 
be increased proportionally. 
c. Cylinder operations: 
Agent 
Platoon 
Company 
Battalion 
Non-persistent 
gas (CG) 
Unit too small to use 
effectively 
Unit too small to use 
effectively 
Can install and fire 3,000 
cylinders on front of 
about 3,000 yards. 
Effective downwind 
several thousand yards. 
These figures assume that weapons have been delivered near the emplacement. Time 
for installation depends on hand-carry involved; usually 4 to 5 hours must be allowed 
for large shoots. 
d. Land mine operations: 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
Squad task 
Platoon task 
Company task 
Average time ® 
Nature of task 
1 Truck 
(l)A-ton) 
6 Squads 
12 Squads 
Time fuse or 
detonating 
chord 
Wired for 
firing 
electrically 
Barrier, 100 yards deep 
500 yards 
3,000 yards 
6,000 yards 
4 hours 
8 hours 
lioad contamination 
1,000 yards 
6,000 yards 
12,000 yards 
5 to 10 
minutes 
© 
2 hours 
Mines required 
200 
1,200 
2,400 
NOTES 
0 The time should be increased 50% for night work. 
® Mines are dropped from truck moving up to 15 miles per hour 
270 CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
a 190. Penetration of Projectiles.—a. Non-armor 'piercing bullet, caliber 
.30 {171* grains): 
1 
2 
3 
Maximum 
Thickness 
in inches 
Material 
\penetration 
inches 
to he 
■provided for 
protection 
Armor plate 
.3 
.5 
Concrete (plain) . 
2.0 
3.0 
Brick masonry (well cured) 
5.0 
7.0 
Gravel 
8.0 
10.0 
Dry sand 
12.0 
14.0 
Moist sand 
14.5 
18.0 
Solid oak. 
20.0 
24.0 
Earth loam 
30.0 
36.0 
Greasy clay 
60.0 
72.0 
Snow 
© 
© 
NOTE 
® Varies greatly; 3 feet of packed frozen snow, well consolidated with water, will provide protection, 
but the penetration will increase as the temperature rises. Soft, unpacked snow affords little pro- 
tection. 
b. Caliber .30 and caliber .50 armor-piercing bullet 
1 
2 
3 
k 
5 
Armor pi 
'netration 
Thickness 
in inches 
of armor 
Type 
Projectile 
at 
in inches 
weight 
to provide 
100 yards 
300 yards 
protection 
.30 cal M6 
174 gr 
5/8 
1 
. 50 cal M6 
753 gr 
1 
2 
c. Antitank weapons: 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
Type 
Maximum 
rate of fire 
(rounds 
per 
minute) 
Projectile 
weight 
Weight 
of piece 
in firing 
position 
(pounds) 
Armor penetration in 
inches, at 600 yards 
Normal 
impact 
SO degrees 
from normal 
.50 cal machine gun 
600 
753.00 gr 
.72 lb. 
130 
.55 
.40 
25-mm antitank gun 
170 
1,200 
850 
1.95 
1.50 
37-mm antitank gun 
30 
1.85 lbs. 
2.20 
1.76 
47-mm antitank gun 
20 
3.50 lbs. 
1,120 
3,450 
1.90 
1.45 
75-mm gun M2 
6 
15.00 lbs. 
® 
® 
@ Data to be supplied. 
271 190-191 
CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIEL 
d. Field artillery projectiles in ordinary compact soil: 
1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
Striking 
Angle 
Penetration 
velocity 
of 
(feet) 
Caliber 
(feet per 
impact. 
second) 
degrees 
V ertical 
Horizontal 
75-mm 
730 
45 
4 
4 
105-mm 
800 
45 
5 
5 
155-mm 
770 
45 
7 
7 
8-inch 
790 
45 
9 
9 
240-mm 
806 
45 
14 
14 
u 191. Field Artillery Barrage and Concentrations.—Fie Id artillery bar- 
rages and concentrations.—{Dimensions in yards): 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
Burst 
Effective 
of 
Area of barrage 
Diameter 
radius of 
Caliber and type 
one 
of 
large 
shell 
Normal 
Emergency 
concentration 
fragments 
75-mm gun battery 
6x30 
100x200 
100x300 
100-300 
150 
105-mm howitzer battery 
9x40 
100x300 
100x400 
200-400 
300 
155-mm howitzer battery\ 
9x70 
200-400 
550 
135-mm gun battery / 
272 192-193 
Chapter 7 
FIELD ENGINEERING DATA 
■ 192. Purpose.—These data are intended for use as general guides only. 
Their application should be varied to conform to local field conditions as 
required in each specific tactical situation, based on the recommendation, 
after reconnaissance, of the unit engineer charged with the task. 
■ 193. Roads.—a. Traffic Capacity See par. 48, Chapter 2. 
b. Load capacity of civilian roads and bridges.—The design of civilian 
roads and bridges is based on standard loadings, called H—loadings, in 
which several vehicles of specified weight follow each other at specified 
intervals, with, at the same time, loads on the remaining traffic lanes. 
(Table XXIII, FM 5-35.) This design includes a factor of safety of nearly 
four to care for variation in strength of materials, variations in construc- 
tion and minor depreciation. In addition, it is standard civilian practice to 
design for 100% overload where one lane at a time is used and the interval 
between vehicles is increased. Thus as a guide for military purposes, for 
infrequent use, civilian roads and bridges may be expected to carry twice 
the rated load capacity, where restrictions are placed on the number of 
lanes in use and the speed and intervals between vehicles is controlled. Dur- 
ing hostilities, loads in excess of the above may be carried on the recom- 
mendation of the unit engineer, in accordance with the situation. 
Plans must in all cases provide for engineer reconnaissance, and, where 
necessary, reinforcement or repair on roads and bridges under our control, 
and for engineer troops to accompany advance elements into unreconnoi- 
tered terrain. 
c. Construction, maintenance and repair.—Advantage is taken of the 
available road net, and all means are utilized to repair and maintain exist- 
ing roads to fulfill military requirements, rather than to build new roads. 
Except for short sections, new road construction is avoided. In the combat 
zone, no better road should be maintained or built than is essential for the 
immediate purpose. Minimum width of one-track road is 10 feet; two- 
track road 18 feet—preferably 20 feet. Drainage is always vital; dry 
subgrades obtained by ditches, culverts, and smooth graded crowns are 
most important. 
On most roads, bridges are sensitive points which may often become 
bottlenecks to flow of traffic. Alternate crossings or detour routes should 
be planned for bridges on important roads. 
The following tables are given for the purpose of rapid, rough esti- 
mates ; more accurate tables should be used for detailed estimates. 
273 FIELD ENGINEERING DATA 
(1) Labor for repair of road craters. 
Method of repair 
Man-hours required 
Earth fill with shovels alone 
Earth fill with shovels and trucks where hauling distance 
is not over 200 yards and number of trucks 
is % number of men _ 
Spaned with standard bridge trestle and bents 
(trained workmen) 
Spanned with timber bridge (trees in vicinity, 
trained workmen) 
4 x volume in cubic yards 
2 x volume in cubic yards 
15 x diameter in yards 
60 x diameter in yards 
18 x diameter in yards 
9 x diameter in yards 
Detour of corduroy (corduroy available in 
vicinity) _ 
Detour of planks _ _ 
D 3 d 
(1) The volume of a conical road crater isY = Jf ’ 
where V = volume of crater in cubic yards. 
D = distance across top of crater in yards, 
d = depth of crater in yards. 
7J = 3.1416. 
(2) A rough rule of thumb is: 
Fill craters under 7 yards in diameter. 
Bridge or detour craters over 7 yards in diameter. 
(2) Data for rough estimates of road work, 
(a) Clearing and grubbing with hand tools, medium clearing, 
40 feet width, 55—140 man-hours per 100 linear yards. 
(b) Earth handling with hand tools, 
Excavation in average soil with pick and shovel 0-6 feet deep 
—1 cu yd per man-hour. 
Loading average soil into trucks, using shovel in loose soil— 
2 cu yds per man-hour. 
(c) Materials required for plank-tread road U) for motor transporta- 
tion—12 tons lumber and spikes per 100 linear yds. 
(d) Materials required for one-track plank road for motor transporta- 
tion—35 tons lumber and spikes per 100 linear yds. 
(e) Average weight of lumber is 40 pounds per cubic foot. 
(f) Materials needed for 10 foot width of crushed stone or gravel 
roads: 
NOTES 
4" depth spread—37 cu yds per 100 lin yd, 650 cu yds per 
mile. 
8" depth spread—74 cu yds per 100 lin yd, 1300 cu yds per 
mile. 
1 cu yd of crushed stone weighs approximately 11/2 tons, or 
is a light load for a truck. 
(g) Capacity of road-construction equipment: 
% yard power shovel—24 cu yds per hour, average soil, good 
operator. 
Bulldozer, 60 HP—50 cu yds per hour on level, 100 ft haul. 
274 FIELD ENGINEERING DATA 
193-194 
Blade grader, TVg-ton—440 sq yds gravel road surface scar- 
(self-propelled) ified and reshaped per hour. 
—50 cu yds of loose rock or loose earth 
spread per hour. 
NOTE 
(1) Planks running lengthwise of road on each tread. 
194. Bridge and Ferrying Equipment.—a. Distribution of equipment 
1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
Foot 
bridge, 
M-1938 
(units 
of 
h32 
feet) 
Light 
-ponton 
bridge 
(10-ton), 
M-1938 
(units 
of 
250 
feet) 
Heavy 
ponton 
bridge 
(25-ton), 
M-19W 
(units 
of 
250 
feet) 
Fixed bridges 
Assault 
boats 
Ferry 
units 
(30- 
ion) 
Portable 
steel 
bridge, 
H-10 
capacity 
© 
(feet) 
Portable 
steel 
bridge, 
11-20 
capacity 
© 
(feet) 
Portable 
trestle 
bridge 
(feet) 
Engineer Battalion, Combat, 
Triangular Division 
(T/O 5-75) 
10 
Engineer Squadron, Cavalry 
Division (T/O 5-115) 
10 
Engineer Regiment, Combat, 
Square Division (T/O 5-11) 
Engineer Regiment, Combat, 
Corps (T/O 5-171) 
20 
30 
1 
Engineer Company, Bridge, 
Armored Division 
(T/O 5-215) . 
20 
2 
1 
72 
125 
300 
Engineer Company, Light 
Ponton (T/O 6-85) 
80 
2 
3 © 
Engineer Battalion, Heavy 
Ponton (T/O 5-275) 
4 ® 
NOTES 
0 Also stocked in Corps and Army depots, 
© Will provide approximately 350 feet of reinforced bridge (20-ton capacity). 
0 Will provide approximately 430 feet of reinforced bridge (50-ton capacity). 
275 1 
2 j 3 | I 1 5 
1 6 | 7 
8 | 9 | 10 | 11 
River 
crossing 
means 
Time of construction 
for stream width of @ 
Standard 
construction 
party 
® 
Maximum loads 
Capacity in units transported 
per hour per site (1 way) ® 
150 
feet 
300 
feet 
600 
feet 
1,000 
feet 
150 
feet 
300 
feet 
500 
feet 
1,000 
feet 
Assault boats 
Engineer crew — 
2 men 
9 passengers 
8 passengers and 1 MG, 30-50 cal, or 60-mm mortar 
7 passengers and one 81-mm mortar 
100 feet per minute if al- 
lowed to drift with cur- 
rent; 40 feet or less per 
minute if paddled against 
current to enable return to 
same point. 
Footbridge 
15 
min 
20 
min 
30 
min 
40 
min 
1 platoon 
Personnel 
Day 75 men per minute 
(double time) 
Night half day rate 
Raft ferries 
10-ton equipment, 
single ponton 
Engineer crew ■— 
7 men if rowed 
3 men if use motor 
Using oars — 25 men plus crew 
Using outboard motor — 50 men plus crew 
(2 infantry heavy weapons with a supply of 
ammunition will displace 3 men.) 
300- 
600 
250- 
500 
200- 
400 
150- 
300 
2 ponton, 1-bay 
1:00 
1:00 
1:00 
1:00 
1 platoon 
One 134-ton truck 
One 234-ton truck, empty 
One 155-mm howitzer 
One scout car 
7 
6 
5 
4 
3 ponton, 1-bay 
1:15 
1:15 
1:15 
1:15 
1 platoon 
One light tank 
One 6-ton truck 
6 
5 
4 
3 
3 ponton, 2-bays 
1:15 
1:15 
1:15 
1:15 
1 platoon 
Two trucks 
One truck with 105-mm howitzer..... 
12 
6 
10 
5 
8 
4 
6 
3 
25-ton equipment, 
single ponton 
Engineer crew •— 
9 men if rowed 
3 men if use motor 
Using oars — 50 men plus crew 
Using outboard motor — 100 plus crew 
300- 
900 
250- 
800 
200- 
600 
150- 
400 
FIELD ENGINEERING DATA 
b. Characteristics of floating equipment. (T) 
Other data on 25-ton equipment not yet available FIELD ENGINEERING DATA 
1 
2 
3 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
River 
crossing 
means 
Time of construction 
for stream width of 0 
Standard 
construction 
party 
<D 
Maximum loads 
Capacity in units transported 
per hour per site (1 way) 0 
150 
feet 
300 
feet 
500 
feet 
1,000 
feet 
150 
feet 
300 
feet 
500 
feet 
1,000 
feet 
10-ton bridge 
2:00 
3:00 
4:00 
8:00 
Company 
All organic infantry and cavalry division loads; 
truck with 10-ton gross weight 
500 plus vehicles per hour 
20-ton bridge 
(10-ton 
reinforced) 
2:30 
3:30 
5:00 
10:00 
Company plus pla- 
toon (approxi- 
mately 220 men) 
All corps or army loads — 
trucks with 20 tons gross w eight 
Light tank 
500-750 vehicles per hour 
25-ton bridge 
3:00 
4:00 
6:00 
12:00 
Heavy Ponton 
Battalion plus 
General Engineer 
Company 
All Corps or Army loads — 
truck with 25 tons gross weight 
30-ton tank at reduced speed and extended 
distances 
600-750 vehicles per hour 
50-ton bridge (25- 
ton reinforced) 
Data not yet available. 
NOTES 
(T) Most of this data is suitable only for staff planning purposes. Conditions in the field may differ widely and allowances therefor must be made. 
@ Time is from the time of arrival of equipment on the site and includes unloading and construction in daylight. For night increase 75%. It does not 
include any preparation of approach roads, which may govern. Adequate length of accessible river line is assumed. 
(?) Normally constructed by general engineer troops. 
(4) Two-way capacity of bridges is half that of one-way. Two-way capacity of ferries is about the same as one-way. Capacity given is for daylight; for 
night decrease 25%. 
FLOATING BRIDGES 
b. Characteristics of floating equipment Q (Continued): 
277 194-195 
FIELD ENGINEERING DATA 
c. Fixed bridges.— 
Portable 
steel 
bridge, 
H-10 
capacity 
Portable 
steel 
bridge, 
H-20 
capacity 
H-15 Timber trestle bridge a 
Normal span 
72 ft 
125 ft 
15 feet-25 ft per bay, bays as 
required. 
Width of roadway 
One-track 
One-track 
One-track 
Capacity 
H-10 b 
H-20 c 
15-tons 
Where stocked 
Corps and army engineer supply points 
Time to construct d 
1-2 hours 
4-8 hours 
1-5 hours per bay 
NOTES 
a Bridges built for H-15 loads will carry any corps load or the tank, light (26,000- 
30,000 pounds). If time and materials are lacking, an H-10 timber trestle bridge can 
be built using fewer stringers and omitting one layer of flooring. 
b Portable Steel bridge H-10 capacity will carry all organic infantry and cavalry 
division loads. It will carry any vehicle with a gross weight of not over 10 tons. It 
will also carry the tank, light (26,000-30,000 pounds) for spans of not over 48 feet. 
c Portable Steel bridge, H-20 capacity will carry any corps load and any Armored 
or Motorized Division load to include the 30-ton medium tank. 
d Exclusive of approaches; well trained troops. 
a 195. Water Supply.—a. Troop requirements.—Average requirements® 
for water by troops under several conditions of service, expressed in gallons 
per unit (man, animal, vehicle) per day: 
In 
battle 
March 
and 
bivouac 
Temporary 
camp 
Semi-perm aneni 
camp 
in rest area 
Cantonment 
Men 
Vl -2® 
2 
5 
30 
50 
Animals 
3 -5® 
10 
10 
30 
50 
Motor vehicles... 
H-i 
H-i 
H-1 
M-30 
h-50 
NOTES 
® Modify according to circumstances, especially in hot climates. Maximum requirement may 
exceed the average by from 15 to 100 per cent. 
® V gallon per man and 3 gallons per animal is the absolute minimum, for not more than three days. FIELD ENGINEERING DATA 
b. Capacity of water-supply equipment'.— 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
No. of 
sets of 
icater 
supply 
equip- 
ment 
Gal 
V 
mil 
'ons 
er 
wte 
Gal 
Ions 
Pump 
Purify 
Store 
Transport 
Engineer Bat talion (Combat) (Triangular Division).. 
Engineer Battalion (Armored Division) 
Engineer Squadron 
® 4 
® 4 
® 3 
® 4 
® 2 
® 2 
® 3 
® 1 
© 1 
© 1 
® 1 
880 
880 
660 
880 
440 
440 
660 
220 
165 
165 
@1,590 
© 100 
1,890 
40 
40 
30 
40 
20 
20 
30 
10 
10 
10 
© 420 
© 70 
630 
24.000 
24.000 
18.000 
24.000 
12.000 
12,000 
18,000 
6,000 
3.000 
3.000 
© 55,560 
© 22,500 
123,060 
Engineer Ilegiment (Combat) (Square Division) 
Engineer Regiment (Combat) (Corps) 
Engineer Regiment (General Service) 
Engineer Regiment (Aviation) 
Engineer Battalion (Separate) 
Engineer Company, Topographic (Corps) 
Engineer Battalion, Topographic (Army) 
Engineer Battalion (water supply): 
fteadquarters and Service Company 
Company 
© 22,500 
67,500 
Battalion. 
0 Water supply equipment, engineer. Each set includes: one portable purification unit complete 
with capacity of 55 g.p.m. as a simple pump, and 10 g.p.m. when purifying (filtering); three 55 
g.p.m. power pumps; and two 3,000-gallon canvas storage tanks. 
0 Water supply equipment, topographic battalion. Each set includes: one portable purification unit 
(capacity as above); two 55 g.p.m. power pumps; and one 3,000 gallon canvas storage tank. 
Used normally in connection with map reproduction operations and available for general use in 
extreme emergency only. 
0 Water supply equipment, water supply battalion. Each set includes: eighteen 55 g.p.m. power 
pumps; eighteen 3,000-gallon canvas storage tanks; and six 260-gallon canvas storage tanks. 
® Water supply equipment listed in note ® plus 6 purification trucks, each of capacity of 100 
g.p.m. as simple pump. 
® One purification truck per company, used as a simple pump. 
0 Six purification trucks listed in note @ each of capacity of 70 g.p.m. when purifying (filtering). 
® One purification truck per company, used for purifying. 
0 Canvas storage tanks of water supply equipment. (See note 0.) 
0 Storage and transportation capacity of the thirty 750-gallon tank trucks of each company. 
NOTES 
c. Equipment issued to troop units.—Organizations are supplied with 
ten-gallon cans for carrying water. A truck will carry 30 cans 
(filled). 
279 196-197 
FIELD ENGINEERING DATA 
■ 196 Demolitions.—a. Pounds of explosives carried by units: 
Unit 
In 
lettered 
units 
In head- 
quarters 
units 
Total 
pounds 
Armored Force: 
Reconnaissance Battalion, Armored 
240 
240 
Infantry Regiment, Armored 
120 
120 
Armored Regiment, Light 
240 
240 
Cavalry: 
Hq Troop (Cay Div., Horse) 
60 
60 
Antitank Troop (Cav. Div., Horse) 
340 
340 
Reconnaissance Squadron (Cav. Div., Horse) 
980 
60 
1040 
Brigade Hq Troop (Cav. Div., Horse) 
120 
120 
Brigade Weapons Troop (Cav. Div., Horse) 
360 
360 
Regiment (Cav. Div., Horse) 
140 
140 
Reconnaissance Troop (Triangular Div.) 
320 
320 
Regiment ( Horse-Mechanized) 
960 
1800 
2760 
Engineers: 
Battalion, Combat (Triangular Div) 
2375 
1000 
3375 
Squadron (Cavalry Div) 
1650 
1000 
2650 
Battalion, Armored (Armored Div) 
1700 
2075 
3775 
Battalion, Separate 
1600 
1600 
Regiment, Combat (Square Div) 
3300 
2000 
5300 
Regiment, Combat (Corps) 
4950 
2000 
6950 
Regiment, General Service 
3600 
2000 
5600 
Regiment, Aviation 
7425 
3000 
10425 
b. Zones of demolitions.— 
Approximate amount of explosives to 
create an effective antimecha- 
nized barrier in average rolling 
terrain with numerous streams 
and routes of communication 1 ton per square mile. 
In thickly settled areas % ton or more per square mile. 
■ 197. Field Fortifications.—a. General arrangement of defense areas 
to include the battalion. 
(1) Platoon defense area providing for all-around defense. 
(2) Company defense area composed of platoon positions, located for 
mutual protection by flanking fires. 
(3) Battalion defense area composed of company positions distributed 
in width and depth, with rearward positions covering the intervals between 
forward positions, and heavy weapons sited to furnish flanking fires in 
front of and within the position, and in front of adjacent battalion positions. 
b. Priority of work.—Under average conditions, the defensive meas- 
ures taken to organize the ground will follow the general group sequence 
shown below. The priority of tasks within groups is not indicated, since 
several items of work normally proceed concurrently. The priorities are 
of value as a general guide, and should be modified to meet existing condi- 
tions. 
(1) Deployed defense (when attack is imminent or already launched): 
Road blocks. 
Antitank obstacles and mine fields. 
280 Digging foxholes (pits for individuals). 
Digging shallow emplacements for automatic weapons. 
Removing small obstructions to improve the field of fire of indi- 
vidual weapons. 
Establishing temporary command and observation posts. 
Camouflage of installations and suppression of signs of occupa- 
tion. 
FIELD ENGINEERING DATA 
(2) Hasty fortifications (to be completed in approximately six hours): 
Machine gun, mortar, and antitank gun emplacements. 
Improvement of fields of fire. 
Squad trenches, simple standing type, or slit trenches, in platoon 
positions on main line of resistance (developed by connecting 
individual foxholes) 
Continuous obstacle in front of main line of resistance, based if 
possible on a natural barrier, to include antitank mine fields, 
tank obstacles, and road blocks. 
Shallow connecting trenches between squad or slit trenches in 
platoon positions. 
Improvement of temporary command posts, observation posts, and 
aid stations. 
Provisions for camouflage, in all tasks, utilizing natural cover t(? 
the maximum. 
(3) Improvement of hasty fortification: 
(a) 1st Priority.— 
Camouflage to conceal the nature, extent, and location of the 
principal installations. 
Remaining squad trenches, simple standing type or slit trenches, 
on main line of resistance and in company and battalion re- 
serve areas. 
Shallow connecting trenches. 
Obstacles protecting platoon positions. 
Strengthening and extending natural and artificial antimechanized 
obstacles. 
Permanent command posts, observation posts, and aid stations. 
(b) 2d Priority.— 
Squad trenches, simple standing type or slit trenches, in platoon 
and company positions on regimental reserve line. Comple- 
tion of fire trenches and obstacles in company areas on main 
line of resistance. 
Strengthening and extending natural and artificial antimecha- 
nized obstacles. 
Communication trenches from regimental reserve line to main 
line of resistance. 
(c) 3d Priority.— 
Completion of trenches and obstacles in the position. 
281 FIELD ENGINEERING DATA 
Strengthening and extending natural and artificial antimecha- 
nized obstacles. 
Improvement and camouflage of covered routes of communication 
leading from rear areas to the regimental reserve line. 
Construction of shelters. 
(d) Uth Priority.— 
Continued improvement of all defensive works, and their camou- 
flage. 
282 FIELD ENGINEERING DATA 
-ENEMY 
FIRE CREST 
PARAPET 
VERT ICALCOVER- 
BERM- 
PARADOS 
■GROUND LINE' 
GROUND LINE- 
FRONT SLOPE”\ 
■DEPTH- 
FIRE 
STEP 
''-REAR SLOPE 
REVETMENT- 
BOARD 
DRAIN 
Figure 39—Trench nomenclature. 
GROUND LINE'- 
NOTE 
DIRT FROM C DISPOSED OF AT C' 
DIRT FROM A DISPOSED OF AT A' 
DIRT FROM B DISPOSED OF AT B' 
Simple standing trench, 9 sq. ft. excavation 
Type A, fire trench, 22 sq. ft. excavation 
Type B, fire trench, 28.5 sq. ft. excavation 
Type A, communications trench. (No fire step, 
no parapet, parados on both sides.) 17.5 
sq. ft. excavation. 
Figure 40—Simple standing trench (Showing development into standard 
fire trench, types A and B). 
283 FIELD ENGINEERING DATA 
c. Works (figures given are for daylight work; for ivork at night, in- 
crease labor by 50%).— (1) Trenches.— (a) Work capacity of a platoon of 
three 12-man squads for eight hours, medium soil, with pioneer tools: 
(1) Simple standing trench (Figure 40), 120 linear yards. 
(ii) Standard fire trench, type A (Figure 40), 48 linear yards. 
(iii) Standard communication trench, type A, 60 linear yards. 
(b) In estimating for slit or other’type trenches than the above, allow 
15 cu. ft. per man hour, average soil, using pioneer tools. 
(2) Obstacles.— (a) Against personnel.—Single belt of double apron 
fence, 1000 yards long, requires approximately five (5) tons of materials 
and 380 man-hours of labor. Work capacity of 3-squad platoon in eight 
hours is approximately 750 linear yards of double apron fence, or 450 yards 
of high wire entanglement. 
(b) Against mechanized vehicles.— (i) Antitank mine field, 1000 
yards long, mines laid directly from truck in 3-6 rows, density of iy% mines 
per yard of front, requires: 
Number 1,500 mines 
Weight 71/2 tons 
Man-hours (average) Daylight Night 
Mines laid on surface 20 30 
Mines laid and buried, soft soil 80 120 
Mines laid and buried, medium soil 100 150 
Mines laid and buried, hard soil 200 300 
(ii) If trucks cannot reach and travel along the axis of the mine field, 
man-hours for carrying mines should be added at the following rates: in 
daylight, one man can carry 50 mines a distance of 100 yards in one hour; 
at night one man can carry 25 mines a distance of 100 yards in one hour. 
(3) Clearing.—Four man-hours of labor for clearing 100 square 
yards of brush and a few trees up to 12-inches in diameter; if brush only, 
2 man-hours. 
(4) Machine-gun emplacement.—Simple shell-hole type requires nine 
(9) man-hours of labor and 200 pounds of materials. 
d. Intrenching equipment.—Sets of intrenching equipment of pioneer 
tools are carried in 1-ton trailers by organic combat engineers as follows: 
Unit 
No. of 
Sets 
No. of 
Trailers 
In infantry divisions (triangular) 
3 Inf 
6 
In infantry divisions (square) 
6 Inf 
12 
In each combat regiment (corps) 
2 Inf 
4 
In cavalry divisions 
4 Cav 
6 
Weight of cavalry set: 1,800 pounds; volume: 105 cubic feet. 
Weight of infantry set: 3,048 pounds; volume: 180 cubic feet. 
284 FIELD ENGINEERING DATA 
197-198 
Principal items of intrenching equipment set: 
Item 
Infantry 
Cavalry 
Axes 
26 
13 
Bars, crow 
4 
2 
Mattocks, pick 
125 
65 
Sandbags 
500 
500 
Saws, crosscut, hand 
26 
13 
Shovels, D-handled 
250 
130 
Tape, tracing, 500-ft rolls 
6 
6 
■ 198. Road Blocks and Antimechanized Measures.—a. Classification 
of obstacles. 
Classification 
General Purposes 
Remarks 
Location: 
Distant-25 miles or 
more. 
Block lines of communication at 
critical points. 
By air bombard- 
ment; or demoli- 
tions placed by 
parachute or 
ground troops. 
Outlying-beyond 
normal antitank 
gun range 
(700 yards). 
Impede reconnaissance, delay 
advance. 
Placed by engineers 
or other arms. 
Close-in-within 
normal antitank 
gun range. 
Immediate protection of front and 
flanks of the basic unit and 
front, flanks and rear of sub- 
ordinate units; canalize the 
movement of hostile mechanized 
units; gain time for movement 
of antitank guns and mecha- 
nized forces to meet the 
threat; limit the freedom of 
movement of hostile mechanized 
units if portion of main battle 
position ruptured. 
Placed by troops to 
be protected by the 
obstacle, assisted 
by engineers. 
Rear area-on line 
of communica- 
tions. 
Protect supply routes and instal- 
lations. Limit freedom of move- 
ment of hostile mechanized 
units which have penetrated 
the main battle position. 
By engineers or re- 
serve units. 
Time 
required 
for 
placement 
Quick 
Block avenues of approach on 
short notice (matter of min- 
utes). 
Examples: wire 
rolls, cables, anti- 
tank mines, wreck- 
ed vehicles, con- 
taminated areas 
(when authorized). 
Semi-quick 
Block avenues of approach on 
fairly short notice (matter of 
several hours). 
Examples: mine 
fields, demolitions, 
abatis, barricades, 
road craters. 
Deliberate 
Block avenues of approach with 
relatively long time available. 
Examples: Anti- 
tank ditches, post 
obstacles, exten- 
sive demolitions, 
inundations, 
mine fields. 
285 FIELD ENGINEERING DATA 
h. Description and use. 
1 
2 
3 
k 
5 
6 
Description 
Use 
Obstacle 
Class 
Construction 
Trans- 
portation 
Method of 
installation 
Rate of 
installation 
Wire rolls 
Quick 
Issue item. Wire 
wound in spiral. 
Length extended 
— 40 feet. Effec- 
tive against 
wheeled vehicles 
by entanglement 
75 rolls 
per 
IH-ton 
truck 
Group of 4 rolls placed 
in contact, with first 
roll suspended by a 
wire, across road 
at places where 
encountered unex- 
pectedly by vehicles; 
30 to 50 yards be- 
tween groups. Insert 
logs inside one or two 
rolls on ground, and 
place antitank mines 
in front of and within 
each group 
Two men place 1 
roll in 1 minute 
Cables 
Quck 
Heavy wire 
Several slack strands 
placed diagonally 
across road, so as 
to throw vehicle 
into ditch 
Few minutes only, 
using trees, 
buildings, etc., 
as anchorages 
Improvised 
road 
blocks 
Quick 
Local vehicles, 
telephone poles, 
felled trees, 
furniture, rocks, 
demolished 
buildings, etc. 
Heaped together. Strew 
with contact and 
antitank mines (and 
persistent chemical, 
when authorized) 
Abatis 
Semi- 
quick 
Interlocking bands 
of felled trees 
or poles 
Trees of 12-inch 
diameter or larger; 
tips toward enemy. 
Strew with contact 
mines (and persistent 
chemical, when 
authorized) 
Two men per tree 
in 15-45 minutes. 
Power equipment 
will accelerate 
rate of instal- 
lation 
Demoli- 
tions 
Semi- 
quick to 
delib- 
erate 
Destroyed culverts, 
bridges, build- 
ings, etc. 
Explosives, 
mechanical means, 
fire 
See FM 5-25, 
and FM 5-30. 
Post 
obstacles 
Semi- 
quick to 
delib- 
erate 
Logs, 9-10 feet 
long, 10-12 
inches diameter; 
railroad rails; 
concrete blocks, 
etc., set vertically 
Ends protruding 2-3 
feet. Multiple rows, 
staggered 
100 men (hand 
tools) — 20 per 
hour. 8 men 
(power auger) — 
15 per hour 
Road 
craters 
Semi- 
quick to 
delib- 
erate 
Blown by explo- 
sives. Must block 
entire roadway 
Minimum requirements: 
craters 20 feet wide, 
8 feet deep, with side 
slopes made as steep 
as possible. Water 
makes passage 
more difficult 
1 squad (hand 
tools) per crater 
in 1-5 hours. 
Power augers 
desirable for 
drilling holes for 
explosive charges 
286 FIELD ENGINEERING DATA 
b. Description and use.— (Continued) : 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
Obstacle 
Description 
Use 
Class 
Construction 
Trans- 
portation 
Method of 
installation 
Rate of 
installation 
Mine fields 
Semi- 
quick to 
delib- 
erate 
3-6 longitudinal 
rows, 1-3 yards 
between rows. 
Density of whole: 
mines 
per yard 
300 mines 
per 
l}^-ton 
truck 
Placed along fence lines, 
in drawls, brush, etc. 
for concealment. 
Reinforce natural 
obstacle 
Maximum overall 
laying rate di- 
directly from 
trucks (carrying 
and burying in 
medium soil) 
about 15 mines 
per man-hour 
(Also see para- 
graph 197 c (2) 
(b).l 
Timber 
obstacles 
Deliberate 
Log or timber crib; 
sawr-horse ramp; 
log wall, etc. 
Space between walls 
filled with earth, 
stones, etc. Fasten 
timbers with drift- 
pins, cables, etc. 
See FM 5-30. 
Inunda- 
tions 
Deliberate 
Necessary depth 
at least 3 feet 
for wheeled 
vehicles; at least 
4 feet for light 
and medium 
tanks 
' 
Construction of dams; 
cutting existing dams, 
levees or dikes; 
diversion of streams 
Antitank 
ditch 
Deliberate 
4-6 feet deep. 
8 feet wide for 
light tanks; 12 
feet wide for 
medium tanks. 
(For profile, see 
figures 41, 42 
and 43.) 
Triangular or 
trapezoidal type 
ditch, concealed by 
trees, brush, or 
ground folds 
100 feet of triangu- 
lar ditch: 32 men 
(hand tools) — 
5'A horns in 
average soil 
Contami- 
nation by 
persist- 
ent 
chemical 
(only 
when 
specifi- 
cally 
author- 
ized by 
appropri- 
ate com- 
mander) 
Quick to 
semi- 
quick 
Contaminate road 
blocks, demoli- 
tions and obsta- 
cales. 
Contaminate roads 
and areas as part 
of a barrier 
mission 
200 
chemi- 
cal 
mines 
per 
l)^-ton 
truck 
1 or more mines per 
obstacle. 200 mines 
per mile of road. 
Airplane spray; 
average area covered 
by one airplane — 
800 yards long, 
300 yards wide 
Road contamina- 
tion: 8 men — 
1 to 2 hours per 
mile (day); 
IA to 3 hours 
per mile (night) 
287 FIELD ENGINEERING DATA 
TO ENEMY ► 
LOG HURDLE 
MEDIUM TANKS 12' 
LIGHT TANKS 8'-< 
Figure 41—Triangular antitank ditch and log hurdle. 
TO ENEMY 
MEDIUM TANKS 12- 
-LIGHT TANKS 8- 
LOG HURDLE 
Figure 42—Trapezoidal antitank ditch and log hurdle. 
MEDIUM TANKS 4 
LIGHT TANKS 3' 
TO ENEMY 
iSPOlL 
Figure 43—Side hill antitank ditch. 
288 199-200 
Chapter 8 
SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
Paragraphs 
Section I. General 199-202 
II. Message center 203-208 
III. Airplane messengers and pigeons 209-210 
IV. Radio communication 211-224 
V. Visual communication 225-229 
VI. Wire communication 230-235 
VII. Tables of signal equipment 236-237 
Section I 
GENERAL 
■ 199. Classification of Messages.—a. Secrecy.—In actual or simu- 
lated tactical operations, all messages not classified as Secret will be re- 
garded as Confidential and need not be so marked. 
b. Urgency.—Messages are classified as to urgency by the writer. 
(1) Urgent (D).—Commanders must restrict the use of the urgent 
classification to the most urgent messages; excessive use will defeat its 
purpose. Urgent classification, is reserved for messages requiring the 
greatest speed in handling. 
(2) Priority (P).—Priority classification is used for messages of less 
urgency than those entitled to urgent classification but which warrant pre- 
cedence over routine messages in order to reach the addressee in time for 
effective action. 
(3) Routine (R).—Used for messages which require no special preced- 
ence. They are transmitted in the order in which they are received. 
(4) Deferred (D).—The deferred classification is used for those mes- 
sages whose delivery to the addressee may be delayed until the beginning of 
office hours of the morning following the day on which they are filed. Simi- 
lar to commercial “night letter.” 
■ 200. Use of Cryptograms.—All messages to be transmitted by radio or 
other means, when danger of hostile interception exists, are cryptographed 
except in the following cases: 
a. When the tactical situation is such that time cannot be spared for 
cryptographing or when the information to be transmitted, if intercepted 
by the enemy, cannot be acted upon in time to influence the situation in 
question, a commanding officer or his authorized representative may order 
the transmission of a message in plain language by a radio station serving 
289 200-201 
SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
his headquarters or command. Such written messages will be marked: 
“Send in clear" over the signature of the commander or his authorized 
representative. 
b. Commanders of units smaller than a division may authorize the 
normal transmission of messages in clear text which are to be acted upon 
immediately in rapidly moving situations. 
■ 201. Rules for Use of Codes and Ciphers.—The following general 
rules govern the use of codes and ciphers: 
a. The instructions contained in each code book or furnished with each 
cipher system must be carefully studied and thoroughly understood before 
the code or cipher is used. 
b. Care should be exercised to prevent the loss or compromise of a code 
book or cipher key. If a code book is lost or possibly compromised, the 
fact should be reported promptly to higher headquarters. 
c. Except as indicated in rule i following, no code or cipher which 
has not been approved by higher authority should be employed within any 
unit. 
d. Never repeat a message in a code or cipher system other than in the 
system in which it was originally sent. 
e. Never cryptograph a message which has been sent previously in 
clear and never send a message in clear which has been sent previously as a 
cryptogram. 
/. Never mix cryptograph and clear text in the same message except 
as indicated in rule i following. This caution applies also to abbreviations 
and signs of punctuation which are equivalent to clear text. 
g. A cryptographed message should never be filed with the clear text. 
h. Capital letters should be employed throughout in writing crypto- 
grams in order to avoid errors. In the case of code, the grouping of the 
letters of the code text corresponds to the length of the code groups as 
given in the book; in the case of cipher, the text is written and transmitted 
in groups of five letters. For a complete discussion, see AR 380-5, and FM 
24-5. 
i. Prearranged messages and special message codes.—In traffic by ra- 
diotelephone, it is often desirable to use some form of prearranged message 
or groups of letters to indicate meanings which will not readily be apparent 
to the enemy. These messages or groups will be changed frequently and 
may be prepared by local commanders as appropriate. These codes being 
of a temporary nature, the prohibition as to mixing of clear and crypto- 
graphed text does not apply. A map coordinate code is particularly ap- 
propriate for use in conjunction with such message codes. For example, 
“Advance guard motors move forward to next position" might be trans- 
mitted as “CJ” or a prearranged phrase might be used instead of a letter 
group. For example, “Objective taken" might be transmitted as “The fox 
is in his hole." 
290 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
202-203-204-205 
■ 202. References : 
FM 24-5, Signal Communication: methods and technique of signal 
communication, with special emphasis on that of divisions and 
smaller units. 
FM 11-5, Missions, Functions, and Signal Communication in Gen- 
eral. 
FM 11-10, Organizations and Operations in the Infantry Division. 
FM 11-15, Organizations and Operations in the Cavalry Division 
and Cavalry Corps. 
FM 11-20, Organizations and Operations in the Corps, Army, 
Theater of Operations, and GHQ. 
FM 24-10, Joint Army and Navy Procedure (JANP) (Applicable 
to both services whether or not they operate jointly). 
FM 30-25, Counterintelligence. 
Section II 
MESSAGE CENTER 
■ 203. Purpose.—The sole purpose of the message center is to speed the 
transmission of messages. The message center chief selects the means of 
transmission of messages which are entrusted to the message center; the 
encryptographing and decryptographing of messages is also performed by 
the message center personnel. 
■ 204. Location.—Message centers are located at all command posts and 
at the rear echelon of the headquarters of larger units. Advance message 
centers may be established at advance command posts or at any other loca- 
tion where they are needed to speed the transmission of messages. They are 
frequently employed as collecting points for messages from several recon- 
naissance detachments or to facilitate signal communication with advanced 
units or units operating on a flank. When the commander or an echelon of 
the headquarters moves in column on a march, a message center operating 
in a vehicle accompanies the command group. 
■ 205. Limitations.—The message center is not organized or equipped to 
perform stenographic or clerical work pertaining to the headquarters which 
it serves. It is not equipped to prepare copies of outgoing messages for 
multiple distribution, nor to prepare additional copies of incoming messages 
for multiple distribution. When transmission of mimeographed or printed 
material to a number of addressees is desired, all copies required for each 
addressee delivered to the message center, wrapped, packaged, or other- 
wise secured, and plainly marked with its destination. Each such package, 
envelope, or container is handled by the message center as a single message 
and will be delivered by messenger. 
291 205-206-207-208 
SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
The message center is not responsible for those messages which are: 
a. Transmitted directly by the writer to the addressee by telephone or 
personal agency. 
b. Handled by the military or civil postal service. 
c. Local messages between staff sections or individuals at the same 
location. 
■ 206. Number of Copies of Messages.—Except with secret messages, 
the writer should provide the message center with an additional copy of 
each message for use by the message center should verification of delivery 
become necessary. 
■ 207. Secret Messages.—In tactical operations when time permits, 
secret messages will normally be carried by a staff officer or special mes- 
senger operating as a direct agent. They may be transmitted by electrical 
or other means available to the message center when the time of trans- 
mission can be reduced thereby. The writer of an outgoing secret message, 
which is to be cryptographed, submits to the message center only a single 
copy of the message. When the message is cryptographed the original of 
the plain text message is marked, “Sent in secret code” and is returned to 
the writer. 
■ 208. Time Involved in Message Transmission.—a. Message Center.— 
(1) Recording.—Maximum time permitted for recording operations should 
not exceed 20 seconds. The total message center time, unless cryptograph- 
ing is required, should not exceed 2 minutes. 
(2) Cryptographing and decryptographing.—The rates are based upon 
one man working alone. 
Cipher device or code Code groups per minute 
Cipher device M-94 1 
Division field code 3 
Air-ground liaison code 3 
Fire control code 3 
b. Operator.—The message rates are based upon calling, transmitting, 
and acknowledging receipt of a message of ten code or cipher groups or 
ten words of clear text with address and signature. 
Means Rate 
Telegraph (Single Line Manual) 28-36 messages per hour 
Telegraph printer 60-100 messages per hour 
Radiotelegraph 15-25 messages per hour 
Radiotelephone 10-15 messages per hour 
Lamp 10 messages per hour 
Semaphore flag 15 messages per hour 
Wig-wag flag 10 messages per hour 
Panel 30 code groups per hour 
292 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
208-209-210-211 
c. Messenger: 
Kind Miles per hour 
Dismounted (runner) 3-5 
Mounted 6-8 
Bicycle 6-10 
Motor and motorcycle 25-40 
Section III 
AIRPLANE MESSENGERS AND PIGEONS 
■ 209. Airplane Messengers.—Messages transmitted by airplane may 
be delivered directly by the pilot, observer, or other messenger on the 
ground or from the airplane in flight by radio, pyrotechnics, or other visual 
means, or by dropping. 
Messages are picked up by airplane observers from units down to 
and including the battalion when requirements for a pick-up field can be 
met. By prearrangement, messages may be picked up from any unit or 
detachment. This means of message delivery is available to those ground 
troops equipped with panels. 
■ 210. Pigeons.—Homing pigeons may be used as one-way message car- 
riers between the point of release and the point where they have become 
accustomed to find their home loft. 
Normally pigeons fly during clear daylight only. By special breeding 
and long training, pigeons can be taught to fly at night. 
Normal rate of flight: Vo to % miles per minute. 
Normal range from home loft: 60 miles. 
Time required to train birds to return to a loft after each change of 
location: 5 days to 2 weeks. 
Maximum time birds should remain away from home loft before re- 
lease : 2 days and 3 nights. 
Section IV 
RADIO COMMUNICATION 
■ 211. General.—Radiotelegraphy is the normal means of radio com- 
munication. 
Radiotelephony is limited to special uses between airplanes, between 
airplanes and ground, between vehicles of mechanized units, between 
ground stations and vehicles, for artillery fire control and liaison, and for 
control of forward combat units. 
293 211-212-213 
SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
Radio communication within a tactical unit on the march may be 
established at prearranged times and places or between vehicular stations 
accompanying the units and operating while actually on the march. 
Within the range of the sets radio communication is the most effective 
means of signal communication between rapidly moving units when the 
maintenance of wire and messenger communication is impracticable. 
The range and quality of radio communication are seriously affected 
by the weather. Likewise they are affected to a varying degree, depend- 
ing upon the frequency used, by the nature of the intervening terrain or 
obstacles, such as high hills, wooded areas, large structures of reinforced 
concrete and steel, pole lines carrying conductors, and by the time of day 
(or night). 
■ 212. Enemy Interference.—Hostile radio stations can interfere de- 
liberately with our radio communication by blocking a single frequency or 
band of frequencies and by deception, that is, causing our stations to ac- 
cept false or erroneous information and messages. 
■ 213. Enemy Interception and Position Findings.—Radio communi- 
cation is subject to interception by hostile stations. The approximate num- 
ber and locations of our radio stations can be determined by hostile position- 
finder stations. From this information the enemy can estimate the dispo- 
sition and approximate strength of our forces. These disadvantages of 
radio communication can be minimized by: 
a. Curtailing the use of radio when the information transmitted would 
be of most value to the enemy. 
b. Establishing dummy stations and sending false messages to cause 
errors in his deductions. 
c. Rigid radio discipline and the habitual use of authorized codes and 
ciphers for all radio messages. 
d. The habitual use of simple prearranged codes during tactical oper- 
ations. Prearranged messages or phrases containing information which it 
is anticipated reconnaissance and security detachments will secure, or direc- 
ting the executing of prearranged plans, can be transmitted by a single 
code word or group. 
294 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
214. Type Radio Nets, Square Division. 
i i * 
i I . 11 
»„! Jill 
iLiiUI i 
I l| s I si - a 2 « 
i> i I It 
.M. : . 
• 9 O oo|C« 
III! iljiilil 
*5. 0fc-c*58 8€cSgS*| 
155 slsl’|«885|e5| 
5k— 2|gssa^«§1ssS 
8 ffi -t ° «*2fiSI b k!i«* .1* 
I ♦» | • 4»£*«To Sir® #-o • 5« 
• • c|« •• Ofi * #T*-j**c *ofl 
£ k "C • I c I y e o 
581 -a5&IS 5-5|t2 8j2t!|23 
£ O E 5lo*»*«K «4 . OVvtfl 
J So SoS2«?g S-J»5»‘«oo 831 
:uSk tflS’i:8 -sss|5 85w|«rl 
.50S| oS*535 ft-0 
5*8glo-33*g 5«52— S2eB‘2g£|l.‘,«| 
■ 090 to o £ • m i ot> Cfi 
~S,SSSSil£5g 525S2- 5|°SSS5-a|SSj:1 
15-1 .sasee.s °ei5=a %-l-*iB|gsi*i 
iisIhrLinllhrr&iIhlliu 
Figure 44 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
■ 215. Type Radio Nets, Triangular Division 
Figure 45 
LBCSKD 
y*«b*P indlootos typo of radio tot, aa SCR-161. 
!**Tho lot tor S Indlootoa Slfnol Corpo radio oot. 
Radio oot SCR-164. 
Radio aot SCR-196. 
, Radio oot SCR-S4& ualoaa otharvlao Indiaotod. 
Signal Corpo not. 
Floltf Irtlllory not. 
Infantry aot. 
Frobablo otiaanol ahon uood. 
Cavalry not. 
ft>TBS 
. A warning nat may be 
established uslnc a SCR-193 .at 
division haadquartara, a SCR-193 at 
tba raeonnalaaanoa troop haadquartara and 
ona SCR-245 sat at tha haadquartara of tha 
following units: division artlllsry, aaeh bat- 
talion of division artlllary, aach Infantry regiment, 
and aaeh antitank company. 
b. Vahicular radio sats of thd division signal company 
operate at infantry regimental haadquartara whan tha division 
is on tha march and whan fixed station oparation at regimental 
haadquartara is impracticable. Tha division comaand nat fraquancy is 
•mployad ragardlass of bhathbr fixad or vahicular stations ara employed. 
A saparata coawiand nat may ba astabllahad batwaan division and division 
artlllary haadquartara whan not on tha march. * 
e. laeh Infantry regimental haadquartara has two SCR-131 sats avail- 
able for column control whlla on tha wareh or for uaa at tha advance 
eeaosand post to maintain continuity of radio coaaaunieatlon. 
d. Tha employment of the eight radio sats, SCB-193, of each Infantrj 
roglaawnt will depend upon tha das Iras of the oosaandor, tha nature of 
tha taetleal oparation. tha aharaotaristlaa of tha terrain, tha charac- 
teristics of tha sat and tha orders in force frow higher headquarters. 
Sosas of tha uses arai On tha march - batwaan aaaurlty detachments and 
ooassandars, for column control, Including tha motor vehicles, batwaan 
parallel columns, for limited communication with rwaonnaiaaanca and so- 
aurity agendas; daring tha daralopamnt and daploymsnt - batwaan ragl- 
domts and battalions, between tha eosasandsr on resonnaisoaneo and hia 
command post, far limited oemnanieatiom with reeonnaissene# agencies, 
and between the eoanmukd peat and rear aehalon; during Sba at task or da- 
fsmse - between bettaliens and companies, between the sounder on reaen- 
aalssanaa and his as—ini post, for limited communication with raaen- 
maiasanae and security agencies, between dstsohmmnts and the nsmwnii i 
amd between-the eemmand poet and rear echelon. 
296 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
■ 216. Type Radio Nets, Cavalry Division.— (Upper) Antiaircraft- 
Antitank Warning Net. (Lower) Cavalry Division Command Net. 
Figure 46 
Figure 47 
imwB> 
tabsr Indicatss typ* of radio Mt, as 
SCH-203. 
Radio sot SCR- 245, uni ms othsrviss 
Indiestod. 
Lsttsr A Indiostss radio sst noantsd 
in tnorsd Tshlols. 
Lsttsr S indiostss radio sst opsratsd 
by Signal Corps psrsoaosl 
Indloatss alts mats radio sst. 
297 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
■ 217. Type Radio Nets, Cavalry Division (Cavalry Brigade). 
UBBD 
[wM«r ladlaataa. typo of radio aat, aa 
' acvaos. 
} Radio aat aalaaa etMralaa 
• ladloatad. 
J bat tar * ladlaataa Mia aat aantad 
V is araorad ram ala. 
5 ladlaataa altanata radio aat' 
* Roef/o set at RHQ must 
operate on one frequency 
C - Command net 
p ■ Reconna/ssance net 
A -Acfm/nistrat/ve net 
Figure 48 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
218. Type Radio Nets, Cavalry Division (Division Artillery). 
Figure 49 
299 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
■ 219. Type Radio Nets, Cavalry Division (Reconnaissance Squadron. 
Mechanized). 
Figure 50 
UDBtn 
itdio Mt KA>t4!l, ualMi •UMitlM Indicated. 
Utter A Indicate* radio Mt wasted la aw rad 
tefctala. 
300 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
■ 220. Type Radio Nets, Armored Division. 
1. Division Command Net: 
a. Div Comdr and|or Div AC of S, G-3 
b. Brig Ex, Armd Brig 
c. Regtl Ex, Inf Regt, Armd 
d. Ex O, FA Bn 
e. Ex O, Div Ren Bn 
/. Asst to Div AC of S. G-4 
р. Div Sig O 
h. Div Msg Cen O 
2. Division Reconnaissance Net: 
a. Div AC of S, G-2 
b. Int O, Ren Bn 
с. CO Ren Co No 1 
d. CO Ren Co No 2 
e. Engr Ren O 
/. Arty Ren O 
р. Arty Ln O 
3. Division Air-Gronnd Net No. 1: 
a. Div A O 
b. A Ln O No 1 
с. A Ln O No 2 
d. Obsn AP of C Avn 
e. C Avn 
/. C Avn Adrm 
4. Division Air-Gronnd Net No. 2: 
а. Div A O 
б. Obsn Ap in flight 
c. Adv Landing Fid 
d. Div Obsn Adrm 
5. Division Administrative Net: 
а. Div AC of S, G-4 
б. CO Div QM Bn 
c. CO Div Ord Co 
d. CO Div Med Bn 
e. CO Div Hq Co 
f. CO Div Sig Co 
6. Division Relay Net: 
a. Div CP 
6. Div Rr Ech 
c. Div Tns 
7. Command Net. Armored Brigade: 
0. CG Armd Brig 
b. Ex O 1st Armd Regt (L) 
c. Ex O 2d Armd Regt (L) 
d. Ex O Armd Regt (M) 
e. Ex O FA Regt 75-mm how Armd 
/. Ex O Engr Bn Armd 
8. Command Net, FA Regt, 105-mm how, Armd: 
а. CO FA Regt 
б. Ln O No 1 
e. Ln O No 2 
d. Ln O No 3 
e. Ln O No 4 
/. OP 
р. M Maint O 
h. Regt Sup O 
t. CO Btry A 
j. CO Btry B 
k. CO Btry C 
1. CO Btry D 
m. Ren O No 1 
n. Ren O No 2 
o. CO C Tns 
9. Fire Direction Net No. 1, FA Regt, 105-mm how, 
Armd: 
a. Regtl S-3 
b. Ln O No 1 
с. Ren O No 1 
d. Asst Ex O Btry A 
e. Asst Ex O Btry B 
f. Ln O No 3 
10. Fire Direction Net No. 2, FA Regt, 105-mm 
how, Armd: 
а. Regtl S-2 
б. Ln O No 2 
e. Asst Ex O Btry C 
d. Asst Ex O Btry D 
e. Ln O No 4 
11. Fire Control Net, Battery A (Nets for Bat- 
teries B, C, and D are similar); 
a. Co Btry A 
b. Ren O 
e. Ex O 
d. M O 
12. Field Artillery Air-Gronnd Net: 
а. CO FA Rgt, 75-mm how, Armd 
б. Obsn APs in flight 
13. Command Net, Field Artillery Battalion. Ar- 
mored: 
a. CO FA Bn Armd 
b. Ex O FA Bn Armd 
c. Ln O No 1 
d. Ln O No 2 
e. Ln O No 3 
/. Ln O No 4 
g. Ren O No 1 
h. Ren O No 2 
f. OP 
j. M Maint O 
k. Bn S-4 
l. CO Btry A 
m. CO Btry B 
n. CO Btry C 
o. CO AT Btry 
p. CO C Tn 
14. Fire Direction Net No. 1, FA Bn Armd: 
a. Bn S-3 
b. Ln O No I 
c. Ln O No. 3 
d. Ren O No 1 
e. Hen O No 2 
/. Ln O No 2 
р. Ln O No 4 
h. Asst Ex O Btry A 
i. Asst Ex O Btry B 
j. Asst Ex Btry C 
15. Fire Control Nets, FA Bn Armd: 
The Fire Control Nets of Batteries A, B, 
C and the Antitank Battery are organised 
in a manner identical to the Fire 
Nets of the batteries of the Field Artillery 
Regiment in the Armored Brigade. (See 
11 above.) 
18. Command Net, Armored Division Reconnais- 
sance Battalion: 
a. CO Div Ren Bn 
b. CO R Co 
с. CO Armd Co (L) 
d. CO Armd Ren Co No X 
e. CO Armd Ren Co No 2 
/. Bn S-4 
p. Bn M O 
h. CO Bn Tns 
». Plat Comdr 1st Plat Inf Co Armd 
j. Plat Comdr 2nd Plat Inf Co Armd 
k. Plat Comdr 3rd Plat Inf Co Armd 
l. Plat Comdr 4th Plat Inf Co Armd 
m. Plat Comdr 1st Plat Armd Co (L) 
n. Plat Comdr 2d Plat Armd Co (L) 
o. Plat Comdr 3d Plat Armd Co (L) 
301 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
Type Radio Nets, Armored Division (Continued): 
17. Command Net, Armored Reconnaissance Com- 
pany No. 1, (Command Net, Armored Re- 
connaissance Company No. 2 is similar): 
a. CO Armd Co 
b. Plat Comdr, 1st Plat Armd Ren Co 
c. Sec Leader 2d Sec Armd Ren Co 
d. Plat Comdr 2d Plat Armd Ren Co 
c. Sec Leader 4th Sec Armd Ren Co 
/. Plat Comdr 3d Plat Armd Ren Co 
р. Sec Leader Cth Sec Armd Ren Co 
h. Plat Comdr 4th Plat Armd Ren Co 
t. Sec Leader 8th Sec Amd Ren Co 
j. Plat Comdr Mtcl Plat 
k. Co M O 
18. Command Net. 1st Armored Regiment, Light, 
(see also 22): 
a. CO Armd Regt (L) 
6. Regtl M O 
с. CO Serv Co 
d. CO 1st Bn 
e. CO 2d Bn 
f. CO 3d Bn 
g. CO MG Co 
h. Plat Comdr 1st Plat MG Co 
t. Plat Comdr 2d Plat MG Co 
j. Plat Comdr 3d Plat MG Co 
k. Plat Comdr 4th Plat MG Co 
l. Plat Comdr Mort Plat 
19. Regimental Reconnaissance Net, 1st Armored 
Regiment, Light (see also 22): 
0. Regtl S-2 
b. Ex O Armd Ren Co 
29. Command Net, Armored Reconnaissance Com- 
pany, 1st Armored Regiment, Light: 
This net is identical to the Command Net 
of the Armored Reconnaissance Company 
shown in 17 above less the motorcycle platoon. 
(See also 22.) 
21. Command Net, 1st Battalion, Armored Regi- 
ment, Light (Command Nets for the 2d and 
3d Battalions arc similar. See also 22.): 
a. CO 1st Bn Armd Regt (L) 
b. CO 1st Armd Co 
c. CO 2d Armd Co 
d. CO 3d Armd Co 
e. Plat Comdr 1st Plat 1st Armd Co 
/. Plat Comdr 2d Plat 1st Armd Co 
g. Plat Comdr Sd Plat 1st Armd Co 
h. Plat Comdr 1st Plat 2d Armd Co 
1. Plat Comdr 2d Plat 2d Armd Co 
j. Plat Comdr 3d Plat 2d Armd Co 
k. Plat Comdr 1st Plat 3rd Armd Co 
l. Plat Comdr 2d Plat 8d Armd Co 
m. Plat Comdr 3d Plat Sd Armd Co 
22. 2d Armored Regiment Light: 
Nets are organized in the 2d Armored Regi- 
ment, Light, in a manner identical to that 
indicated in 18 through 21 above for the 1st 
Armored Regiment, Light. 
23. Command Net, Armored Regiment, Medium: 
a. C O Armd Regt (M) 
b. Regt! M O 
c. CO Regtl Tn 
d. Ex O 1st Bn Armd Regt (M) 
e. Ex O 2d Bn Armd Regt (M) 
24. Command Net, 1st Battalion, Armored Regi- 
ment, Medium (Command Net for 2d Bat- 
talion is similar) : 
a. CO 1st Bn 
b. CO 1st Co 
c. CO 2d Co 
d. CO 3d Co 
e. Plat Comdr 1st Plat 1st Co 
/. Plat Comdr 2d Plat 1st Co 
g. Plat Comdr 3d Plat 1st Co 
h. Plat Comdr 1st Plat 2d Co 
i. Plat Comdr 2d Plat 2d Co 
j. Plat Comdr 3d Plat 2d Co 
k. Plat Comdr 1st Plat 3d Co 
. I. Plat Comdr 2d Plat 3d Co 
m. Plat Comdr 3rd Plat 3d Co 
25. Command Net, Infantry Regiment, Armored: 
a. CO Inf Regt Armd 
b. Regtl M O 
e. CO Serv Co 
d. CO 1st Bn 
e. CO 2nd Bn 
/. CO AT Co 
g. Regrtl Com O (also a silent station in di- 
vision air-ground net) 
26. Command Net, Engineer Battalion, Armored: 
a. CO Engr Bn 
b. CO 1st Co 
c. CO 2d Co 
d. CO 3rd Co 
e. Plat Comdr Ren Plat Hq Co 
/, Bn M O 
g. Bn S-4 
27. Clear Channel Requirements: 
The net organisation indicated in 1 to 26 
above requires 41 clear channels within the 
frequency range of the authorized vehicular 
seta. In addition, channels for the SCR-194 
and SCR-196 sets are required in general as 
follows: 4 for the infantry regiments, arm- 
ored; 10 for the field artillery regiment: and 
8 for the field artillery battalion. The in- 
fantry regiment, armored requires in addition, 
one (1) channel for the operation of a regi- 
mental command net employing low-powered 
portable sets. These channels are minimum 
requirements; availability of additional chan- 
nels permits reduction of number of stations 
in any particular net. Additional artillery 
air-ground channels are particularly desirable. 
302 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
■ 221. Type Radio Nets, Army Corps (Less Field Artillery Brigade 
and Cavalry Regiment, Horse and Mechanized). 
worm 
l, Tba 93d Antitank Battalion baa four (4) aata, 
SCH-195, to bo uaod aa point to point contact with 
the battarlaa, or aa tba altnatlon doaanda. 
b. Iboao aata roproaont tho flight eoanan dor’a 
aat. Throe additional piano aota la oaoh flight 
aro not aboan. 
o. Throo SCR-193 aota aro available to tba oorpo 
ootaaandor for aaalgnaant to spootal adaalona snob 
aa direct contact with coabat taaaa and additional 
rooonnalaaanoo oloaanta. Ono SCR-177-B la arall- 
ablo for uao at tba advaaoo ooanand poat to Main- 
tain continuity of radio ooaninleatlen. 
MOOD 
* Mat«r Indicate typo of radio wt, 
»■ SC ft* 188. 
Radio aat SCB-34S unloss othorwlss 
Indicated. 
Radio sot •OR'198. 
U*aal Corps no*. 
Cafanta? aat. 
krtlllorr aat. 
Ur Corps aat. 
Figure 51 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
222. Type Radio Nets, Army Corps (Field Artillery Brigade) 
ixon 
*> Nuabor indioatoa typ# of radio tot, u ICR-161. 
Radio tob SCR-245, unlot• otbonrlto indleatod. 
Radio tot SCR-194. 
Plold Artillery not. 
Signal Corpt aot. 
TL-3132 
Figure 52 
H0TS3 
«. Each antitank battarr baa flaa 3CR-245a and each firing 
battery nay be ae.lgned a separate frequency. Tha deposition 
and employment of thaaa aata will dapand on tha local situa- 
tion . 
b. Each hoaltier battalion has four SCR-ldla; aaoh gun bat- 
talion haa too SOR-161*: and aaoh howltaar firing battery haa 
three SCR-194a, for llalaon, obaapratlon, and control. 
o. Tha 3CR-245S shown In this Table may be used In the 
304 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
■ 223. Type Radio Nets, Army Corps (Cavalry Regiment, Horse and 
Mechanized). 
2-3 
CO-//7 any net 
£xO-may Jbe in Ln net-CCorps frequency) 
5 2-in air ground net 
Corps Contact-fcorps frequency) 
Commun/cation O-may Pe /n any net 
l£GEHD 
Vet/icuiar set in on 
armored ueP/c/e. 
VePicu/ar set in an 
unarmored treP/cie. 
Pack set 
God/o equipment sPotvn 
is attacked. 
SCH-/93 are as indicated, 
a// otter uenicu/ar sets 
are SCB-Z45. 
305 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
224. Radio Sets, Characteristics. 
1 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
Set 
SCR 
Type 
signals 
Range 
(miles) 
Frequency 
in KC 
Power 
for 
trans- 
mitter 
Weight 
(lbs) 
Description 
and 
remarks 
Trans 
Rec 
Trans 
Rec 
131 
cw® 
CW® 
5 
3,960- 
4,360 
3,960- 
4,360 
Hand Gen 
10V and 
400V 
76 
Loop set. Carried by 2 
men. Command net 
Inf Brig and Regt. 
161 
cw® 
CW® 
5 
4,370- 
5,100 
4,370- 
5,100 
Hand Gen 
10V and 
400V 
76 
Loop set. Carried by 2 
meri. Command net 
for FA within Inf Div. 
163-A 
cw® 
cw® 
40 
2,300- 
2,700 
2,300- 
2,700 
Hand Gen 
8V and 
350V 
154 
Pack set for transporta- 
tion on one animal. 
Replaced by 
SCR-203. 
171 
cw® 
cw® 
15 
2,640- 
3,040 
2,640- 
3,040 
Hand Gen 
10V and 
400V 
179 
Carried in vehicle. 
Command set Inf 
Div. 
177 
177-A 
177-B 
cw® 
Tone 
Voice 
cw® 
Tone 
Voice 
100 
70 
30 
400 
800 
and 
1,500- 
4,500 
400- 
1,000 
and 
1,500- 
4,500 
® 
Gas Eng 
Gen set 
14V and 
1,000V 
900 
177 
850 
177-A 
860 
177-B 
Carried in vehicle. 
Command set for 
higher headquarters. 
Air-ground set. 
Replaced by 
SCR-177-B. 
178 
179 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
25 
20 
10 
2,400- 
3,700 
2,400- 
3,700 
Hand Gen 
8V and 
500V 
203 
Air-ground set for FA. 
When fitted for pack 
animal transportation 
is known as SCR-179. 
AA-183 
Tone 
Voice 
Tone 
Voice 
45 
30 
6,200- 
7,700 
® 224 
448 
and 
4,150- 
7,850 
Dynamotor 
63 
Aircraft command set. 
All types of airplanes, 
AB 183 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
Tone 
Voice 
45 
45 
30 
6,200- 
7,700 
® 201- 
391 
and 
4,200- 
7,700 
Dynamotor 
50.5 
Aircraft command set. 
All types of airplanes. 
VC-183 
VD-183 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
Tone 
Voice 
45 
45 
30 
6,200 
7,700 
and 
3,050- 
3,800 
224- 
7,850 
Dynamotor 
45 
Aircraft command set. 
All types of airplanes. 
AE-183 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
Tone 
Voice 
45 
45 
30 
6,200- 
7,700 
and 
3,050- 
3,800 
200- 
390 
and 
2,500- 
7,850 
Dynamotor 
45 
Aircraft command set. 
All types of airplanes 
0 Additional coil sets available but not issued with setwill extend receiving range from 150 to 
12,500 KC. 
0 Coil seta available but not furnished as component part of set will extend frequency range. See 
Signal Corps General Catalog. 
0 CW means continuous wave telegraph. 
306 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
Radio Sets, Characteristics (Continued): 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
Set 
SCR 
Type 
signals 
Range 
(miles) 
Frequency 
in KC 
Power 
for 
trans- 
mitter 
Weight 
(lbs) 
Description 
and 
remarks 
Trans 
Rec 
Trans 
Rec 
AF-183 
cw® 
Tone 
Voice 
Tone 
Voice 
45 
45 
30 
f 3,050- 
3,800 
and 
t 6,200- 
7.700 
* 6,200- 
7.700 
t t201- 
398 
and 
t 2,500- 
7,850 
♦ 201- 
398 
and 
* 4,150- 
7, 
Dynamotor 
700 
45 
Aircraft command set. 
fFrequency band for 
attack planes. 
•Frequency band for 
all other types planes. 
AG-183 
AH-183 
AJ-183 
AK-183 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
Tone 
Voice 
45 
45 
30 
2,500- 
7,700 
201- 
398 
and 
2,500- 
7,700 
Dynamotor 
56 
Aircraft command set. 
All types of airplanes. 
AA-185 
AB-185 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
Tone 
Voice 
250 
100 
10 
750 
500 
250 
400- 
800 
1,500- 
4,500 
400- 
4,700 
Dynamotor 
380 
Observation aircraft set. 
187-A 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
750 
500 
250 
1,500- 
12,500 
1,500- 
18,000 
Dynamotor 
375 
Medium range aircraft 
liaison set. 
AA-187 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
Tone 
Voice 
750 
500 
250 
3,000- 
4,500 
and 
6,200- 
7,700 
and 
10,GOO- 
12, 500 
150- 
12,500 
Dynamotor 
144 
Medium range aircraft 
liaison set. 
AB-187 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
Tone 
Voice 
750 
500 
250 
1,500- 
6,200 
ISO- 
12,500 
Dynamotor 
144 
Medium range aircraft 
liaison set. 
AC-187 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
Tone 
Voice 
750 
500 
250 
400- 
12,500 
ISO- 
12,500 
Dynamotor 
144 
Medium range aircraft 
liaison set. 
188-A 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
X 100 
X 70 
X 50 
1,500- 
12,500 
1,500- 
18,000 
Gas Eng 
Gen Set 
14V and 
1,000V 
and will 
operate on 
110-220 
volts 
60 cycles 
1,385 
Carried in vehicle. Air- 
ground set for Air 
Corps. 
distances 
can be greatly 
increased by using 
high frequency. 
307 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
Radio Sets, Characteristics (Continued): 
1 
2 
3 
If 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
Set 
SCR 
Type 
signals 
Range 
(miles) 
Frequency 
in KC 
Power 
for 
trans- 
mitter 
Weight 
(lbs) 
Description 
and 
remarks 
Trans 
Rec 
Trans 
Rec 
193 
CW ® 
Tone 
Voice 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
t 60 
t 40 
X 20 
1,500- 
4,500 
1,500- 
4,500 
Dynamotor 
195 
Vehicular set for use in 
tanks, armored cars, 
etc. 
{Stationary, approxi- 
mately half these 
values when moving. 
193-A 
193-B 
193-C 
193-D 
193-E 
cw® 
Tone 
Voice 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
X 60 
t 40 
X 20 
1,500- 
4,500 
1,500- 
18,000 
Dynamotor 
190 
Vehicular set for use in 
tanks, armored cars, 
etc. 
{Stationary; approxi- 
mately half these 
values when moving. 
194 
Voice 
Voice 
5 
27,700- 
52,200 
27,700- 
52,200 
Battery 
BA-32 
+ 144V 
+3V 
-13 KV 
89 
* 26 
Carried by one man, 
pack animal, or 
vehicle. 
Weight includes spare 
parts chest. 
*Weight carried by one 
man for operation. 
195 
Voice 
Voice 
5 
52,800- 
65,800 
52.800 
65.800 
Battery 
BA-32 
+ 144V 
+3V 
-13 V2\ 
91 
* 26 
Carried by one man, 
pack animal, or 
vehicle. 
Wreight includes spare 
parts chest. 
carried by one 
man for operation. 
197-A 
197-B 
197-C 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
Long 
range 
400W 
output 
probably 
1,000 on 
CW 700 
on T 
and 300 
on V 
1,500- 
18,000 
1,500- 
18,000 
110 or 220V 
60 cycles. 
Gen coup- 
led to drive 
shaft of 
truck, or 
connected 
to cotnl 
power 
circuit 
Truck 
9,980 
Trailer 
7,000 
Air-ground set for 
higher headquarters. 
Aircraft warning service. 
Vehicular set contained 
in truck and trailer. 
203 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
30 
20 
5 
2,200- 
3,060 
2,200- 
3,060 
Hand Gen 
8V and 
350V 
162 
Pack set for transporta- 
tion on one animal. 
Replaces SCR-163-A. 
209 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
25 
20 
10 
2,200- 
2,600 
1,500- 
4,500 
Dynamotor 
12V and 
440V 
164 
Vehicular set. Replaced 
by SCR-245. 
210-A 
210-B 
210-C 
210-D 
•cw® 
Tone 
Voice 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
1,500- 
18,000 
85 
Vehicular set. Receiver 
only. 
308 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 224-225-226-227-228 
1 
2 
3 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
Set 
SCR 
Type 
signals 
Range 
(miles) 
Frequency 
in KC 
Power 
for 
trans- 
mitter 
Weight 
(lbs) 
Description 
arid 
remarks 
Trans 
Rec 
Trans 
Rec 
238-A 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
50 
40 
30 
1,500- 
8,100 
1,500- 
18,000 
Dynamo tor 
129 
Aircraft command set. 
245-A 
to 
245-H 
cw® 
Tone 
Voice 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
45 
35 
20 
2,000- 
4,500 
1,500- 
18,000 
Dyna- 
* motor 
181 
Vehicular set. Trans- 
mitter has provisions 
for four plug-in type 
crystals. (FT-171). 
Number of crystals 
available will be as 
authorized for each 
using organization. 
288 
CW® 
Voice 
CW® 
Tone 
Voice 
15 
8 
3,500- 
6,000 
2,300- 
6,700 
Hand Gen 
6V and 
280V 
65 
Antenna 30 feet wire. 
Will temporarily 
replace sets SCR-131 
and 161 until sets 
SCR-284 and 285 are 
available. 
Radio Sets, Characteristics (Continued): 
Section V 
VISUAL COMMUNICATION 
■ 225. Employment.—Visual communication is unsuited for the trans- 
mission of long messages but is well suited for transmitting prearranged 
signals, short code groups, and brief messages for fire control, laterally and 
from front to rear between small units and between ground and airplanes. 
■ 226, Lamps.—Signal lamps are authorized for issue to headquarters of 
light field artillery battalion, and signal stations of coast artillery harbor 
defense headquarters only. Signal lamps may be improvised by using 
standard flashlights. 
■ 227. Flags.—The general use of flags as a means of visual communica- 
tion has been discontinued. 
■ 228. Pyrotechnics.—Pyrotechnics are an emergency means of sending 
short urgent messages. Due to the limited number of distinguishable sig- 
nals available, meanings assigned to signals are usually limited to the fol- 
lowing uses: 
309 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
a. From front-line units to cause artillery fire to commence, cease, or 
lift. 
b. To indicate arrival of units at important terrain features or to co- 
ordinate attacks when no other means are available. 
c. From airplanes to call for display of marking or identification 
panels. 
Meanings are assigned pyrotechnic signals by the superior headquar- 
ters in signal operation instructions and should be changed frequently for 
secrecy and to prevent the enemy from using similar pyrotechnics to con- 
fuse infantry-artillery liaison. 
■ 229. Panels,—a. Use.—Marking panels are displayed by troops in com- 
bat on signal from the infantry liaison airplane in order that the airplane 
may report their progress and location to higher headquarters. These 
panels are issued on the basis of 3 black and 3 white to a rifle squad and 
should be used for no other purpose than that for which issued; the black 
panels are used on snow. 
Signaling panels are issued for communicating with aircraft and for 
the location and identification from the air of unit command posts on re- 
quest by aircraft. 
An identification code number is assigned to each headquarters in 
signal operation instructions. The unit is identified from the air on request 
by friendly aircraft by displaying the identification group indicator pre- 
scribed in the current air-ground liaison code in combination with the 
numerical identification number assigned to the unit in the current signal 
operation instructions. See FM 24-5. 
b. Display grounds.—Panel display grounds are located near the radio 
station since the panel operators are normally also the radio operators, and 
communication from the airplane is normally by radio. Care must be exer- 
cised to see that panels are displayed only to friendly aircraft who have 
identified themselves as such by use of a prearranged signal or code group. 
Upon the approach of hostile aircraft the friendly airplane should first be 
warned and then panels should be taken up and concealed. 
c. Communication with airplane.—In an emergency, when a ground 
station is not equipped for radio reception or when the radio transmitter of 
an airplane is silenced or out of commission, an airplane may communicate 
to a limited degree with a ground panel station by means of various maneu- 
vers of the airplane while in flight. No standard code has been developed 
for this means of communication but any code used should be prescribed 
in sighal operation instructions. Individual units devise such codes by 
coordination with observation aviation designated to operate with them. 
Adjustment of the fire of field artillery batteries using only panel signals 
and airplane wing signals is both rapid and practicable. 
310 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
230-231-232 
Section VI 
WIRE COMMUNICATION 
■ 230. Telephone.—a. Powers and limitations.—The distance over which 
satisfactory telephone communication is possible is determined by the elec- 
trical characteristics of the telephone circuit. A given type of wire circuit 
has a definite talking range (paragraph 232 h). Telephone conversations 
should be brief. Long conversations deprive others of the use of the cir- 
cuits. The telephone should not be used for long reports, orders, or mes- 
sages when messenger or telegraph communication would serve as well or 
better. Telephone conversation must be discreet since secrecy is never 
assured. 
h. Urgent calls.—Because of the limited number of wire circuits be- 
tween telephone centrals, they will often be found busy. In order to avoid 
delaying an important critical call, certain designated personnel may be 
authorized to class a telephone call as urgent when they believe it is more 
important than any call which may be in progress. In placing an urgent 
call the calling party adds “Urgent call” after the designation of the called 
party, as: “Magic six, urgent call.” The urgent classification should be used 
cautiously. An urgent call is completed.by a switchboard operator with all 
possible haste by interrupting any routine call which may be in progress. 
■ 231. Telegraph Printer.—The telegraph printer is a telegraph instru- 
ment designed for interchanging printed messages between two or more 
stations. It is employed between headquarters in the same manner as the 
manual telegraph. Data relative to the employment of the telegraph 
printer will be found in FM 11-5. 
■ 232. Wire Communication Data.—The following data are furnished 
for use in planning for the construction of wire lines: 
a. Rates of construction.— (1) Field wire line.—Construction unit: 1 
wire-laying team (FM 11-10 and 11-15). 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
Miles per hour 
Wire laying equipment 
One circuit 
Two circuits 
concurrently 
Cross 
country 
Roads 
Cross 
country 
Roads 
Reel cart RL-16 
1 
1% 
1 
Carrier RL-24, RL-24-A, or RL-34 
Reel unit RL-26 or RL-26-A (mounted 
in truck) ...... 
1% 
3-5 
2 
3-5 
3-5 
3-5 
Axle RL-27 or RL-27-A 
1 
IVi 
3-5 
Reel unit RL-31 (mounted in truck) 
3-5 
— 
— 
311 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
(2) Open wire pole line.-—Construction unit: 1 construction platoon 
of war-strength construction company (FM 11-20). 
1 
2 
3 
Type of construction 
Weight of 
Average 
material in 
miles per 
pounds per 
S-hour day 
mile 
a 
Iron pole line, 1 circuit on cross arm and single wire on 
top of pole 
6,420 
3 
Iron pole line, 2 circuits on cross arms and single wire on 
top of pole 
Light pole line, 3 circuits on 6-pin cross arm. (Light 20- 
foot poles or 4 by 4’s with 2 by 4’s for cross arms with 
knob insulators) 
7,042 
2Vx 
5,093 
2% 
Standard pole line, 5 circuits on 10-pin cross arm. 
Poles to be serviced and set, using earth-boring ma- 
chine 
11,590 
2 
Stringing wire on installed poles—addition of one 10-pin 
cross arm with 5 circuits 
3,598 
5 
Single-bracket line on installed poles 
466 
20 
a. The rate at which open wire lines may be constructed will depend upon the 
size of the working party, the number of circuits required, the weather, and the type 
of terrain, and the facilities for distributing poles and materials. The chief factors 
are transportation and road congestion. The data listed above are based on the as- 
sumption that the poles and material have been distributed along the route and that 
average conditions prevail. 
NOTE 
b. Normal talking range on wire circuits.—Using standard equip- 
ment without repeaters, the normal talking ranges on nonloaded wire cir- 
cuits are as follows: 
1 
2 
3 
4 
Range in 
Weight 
Wire type 
miles 
(pounds 
per mile) 
Remarks 
W-38 
18 
240 
Commercial outside distributing wire 
W-73 
50 
39 
No. 17 AWG bronze, 8-inch spacing, dry 
weather 
W-74 
200 
166 
Commercial bare copper No. 10, AWG, 12- 
inch spacing, wet weather 
Commercial parallel drop wire 
W-108* 
18 
216 
W-110 
15 
132 
Field wive, dry weather 
W-110 
10 
132 
Field wire, wet weather 
W-110-B 
17 
132 
Field wive, dry weather 
w-no b 
11 
132 
Field wire, wet weather 
W-130, T-l 
9 
31 
Infantry assault wire, dry weather 
W-130, T-l 
6 
31 
Infantry assault wire, wet weather 
Field Artillery assault wire, dry weather 
W-130, T-3 
9 
49 
W-130, T-3 
6 
49 
Field Artillery assault wire, wet weather 
312 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
c. Replacement requirements of field wire W-110 per day of combat 
(expressed in miles of wire) : 
1 
2 
3 
h 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
Infantry Division (Square) 
Infantry Division (Triangular) 
Type of combat 
Inf 
FA 
Sig 
Others 
Total 
Inf 
3 
Inf 
Div 
Sig 
Total 
Brig 
Brig 
Co 
Regt 
Regts 
FA 
Co 
Attack in a 
meeting engagement 
20 
160 
25 
2 
227 
8 
24 
76 
30 
130 
Defense in a 
meeting engagement 
10 
160 
20 
2 
202 
5 
15 
76 
24 
115 
Attack of a position: 
First day 
80 
175 
40 
4 
379 
16 
48 
84 
35 
167 
Succeeding days 
60 
90 
30 
3 
243 
10 
30 
42 
30 
102 
Defense of a position: 
First day .... 
20 
110 
25 
4 
179 
6 
18 
52 
24 
94 
Succeeding days... 
10 
90 
20 
1 
131 
4 
12 
42 
20 
74 
Attack of a zone: 
First day 
40 
90 
40 
2 
212 
8 
24 
42 
35 
101 
Succeeding days 
60 
90 
30 
1 
241 
10 
30 
42 
30 
102 
Defense of a zone: 
First day 
20 
165 
25 
4 
234 
8 
24 
77 
30 
131 
Succeeding days 
10 
90 
20 
1 
131 
4 
12 
42 
20 
74 
Delaying action 
60 
210 
60 
4 
394 
10 
30 
100 
40 
170 
Retirement: 
Night - 
20 
165 
25 
2 
232 
8 
24 
77 
30 
131 
Daylight withdrawal... 
80 
210 
60 
4 
434 
16 
48 
100 
40 
188 
313 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
233. Type Wire Nets, Square Division. 
LEGEND 
Lines Installed by Infantry, 
routine. 
Lines Installed by Infantry, 
if required. 
Lines Installed by Field 
Artillery, 
Lines Installed by Signal 
Corps, routine. 
Lines installed by Signal 
Corps, if required. 
Switchboard at unit indleatad. 
Vumaral baslda line indicates 
number of circuits when mors 
than one. 
Figure 54 
NOTH5 
a. Oanaral.- (1) The superior unit Is respon- 
sible for wire communication from its command 
poet to the command posts of its next subord- 
inate units. The superior unit Is responsible 
for lateral wire eosnunloatlon between Its ad- 
jacent subordinate units. 3uch lateral cossmi- 
nlcatlon. although not shown on this chart, la 
Installed If required. 
(2) In addition to field artillery lines 
shown, each battalion of light field artillery 
may base wire lines to artillery liaison offi- 
cers with front-line Infantry battalions. 
b. An artillery unit supporting an Infantry 
unit Installs wire to the infantry unit sup- 
ported. Similarly a medium artillery battal- 
ion supporting a light artillery unit Installs 
wire to the light artillery unit. 
f. When wire oosmunlcatlon Is required from 
vision headquarters to ths asmainltlon con- 
trol point it nay be connected Into the divi- 
sion CP or rear echelon, depending on the sit- 
uation. SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
■ 234. Type Wire Nets, Triangular Division. 
LEGEND 
Lines Installed by Infantry, 
routine. 
Lines installed by Infantry, 
if required. 
Lines Installed by Field 
Artillery. 
Lines Installed by Signal 
Corps, routine. 
Lines installed by Signal 
Corps, If required. 
Switchboard at unit Indicated. 
Numeral beside line indicates 
number of circuits when acre 
than one. 
NOTES 
e. General.- (I) The superlor unit la respon- 
sible for wire eowainleacion fro* its coa*and 
post to the oonaand posts of Its next subord- 
inate units. Ths superior unit Is rssponslbls 
for lateral wire co«nlcation between Its ad- 
jacent subordlnsts units. Such lateral cowiu- 
nlcatlon, although not shown on this chart, is 
Installed If required. 
(2) In addition to field artillery lines 
shown, each battalion of light field artillery 
■ay have wire lines to artillery liaison offi- 
cers with front-line Infantry battalions. 
b. An artillery unit supporting an Infantry 
unit installs wire to the Infantry unit sup- 
ported. Similarly a medium artillery battal- 
ion supporting a light artillery unit installs 
wire to the light artillery unit. 
c. When wire communication Is required fro* 
trol point It may be connected into the divi- 
sion CT or rear echelon, depending on the alt; 
Figure 55 
315 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
235. Type Wire Nets, Army Corps. 
Legend 
Switchboard at unit indicated 
Indicates usual number 
of wire circuits between 
telephone centra/s. 
TL-E7SB 
Figure 56 
Notes 
A// lines shown are 
instated and main- 
tained by the army 
corps signal battalion 
316 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
Section VII 
TABLES OF SIGNAL EQUIPMENT 
■ 236. General.—This section lists in ready reference form the principal 
items of signal equipment issued to troop units of the triangular and square 
divisions. It indicates a suitable method of asembling signal data appli- 
cable to any unit. Similar tables should be prepared and kept up to date by 
Signal or Communication Officers of each unit. 
317 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
1 
2 
3 
4 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
n 
15 
1 
Unit 
Type 
Weight 
(lbs) 
Sig 
Co 
(DHQ) 
Ren 
Tr 
Hq 
Ren 
Plat, 
Ren 
Tr 
Regil 
Sec 
Inf 
Regtl 
Hq 
Co 
Bn 
Sec 
Uf 
X 
Co 
& 
Bn 
Hq 
AT 
Co 
Hq 
Btry 
Div 
Arty 
Hq 
Btry 
FA 
Bn 
L 
Firing 
Btry 
FA 
L 
Btry 
FA 
Bn 
M 
Firing 
Btry 
FA 
M 
AT 
Btry 
-mm 
2 
Axle (wire-laying, hand) 
RL 27-A 
5H 
58 
8 
2 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
3 
LC-31 
1 
4 
SCR 169 
225 
2 
5 
Cipher device 
M-94 
Q 
H 
5 
6 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
6 
8 
5 
4 
2 
2 
4 
4 
4 
7 
C-114 
I'A 
3H 
3 
120 
s 
C-161 
12 
4 
1 
2 
9 
M-113 
6 
4 
6 
4 
10 
10 
M-133 ® 
SCR 211-A 
H 
40 
2 
2 
2 
11 
1 
1 
1 
12 
TE-21 
20 
30 
9 
2 
lineman s equip { 
TE-33 
H 
each 
42 
25 
20 
15 
20 
15 
13 
14 
AL-119 and 
Panel fsicnalinc) f 
AL-120 
AP30-A 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
V B g; ( 
AP 30-B 
23 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
15 
M-IV 
16 
17 
SCR 131 
76 
3 
1 
SCR 161 
76 
1 
1 
5 
18 
19 
20 
SCR 171 
179 
2 
2 
1 
SCR 177-B 
860 
1 
SCR 178 
203 
1 
1 
1 
21 
Radio set (vehicular, 60 mile, CW (T)l 
SCR 193 
195 
6 
4 
4 
22 
SCR 194 
89 
7 
3 
3 
(26®) 
■ 237. a. Principal Items of Signal Corps Equipment.—Infantry Division (Triangular). 
318  
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
IS 
n 
15 
1 
Unit 
Type 
Weight 
(Ibe) 
Sig 
Co 
(DHQ) 
Ren 
Tr 
Hq 
Ren 
Plat, 
Ren 
Tr 
Regtl 
Sec 
Inf 
Regtl 
Co 
Bn 
See 
Inf 
Regtl 
Hq 
Co 
& 
Bn 
Hq 
AT 
Co 
Hq 
Btry 
Div 
Arty 
Hq 
Btry 
FA 
Bn 
L 
firing 
Btry 
FA 
L 
Hq 
Btry 
FA 
Bn 
M 
Firing 
Btry 
FA 
M 
AT 
Btry 
76-mm 
23 
Radio set (5 mile, voice) 
SCR 195 
91 
8 
5 
24 
SCR 245 
(26®) 
181 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
5 
25 
SCR 288 (7) 
65 
26 
Reel equipment 
CE-11 ® ~ 
5 % 
4 
4 
10 
27 
Reel unit (hand) 
RL-16 ~ 
73’ ' 
2 
1 
28 
Reel unit (truck) 
RL 26-A 
275 
8 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
29 
Reel unit (hand or truck) 
RL 31 
31 
8 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
30 
Signal lamp._ 
EE 84 
22 
2 
2 
31 
Bd-14 
250 
3 
32 
Bd-71 
48 
6 
1 
2 
2 
33 
Bd-72 
68 
6 
2 
2 
2 
2 
34 
Telegraph set 
Tg-5-A 
8 
4 
1 
5 
1 
1 
35 
Telegraph, printer set.... 
EE-97 
4 
36 
Telephone 
EE-8-A 
10 
60 
8 
4 
10 
16 
9 
14 
9 
37 
W 110 
176 
62 
6 
4 
3 
2 
1 
2 
1 
38 
Wire, mile (on DR 5, 1 mile) 
W 110 
166 
63 
6 
24 
16 
8 
16 
8 
39 
W 130 
32 
SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
a. Principal Items of Signal Equipment.—Infantry Division (Triangular) (Continued) 
NOTES 
§ Training editions. 
Also 2 per Infantry Company Headquarters and 1 per Infantry Platoon. 
3 per Rifle Squadron. 
© 1 per Rifle Company and Platoon. 
© CW means continuous wave telegraph. 
© Weight carried for operation. 
© Training set, temporarily replaces SCR 131 and SCR 161. 
© Consists of telephone and % mile assault wire, also 20 per Weapon Company and 2 per Rifle Company. 
319  
1 
2 
3 
4 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
15 
16 
1 
Unit 
Type 
Weight 
(lbs) 
Sig 
Co 
(DHQ) 
Hq 
Co 
Inf 
Brig 
Regtl 
Sec 
Inf 
Regtl 
Hq 
Co 
Bn 
Sec 
Inf 
Regtl 
Hq 
Co 
& 
Bn 
Hq 
AT 
Co 
Hq 
Btry 
FA 
Brig 
Hq 
Btry 
FA 
Regt 
105- 
mm 
Hove 
Hq 
Btry 
FA 
Bn 
105- 
mm 
How 
Firing 
Btry 
FA 
105- 
mm 
How 
Hq 
Btry 
FA 
Regt 
155- 
mm 
How 
Hq 
Btry 
FA 
Bn 
155- 
mm 
How 
Firing 
Btry 
155- 
mm 
Hoto 
AT 
Btry 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
Axle (wire-laying, hand) 
RL-27-A 
LC-31 
SCR 169 
M-94 
0 
C-114 
C-161 
M 113 
M 133 @ 
SCR 211-A 
TE-21 
TE-33 
AL-119 and 
AL-120 
AP-30-A 
AP-30-B 
M-IV 
SCR 131 
SCR 161 
SCR 171 
SCR 177-B 
SCR 178 
SCR 193 
SCR 194 
5H 
58 
225 
8 
1 
2 
6 
8 
120 
12 
2 
2 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
4 
2 
4 
2 
4 
2 
4 
2 
4 
2 
4 
2 
4 
2 
4 
Coil (loading) 
1'A 
3'A 
3 
A 
40 
20 
iyi 
A 
each 
42 
23 
2 
6 
4 
6 
4 
10 
2 
1 
9 
2 
2 
1 
20 
1 
2 
25 
Lineman’s equipment | 
3 
2 
15 
20 
15 
15 
20 
15 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
x lUjCL'ivi) giuuiiu Vjy ...... 
76 
76 
178 
860 
203 
195 
89 
(260) 
1 
3 
1 
iictuiu act yt/ uiiir.) v/ it \*»jj.............. 
col (rt m;io fW (Til 
1 
1 
2 
1 
2 
5 
2 
1 
1 
xvtuiiu set yiva/ miiCj V-/ it v»yy.......... 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
Radio set 
5 
7 
3 
3 
SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
b. Principal Items of Signal Corps Equipment—Infantry Division (Square). 
320 SIGNAL COMMUNICATION DATA 
1 
2 
3 
k 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
U 
16 
16 
1 
Unit 
Type 
Weight 
(lbs) 
Sig 
Co 
(DHQ) 
Hq 
Co 
Inf 
Brig 
Regtl 
Sec 
Inf 
Regtl 
Hq 
Co 
Bn 
Sec 
Inf 
Regtl 
Hq 
Co 
& 
Bn 
Hq 
AT 
Co 
Hq 
Btry 
FA 
Brig 
Hq 
Btry 
FA 
Regt 
105- 
mm 
How 
Hq 
Btry 
FA 
Bn 
105- 
mm 
How 
Firing 
Btry 
FA 
105- 
mm 
How 
Hq 
Btry 
FA 
Regt 
155- 
mm 
How 
Hq 
Btry 
FA 
Bn 
155- 
mm 
How 
Firing 
Btry 
155- 
mm 
How 
AT 
Btry 
23 
Radio set (5 mile, voice) 
SCR 195 
91 
8 
5 
24 
Radio set (vehicular, 45 mile CW® 
Radio set (15 mile, CW ®) 
SCR 245 
(26®) 
181 
2 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
5 
25 
SCR 288 ® 
CE-11 ® 
RL-16 
65 
26 
Reel equipment 
73 
4 
4 
10 
27 
Reel unit (hand) 
2 
2 
1 
• 
28 
Reel unit (truck) 
RL-26-A 
275 
8 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
29 
Reel unit (hand or truck) 
RL 31 
31 
8 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
30 
Signal lamp. 
EE-84 
22 
2 
2 
31 
Switchboard (40-line, telephone) 
Switchboard (6-line, telephone) 
Switchboard (12-line, telephone) 
Telegraph set 
Bd-14 
250 
3 
32 
Bd-71 
48 
6 
1 
2 
2 
33 
Bd-72 
68 
6 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
34 
Tg-5-A 
EE-97 
5/4 
8 
3 
4 
1 
5 
3 
1 
3 
1 
35 
Telegraph printer set 
4 
36 
Telephone 
EE-8-A 
10 
60 
8 
8 
4 
10 
10 
16 
9 
10 
14 
9 
37 
Wire, mile (on DR 4, mile) 
W-110 
176 
62 
8 
6 
4 
3 
2 
2 
1 
2 
2 
1 
38 
Wire, mile (on DR 5, 1 mile) 
W-110 
166 
63 
8 
6 
24 
16 
16 
8 
16 
16 
8 
39 
Wire, mile (assault wire) 
W-130 
32 
b. Principal Items of Signal Equipment—Infantry Division (Square) (Continued): 
.training coitions. 
@ Also 2 per Infantry Company Headquarters and 1 per Infantry Platoon. 
@ 3 per Rifle Squad. 
® 1 per Rifle Company and Platoon. 
® CW means continuous wave telegraph. 
® Weight carried for operation. 
® Training set, temporarily replaces SCR 131 and SCR 161. 
(D Consists of telephone and }/i mile assault wire. Also 20 per Weapons Company and 2 per Rifle Company. 
NOTES 
321 238-239-240 
Chapter 9 
CAMPS AND BIVOUAC AREAS 
■ 238. Cantonments.—a. Considering the theater of operations as a 
whole, barracks probably will have to be provided for about 60 % of the total 
force plus 100% of the prisoners. 
b. Space requirements for sleeping quarters are as follows: 
Zone of the Interior. 
Normal: 60 sq. ft. floor space and 720 cu. ft. air space per person. 
Minimum: 50 sq. ft. floor space and 500 cu. ft. air space per person. 
Theater of Operations (for seasoned troops). 
Normal: 40 sq. ft. floor space and 400 cu. ft. air space per person. 
Emergency: 20 sq. ft. floor space and 200 cu. ft. air space per per- 
son. 
c. In cantonment, the building area for a 1000-man unit is 8.3 acres. 
However, large forces require a greater proportional area because of the 
desirability of dispersion, as a security measure, and to provide training, 
parking, and storage facilities. 
Approximate area for square division is 220 acres. 
Approximate area for triangular division is 160 acres- 
Approximate area for cavalry division is 200 acres. 
Approximate area for armored division is 180 acres. 
(Areas for drill, supply facilities, hospital and paddocks not included.) 
■ 239. Billeting.—In hostile territory billeting is resorted to when desir- 
able. The capacity of a locality for billeting is approximately as follows: 
Rich farming country —10 per inhabitant 
Cities — 5 per inhabitant 
Average American city —20 per vacant dwelling 
Vacant buildings and dwellings 
in average city —20% of population 
(Inhabitants may be caused to 
move to vacancies in order to 
concentrate military activities.) 
With inhabitants furnishing 
subsistence —200 % of population for one week. 
■ 240. Semipermanent Camps.—a. Tactical and terrain conditions will 
largely determine the actual dimensions of sites for semipermanent camps. 
Whenever possible, areas should be selected for semipermanent camps 
which will permit such camps to be so arranged as to provide for the com- 
fort and convenience of the command. 
b. There are many possible arrangements of facilities in a semiper- 
manent camp. Data on them are given in a number of arm and service field 
manuals. A typical arrangement of such a tent camp which has been 
found satisfactory is shown in the following diagram: 
322 CAMPS AND BIVOUAC AREAS 
DIAGRAMMATIC LAYOUT OF A TENT CAMP 
Figure 57 
Incinerator and Dump 
323 240-241-242 
CAMPS AND BIVOUAC AREAS 
It is desirable to assign 6 men per large pyramidal tent with a maxi- 
mum of 8 men. The area of open ground for an infantry regimental com- 
bat team (war strength) would be about 50 acres. The initial estimate of 
the total area for any unit may be figured on the basis of 50 sq. yds. per man, 
50 sq. yds. per animal, and 100 sq. yds. per vehicle (10 acres per 1000 men 
or animals, 5 acres per 100 vehicles). This includes room for roads and 
assembly areas. 
c. In a camp for units of the combined arms it will usually be desir- 
able or necessary to have regimental or separate unit camps dispersed to a 
greater or less degree, with a minimum area for a division of about 480 
acres. In the presence of the possibility of air attack, such a camp should 
not be established, but shelter should be dispersed, by battalion or company 
units, camouflaged, and advantage taken of existing cover and shelter. 
d. Shelter Tent Camp.—The camp may be arranged as shown in the 
diagram, or shelter tents may be pitched in lines parallel to the vehicles of 
each company or similar unit (motorized units). Parking of vehicles 
abreast facilitates the use of individual vehicles; parking in close column 
facilitates the entry into camp and resumption of the march. Because a 
shelter tent camp generally is occupied only a short time, intervals may be 
reduced from those used in a semipermanent camp. 
H 241. Bivouac Areas.—In the presence of a hostile air threat, or when 
tactical considerations govern, or when the nature of the terrain makes it 
desirable units will bivouac in a dispersed formation and without formal 
alignment of their elements. Full use will be made of cover, and vehicles 
will be camouflaged, and parked to facilitate their movement. The bivouac 
area of a regimental combat team, consisting of an infantry regiment and 
a field artillery battalion under conditions requiring maximum use of 
overhead cover, will vary in excess of 50 acres in proportion to the amount 
of cover available. 
■ 242. References.—FM 100-5, Halts and Security during halts, for 
tactical considerations in the selection of camp and bivouac areas. 
FM 100-5, for detailed information regarding security measures. 
FM 100-10, for administrative considerations. 
FM 5-5, Shelters and Camps; FM 5-10, Construction; and Quarter- 
master Handbook for data on construction of shelter. 
FM 21-10, for sanitation. 
Note.—The number of acres in a rectangular tract is approximately equal to the 
product of one-seventieth of the length in yards by one seventieth of the breadth in 
yards. One acre equals 4840 square yards (about 70 yards square). 
324 Chapter 10 
MOVEMENT BY AIR TRANSPORT 
Paragraph 
Outline of procedure 243 
Orders to unit to be moved 244 
Orders to the air task force 245 
Initial studies 246 
Conference between commander of the unit to be moved and 
the commander of the air task force 247 
Plans and orders of unit to be moved 248 
Plans and orders of air task force commander 249 
Form for showing strength and composition of unit 250 
Form of equipment table 251 
Airplanes required , 252 
Airplane loads 253 
Air transport movement table , 254 
Weights of personnel equipment and supplies 255 
Supply factors 256 
B 243. Outline of Procedure.—The following outline presents a pro- 
cedure which may be followed in a troop movement by air transport (see 
diagram below). 
a. Orders are issued by higher authority to the commander of the unit 
to be moved and to the commander of the air task force (see paragraphs 
244 and 245). 
5. The commander of the unit to be moved and the commander of the 
air task force prepare initial studies of requirements and means available 
(see paragraph 246). 
c. The commander of the unit to be moved and the commander of the 
air task force confer with reference to matters of combined action (see 
paragraph 247). 
d. As a result of the conference (s) the commanders concerned pre- 
pare a general plan for the operation. 
e. This general plan is submitted to higher authority for approval. 
/. Based upon the approved general plan, the commanders concerned 
agree on matters which require further coordination. 
g. Respective commanders prepare detailed plans and orders for the 
operation (see paragraphs 248 and 249). 
325 MOVEMENT BY AIR TRANSPORT 
Figure 58 
MOVEMENT .BY AIR. TRANSPORT 
OUTLINE. OF PROCEDURE 
Unit to be moved. 
Air Corps. 
Numbers indicate sequence of procedure. 
326 MOVEMENT BY AIR TRANSPORT 
244-245-246 
B 244. Orders to Unit to be Moved.—Orders from higher authority to 
the unit to be moved include such of the following as are applicable: 
a. Composition of unit. 
b. Destination (s). 
c. Mission of unit and general plan of the operation. 
d. Designation of departure airport (s). 
e. Movement to departure airport (s). 
(1) Movement from training areas. 
(2) Quartering arrangements at or near airport (s). 
/. Date and hour air transport movement begins. 
g. Probable length of time during which the unit must be self-sustain- 
ing as to supply. 
h. Restrictions on amount or type of equipment or supplies to be 
taken. 
i. Provisions for subsequent supply. 
B 245. Orders to the Air Task Force.—Orders from higher authority 
to the air task force include such of the following as are applicable: 
a. Composition of air task force. 
b. Mission of the air task force and general plan of the operation. 
c. Unit to be transported. 
d. Destination (s). 
e. Designation of departure airport (s). 
/. Date and hour air transport movement begins. 
g. Probable length of time during which air transport will be required. 
B 246. Initial Studies.—Based upon the orders received, commanders 
concerned make initial studies covering such of the matters indicated below 
as are applicable: 
a. By the commander of the units to he moved: 
(1) General plan(s) of action of unit upon arrival at destination. 
(2) Strength and composition of unit (see paragraph 250). 
(3) Total weight of supplies and equipment (see paragraph 251). 
(4) List of bulky items, including name, volume, weight, and number 
of items. 
(5) Method of loading desired (combat, convoy, commercial). 
b. By the commander of the air task force: 
(1) Number and type of airplanes that can be made available for the 
operation. 
(2) Distance between airport (s) and destination (s). 
(3) Plan of support by combat aviation. 
(4) Maintenance and supply requirements. 
327 MOVEMENT BY AIR TRANSPORT 
■ 247. Conference Between the Commander of the Unit to be Moved 
and the Commander of the Air Task Force.—Upon completion of initial 
studies, the commanders concerned discuss such of the following subjects 
as are applicable: 
a. General considerations. 
(1) Number and type(s) of airplanes available for the air transport 
movement. 
(2) Loading capacity of each type of airplane. 
(3) Determination of number and type of airplanes for each unit to 
be moved (see paragraph 252). 
(4) Priority of movement of units. 
(5) Consideration of composition of serials. 
(6) Adjustment, between the airplanes and time available for the 
movement; and the troops, equipment, and supplies to be moved. 
(7) Airplanes required for resupply of unit to be moved (see para- 
graph 252). 
(8) Total number of airplanes by type to be used for the movement. 
(9) Employment of observation aviation. 
(10) Coordination with Air Defense Command to include number of 
airplanes, type, formation and time of take-off and landing. 
(11) Training matters; such as, combined training, rehearsals, prac- 
tice loading and unloading. 
b. Arrangements at departure airport (s). 
(1) Date and hour of arrival of unit to be moved. 
(2) Loading point for each airplane. 
(3) Loading materials to be furnished. 
(4) Hour loading begins. 
(5) Ground traffic control measures. 
(6) Provisions to keep runways clear of personnel and equipment. 
(7) Coordination between loading and servicing of airplanes. 
(8) Air defense measures. 
(9) Communications to be employed during movement. 
c. Arrangement for movement to destination(s). 
(1) Support by combat aviation. 
(2) Movement of serial commander and air commander in the same 
airplane in order to facilitate arrangements for landing. 
(3) Air reconnaissance of landing field by serial commander and air 
commander prior to landing at destination. 
d. Arrangements at destination (s). 
(1) Coordination of operations of combat aviation, parachute troops, 
and air-landing troops. This includes such matters as: time at which, and 
area within which, bombing operations cease; seizing and clearing of 
landing areas by parachute troops; time of landing of airplanes; and air 
support of ground operations. 
328 MOVEMENT BY AIR TRANSPORT 
247-248-249 
(2) Provisions for taxiing to unloading points immediately upon land- 
ing, 
(3) Rapid unloading of personnel and equipment. 
(4) Movement of personnel and equipment from unloading points to 
positions off the field. 
(5) Provisions for unloaded airplanes to take the air without delay 
as protection against hostile combat aviation. 
(6) Provisions for keeping runways clear of obstructions. 
e. Subsequent movements. 
(1) Completion of troop movement. 
(2) Provisions for resupply and evacuation. 
(3) Continuation of air support by combat aviation. 
While in flight, control of parachute and air landing troops is necessarily exercised 
by the commander of the supporting air task force. After their landing has been 
effected, the control of these troops reverts to their own commander. 
■ 248. Plans and Orders of Unit to be Moved.—The detailed plans and 
orders prepared by the unit to be moved include such of the following as 
are applicable: 
a. Movement from training area to vicinity of departure airport (s) : 
(1) March table. 
(2) Entraining table. 
b. Movement to loading points at departure airport (s): 
(1) Loading of trucks to correspond to loading of airplanes (loading 
of personnel and equipment for one airplane on one truck or two trucks, 
depending on capacity of trucks). 
(2) Orders for movement to loading points, including such matters 
as time, route, traffic control, loading arrangements, guides, and marking 
of loading points. 
(3) Loading airplanes (see paragraph 253). 
c. Movement to destination (s) : 
(1) Air transport movement table (see paragraph 254). 
(2) Initial operations at destination, including such as unloading 
arrangements, procurement of transportation, and tactical dispositions. 
NOTE 
■ 249. Plans and Orders of Air Task Force Commander.—The detailed 
plans and orders prepared by the air task force commander include such 
of the following as are applicable: 
a. Arrangements for procurement of necessary transport airplanes. 
b. Arrangements for procurement of supporting combat aviation. 
c. Provisions for gaining air superiority. 
d. Arrangements with Air Defense Command for antiaircraft pro- 
tection. 
e. Coordination with Air Defense Command regarding number of air- 
planes employed, type, formation, and time of take off and landing. 
329 249-250 
MOVEMENT BY AIR TRANSPORT 
/. Arrangements at departure airdromes for the following: 
(1) Servicing and maintenance facilities. 
(2) Messing and housing of air and ground crews. 
(3) Use of meteorological facilities. 
(4) Coordination with units to be moved for the time of their arrival 
at departure airdrome (s). 
(5) Arrangements for the time of arrival of airplanes for the move- 
ment. 
(6) Designation of loading point for each airplane. 
(7) Ground traffic rules. 
(8) Air traffic rules around airdrome(s). 
(9) Issuance of maps and orders for the movement. 
g. Movement to destination (s). 
(1) Orders issued for continuous support of air transport movement 
by combat aviation. 
(2) Arrangement for reconnaissance of landing fields. 
h. At destination. 
(1) Coordination of operations of parachute troops, air landing 
troops, and combat aviation. 
(2) Orders issued to cease bombing operations in certain areas. 
(3) Arrangements for landing of the transport airplanes. 
(a) Air traffic rules. 
(b) Ground traffic rules. 
(4) Tentative unloading points designated. 
(5) Orders for immediate takeoff of transport airplanes after un- 
loading and return to departure airdrome. 
(6) Continuous air support of ground operations. 
■ 250. Form for Showing Strength and Composition of Unit. 
UNIT (INFANTRY BATTALION & DETACHMENTS) 
Organization 
Personnel to be 
transported by air 
Personnel to 
remain 
Officers 
Men 
Officers 
Men 
Hq&HqDet (Bn) 
Com Sec 
Med Sec 
Rifle Co 
Hv W Co 
Aggregate 
(a) 
(a) 
(a) Includes: (list of personnel to remain) 
Similar tables are required for all units to be moved. 
NOTE 
330 1 
2 
S 
4 
6 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
No. 
of 
Items 
Item 
Pounds 
per 
item 
Basis for computation 
Bn 
Hq 
Det 
Com 
Sec 
Med 
Sec 
3 
Rife 
Cos 
IIV 
W 
Co 
Total 
pounds 
per 
item 
350 
0 and EM (pistol, 7 w/o arms) 
190 
Includes light pack, pistol & am, 
1 D-ration. (Med: same except no 
pistol & am) 
(10) 
1,900 
(20) 
3,800 
(30) 
5,700 
(140) 
26,600 
(150) 
28,500 
(3,50) 
66,500 
* * 
Other personnel 
* * 
************* 
* ♦ 
♦ * 
* * 
* * 
* * 
* * 
Ordnance equipment & ammunition (in addition to individual) 
4 
Mortars, 81-mm, complete 
136 
544 
544 
Quartermaster equipment 
Signal equipment 
Medical equipment 
Total men and equipment with D-i 
■ation 
* * 
* ♦ 
♦ * 
* * 
♦ ♦ 
* * 
* * 
C-ration 
6 
Accompanies personnel 
* * 
* * 
* * 
* * 
* ♦ 
* * 
Total men, equipment and rations 
* * 
* * 
* * 
* * 
* * 
* * 
MOVEMENT BY AIR TRANSPORT 
■ 251. Form of Equipment Table.—The following extract illustrates the preparation of an equipment table. 
The figures are only illustrative andshould not be considered as the number actually involved. 
NOTE 
Similar tables are required for all units to be moved. 
EQUIPMENT TABLE 
1st Bn 1st Inf 
(Designation of unit) 
331 252-253 
MOVEMENT BY AIR TRANSPORT 
■ 252. Airplanes Required.—A method of computing the number of air- 
planes required by type for an air transport movement is indicated below. 
Unit to be 
moved 
Pounds to be 
transported (a) 
Airplanes required 
Type (b) 
Type (b) 
Inf Bn 
FA Bn 
Parachute 
Bn 
(List all 
other units 
similarly) 
(a) Ordinarily weight is the controlling factor. In the case of bulky items, volume 
and dimensions must be considered. 
(b) The number of airplanes required by type is determined by dividing the pounds 
to be transported by the net cargo capacity of each type. 
■ 253. Airplane Loads.—Based upon the type of airplane assigned, a de- 
tailed loading plan, as indicated below, is prepared for each type of unit to 
be moved. 
LOADING TABLE 
Organization (Co A 1st Inf) 
Quantity 
Unit 
Where carried 
Unit 
Weight 
Total 
Weight 
Remarks 
1 
Officer 
Pilot’s compart- 
190 
190 
Co. Comdr. 
ment 
* 
* 
* * 
* 
* 
* 
12 
Chests, Cal .30 
Main cabin 
20 
MG am (It) 
240 
* 
* 
* * 
* 
* 
* 
Total weight, personnel and equipment. 
Loading Point No. 
332 MOVEMENT BY AIR TRANSPORT 
■ 254. Air Transport Movement Table.—The following extract illustrates the method of preparing an air 
transport movement table. 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
Serial 
No. 
Serial 
commander 
Air transport 
unit 
No. 
airplanes 
required 
Departure 
airport 
Troops 
to he 
loaded 
Hour 
loading 
begins 
Hour 
of 
departure 
Desti- 
nation 
Hour 
of 
arrival 
Remarks 
D-D at (First Wave) 
1 
* * 
CO 901st Par Bn 
* * * * * 
1st Gp 
♦ * ♦ ♦ 
41 
* * 
Municipal 
$ $ $ Ht * 
901st Par Bn 
♦ * * * 
H minus 58 
* * * 
H minus 28 
* * * 
I 
* * * 
II 
* * * 
* * * 
Official: 
B 
G-3 
X 
Commanding 
1. Serials are numbered consecutively throughout. 
2. H-hour and the designation of the destination(s) are given in separate orders when secrecy is desired. 
3. In arriving at the various hours shown, consideration must be given to the time required for loading, taking off, flying to destination, landing, unload- 
ing, taking off, return to departure airport, and landing. 
Annex to FO AIR TRANSPORT MOVEMENT TABLE Organization.- 
- Place 
Maps: Date; Hour 
333 MOVEMENT BY AIR TRANSPORT 
19 255. Weights of Personnel, Equipment and Supplies.—a. Weight of 
personnel and component units. 
Item 
Pounds 
per item 
Remarks 
(1) Individuals: 
1 officer or enlisted man (pistol), 
individual equip & 1 D-ration 
190 
1 enlisted man (rifle), individual 
equipment & 1 D-ration. 
210 
With 40 rounds. 
1 enlisted man (auto rifle), indi- 
vidual equipment & 1 D-ration 
235 
With 2 loaded magazines. 
(2) Weights of component units: 
(a) Infantry Rifle Company 
47,014 
The weights given should be 
Rifle Squad 
2,570 
used only as a guide. The 
Auto-rifle Squad 
1,697 
total weight of each unit 
Rifle Platoon 
11,491 
will depend upon the num- 
Lt MG Squad 
1,190 
her of men transported by 
Lt MG Section 
3,213 
air, the equipment carried 
60-mm Mortar Squad 
1,203 
for each unit, and the 
60-mm Mortar Section 
4,442 
amount of ammunition and 
Weapons Platoon 
8,543 
rations transported with 
(b) Infantry Heavy Weapons Company 
43,861 
the troops. The weights 
.30 Cal MG Squad 
1,707 
given provide for the fol- 
.30 Cal MG Section 
3,644 
lowing ammunition: 100 
.30 Cal MG Platoon 
9,046 
rounds per rifleman; 300 
81-mm Mortar Squad 
2,238 
rounds per automatic rifle; 
81-mm Mortar Section 
4,686 
5000 rounds per .30 Cal 
81-mm Mortar Platoon 
11,042 
MGs; 1000 rounds per .50 
.50 Cal MG Squad 
1,804 
Cal MG; 75 rounds per 
.50 Cal MG Section 
3,838 
60-mm mortar; and 80 
.50 Cal MG Platoon 
9,220 
rounds per 81-mm mortar. 
(c) Infantry Battalion Units 
D-ration only included in 
Bn Hq 
6,379 
totals. 
Com Sec 
3,336 
Med Sec 
5,450 
Rifle Co (47,014) 
3 Rifle Cos 
141,042 
Hv Wp Co 
43,861 
Total Inf Bn 
200,068 
(d) Infantry Antitank Co. (37-mm) 
42,193 
Squad 
2,238 
Section 
4,676 
Platoon 
12,845 
(e) Infantry Regt’s Hq and Hq Co 
20,924 
NOTE: For a rough estimate for infantry armed, equipped and supplied for a limited 
combat operation for a twenty-four hour period, use a weight of 235 lbs. per 
man. 
334 MOVEMENT BY AIR TRANSPORT 
Item 
Pounds 
per item 
Remarks 
(f) Field. Artillery Battalion Units 
FA Btry (75-mm How pack) 
Bn Hq FA Bn (75-mm How pack) 
FA Bn (75-mm How pack) (3 
Btrys and Bn Hq) 
(g) Engineers 
1 Engineer Squad 
1 Engineer Platoon 
1 Engineer Company 
(h) Detachment—Div Sig Co 
(i) Parachute troops 
Rifle Platoons: 
Each airplane should be ca- 
pable of transporting, in ad- 
dition to airplane crew: 
13 parachutists and 3 
equipment delivery con- 
tainers (each 300 lbs 
net cargo capacity). 
Co Hqs 
One airplane required for each 
rifle company headquarters. 
Bn Hqs 
Two airplanes required for each 
Bn Hq and Hq Co. 
41,674 
24,012 
149,034 
3,279 
10,610 
33,796 
3,480 
Following equipment not in- 
cluded: barrack bags, offi- 
cers bedding rolls, field 
desks, cooking outfits, wall 
tents, and non-portable 
typewriters. 
Includes reasonable quanti- 
ties of engineer equipment 
and supplies. 
Includes 2 SCR 177 sets. 
See FM 7-20. 
b. Weights of essential items of eguipment and supplies 
Item 
Pounds 
per item 
Remarks 
Rations and water 
Reserve ration (extra) (C-ration) 
5.25 
One meal 1.75 
Can, water, 10-gal (with water) 
100.00 
lbs. 
Ordnance equipment and ammunition 
Cartridge, Very, assorted 
.20 
Chest, cal .30 MG Am (250 rounds) 
20.00 
Chest, cal .30 LMG Am (250 rounds) 
20.00 
Chest, cal .50 MG Am (100 rounds) 
36.00 
Chest, spare parts, MG 
12.50 
Gun, submachine, cal .45 
10.75 
Gun, 37-mm, Antitank 
Howitzer and carriage, pack, 75-mm Ml 
912.00 
1,269.00 
Tube 221.00 
335 MOVEMENT BY AIR TRANSPORT 
Item 
Pounds 
per item 
Remarks 
Breech mechanism 121.00 
Top sleigh — 121.00 
Bottom sleigh and recoil 203.00 
Cradle 100.00 
Front trail 235.50 
Rear trail _ 95.00 
Axle and traversing mechanism _ 65.50 
Wheels 96,50 
Telescope and mount 10.50 
Machine gun, cal .30, light complete 
Machine gun, Browning, cal .30, complete 
Machine gun, Browning, cal .50, complete 
Magazine, submachine gun (50-rd) filled 
Mortar, 60-mm, complete 
Mortar, .81-mm, complete 
Projector, ground signal 
Rifle, automatic, cal .30 (B&R), M1918A2 
Rifle, automatic, cal .30, M-l 
Round, 37-mm antitank gun Am, AP 
Round, 37-mm antitank gun AM, HE 
Round, 60-mm mortar Am 
Rounds, 81-mm mortar Am (L) 
Signals, ground, assorted 
Quartermaster equipment 
Axe, handled 
Bag, water sterilizing 
Pick, handled 
Shovel, general purpose 
Medical equipment 
Bucket, canvas 
Chest, MD (99280) 
Chest, MD (99281) 
50.00 
137.00 
124.00 
5.00 
42.00 
136.00 
4.20 
23.50 
9.00 
3.41 
2.72 
3.50 
7.20 
.75 
4.00 
16.75 
6.00 
4.50 
2.00 
121.00 
150.00 
Item 
Pounds 
per item 
Remarks 
Medical equipment (contd) 
Chest, MD (99282) 
Litter 
Set, splint 
Set, blanket 
Set, lantern 
Signal equipment 
Axle, RL 27-A 
Batteries for radio set SCR-195 
Chest, BC-5 
Codes (special for the operation) 
Devices, code 
Lineman equipment 
Panel set 
Radio, SCR-195 
Radio, SCR-178 
Telephone, EE-8 
Wire, field telephone, 1-mile 
161.00 
15.00 
50.00 
138.00 
30.00 
5.00 
12.00 
35.00 
.25 
.50 
15.00 
23.00 
27.00 
203.00 
9.75 
132.00 
Spare 
336 MOVEMENT BY AIR TRANSPORT 
13 256. Supply Factors.—Factors, other than tactical, influencing supply 
by air transport consist of; 
(1) Pay load carrying capacity of the airplane in tons. 
(2) Cubature of space available. 
(3) Door dimensions and conformity of fuselage areas. 
(4) Amount of pay load capacity to be reserved for fuel for the air- 
plane for return trip when required. 
a. Characteristics of air transport: 
b. Supply characteristics: 
(1) Weight of supplies to be moved. 
(2) Volume and dimensions of items. 
337 Chapter 11 
MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
H 257. Factors for Conversion of Units.—To convert A to B, multiply 
A by C. To convert B to A, multiply B by D. 
1 
2 
3 
4 
Unit 
Factor 
Unit 
A 
C 
D 
B 
Length: 
Miles 
63,360. c 
0.00001578 
Inches 
Miles 
5,280. c 
0.0001894 
Feet 
Miles _ 
1.609 
0.6214 
Kilometers 
Knots (nautical miles) a 
1.1516 
0.8684 
Miles 
Meters _ 
3.281 
0.3048 
Feet 
Kilometers 
3,281.0 
0.0003048 
Feet 
Inches — _ 
2.540 
0.3937 
Centimeters 
Feet — — — 
.1667 
6. 
Fathoms 
Surface: 
Square miles 
27,878,400. 
0.00000003587 
Square feet 
Square miles _ _ — 
640. c 
0.001563 
Acres 
Acres 
43,560. c 
0.00002296 
Square feet 
Acres 
4,047. 
0.0002471 
Square meters 
Square inches 
6.452 
0.1550 
Square centimeters 
Square meters 
10.76 
0.0929 
Square feet 
Volume: 
Cubic feet 
0.025 
40.0 
Tons (shipping) 
Cubic feet _ _ 
1,728. 
0.0005787 
Cubic inches 
Cubic inches _ 
16.39 
0.06102 
Cubic centimeters 
Cubic meters _ _ 
35.31 
0.02832 
Cubic feet 
Cubic feet 
7.481 
0.1337 
U.S. gallons 
Cubic feet — 
6.23 
0.1605 
Imperial gallons 
Cubic feet 
28.32 
0.03531 
Liters 
U.S. gallons 
231. c 
0.004329 
Cubic inches 
U.S. gallons _ _ _ 
3.785 
0.2642 
Liters 
Imperial gallons 
1.201 
0.8327 
U.S. gallons 
Fluid ounces 
1.805 
0.5540 
Cubic inches 
Velocities: 
Miles per hour 
1.467 
0.6818 
Feet per second 
Meters per second 
3.281 
0.3048 
Feet per second 
Meters per second 
2.237 
0.4470 
Miles per hour 
Pressure: 
Atmospheres (mean) 
14.70 
0.0680 
Pounds per square inch 
Atmospheres (mean) 
29.92 
0.03342 
Inches of mercury 
Pounds per square inch. 
2.036 
0.4912 
Inches of mercury 
Feet of water 
62.42 
0.01602 
Pounds per square foot 
Weight: 
Ounces 
0.0625 
16.0 
Pounds 
Pounds 
7,000.0 c 
0.0001429 
Grains (avoirdupois) 
Kilograms _ 
2.205 
0.4536 
Pounds 
Short tons _ 
2,000. 
0.0005 
Pounds 
Long tons __ _ 
1.120 c 
0.8929 
Short tons 
Angular measurement: 
Circle _ _ _ 
360.0 
Degrees 
Degree _ _ _ _ __ 
60.0 
Minutes 
Degree _ _ _ _ . 
17.8 
0.056 
Mils 
Mil b _ 
3.27 
0.296 
Minutes 
Minute 
60. 
Seconds 
338 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
258-259 
NOTES 
a Normally express speed as a number of nautical miles per hour. 
h A mil is the angle subtended by an arc of 1 unit on a radius of 1,000 units or, in 
other words, an angle the tangent of which is approximately (small angles) 
1/1,000. The arbitrary value of the mil adopted by the United States Army 
is 1/6,400 of a circle. 
c Exact values. 
■ 258. Common Calibers (Diameter of Bore) : 
1 
2 
3 
4 
Millimeters 
Inches 
Millimeters 
Inches 
6. 
.236 
105. 
4.134 
7. 
.276 
106.678 
4.200 
8. 
.315 
114.298 
4.500 
9. 
.354 
120. 
4.725 
11. 
.433 
126.998 
5.000 / 
12. 
.472 
150. 
5.906 
13. 
.512 
152.397 
6.000 
20. 
.787 
155. 
6.103 
25. 
.984 
180. 
7.087 
37. 
a 
1.457 
203.196 
8.000 
47. 
6 
1.850 
210. 
8.268 
57. 
c 
2.244 
220. 
8.662 
60. 
2.362 
233.676 
9.200 
65 
2.559 
240. 
9.449 
75. 
2.953 
320. 
12.599 
76. 
2.992 
420. 
16.536 
76.199 
3.000 d 
77. 
3.032 
81, 
3.189 
83.819 
3.300 e 
88. 
3.465 
90. 
3.543 
93.977 
3.700 
100 
3.937 
a Also called 1-pounder. 
b Also called 3-pounder, 
c Also called 6-pounder. 
d Also called 13-pounder. 
e Also called 18-pounder. 
f Also called 60-pounder. 
u 259. Fordable Depth of Water :a 
Depth of water 
{feet) 
Type unit 
Infantry 3*/£ 
Horse cavalry 4V2 
Artillery (horse-drawn) 3 
Wagons 3 
Trucks and truck-drawn artillery 2 
a Moderate current; hard bottom. 
339 260-261 
MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
■ 260. Carrying Capacity of IcE:b 
3 inches Small groups of men 
4 to 5 inches Horse cavalry in small groups 
7 inches Wagons and 75-mm guns 
9 to 12 inches Division loads (10 tons) 
12 inches Light tanks (singly) 
16 inches Twelve-ton loads 
20 inches Army loads (approximately 20 tons) 
b New sound ice in floating contact with the water. 
be 261. Characteristics of Methods of Expressing Directions of 
Angular Measurements : 
Designa- 
tion 
Units of angu- 
lar measure- 
ment used 
Base direction 
Direction of 
measurement 
Method of 
expression 
Azimuth 
Degrees or 
mils 
True, magnetic or 
grid (Y) north un- 
less otherwise 
stated (south may 
be used) 
Clockwise 
True (magnet- 
ic) (grid) 
(Y) azimuth 
mils ( ° 
-') 
Bearings 
Degrees 
True or magnetic 
north and south; 
whichever is desig- 
nated 
Direction which gives 
smallest arc (must 
not exceed 90°) is 
used and is designated 
N (S) 
E (W) 
Compass 
Points (11° 
15' each) 
Magnetic or true 
north and south 
Direction which gives 
smallest arc 
(N E by E) 
Clock face, 
horizontal 
Hours on a 
clock face 
12 o’clock, observer 
at center 
From 12 o’clock to the 
hour indicated 
At o’clock 
Clock face, 
vertical 
Hours on a 
clock face 
Vertical, target or 
reference point at 
center 
From 12 o’clock to the 
hour indicated 
At o’clock 
Vertical 
angle 
Degrees or 
mils 
Per cent or 
ratio (slopes 
and roads) 
Horizontal 
Vertically 
Elevation, + 
( —) mils 
(-" -') 
slope, 10 
gradient 1:10 
Air and 
forward 
observers 
(FA) 
Yards R or L 
Yards 0 and 
S 
Line of fire 
Right or left and short 
or over and from ob- 
served point 
—-R (L) 
0 (S) 
For military purposes, exact directions should normally be expressed as azimuths 
measured from grid, true, or rarely, magnetic north. 
NOTE 
340 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
262-263-264-265 
262. Weights—(approximate) Gasoline, Oil and Water: 
Pounds 
per 
gallon a 
Pounds 
per 
cubic foot 
Pounds 
per barrel 
(42 gallons) 
Gasoline 
6,1 
45.3 
256.2 
Oil, lubricating 
7.0 
52.4 
294.0 
Water, fresh 
8.345 
62.4 
350.5 
NOTE 
a. Weight of container not included. Commercial 10-gallon milk 
cans weigh approximately 27 pounds. 
a 263. Speed of Sound.—a. In air.—At 50° Fahrenheit equals 1,107.6 feet 
per second, in still air. With a 10 mile per hour wind against or in the 
direction of sound travel, the speed of sound decreases or increases about 
15 feet per second; for a cross-wind, no effect. Speed increases one foot 
per second for each degree Fahrenheit. Humidity has little effect on 
speed. 
b. In water.—At 33° Fahrenheit equals 4,938 feet per second. 
■ 264. Joint Army and Navy Operations.—See FM 31-5 for informa- 
tion concerning joint operations and data in regard to the following: 
a. Boat nomenclature. 
b. Types of navy ships and aircraft. 
c. Small boat types. 
d. Definitions of sea terms. 
a 265. Methods of Designating Time. 
a. Navy.—Hours are designated from 0 to 24 beginning with mid- 
night. 
b. Air Corps.—Hours are designated from 0 to 24 beginning with mid- 
night except that four figures are always used. For example: 8:00 AM be- 
comes 0800 hour; 1:15 PM becomes 1315 hour, etc. 
341 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
■ 266. Map of North America Showing Latitude and Longitude. 
Figure 59 
LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE, NORTH AMERICA 
342 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
■ 267 Tables of Daylight, Darkness, Sunrise and Sunset.—Use 
tables as given to obtain the hour of daylight, darkness, sunrise or sunset in 
Local Civil Time. For greater accuracy when the station is not on one of 
the following standard meridians: 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 90, 105, 120, 135, 150, 
165, or 180 degrees east or west of Greenwich, increase the time given by 
four minutes for each degree the station is west of the standard meridian, 
or decrease the given time by four minutes for each degree the station is 
east of the standard meridian. 
a. Northern Hemisphere.—Use following Tables. 
b. Southern Hemisphere.—Use the time as taken from the table 
of the corresponding latitude, not for the given date but for a date six 
months earlier or later, and make a total correction to the time as given 
(plus or minus). 
Example.—To find the hour of daylight for May 12, latitude 35 de- 
grees South. The date six months from May 12, gives the hour of daylight 
as 5:24 AM and a correction of plus 12 minutes. Thus 5:24 plus 12 equals 
5:36 AM, the hour required. 
NOTE: Times of daylight and darkness are based on nautical twilight, i.e., when the 
sun is 12 degrees below the horizon. 
343 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
LATITUDE 0° 
Date 
Daylight 
h m 
Sunrise 
h m 
Sunset 
h m 
Darkness 
h m 
Hours 
of 
daylight 
h m 
Hours 
of 
darkness 
h m 
Correction 
for 
soidh 
latitude 
m 
January 
L. 
5 
09 
6 
00 
6 
07 
6 
58 
13 
49 
10 
11 
— 1 
11 
5 
14 
6 
04 
6 
12 
7 
02 
13 
48 
10 
12 
— 4 
21 
5 
18 
6 
08 
6 
15 
7 
04 
13 
44 
10 
16 
- 6 
31 
5 
22 
6 
10 
6 
17 
7 
05 
13 
43 
10 
17 
- 9 
February 
10 
5 
24 
6 
11 
6 
18 
7 
05 
13 
41 
10 
19 
—11 
20 
5 
24 
6 
10 
6 
17 
7 
03 
13 
39 
10 
21 
-12 
March 
2 
5 
24 
6 
09 
6 
16 
7 
01 
13 
37 
10 
23 
-14 
12 
5 
22 
6 
07 
6 
13 
6 
58 
13 
36 
10 
24 
-15 
22 
5 
19 
6 
04 
6 
10 
6 
55 
13 
36 
10 
24 
-15 
April 
1 . 
5 
16 
6 
01 
6 
07 
6 
52 
13 
36 
10 
24 
-15 
11 
5 
13 
5 
58 
6 
05 
6 
50 
13 
37 
10 
23 
-15 
21 
May 
6 
09 
5 
55 
6 
02 
6 
48 
13 
39 
10 
21 
—14 
1 
5 
07 
5 
54 
6 
00 
6 
48 
13 
41 
10 
19 
-13 
11 
5 
05 
5 
63 
6 
00 
6 
48 
13 
43 
10 
17 
-11 
21 
5 
04 
5 
53 
6 
00 
6 
49 
13 
45 
10 
15 
- 9 
31 
5 
04 
5 
54 
6 
01 
6 
51 
13 
47 
10 
13 
- 7 
June 
10 
5 
05 
5 
56 
6 
03 
6 
54 
13 
49 
10 
11 
- 5 
20 
5 
06 
5 
58 
6 
05 
6 
56 
13 
50 
10 
10 
- 2 
30 
5 
09 
6 
00 
6 
07 
6 
58 
13 
49 
10 
11 
0 
July 
10 
5 
11 
6 
02 
6 
09 
6 
59 
13 
48 
10 
12 
+ 3 
20 
5 
13 
6 
03 
6 
10 
6 
59 
13 
46 
10 
14 
+ 5 
30 
5 
14 
6 
03 
6 
10 
6 
58 
13 
44 
10 
16 
+ 8 
August 
9 
5 
14 
6 
02 
6 
09 
6 
56 
13 
42 
10 
18 
+ 10 
19 
5 
14 
6 
00 
6 
07 
6 
• 54 
13 
40 
10 
20 
+ 12 
29 
6 
12 
5 
58 
6 
04 
6 
50 
13 
38 
10 
22 
+ 13 
September 
8 
5 
10 
5 
54 
6 
01 
6 
46 
13 
36 
10 
24 
+ 14 
18 
5 
06 
5 
51 
5 
58 
6 
42 
13 
36 
10 
24 
+ 15 
28 
5 
03 
5 
48 
5 
54 
6 
39 
13 
36 
10 
24 
+ 16 
October 
8 
5 
00 
5 
44 
5 
51 
6 
36 
13 
3*6 
10 
24 
+ 15 
18 
4 
56 
5 
42 
5 
49 
6 
34 
13 
38 
10 
22 
+ 15 
28 
4 
54 
5 
41 
5 
47 
6 
34 
13 
40 
10 
20 
+ 14 
November 
7 
4 
53 
5 
40 
5 
47 
6 
35 
13 
42 
10 
18 
+ 12 
17 
4 
53 
5 
41 
5 
48 
6 
37 
13 
42 
10 
18 
+ 10 
27 
4 
54 
5 
44 
5 
51 
6 
41 
13 
47 
10 
13 
+ 8 
December 
7 
4 
57 
5 
48 
6 
55 
6 
46 
13 
49 
10 
11 
+ 6 
17 
5 
01 
5 
52 
6 
00 
6 
61 
13 
40 
10 
20 
+ 8 
27 
5 
06 
5 
57 
6 
05 
6 
56 
13 
50 
10 
10 
+ 1 
344 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
Date 
Daylight 
h m 
Sunrise 
h m 
Sunset 
h m 
Darkness 
h m 
Hours 
of 
daylight 
h m 
Hours 
of 
darkness 
h m 
Correction 
for 
south 
latitude 
m 
January 
1 
5 
25 
6 
17 
5 
50 
6 
41 
13 
16 
10 
44 
— 1 
11 
5 
30 
6 
20 
5 
56 
6 
46 
13 
16 
10 
44 
— 4 
21 
5 
33 
6 
22 
6 
00 
6 
50 
13 
17 
10 
43 
— 6 
31 
5 
34 
6 
23 
6 
04 
6 
53 
13 
19 
10 
41 
— 9 
February 
10 
5 
34 
6 
21 
6 
08 
6 
55 
13 
21 
10 
39 
—11 
20 
5 
32 
6 
18 
6 
10 
6 
56 
13 
24 
10 
36 
—12 
March 
2 
5 
28 
6 
14 
6 
11 
6 
57 
13 
33 
10 
27 
—14 
12 
5 
24 
6 
09 
6 
11 
6 
57 
13 
33 
10 
27 
—15 
22 
5 
18 
6 
03 
6 
11 
6 
57 
13 
39 
10 
21 
—15 
April 
1 
5 
12 
5 
58 
6 
11 
6 
57 
13 
45 
10 
15 
-15 
11 
5 
06 
5 
52 
6 
10 
6 
57 
13 
51 
10 
09 
—16 
21 
4 
59 
5 
47 
6 
11 
6 
69 
14 
00 
10 
00 
-14 
May 
1 
4 
54 
5 
43 
6 
11 
7 
01 
14 
‘07 
9 
53 
-13 
ii 
4 
50 
5 
40 
6 
13 
7 
03 
14 
13 
9 
47 
-11 
21 
4 
47 
5 
38 
6 
15 
7 
07 
14 
20 
9 
40 
- 9 
31 
4 
45 
5 
38 
6 
17 
7 
10 
14 
25 
9 
35 
— 7 
June 
10 
4 
45 
5 
38 
6 
20 
7 
13 
14 
28 
9 
32 
- 5 
20 
4 
46 
5 
40 
6 
22 
7 
16 
14 
30 
9 
30 
- 2 
30 
4 
49 
5 
42 
6 
24 
7 
18 
14 
29 
9 
31 
0 
July 
10 
4 
52 
5 
45 
6 
25 
7 
18 
14 
26 
9 
34 
+ 3 
20 
4 
55 
5 
47 
6 
25 
7 
17 
14 
22 
9 
38 
+ 5 
30 
4 
58 
5 
49 
6 
23 
7 
14 
14 
16 
9 
44 
+ 8 
August 
9 
5 
00 
5 
50 
6 
20 
7 
10 
14 
10 
9 
50 
+ 10 
19 
5 
03 
5 
51 
6 
16 
7 
04 
14 
01 
9 
59 
+ 12 
29 
5 
04 
5 
51 
6 
11 
6 
58 
13 
54 
10 
06 
+ 13 
September 
8 
5 
04 
5 
50 
6 
05 
6 
52 
13 
48 
10 
12 
+ 14 
18 
5 
04 
5 
50 
5 
59 
6 
45 
13 
41 
10 
19 
+ 15 
28 
5 
03 
5 
49 
5 
53 
6 
38 
13 
35 
10 
25 
+ 16 
October 
8 
5 
02 
5 
48 
5 
47 
6 
33 
13 
31 
10 
29 
+ 15 
18 
5 
02 
5 
49 
5 
42 
6 
28 
13 
26 
10 
34 
+ 15 
28 
5 
03 
5 
50 
5 
38 
6 
25 
13 
22 
10 
38 
+ 14 
November 
7 
5 
04 
5 
52 
5 
36 
6 
24 
13 
20 
10 
40 
+ 12 
17 
5 
06 
5 
55 
5 
35 
6 
24 
13 
18 
10 
42 
+10 
27 
5 
09 
6 
00 
5 
36 
6 
26 
13 
17 
10 
43 
+ 8 
December 
7 
5 
13 
6 
04 
5 
38 
6 
29 
13 
16 
10 
44 
+ 6 
17 
5 
18 
6 
10 
5 
42 
6 
34 
13 
16 
10 
44 
+ 3 
27 
5 
23 
6 
15 
5 
47 
6 
39 
13 
16 
10 
44 
+ 1 
1 
LATITUDE 10° NORTH 
345 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
LATITUDE 20° NORTH 
Date 
Daylight 
h m 
Sunrise 
h m 
Sunset 
h m 
Darkness 
h m 
Hours 
of 
daylight 
h m 
Hours 
of 
darkness 
h m 
Correction 
for 
south 
latitude 
m 
January 
1 .... 
5 
40 
6 
35 
5 
32 
6 
26 
12 
46 
11 
14 
- 1 
11 
5 
44 
6 
38 
5 
38 
6 
32 
12 
48 
11 
12 
— 4 
21 
5 
45 
6 
38 
5 
45 
6 
38 
12 
53 
11 
07 
- 6 
31 
5 
44 
6 
36 
5 
51 
6 
43 
12 
59 
11 
01 
- 9 
February 
10 
5 
42 
6 
32 
5 
57 
6 
48 
13 
06 
10 
54 
-11 
20 
5 
37 
6 
27 
6 
01 
6 
51 
13 
14 
10 
46 
-12 
March 
2 
5 
31 
6 
20 
6 
05 
6 
65 
13 
24 
10 
36 
-14 
12 
5 
23 
6 
12 
6 
09 
6 
58 
13 
35 
10 
25 
-15 
22 
5 
14 
6 
03 
6 
12 
7 
01 
13 
47 
10 
13 
-15 
April 
1... 
5 
05 
5 
54 
6 
14 
7 
04 
13 
59 
10 
01 
—15 
11 
4 
65 
5 
46 
6 
17 
7 
08 
14 
13 
9 
47 
-15 
21 
4 
46 
5 
38 
6 
20 
7 
12 
14 
26 
9 
34 
-14 
May 
1 
4 
38 
5 
31 
6 
23 
7 
17 
14 
39 
9 
21 
-13 
11 
4 
31 
5 
26 
6 
27 
7 
23 
14 
52 
9 
08 
-11 
21 
4 
25 
5 
22 
6 
31 
7 
28 
15 
03 
8 
57 
- 9 
31 
4 
21 
5 
20 
6 
35 
7 
34 
15 
13 
8 
47 
- 7 
June 
10 
4 
20 
5 
20 
6 
39 
7 
38 
15 
18 
8 
42 
- 5 
20 
4 
21 
5 
21 
6 
42 
7 
42 
15 
21 
8 
39 
- 2 
30 
July 
10 
4 
23 
5 
23 
6 
43 
7 
43 
15 
20 
8 
40 
0 
4 
28 
5 
27 
6 
43 
7 
42 
15 
14 
8 
46 
+ 3 
20 
4 
33 
5 
30 
6 
42 
7 
39 
15 
06 
8 
54 
+ 5 
30 
4 
38 
5 
34 
6 
38 
7 
34 
14 
56 
9 
04 
+ 8 
August 
9 
4 
43 
5 
38 
6 
33 
7 
27 
14 
44 
9 
16 
+ 10 
19 
4 
48 
5 
41 
6 
26 
7 
19 
14 
31 
9 
29 
+ 12 
29 
4 
52 
5 
43 
6 
18 
7 
10 
14 
18 
9 
42 
+ 13 
September 
8 
4 
55 
5 
46 
6 
10 
7 
00 
14 
05 
9 
55 
+ 14 
18 
4 
58 
5 
48 
6 
00 
6 
60 
13 
62 
10 
08 
+ 15 
28 
5 
00 
5 
50 
5 
51 
6 
41 
13 
41 
10 
19 
+ 16 
October 
8. 
5 
03 
5 
52 
5 
43 
6 
32 
13 
29 
10 
31 
+ 15 
18 
5 
06 
5 
56 
5 
35 
6 
24 
13 
18 
10 
42 
+ 15 
28 
5 
09 
6 
00 
5 
28 
6 
18 
13 
09 
10 
51 
+14 
November 
7 
5 
13 
6 
04 
5 
23 
6 
14 
13 
01 
10 
59 
+ 12 
17 
6 
17 
6 
09 
5 
20 
6 
12 
12 
55 
11 
05 
+ 10 
27 
5 
22 
6 
16 
5 
19 
6 
13 
12 
51 
11 
09 
+ 8 
December 
7 
5 
28 
6 
22 
5 
20 
6 
15 
12 
47 
11 
13 
+ 6 
17 
5 
33 
6 
28 
5 
24 
6 
18 
12 
45 
11 
15 
+ 3 
27 
5 
38 
6 
33 
5 
29 
6 
24 
12 
46 
11 
14 
+ 1 
346 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
Date 
Daylight 
h to 
Sunrise 
h to 
Sunset 
h m 
Darkness 
h to 
Hours 
of 
daylight 
h to 
Hours 
of 
darkness 
h to 
Correction 
M 
south 
latitude 
TO 
January 
1 
5 
55 
6 
56 
5 
11 
6 
12 
12 
17 
11 
43 
- 1 
11 
5 
57 
6 
57 
5 
19 
6 
20 
12 
23 
11 
37 
- 4 
21 
5 
56 
6 
56 
5 
27 
6 
27 
12 
31 
11 
29 
- 6 
31 
5 
54 
6 
51 
5 
36 
6 
34 
12 
40 
11 
20 
- 9 
February 
10 
5 
48 
6 
45 
5 
44 
6 
41 
12 
53 
11 
07 
-11 
20 
5 
40 
6 
36 
5 
52 
6 
48 
13 
08 
10 
52 
-12 
March 
2 
5 
31 
6 
26 
6 
00 
6 
55 
13 
24 
10 
36 
-14 
12 
5 
20 
6 
14 
6 
06 
7 
02 
13 
42 
10 
18 
-15 
22 
5 
07 
6 
02 
6 
13 
7 
08 
14 
01 
9 
69 
-15 
April 
1 
4 
54 
5 
60 
6 
18 
7 
15 
14 
21 
9 
39 
-15 
11 
4 
41 
5 
38 
6 
24 
7 
23 
14 
42 
9 
18 
-15 
21 
4 
28 
5 
28 
6 
30 
7 
31 
15 
03 
8 
57 
-14 
May 
1 
4 
15 
5 
18 
6 
37 
7 
40 
15 
25 
8 
35 
-13 
11 
4 
05 
5 
10 
6 
43 
7 
49 
15 
44 
8 
16 
-11 
21 
3 
56 
5 
04 
6 
50 
7 
58 
16 
02 
7 
58 
- 9 
31 
3 
50 
5 
00 
6 
56 
8 
06 
16 
16 
7 
44 
- 7 
June 
10 
3 
46 
4 
58 
7 
00 
8 
12 
16 
26 
7 
34 
- 5 
20 
3 
46 
4 
59 
7 
04 
8 
16 
16 
30 
7 
30 
- 2 
30 
July 
10 
3 
49 
5 
02 
7 
05 
8 
17 
16 
28 
7 
32 
0 
3 
55 
5 
06 
7 
04 
8 
15 
16 
20 
7 
40 
+ 3 
20 
4 
02 
5 
11 
7 
01 
8 
10 
16 
08 
7 
52 
+ 5 
30 
4 
10 
5 
17 
6 
55 
8 
01 
15 
51 
8 
09 
+ 8 
August 
9 
4 
19 
5 
23 
6 
47 
7 
51 
15 
32 
8 
28 
+ 10 
19 
4 
28 
5 
29 
6 
38 
7 
39 
15 
11 
8 
49 
+ 12 
29 
4 
35 
5 
35 
6 
27 
7 
26 
14 
51 
9 
09 
+ 13 
September 
+ 14 
8. 
4 
43 
5 
40 
6 
15 
7 
12 
14 
29 
9 
31 
18 
4 
49 
5 
46 
6 
02 
6 
58 
14 
09 
9 
51 
+15 
28 
4 
55 
5 
51 
5 
50 
6 
45 
13 
50 
10 
10 
+ 16 
October 
8 
5 
01 
5 
57 
5 
38 
6 
33 
13 
32 
10 
28 
+15 
18 
5 
07 
6 
04 
5 
27 
6 
23 
13 
16 
10 
44 
+ 15 
28 
5 
14 
6 
11 
5 
17 
6 
13 
12 
59 
11 
01 
+ 14 
November 
7 
5 
20 
6 
18 
5 
09 
6 
07 
12 
47 
11 
13 
+12 
17 
5 
27 
6 
26 
5 
03 
6 
02 
12 
35 
11 
25 
+10 
27 
5 
34 
6 
35 
5 
00 
6 
00 
12 
26 
11 
34 
+ 8 
December 
7 
5 
41 
6 
43 
5 
00 
6 
01 
12 
20 
11 
40 
+ 6 
17 
5 
48 
6 
50 
5 
03 
6 
04 
12 
16 
11 
44 
+ 3 
27 
5 
63 
6 
54 
5 
08 
6 
09 
12 
16 
11 
44 
+ 1 
LATITUDE 30° NORTH 
347 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
LATITUDE 35° NORTH 
Date 
Daylight 
h m 
Sunrise 
h m 
Sunset 
h m 
Darkness 
h m 
Hours 
of 
daylight 
h m 
Hours 
of 
darkness 
h m 
Correction 
for 
south 
latitude 
m 
January 
1 
6 
02 
7 
08 
4 
59 
6 
05 
12 
03 
11 
57 
_ 1 
11 
6 
03 
7 
09 
5 
08 
6 
13 
12 
10 
11 
50 
_ 4 
21 
6 
02 
7 
06 
5 
17 
6 
21 
12 
19 
11 
41 
— 6 
31 
5 
58 
7 
00 
5 
27 
6 
30 
12 
32 
11 
28 
_ 9 
February 
10 
5 
51 
6 
52 
5 
37 
6 
39 
12 
48 
11 
12 
—11 
20 
5 
41 
6 
41 
5 
47 
6 
48 
13 
07 
10 
53 
—12 
March 
2 
5 
30 
6 
29 
5 
*56 
6 
56 
13 
24 
10 
36 
—14 
12 
5 
16 
6 
16 
6 
05 
7 
05 
13 
49 
10 
11 
—15 
22 
5 
02 
6 
02 
6 
13 
7 
14 
14 
12 
9 
48 
—15 
April 
1 
4 
47 
5 
48 
6 
21 
7 
23 
14 
36 
9 
24 
—15 
11 
4 
31 
5 
34 
6 
29 
7 
33 
15 
02 
8 
58 
—15 
21 
4 
15 
5 
21 
6 
37 
7 
43 
15 
28 
8 
32 
—14 
May 
1 
4 
01 
5 
10 
6 
45 
7 
55 
15 
54 
8 
06 
—13 
11 
3 
47 
5 
00 
6 
53 
8 
06 
16 
19 
7 
41 
—11 
21 
3 
36 
4 
53 
7 
01 
8 
17 
16 
41 
7 
19 
— 9 
31 
3 
28 
4 
48 
7 
08 
8 
27 
16 
59 
7 
01 
— 7 
June 
10 
3 
23 
4 
45 
7 
13 
8 
35 
17 
12 
6 
48 
— 5 
20 
3 
23 
4 
46 
7 
17 
8 
40 
17 
17 
6 
43 
— 2 
30... 
3 
26 
4 
49 
7 
18 
8 
40 
17 
14 
6 
46 
0 
July 
10 
3 
33 
4 
54 
7 
16 
8 
37 
17 
04 
6 
56 
+ 3 
20 
3 
42 
5 
00 
7 
12 
8 
30 
16 
48 
7 
12 
+ 5 
30 
3 
52 
5 
07 
7 
05 
8 
19 
16 
27 
7 
33 
+ 8 
August 
9 
4 
03 
5 
15 
6 
56 
8 
06 
16 
03 
7 
57 
+ 10 
19 
4 
14 
5 
22 
6 
44 
7 
52 
15 
38 
8 
22 
+ 12 
29 
4 
24 
5 
30 
6 
32 
7 
36 
15 
12 
8 
48 
+ 13 
September 
8 
4 
34 
5 
37 
6 
18 
7 
20 
14 
46 
9 
14 
+ 14 
18 
4 
43 
5 
44 
6 
04 
7 
04 
14 
21 
9 
39 
+ 15 
28 
4 
52 
5 
52 
5 
49 
6 
49 
13 
57 
10 
03 
+ 16 
October 
8 
4 
59 
6 
00 
5 
35 
6 
35 
13 
36 
10 
24 
+ 15 
18 
5 
07 
6 
08 
5 
22 
6 
22 
13 
15 
10 
45 
+ 15 
28 
5 
15 
6 
17 
5 
11 
6 
12 
12 
56 
11 
04 
+ 14 
November 
7 
5 
24 
6 
26 
5 
01 
6 
03 
12 
39 
11 
21 
+ 12 
17 
5 
32 
6 
35 
4 
54 
5 
67 
12 
25 
11 
35 
+ 10 
27 
5 
40 
6 
46 
4 
49 
5 
54 
12 
14 
11 
46 
+ 8 
December 
7 
5 
48 
6 
54 
4 
48 
5 
54 
12 
06 
11 
54 
+ 6 
17 
6 
55 
7 
02 
4 
50 
5 
57 
12 
02 
11 
58 
+ 3 
27 
6 
00 
7 
07 
4 
55 
6 
02 
12 
02 
11 
58 
+ 1 
348 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
LATITUDE 40° NORTH 
Date 
Daylight 
h m 
Sunrise 
h m 
Sunset 
h m 
Darkness 
h m 
Hours 
of 
daylight 
h m 
Hours 
of 
darkness 
h m 
Correction 
for 
south 
latitude 
m 
January 
1 
6 
09 
7 
22 
4 
45 
5 
58 
11 
49 
12 
11 
- 1 
11 
6 
09 
7 
22 
4 
55 
6 
07 
11 
58 
12 
02 
- 4 
21 
6 
07 
7 
18 
5 
06 
6 
16 
12 
09 
11 
51 
- 6 
31 
6 
02 
7 
10 
5 
17 
6 
26 
12 
24 
11 
36 
- 9 
February 
10 
5 
53 
7 
00 
5 
29 
6 
37 
12 
44 
11 
16 
-11 
20 
5 
41 
6 
47 
5 
41 
6 
48 
13 
07 
10 
53 
-12 
March 
2 
5 
28 
6 
33 
5 
52 
6 
58 
13 
30 
10 
30 
-14 
12 
5 
12 
6 
18 
6 
03 
7 
09 
13 
57 
10 
03 
-15 
22 
4 
55 
6 
01 
6 
13 
7 
21 
14 
26 
9 
43 
-15 
April 
1 
4 
37 
5 
45 
6 
24 
7 
33 
14 
56 
9 
04 
-15 
11 
4 
19 
5 
29 
6 
34 
7 
45 
15 
26 
8 
34 
-15 
21 
4 
00 
5 
14 
6 
44 
7 
59 
15 
59 
8 
01 
-14 
May 
1 
3 
42 
5 
01 
6 
54 
8 
13 
16 
31 
7 
29 
-13 
11 
3 
26 
4 
49 
7 
04 
8 
28 
17 
02 
6 
58 
-11 
21 
3 
11 
4 
40 
7 
13 
8 
43 
17 
32 
6 
28 
- 9 
31 
3 
00 
4 
34 
7 
21 
8 
56 
17 
56 
6 
04 
- 7 
June 
10 
2 
53 
4 
31 
7 
28 
9 
06 
18 
13 
5 
47 
- 5 
20 
2 
51 
4 
31 
7 
32 
9 
11 
18 
20 
5 
40 
- 2 
30 
2 
55 
4 
34 
7 
33 
9 
11 
18 
16 
5 
44 
0 
July 
10 
3 
03 
4 
40 
7 
30 
9 
06 
18 
03 
5 
57 
+ 3 
20 
3 
15 
4 
47 
7 
25 
8 
56 
17 
41 
6 
19 
+ 5 
30 
3 
29 
4 
56 
7 
16 
8 
42 
17 
13 
6 
47 
+ 8 
August 
9 
3 
44 
5 
05 
7 
05 
8 
26 
16 
42 
7 
18 
+ 10 
19 
3 
58 
5 
14 
6 
52 
8 
08 
16 
10 
7 
50 
+ 12 
29 
4 
11 
5 
24 
6 
37 
7 
50 
15 
39 
8 
21 
+ 13 
September 
8 
4 
23 
5 
34 
6 
21 
7 
31 
15 
08 
8 
52 
+ 14 
18 
4 
35 
5 
43 
6 
05 
7 
12 
14 
37 
9 
23 
+ 15 
28 
4 
46 
5 
53 
5 
48 
6 
54 
14 
08 
9 
52 
+ 16 
October 
8 
4 
56 
6 
02 
5 
32 
6 
38 
13 
42 
10 
18 
+ 15 
18 
5 
06 
6 
13 
5 
17 
6 
23 
13 
17 
10 
43 
+ 15 
28 
5 
16 
6 
24 
5 
03 
6 
10 
12 
54 
11 
06 
+ 14 
November 
7 
5 
26 
6 
35 
4 
52 
6 
00 
12 
34 
11 
26 
+ 12 
17 
5 
36 
6 
46 
4 
43 
5 
53 
12 
17 
11 
43 
+ 10 
27 
5 
46 
6 
58 
4 
37 
5 
49 
12 
03 
11 
57 
+ 8 
December 
7 
5 
55 
7 
08 
4 
35 
5 
48 
11 
53 
12 
07 
+ 6 
17 
6 
02 
7 
16 
4 
36 
5 
50 
11 
48 
12 
12 
+ 3 
27 
6 
07 
7 
21 
4 
41 
5 
55 
11 
48 
12 
12 
+ 1 
349 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
LATITUDE 45° NORTH 
Date 
Daylight 
h m 
Sunrise 
h m 
Sunset 
h m 
Darkness 
h m 
Hours 
of 
daylight 
h m 
Hours 
of 
darkness 
h m 
Correction 
M 
south 
latitude 
m 
January 
1 
6 
16 
7 
38 
4 
29 
5 
61 
11 
35 
12 
25 
- 1 
11 
6 
16 
7 
37 
4 
39 
6 
00 
11 
44 
12 
16 
— 4 
21 
6 
12 
7 
31 
4 
52 
6 
11 
11 
59 
12 
01 
- 6 
31 
6 
05 
7 
22 
5 
06 
6 
23 
12 
18 
11 
42 
- 9 
February 
10 
5 
55 
7 
09 
5 
20 
6 
36 
12 
41 
11 
19 
-11 
20 
5 
42 
6 
54 
5 
34 
6 
48 
13 
06 
10 
54 
-12 
March 
2 
5 
26 
6 
37 
5 
48 
7 
02 
13 
36 
10 
24 
—14 
12 
5 
07 
6 
19 
6 
01 
7 
15 
14 
08 
9 
62 
-15 
22 
4 
47 
6 
01 
6 
14 
7 
30 
14 
43 
9 
17 
-15 
April 
1 
4 
25 
5 
42 
6 
27 
7 
45 
15 
20 
8 
40 
-15 
11 
4 
03 
5 
24 
6 
40 
8 
01 
15 
58 
8 
02 
-15 
21 
3 
41 
5 
06 
6 
52 
8 
19 
16 
38 
7 
22 
-14 
May 
1 
3 
18 
4 
50 
7 
05 
8 
38 
17 
20 
6 
40 
-13 
11 
2 
57 
4 
36 
7 
17 
8 
58 
18 
01 
5 
59 
-11 
21 
2 
37 
4 
25 
7 
28 
9 
18 
18 
41 
5 
19 
- 9 
31 
1 
20 
4 
17 
7 
38 
9 
37 
20 
17 
3 
43 
— 7 
June 
10 
2 
07 
4 
13 
7 
45 
9 
52 
19 
45 
4 
15 
- 5 
20 
2 
03 
4 
13 
7 
50 
9 
59 
19 
52 
4 
08 
- 2 
30 
July 
10 
2 
08 
4 
16 
7 
50 
9 
58 
19 
50 
4 
10 
0 
2 
20 
4 
22 
7 
47 
9 
49 
19 
29 
4 
31 
+ 3 
20 
2 
38 
4 
31 
7 
40 
9 
33 
18 
55 
5 
05 
+ 5 
30 
2 
57 
4 
42 
7 
30 
9 
14 
18 
17 
5 
43 
+ 8 
August 
16 
54 
9 
3 
4 
7 
16 
8 
58 
17 
42 
6 
18 
+ 10 
19 
3 
36 
5 
06 
7 
01 
8 
29 
16 
53 
7 
07 
+ 12 
29 
3 
53 
5 
17 
6 
44 
8 
07 
16 
14 
7 
46 
+ 13 
September 
10 
29 
6 
25 
44 
8 
4 
5 
7 
15 
34 
8 
26 
+ 14 
18 
4 
25 
5 
41 
6 
06 
7 
22 
14 
57 
9 
03 
+ 15 
28 
4 
39 
5 
53 
5 
47 
7 
01 
14 
22 
9 
38 
+ 16 
October 
8 
4 
52 
6 
06 
5 
29 
6 
42 
13 
50 
10 
10 
+ 15 
18 
5 
04 
6 
19 
5 
11 
6 
25 
13 
21 
10 
39 
+ 15 
28. 
5 
17 
6 
32 
4 
55 
6 
10 
12 
53 
11 
07 
+ 14 
November 
46 
7 
5 
29 
6 
4 
41 
5 
57 
12 
28 
11 
32 
+ 12 
17 
5 
41 
6 
58 
4 
30 
5 
48 
12 
07 
11 
53 
+ 10 
27 
5 
52 
7 
13 
4 
22 
6 
42 
11 
50 
12 
10 
+ 8 
December 
02 
24 
7 
6 
7 
4 
19 
5 
40 
11 
38 
12 
22 
+ 6 
17 
6 
09 
7 
33 
4 
20 
5 
42 
11 
33 
12 
27 
+ 3 
27 
6 
15 
7 
38 
4 
24 
5 
47 
11 
32 
12 
28 
+ 1 
350 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
LATITUDE 50° NORTH 
Date 
Daylight 
h m 
Sunrise 
h m 
Sunset 
h m 
Darkness 
h m 
Hours 
of 
daylight 
h m 
Hours 
of 
darkness 
h m 
Correction 
for 
south 
latitude 
m 
January 
1.... 
6 
24 
7 
59 
4 
08 
5 
43 
11 
19 
12 
41 
- 1 
11 .. 
6 
23 
7 
56 
4 
20 
5 
53 
11 
30 
12 
30 
- 4 
21 
6 
18 
7 
48 
4 
35 
6 
06 
11 
48 
12 
12 
- 6 
31 
6 
09 
7 
36 
4 
52 
6 
20 
12 
11 
11 
49 
- 9 
February 
10 
5 
56 
7 
21 
5 
09 
6 
35 
12 
39 
11 
21 
-11 
20 
5 
39 
7 
03 
5 
26 
6 
50 
13 
11 
10 
59 
-12 
March 
2 
5 
20 
6 
43 
5 
43 
7 
06 
13 
46 
10 
14 
-14 
12 
4 
59 
6 
22 
5 
59 
7 
23 
14 
24 
9 
36 
-15 
22 
4 
35 
6 
00 
6 
15 
7 
42 
15 
07 
8 
53 
-15 
April 
1 
4 
10 
5 
38 
6 
31 
8 
01 
15 
51 
8 
09 
-15 
11 
3 
43 
5 
17 
6 
46 
8 
22 
16 
39 
7 
21 
-15 
21 
3 
14 
4 
56 
7 
02 
8 
46 
17 
82 
6 
28 
-14 
May 
1 
2 
44 
4 
38 
7 
18 
9 
13 
18 
29 
5 
31 
-13 
11 
2 
12 
4 
21 
7 
33 
9 
44 
19 
32 
4 
28 
-11 
21 
1 
37 
4 
07 
7 
46 
10 
20 
20 
43 
3 
17 
- 9 
31 
12 
47 
3 
57 
7 
58 
11 
18 
22 
31 
1 
29 
- 7 
June 
10 
3 
51 
8 
07 
24 
00 
0 
0 
- 5 
20 
3 
50 
8 
12 
24 
00 
0 
0 
- 2 
30 
3 
54 
8 
13 
24 
00 
0 
0 
0 
July 
10 
4 
01 
8 
08 
24 
00 
0 
0 
20 
1 
28 
4 
12 
7 
59 
10 
40 
21 
12 
2 
48 
+ 5 
30 
2 
05 
4 
25 
7 
46 
10 
02 
19 
57 
4 
03 
+ 8 
August 
9 
2 
39 
4 
40 
7 
30 
9 
29 
18 
50 
5 
10 
+ 10 
19 
3 
06 
4 
54 
7 
12 
8 
59 
17 
53 
6 
07 
+ 12 
29 
3 
30 
5 
09 
6 
52 
8 
29 
16 
59 
7 
01 
+ 13 
September 
8 
3 
52 
5 
24 
6 
30 
8 
02 
16 
10 
7 
50 
+ 14 
18 
4 
11 
5 
39 
6 
08 
7 
36 
15 
25 
8 
35 
+ 15 
28 
4 
29 
5 
54 
5 
46 
7 
11 
14 
42 
9 
18 
+ 16 
October 
8 
4 
46 
6 
10 
5 
25 
6 
48 
14 
02 
9 
68 
+ 15 
18 
5 
01 
6 
26 
5 
04 
6 
27 
13 
26 
10 
34 
+ 15 
28 
5 
17 
6 
42 
4 
45 
6 
10 
12 
53 
11 
07 
+ 14 
November 
7 
5 
31 
6 
59 
4 
28 
5 
55 
12 
24 
11 
36 
+12 
17 
5 
45 
7 
14 
4 
14 
5 
43 
11 
58 
12 
02 
+10 
27 
5 
58 
7 
30 
4 
04 
5 
36 
11 
38 
12 
22 
+ 8 
December 
7 
6 
09 
7 
44 
3 
59 
5 
33 
11 
24 
12 
36 
+ 6 
17 
6 
17 
7 
53 
3 
59 
5 
34 
11 
17 
12 
43 
+ 3 
27 
6 
23 
7 
58 
4 
04 
5 
39 
11 
16 
12 
44 
+ 1 
351 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
LATITUDE 52° NORTH 
Date 
Daylight 
h to 
Sunrise 
h to 
Sunset 
h to 
Darkness 
h to 
Hours 
of 
daylight 
h to 
Hours 
of 
darkness 
h to 
Correction 
ror 
south 
latitude 
TO 
January 
1 
6 
27 
8 
08 
3 
59 
5 
40 
11 
13 
12 
47 
- 1 
11 
6 
26 
8 
05 
4 
12 
5 
50 
11 
24 
12 
36 
- 4 
21 
6 
20 
7 
56 
4 
27 
6 
04 
11 
44 
12 
16 
- 6 
31 
6 
10 
7 
43 
4 
45 
6 
18 
12 
08 
11 
52 
- 9 
February 
10 
5 
56 
7 
26 
5 
04 
6 
34 
12 
38 
11 
22 
-11 
20 
5 
38 
7 
06 
5 
22 
6 
51 
13 
13 
10 
47 
-12 
March 
2 
5 
18 
6 
45 
5 
41 
7 
09 
13 
51 
10 
09 
-14 
12 
4 
55 
6 
23 
5 
58 
7 
27 
14 
32 
9 
28 
-15 
22 
4 
29 
6 
0 
6 
16 
7 
47 
15 
18 
8 
32 
-15 
April 
1 
4 
02 
5 
36 
6 
33 
8 
09 
16 
07 
7 
53 
-15 
11. 
3 
32 
5 
14 
6 
50 
8 
33 
17 
01 
6 
59 
-15 
21 
3 
00 
4 
52 
7 
07 
9 
01 
18 
01 
5 
59 
-14 
May 
1. 
2 
25 
4 
31 
7 
24 
9 
33 
19 
11 
4 
49 
-13 
11 
1 
44 
4 
13 
7 
40 
10 
13 
20 
29 
3 
31 
-11 
21 
12 
26 
3 
58 
7 
55 
23 
34 
o 
26 
9 
31 
3 
47 
8 
08 
24 
00 
6 
6 
7 
June 
10 
3 
40 
8 
18 
24 
00 
o 
o 
5 
20 
3 
39 
8 
23 
24 
00 
o 
o 
2 
30 
3 
43 
8 
24 
24 
00 
0 
0 
0 
July 
10 
3 
51 
8 
18 
24 
00 
o 
o 
+ 3 
20 
4 
03 
8 
08 
24 
00 
o 
o 
+ 5 
30 
1 
31 
4 
17 
7 
54 
10 
36 
21 
05 
2 
55 
+ 8 
August 
9 
2 
17 
4 
33 
7 
37 
9 
51 
19 
34 
4 
26 
+ 10 
19 
2 
50 
4 
49 
7 
17 
9 
14 
18 
24 
5 
36 
+ 12 
29 
3 
18 
5 
06 
6 
55 
8 
41 
17 
23 
6 
37 
+ 13 
September 
8 
3 
43 
5 
22 
6 
33 
8 
10 
16 
27 
7 
33 
+ 14 
18 
4 
04 
5 
38 
6 
09 
7 
43 
15 
39 
8 
21 
+ 15 
28 
4 
25 
5 
55 
5 
46 
7 
15 
14 
60 
9 
10 
+ 16 
October 
8 
4 
42 
6 
12 
5 
23 
6 
51 
14 
09 
9 
51 
+ 15 
18 
5 
00 
6 
29 
5 
01 
6 
29 
13 
29 
10 
31 
+ 15 
28 
5 
16 
6 
47 
4 
40 
6 
10 
12 
54 
11 
06 
+ 14 
November 
7 
5 
32 
7 
05 
4 
22 
5 
54 
12 
22 
11 
38 
+ 12 
17 
5 
47 
7 
21 
4 
07 
5 
42 
11 
55 
12 
05 
+ 10 
27 
6 
01 
7 
39 
3 
56 
5 
33 
11 
32 
12 
28 
+ 8 
December 
7 
6 
12 
7 
53 
3 
50 
5 
30 
11 
18 
12 
42 
+ 6 
17 
6 
21 
8 
03 
3 
49 
5 
31 
11 
10 
12 
50 
+ 3 
27 
6 
26 
8 
08 
3 
54 
5 
36 
11 
10 
12 
50 
+ 1 
352 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
Date 
Daylight 
h m 
Sunrise 
h m 
Sunset 
h m 
Darkness 
h m 
Hours 
°f 
daylight 
h m 
Hours 
of 
darkness 
h m 
Correction 
south 
latitude 
m 
January 
1 
6 
31 
8 
19 
3 
48 
5 
36 
11 
05 
12 
55 
— 1 
11 
6 
29 
8 
15 
4 
02 
5 
48 
11 
19 
12 
41 
- 4 
21 
6 
22 
8 
05 
4 
19 
6 
01 
11 
39 
12 
21 
- 6 
31 
6 
11 
7 
60 
4 
38 
6 
17 
12 
06 
11 
54 
- 9 
February 
10 
5 
56 
7 
32 
4 
58 
6 
34 
12 
38 
11 
22 
-11 
20 
5 
37 
7 
11 
5 
18 
6 
63 
13 
16 
10 
44 
-12 
March 
2 
5 
15 
6 
48 
5 
38 
7 
12 
13 
57 
10 
03 
-14 
12 
4 
50 
6 
24 
5 
57 
7 
32 
14 
42 
9 
18 
-15 
22 
4 
23 
5 
59 
6 
16 
7 
54 
15 
31 
8 
29 
-15 
April 
1 
3 
53 
5 
34 
6 
35 
8 
18 
16 
25 
7 
35 
-15 
11 
3 
20 
5 
10 
6 
53 
8 
46 
17 
26 
6 
34 
-15 
21 
2 
44 
4 
47 
7 
12 
9 
18 
18 
34 
5 
26 
-14 
May 
1 
2 
00 
4 
25 
7 
30 
9 
58 
19 
58 
4 
02 
-13 
11 
12 
54 
4 
05 
7 
48 
11 
13 
22 
19 
1 
41 
-11 
21 
3 
49 
8 
05 
24 
00 
0 
0 
— 9 
31 
3 
36 
8 
19 
24 
00 
0 
0 
— 7 
June 
10 
3 
29 
8 
30 
24 
00 
0 
0 
— 5 
20 
3 
27 
8 
36 
24 
00 
0 
0 
— 2 
30 
3 
54 
8 
13 
24 
00 
0 
0 
0 
July 
10 
3 
40 
8 
30 
24 
00 
0 
0 
+ 3 
20 
3 
63 
8 
18 
24 
00 
0 
0 
+ 5 
30 
4 
09 
8 
03 
24 
00 
0 
0 
+ 8 
August 
9 
1 
44 
4 
26 
7 
44 
10 
21 
20 
37 
3 
23 
+ 10 
19 
2 
31 
4 
44 
7 
23 
9 
33 
19 
02 
4 
58 
+ 12 
29 
3 
04 
5 
01 
6 
59 
8 
55 
17 
51 
6 
09 
+ 13 
September 
8 
3 
32 
5 
19 
6 
35 
8 
23 
16 
51 
7 
09 
+ 14 
18 
3 
57 
5 
37 
6 
10 
7 
49 
15 
52 
8 
08 
+ 15 
28 
4 
19 
5 
55 
5 
45 
7 
21 
15 
02 
8 
58 
+ 16 
October 
8 
4 
39 
6 
14 
5 
21 
6 
65 
14 
16 
9 
44 
+ 15 
18 
4 
68 
6 
32 
4 
67 
6 
31 
13 
33 
10 
27 
+ 15 
28 
5 
16 
6 
52 
4 
35 
6 
11 
12 
55 
11 
05 
+ 14 
November 
7 
5 
33 
7 
11 
4 
16 
5 
53 
12 
20 
11 
40 
+ 12 
17 
5 
49 
7 
28 
3 
59 
5 
40 
11 
51 
12 
09 
+ 10 
27 
6 
03 
7 
48 
3 
46 
5 
31 
11 
28 
12 
32 
+ 8 
December 
7 
6 
15 
8 
03 
3 
39 
5 
27 
11 
12 
12 
48 
+ 6 
17 
6 
25 
8 
14 
3 
38 
5 
27 
11 
02 
12 
58 
+ 3 
27 
6 
30 
8 
19 
3 
43 
5 
32 
11 
02 
12 
58 
+ 1 
LATITUDE 54° NORTH 
353 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
Date 
Daylight 
h m 
Sunrise 
h m 
Sunset 
h m 
Darkness 
h m 
Hours 
of 
daylight 
h m 
Hours 
of 
darkness 
h m 
Correction 
for 
south 
latitude 
m 
January 
1 
6 
34 
8 
32 
3 
36 
5 
33 
10 
59 
13 
01 
— 1 
11 
6 
32 
8 
26 
3 
50 
5 
44 
11 
12 
12 
48 
- 4 
21 
6 
27 
8 
26 
3 
58 
5 
57 
11 
34 
12 
26 
- 6 
31 
6 
13 
7 
58 
4 
30 
6 
16 
12 
03 
11 
57 
- 9 
February 
10 
5 
56 
7 
38 
4 
52 
6 
35 
12 
39 
11 
21 
-11 
20 
5 
36 
7 
15 
5 
14 
6 
54 
13 
18 
10 
42 
-12 
March 
2 
5 
12 
6 
51 
5 
35 
7 
15 
14 
03 
9 
57 
-14 
12 
4 
45 
6 
25 
5 
56 
7 
37 
14 
52 
9 
08 
-15 
22 
4 
15 
6 
59 
6 
17 
8 
02 
15 
47 
8 
13 
-15 
April 
1 
3 
42 
5 
32 
6 
37 
8 
29 
16 
47 
7 
13 
-15 
11 
3 
06 
5 
06 
6 
57 
9 
01 
17 
55 
6 
05 
-15 
21 
2 
23 
4 
41 
7 
18 
9 
40 
19 
17 
4 
43 
-14 
May 
1 
1 
24 
4 
17 
7 
38 
10 
39 
21 
15 
2 
45 
-13 
11 
12 
30 
3 
56 
7 
58 
23 
30 
0 
30 
— 11 
21 
3 
38 
8 
16 
24 
00 
0 
0 
— 9 
31 
3 
24 
8 
32 
24 
00 
0 
0 
— 7 
June 
10 
3 
15 
8 
44 
24 
00 
0 
0 
— 5 
20 
3 
12 
8 
50 
24 
00 
0 
0 
— 2 
30 
3 
17 
8 
50 
24 
00 
0 
0 
0 
July 
10 
3 
27 
8 
43 
24 
00 
0 
0 
+ 3 
20 
3 
41 
8 
30 
24 
00 
0 
0 
+ 5 
30 
3 
58 
8 
13 
24 
00 
0 
0 
+ 8 
August 
9 
4 
18 
7 
52 
24 
00 
0 
0 
+ 10 
19 
2 
04 
4 
37 
7 
29 
9 
58 
19 
54 
4 
06 
+ 12 
29 
2 
47 
4 
67 
7 
04 
9 
11 
18 
24 
5 
36 
+ 13 
September 
8 
3 
20 
5 
16 
6 
38 
8 
32 
17 
12 
6 
48 
+ 14 
18 
3 
48 
5 
36 
6 
11 
7 
58 
16 
10 
7 
50 
+ 15 
28 
4 
12 
5 
56 
5 
45 
7 
27 
15 
15 
8 
45 
+ 16 
October 
8 
4 
34 
6 
16 
5 
19 
6 
59 
14 
25 
9 
35 
+ 15 
18 
4 
55 
6 
36 
4 
53 
6 
33 
13 
38 
10 
22 
+ 15 
28 
5 
15 
6 
57 
4 
30 
6 
11 
12 
56 
11 
04 
+ 14 
November 
7 
5 
33 
7 
18 
4 
08 
5 
53 
12 
20 
11 
40 
+ 12 
17 
5 
50 
7 
37 
3 
50 
5 
38 
11 
48 
12 
12 
+ 10 
27 
6 
06 
7 
59 
3 
36 
5 
28 
11 
22 
12 
38 
+ 8 
December 
7 
6 
19 
8 
15 
3 
27 
5 
23 
11 
04 
12 
56 
+ 6 
17 
6 
29 
8 
27 
3 
25 
5 
23 
10 
54 
13 
06 
+ 3 
27 
6 
34 
8 
32 
3 
30 
5 
28 
10 
54 
13 
06 
+ 1 
LATITUDE 56° NORTH 
354 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
Date 
Daylight 
h m 
Sunrise 
h m 
Sunset 
h m 
Darkness 
h m 
Hours 
of 
daylight 
h m 
Hours 
of 
darkness 
h m 
Correction 
for 
south 
latitude 
m 
January 
1 
6 
38 
8 
46 
3 
21 
5 
29 
10 
51 
13 
09 
- 1 
11 
6 
35 
8 
39 
3 
37 
5 
41 
11 
06 
12 
54 
- 4 
21 
6 
27 
8 
26 
3 
58 
5 
57 
11 
30 
12 
30 
- 6 
31 
6 
14 
8 
07 
4 
21 
6 
15 
12 
01 
11 
59 
- 9 
February 
10 
5 
56 
7 
45 
4 
45 
6 
35 
12 
39 
11 
21 
—11 
20 
5 
34 
7 
20 
5 
08 
6 
56 
13 
22 
10 
38 
-12 
March 
2 
5 
08 
6 
54 
5 
32 
7 
19 
14 
11 
9 
49 
-14 
12 
4 
39 
6 
26 
5 
55 
7 
44 
15 
07 
8 
53 
-15 
22 
4 
07 
5 
58 
6 
17 
8 
11 
16 
04 
7 
56 
-15 
April 
1 
3 
30 
5 
30 
6 
40 
8 
42 
17 
12 
6 
48 
-15 
11 
2 
48 
5 
02 
7 
02 
9 
19 
18 
31 
5 
29 
-15 
21 
1 
54 
4 
35 
7 
24 
10 
10 
20 
16 
3 
44 
-14 
May 
1 
4 
09 
7 
46 
24 
00 
0 
0 
—13 
11 
3 
45 
8 
08 
24 
00 
0 
0 
—11 
21 
3 
25 
8 
29 
24 
00 
0 
0 
— 9 
31 
3 
09 
8 
47 
24 
00 
0 
0 
- 7 
June 
10 
2 
59 
9 
00 
24 
00 
0 
0 
— 5 
20 
2 
56 
9 
07 
24 
00 
0 
0 
— 2 
30 
3 
00 
9 
06 
24 
00 
0 
0 
0 
July 
10 
3 
12 
8 
58 
24 
00 
0 
0 
+ 3 
20 
3 
28 
8 
43 
24 
00 
0 
0 
+ 5 
30 
3 
47 
8 
24 
24 
00 
0 
0 
+ 8 
August 
9 
4 
09 
8 
01 
24 
00 
0 
0 
+ 10 
19 
1 
20 
4 
30 
7 
36 
10 
37 
21 
17 
2 
43 
+ 12 
29 
2 
26 
4 
52 
7 
09 
9 
32 
19 
06 
4 
54 
+ 13 
September 
8 
3 
05 
5 
13 
6 
41 
8 
47 
17 
42 
6 
18 
+ 14 
18 
3 
37 
5 
35 
6 
13 
8 
08 
16 
31 
7 
29 
+ 15 
28.... 
4 
05 
5 
56 
5 
44 
7 
34 
15 
29 
8 
31 
+ 16 
October 
8 
4 
30 
6 
18 
5 
16 
7 
03 
14 
33 
9 
27 
+ 15 
18 
4 
52 
6 
40 
4 
49 
6 
36 
13 
44 
10 
16 
+ 15 
28 
5 
14 
7 
03 
4 
23 
6 
12 
12 
58 
11 
02 
+ 14 
November 
7 
5 
34 
7 
27 
4 
00 
5 
52 
12 
18 
11 
42 
+ 12 
17 
5 
52 
7 
47 
3 
39 
5 
36 
11 
44 
12 
16 
+ 10 
27 
6 
09 
8 
11 
3 
23 
5 
25 
11 
16 
12 
44 
+ 8 
December 
7 
6 
22 
8 
29 
3 
13 
5 
19 
10 
57 
13 
03 
+ 6 
17 
6 
33 
8 
42 
3 
10 
5 
19 
10 
46 
13 
14 
+ 3 
27 
6 
38 
8 
47 
3 
16 
5 
24 
10 
46 
13 
14 
+ 1 
LATITUDE 58° NORTH 
355 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
Date 
Daylight 
h to 
Sunrise 
h m 
Sunset 
h m 
Darkness 
h m 
Hours 
of 
daylight 
h to 
Hours 
of 
darkness 
h to 
Correction 
for 
south 
latitude 
TO 
January 
1 
6 
42 
9 
03 
3 
05 
5 
25 
10 
43 
13 
17 
— 1 
11 
6 
39 
8 
54 
3 
22 
5 
38 
10 
69 
13 
01 
- 4 
21 
6 
30 
8 
39 
3 
45 
5 
54 
11 
24 
12 
36 
- 6 
31 
6 
15 
8 
18 
4 
10 
6 
14 
11 
59 
12 
01 
- 9 
February 
10 
5 
66 
7 
53 
4 
37 
6 
35 
12 
39 
11 
21 
-11 
20 
5 
32 
7 
26 
5 
03 
6 
59 
13 
27 
10 
33 
—12 
March 
2 
5 
04 
6 
58 
5 
28 
7 
24 
14 
20 
9 
40 
-14 
12 
4 
32 
6 
28 
5 
53 
7 
51 
15 
29 
8 
31 
-15 
22 
3 
57 
5 
58 
6 
18 
8 
22 
16 
25 
7 
35 
-15 
April 
1 
3 
15 
5 
27 
6 
42 
8 
57 
17 
42 
6 
18 
-15 
11 
2 
25 
4 
67 
7 
07 
9 
43 
19 
18 
4 
42 
-15 
21 
1 
04 
4 
28 
7 
31 
11 
13 
22 
09 
1 
51 
-14 
May 
1 
12 
24 
3 
59 
7 
56 
23 
36 
0 
24 
—13 
11 
3 
33 
8 
21 
24 
00 
0 
0 
—11 
21 
3 
10 
8 
44 
24 
00 
0 
0 
— 9 
31 
2 
51 
9 
04 
24 
00 
0 
0 
— 7 
June 
10 
2 
39 
9 
20 
24 
00 
0 
0 
— 5 
20 
2 
35 
9 
27 
24 
00 
0 
0 
— 2 
30 
2 
40 
9 
26 
24 
00 
0 
0 
0 
July 
10 
2 
53 
9 
16 
24 
00 
0 
0 
+ 3 
20 
3 
12 
8 
69 
24 
00 
0 
0 
+ 5 
30 
3 
34 
8 
37 
24 
00 
0 
0 
+ 8 
August 
9 
3 
58 
8 
11 
24 
00 
0 
0 
+ 10 
19 
4 
22 
7 
44 
24 
00 
0 
0 
+ 12 
29 
1 
55 
4 
46 
7 
14 
10 
00 
20 
05 
3 
55 
+ 13 
September 
8 
2 
47 
5 
10 
6 
44 
9 
04 
18 
17 
5 
43 
+ 14 
18 
3 
24 
5 
33 
6 
14 
8 
20 
16 
56 
7 
04 
+ 15 
28 
3 
56 
5 
67 
5 
44 
7 
42 
15 
46 
8 
14 
+ 16 
October 
8 
4 
24 
6 
20 
5 
14 
7 
09 
14 
45 
9 
15 
+ 15 
18 
4 
49 
6 
45 
4 
44 
6 
39 
13 
50 
10 
10 
+ 15 
28 
5 
12 
7 
10 
4 
16 
6 
13 
13 
01 
10 
69 
+ 14 
November 
7 
5 
34 
7 
36 
3 
50 
5 
51 
12 
17 
11 
43 
+ 12 
17 
5 
64 
7 
59 
3 
27 
6 
34 
11 
40 
12 
20 
+ 10 
27 
6 
12 
8 
25 
3 
09 
5 
22 
11 
10 
12 
50 
+ 8 
December 
7 
6 
26 
8 
45 
2 
67 
5 
16 
10 
50 
13 
10 
+ 6 
17 
6 
37 
8 
69 
2 
53 
6 
15 
10 
38 
13 
22 
+ 3 
27 
6 
42 
9 
04 
2 
68 
5 
20 
10 
38 
13 
22 
+ 1 
LATITUDE 60° NORTH 
356 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
■ 268. Moon’s Phases : 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
Month 
mi 
19 
& 
New 
moon 
First 
quarter 
Full 
moon 
Last 
quarter 
New 
moon 
First 
quarter 
FuU 
moon 
Last 
quarter 
January 
27 
5 
13 
20 
16 
24 
2 
10 
February 
25 
4 
11 
18 
15 
22 
1 
8 
March 
27 
6 
13 
19 
16 
24 
2 
9 
April 
26 
4 
11 
18 
15 
23 
1 
30 
7 
May 
26 
4 
11 
17 
15 
23 
30 
7 
June 
24 
2 
9 
16 
13 
21 
28 
5 
July 
24 
1 
31 
8 
16 
13 
21 
27 
5 
August 
22 
29 
7 
14 
11 
19 
25 
3 
September 
20 
27 
5 
13 
10 
17 
24 
2 
October 
20 
27 
5 
13 
9 
16 
23 
2 
November 
18 
25 
3 
11 
8 
15 
22 
1 
30 
December 
18 
25 
3 
11 
7 
14 
22 
30 
357 MISCELLANEOUS DATA 
Moon’s Phases (continued): 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
m3 
19U 
Month 
New 
moon 
First 
quarter 
Full 
moon 
Last 
quarter 
New 
moon 
First 
quarter 
Full 
moon 
Last 
quarter 
January 
6 
13 
21 
29 
25 
2 
10 
18 
February 
4 
11 
20 
27 
23 
1 
9 
17 
March 
6 
13 
21 
28 
24 
1 
31 
9 
17 
April 
4 
12 
20 
27 
22 
30 
8 
15 
May 
4 
12 
19 
26 
22 
29 
8 
15 
June 
2 
10 
18 
24 
20 
28 
6 
13 
July 
2 
31 
10 
17 
23 
20 
28 
5 
12 
August 
30 
8 
15 
22 
18 
26 
4 
10 
September 
29 
7 
13 
21 
17 
25 
2 
9 
October 
28 
6 
13 
20 
17 
24 
1 
31 
8 
November 
27 
4 
11 
19 
15 
23 
29 
7 
December 
26 
4 
11 
19 
15 
22 
29 
7 
358